Full text of "Annual report of the Bureau of American Ethnology to the Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution"

See other formats

eS Eee
Be Mh 1 OP AMO LOE LD et
A hone
(ro Mie detente! 2
ee ee ee ee ed ed
CPM ALA, mittee Bind ag Made t Mat Oe
ALA D EAB enaie

afevee ag

OO eh Matte ake oF

bets def

Matt Frtie ti ot # Chr tehine tga

PN re ee
Fo Aendae Cntr sh Fyre Lm hn &
Ot pe emt of

“ Foti
AO beh Ptah BR And Foe 0

A. ea - oe wee

Cee de ee ee ee

Oe OMe
+ a ft a Oe Po*

Habe a Matheny

. ye ee £

ee ee ee

ete in dine n eed e & 6 hen Hl MA Oh Kt BR et BMF
foe te Beret nes,
sien at lathe nee hate tere NI orp h m ME
« sa@aeto#
os Ranta stn?
date”

Coe 6 Ane ROO HF WH wh CPO ore”

Dent conAinitiot
‘ Py pm Fe
RAE s Bee iB boot

sat orprntile tet

fet 4 hth f
He Balin nth Bt

PALM bin foe Si DPW 080 Hn FAS or tute

pa et Adee de on tn tS

= Miran Gor fe > A Ew aesvkn IO
att 4

oe lem Py to MS a he Om hs eta ow

ame hotha

o- 62 Oeb 3
OC Bittle eh

% Ppa Ox

hed aehatert
ae ae ee
ree e

Layette anne

« otto stineie Do —

a ee ee ae

Pee fee ee
be nt hale Mme Ret BR

a ee

ee ee ad

pnt eve saree Bi

eT a ee
etn die Bie PO Pm Oh Pe

6 ne em tee Do te AD, A <> —.

6 feet GP atta Bg
ee re a
Pade vee
eds Rtn, Pete ee ae

A Oe

a ee
one own

Frat he Sew -«

eee

arn

nS Paty tty

PD BoP a Gt el en DO

P . “a

te RIOD re ee

a eee

tee iia, mae
mda BM BRA Oe Oe TS

<a seer He
Fe et ees No Eee se
2st reat Sacen en A eT o# Ba Fem Rates
oo aoe nth Daly te TPR Phof A Se econ ELE AT We Mee
ne as

ee naa
Set ARN PAD ORT tees

anasto aN ptine 89 aearee

A A EAD AS mtn oO
2 ae Liye tee
pare Swe
ee a el ead

= Aone ve

re
Nn atic ttn Pose Poe eT TS ett!
aa aE

i of RN I AN Me A AON POSEN a!

i AE )

gle eee
em
= : Nee ee ee

or ae et
aL

nomena”

ath, cea Rakin Reker ofr,

“

ate tim Duel btn Se RE
a ee
PML At PPro

Ce
ee ee et el

eee :

A Tatil aga

ote hie tte GE AD aE e OE ane

Pee er es

Fratrnken statir Bons

ete a Dehn

Swe then

a les tlie

Se a EES A A
caste ate TS 5

a ee a
Fa eee eR
Sythe n atte

ee ha

= ener et be oN
* te eae a2 ~

Bey mee
aan te Be ahaiked)s he
Srseh, Aye

ORS Sen ees ONE ee
ant ctal BQ wr Asin gh MA o
whem ek BRAN

try aN Dh NY
1 teem Te Natta, Le aoe Teng eters > +
ores oh Nea Sat
e Dak IETS "

ARADO esheAe A SHA new payer
Ary > 8m, tae oe Aer ee

een eke eset eh Ay rata Nueces
att ene ENTE ae Redes

ee ee ee, ee AOA eto

a a
nw OE hewn QA, DE
Mrete Vetee

eT ttn

a ea

Soh Ny Te tee
+ Ae te
on sane

~ oe

ee ee

= ALLL tone

Aan ee

sabe Nee MARANA ae et

ey tetas s Ea eRe e
Ree Oe Rn Bee, RO At Doras re

AGO He TET ny
eee Yer ee

oo REN Pte Ay he”

aes

Seen SS

1 A eR

mye on
an deih. str

me NPE At te Se

¥ ests hey wet
creed Ae Serr

Aner
Retake ~ Agence ete SAWS Ree NS
ee all le
at a

ee ee

RANE Ta RN SE Reger Set Rete ctt Re etme
MN Ny ae ANTE, ANS IM

ee aegis df -Mophe =

2 et

Aveta
a

ns os

neds

aw oie

Won abla ine tae « en

Ne et rae
. ig eaten net Sh

nner

3h wage

sees

DENT
oes

Samer

Finca ret a Maa A AS
ee ee, Oe
Serb 1a oda tet

wren wre

saath SNR ee ee

rR e

FS te. ate hate

Seah hes eT MTES a
Tene RN TI

sone Ga Ga Seber E

sen hae

oar)
a

Ao BSNS

3 Meet.

Pe 8 eee a
amet eee seh SRB sane

Ree ere aes
ae a Fa eS i Raine Sloe >

er. Sot aid

cA tretagg cite <

Ra Sh gente Ashes

eee SN ee AE
2 tse net

eRe

er Cs

a Etta EN et

On Reena

eat athe Bae

re ees

Rr ale

Ra WO OR

A. tai actin Aerts

ee fe ae
TR Rk Ment ete tetes

Nv Vibes eee She alien te tte ee

See Fe <n e

So ON AAS weit

we — ate Swe
. ‘ wy nr tee

> oe Bar.
setae Sa em

Ri thohomate Saale Spat RAS
‘ ere a
nt oe ete ate

eta ee

a Regie Boa 3

fe ade y Deepens S Fete S

ae te ae ES Ho hw

ate

Serre ea eo

ses Set
allied

we 7

eee A, ete tn tm

Type Paty ees

are ee ee te
+ 1 atten oa
Ae Sn Dea

» Saree on

We mee “eee

he eas —_

we te Bea Re ORT

WT Re ow

Sea be
scteg®. Sake,
wares

vane >
etaBNi Ras ATR

Sentra arate? a
ay Mote
ee ge hate ee te

seam

tha Nahe aie Fie

a ————EE eee
Ao Fanon RID AA Pe
ONT En ae PE he et
ee
Pe ae

“5h ha tee te
Saohatistee steeds
Eamets

ee oak ae
a eS
Saat cet
eo te ah Mos
cae Se
Seats

La ne katate eae!

mee
So be av Ramee eater Fhe eee
on 8a TINA SMe Tee ,
eae i

eee ee

no eae ae citclawe S.

~~ seared art ae

ne MARR Ne Oe
ain

wn thc ia thin yaaa?

twig we SS

ewe ea

Sok eam

fee Breg SAA Gee

we hoe oe es

ap Paee ert ste ne

bericatactenath, finger
ects ATE Ae an

ann as

aaa

Ae!

~aiow

Be ohn Be Rett AY LIA OD Cen dA spet
at A Niet te OF A Pm ere te ee RR ye lane niatie Tanai
ae ee om oe se Meal t Ante ae WORT ss oe we 5

ee ee ahelt en relied gL Pett ten a ee 8 Se ene way ethene Retna rv RADISN net rye Teh eT new Sade Te Mer ee nigen

a ee an a err’ Pt ee Bee tee = A Nin New teeth aM Dene estes, wo 1h rennin Sete Megs Ths Rah seein thei ee nen oe Cs he athe es a aan NSN Santee ae

Batre angie Obey fed mrt ine Bete, PL te Tm OE ee ee ee) een Rhee oe a sania cpa igh atin Saat Alain Dens Se Tegel Fae oR ste Ie rouse ae D SA eam belts en to ee A oie yea: ene
apa see eee Ee ete ee Se a as - See sete estes Ro ae - - aaah
2 atts steely Se naa Ela A, Linhares RNa Rn te SS ee Neca So wTbe aS a ae eee aie Fe
piso icp Sao 3 a oa tela niente ee pan sree De Te NP eih IS Syn tet RESTS Beaty Bye tien N ate A Ra TN Be cee
Lhe Pe ate Pare! Shp etc antot egg are tS ee
cab tance tera Nee

Tae thee Sa ET:

cee Satake eae
Tete ee

a een ad

ba eA

eg ee ee

Saosin tian oS

e — —& ea =z.
O 2 Or m Oo
” oF *; a ” a
a oN: a O +
A < = = -
= > = % > Ss
w Fad a9) *, me * lees
BRAR!IES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI NVINOSHLINS S31u
” > = ae n
r rr = Fe SS WwW
a oe o + se (7
ff 3 : SNE
oc 4 oc
a Us 5 = S co
ar : = aa Z a
JINLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3IluYvadl INSTI
eg Zz a z -
z S : S :
2 a ee) 5 zs)
ee E = = pa
is E a 7 =
DR Biot = D Zz OD
BRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILONLILSNI NVINOSHLIWS SAlUN
” = * ” = wn
= et = My = oS
i =< 4 i, Lh i = a
g 2 SNE AA: j
Z : SY fy) = Z
> = >. = >
= ” z 7) Zz
NVINOSHLINS S3IYVYGIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTI
= wn > w : = ;
wn “ 7 oat w
= . << oa rs @ : ‘aia
ox ee ‘en es e
4 SHAN co za, oO . aa
O oa = O me, Oo
= a = J =
'BRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNILILSNI NVINOSHLINS S31!
= i z= Si =
eS) dca 2 a pss
i Yee os i= > § >
- “Gy a E = =
wn f m 99) m Ww
on i wn = ” nee
lOLLOLIEN! _NWINOSHLNS juvud Prot BRARI ES SMITHSONIAN INSTT
< = re & = <
ra A (Zz . cs = SS)
© as 2S) : a a oO SS ¥
an Bs oe eon # NN
z Zz as Nhe = *
= > ; = sy oe =
7) Zz 7) eae wn
-I.BRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S31Iu
| w > = Re ”
O = a =
cc = 0 = a
% <
oc G 0 Cc oc
oO Bo va aa ine)
= O = O a=
at = i iz wal
Saiuvugit LIBRARIES
Re z ro Pat ce
eS = = = wo
. ‘ a Pe) J _ a
a : : =
i: GNee — 0 — pe)
mah \ D om nm * a
_IBRARI ES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILQLILSNI _NVING {du
'~ a O
= <C> eRe <= ill sc Ee i a
4, ee a Da i MC, = GR Fi 44

‘ge 5
2)

on
SMITHSON
NVINOSHL
SMITHSONI

SMITH

‘Aa iy ; if .

\RIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3IY\
dd 2 ae > ee ”
= o oa vn oa
a. . oc = oc
a a co = oe
oe o i S a
ei a ad z ay

S3I1Y¥VYUdIT LIBRARIES
— = ite = a
0) . > 9 > - 7
Pe) RNS = 8 i a
= SN Yy* Te) —_ “”) —
a UCU wn z n

SRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI NVINOSHLINS SJIYV

NVINOSHLIWS
SMITHSONIAN
NVINOSHLINS
SMITHSONIAN
NVINOSHLIWS
&

NVINOSHLINS SAI1YVYG!I1 LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITI

NOILALILSNI
ETB RARUEES
NOILALILSNI
NOILNLILSNI

3RARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILMLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3IYY

INSTITUTION
INSTITUTION
INSTITUTION

TLALILSNI SAJIYVYUGIT LIBRARIES

ae
:

SMITHSONIAN INSTIT!
SS

NVINOSHLINS S3luYvugdit LIBRARIES

S SMITHSONIAN
SMITHSONIAN
SMITHSONIAN

SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILOLILSNI NVINOSHLIWNS S3IYY

if Zz tu 2 a
me ALOR ue % | i a =
es oF = oc a
< PL rs < 7 =
7 a : : :
| a 5 z Ly z ey
SANLILSNI NVINOSHLIWS S3I1Y¥VvydI INSTITL
| ie a = tc ae a
‘ cs . — @ i —
es) — wo = ly
K as ae Wy
a = 20 — YW IG Po)
it I- I PG,
\ m \SN8 2 rm a * 4a ri
- n fe = wn = o
RARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILONLILSNI NVINOSHLINS SJIYV:
ONAN g Me * ~ Pz8 io) ie
| — USDILINN BA ak! = eile 0) 0 SR peerage. 1) ae ft

poi

au
eee a
4 1 loet
he

0
We,

By Pan
7 7 (i

AEN SAR
f hy eA.
a

5
ys!

jo’? oe
FORTY-NINTH
ANNUAL REPORT OF THE
BUREAU OF

AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

TO THE SECRETARY OF THE
SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION

eS ol 32

UNITED STATES
GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE
WASHINGTON : 1933

LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL

SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION,
BuREAU OF AMERICAN EXTHNOLOGY,
Washington, D. C., July 1, 1982.
Sir: I have the honor to submit herewith the Forty-ninth Annual
Report of the Bureau of American Ethnology for the fiscal year ended
June 30, 1982.
With appreciation of your aid in the work under my charge, I am

Very respectfully yours,
M. W. STIRLING,
Chief.
Dr. C. G. ABBot,
Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution.
165764—33 II

¢
‘
Ny
;
,
o—
5
are Z
: eee ‘2 ps
7 oe Pa
} a
~ —
aS
;
-)
j
{ 1
1 > ¢
- ' a
if ee
arg # 4
+
. Hi ‘
A
¢
i
ae
oe!)
S33 he
-
7 _
th
Fa f
i = =

CONTENTS

Panvemianionnesearcnes a it 222 ise le LU ele

Special

RESCAUC Mee rye tie baaetes Gul) ea tles Tne ye er hee leh ei ae acl oe ae

Butonaliwork and publications.......1........-.....-2-...-.-.---..-

Library

Ree CUMIN, ei ee ee eo ss ee eee elk

NOTE

The Forty-eighth Annual Report of the Bureau is the last of this
series to be published in royal octavo size with accompanying scien-
tific papers. In the future, annual reports of the Bureau will consist
only of the administrative report, which will be issued in octavo
form.

FORTY-NINTH ANNUAL REPORT

OF THE

BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

M. W. Sriruine, CHIEF

Sir: I have the honor to submit the following report on the opera-
tions of the Bureau of American Ethnology during the fiscal year
ended June 380, 1932, conducted in accordance with the act of Con-
gress approved February 23, 1931. The act referred to contains the
following item:

American ethnology: For continuing ethnological researches among the
American Indians and the natives of Hawaii, the excavation and preservation
of archeologic remains under the direction of the Smithsonian Institution, in-
cluding necessary employees, the preparation of manuscripts, drawings, and
illustrations, the purchase of books and periodicals, and traveling expenses,
$72,640.

SYSTEMATIC RESEARCHES

M. W. Stirling, chief, left New York on September 26, 1931, as a
member of the Latin American expedition to South America. The
first region visited by the expedition was the San Blas coast of
Panama. Here Mr. Stirling spent approximately a month in mak-
ing an ethnological survey of the Tule Indians. From Panama the
expedition proceeded to Ecuador, where three weeks were spent in
investigating archeological sites in the Andean highlands in the
vicinity of Cuenca. After crossing the Andes and descending to the
frontier post of Mendez, three months were spent among the Jivaro
Indians of the Santiago and Maranon Rivers. The expedition crossed
the mountains from Mendez to the upper Yaupe River. They then
descended the Yaupe to the Santiago, passing down this river to its
junction with the Maranon. Much of the time was spent living
with the Jivaros in their own houses, where Mr. Stirling was able to
record first-hand a considerable quantity of ethnological data. In
addition to this a collection was made representing the material
culture of the Indians of the region. After a short excursion up the
Alto Maranon, the expedition passed through the famous Pongo

2, BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

Manseriche, descending by rafts to Iquitos, from which point the
collections were shipped by way of the Amazon River to the National
Museum. Mr. Stirling returned to Washington on April 26, 1932.

Dr. John R. Swanton, ethnologist, was in the field from November
2 to December 6, 1931, his object being the location of the route fol-
lowed by De Soto and Moscoso through Arkansas and Louisiana
from 1541 to 1543. He was the guest for a part of this time of Col.
John R. Fordyce, of Hot Springs National Park, Ark. More suc-
cess was attained in determining the probable course of the Span-
iards than had been anticipated. While in the field he also collected
linguistic material from the Tunica Indians near Marksville, La.
There are supposed to be only three individuals who can still use
the old tongue.

Doctor Swanton devoted a large part of his time to continuing
preparation of the Handbook of the Southeastern Indians, and a be-
ginning has been made on a bulletin to include the linguistic material
of the Coahuiltecan tongues now extinct. The work of copying the
tribal map of the Indians of North America has been practically
completed.

Dr. Truman Michelson, ethnologist, was at work among the South-
ern Cheyenne at the beginning of the fiscal year. The object was
to restore phonetically some Cheyenne words previously extracted
from Petter’s Dictionary which were clearly Algonquian in origin.
Measurements were taken of some 23 subjects, and a good deal of
new ethnological information was obtained. Near the middle of
July Doctor Michelson left for Tama, Iowa, to obtain some addi-
tional material on Fox ceremonials. Early in August he left Iowa
and went among the Northern Cheyenne to restore the list of
Cheyenne words mentioned above according to Northern Cheyenne
phonetics. Incidentally a really representative group of Northern
Cheyenne were measured. A statistical study has shown that the
vault of the skull is decidedly low as compared with that of most
Algonquian peoples and rather resembles the skull of the Dakota
Sioux. In June, 1932, Doctor Michelson again left for the field.
He succeeded in gaining some important sociological data on the
Kiowa and obtained some new facts on Cheyenne linguistics,
sociology, and mythology.

John P. Harrington, ethnologist, made a thorough study of the
Indians of Monterey and San Benito Counties, in central California,
and investigated the little known Chingichngich culture of the coast
of southern California. Working with the oldest survivors of the
Costanoan and Esselen speaking Indians of Monterey and San
Benito Counties, Mr. Harrington found it possible by fully utilizing
all the early records and vocabularies to illuminate the former life

FORTY-NINTH ANNUAL REPORT 3

of these people and to define it as clearly as that of some of the better
known western groups. The study demonstrated that this culture
indicates a key region for central California ethnology, since it
proved to be a connecting link between the cultures of northern and
southern California. These Indians lived on a wooded mountain-
ous coast, the northern breaking down of the great Santa Lucia
Range, in a broad interior valley, known in early times as la canada
del rio de Monterey and now as the Salinas Valley, and in the hilly
region between coast and valley, and east of the valley. The region
was rich in fish, shellfish, game, and in vegetable foods and medic-
inal herbs. Labor was roughly divided between men and women,
the men tending to the animal food and the women to the vegetable.
The houses were built of poles and thatch, shaped like a half
orange, with smoke hole at the top, and slightly sunk in the ground.
The people lived in villages and were governed by the village chief
and elders. One or more sweathouses were to be found at each vil-
lage. The people hardened themselves to going the year around with
little or no clothing in the mild climate, and the dense morning fogs
did not keep them from rising at daylight and taking the daily morn-
ing plunge. A bride was taken to live at the house of her husband’s
people or to a new house built near there. A captain, or even an
ordinary man, would sometimes have two or more wives, but monog-
amy was the rule. One of the important discoveries is that the
people had clans.

From July 1 to September 22, 1931, Dr. F. H. H. Roberts, jr.,
archeologist, continued excavations at the site 314 miles south of
Allantown, Ariz., where work was started in May of the previous
fiscal year. The Laboratory of Anthropology of Santa Fe, N. Mex.,
cooperated in the project through July and August. The summer’s
work resulted in the excavation of the subterranean portions of 14
structures. ‘The excavations showed that several of the dwellings
had been destroyed by fire. The charred remnants of timbers lying
on the floors demonstrated clearly the method of roof construction.
The details were so clearly shown in one of the houses that it was
restored so that visitors to the site might see what dwellings of that
type were like. Two other pits were covered with shed roofs so that
they will be preserved for a long time to come. The Douglass method
of determination gave dates ranging from 814 to 916 A. D. On
February 1 Doctor Roberts left Washington for Yucatan, having
been detailed to the Carnegie Institution of Washington in the
capacity of consulting archeologist. He spent 10 days at Chichen
Itza, during which time he gained much first-hand information con-
cerning the character of the ancient Mayan civilizations, and also
visited Uxmal, the pyramids at San Juan de Teotihuacan, and sev-

4. BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

eral other important archeological sites in the vicinity of Mexico
City. While in Mexico City he had the opportunity of seeing and
examining the various objects found at Monte Alban by the expedi-
tion under Prof. A. Caso. Doctor Roberts left Washington on May
21 to resume his researches at the site south of Allantown, Ariz.
Excavations were commenced on June 2, and by June 30 the remains
of two additional pit houses had been cleared of the accumulated
débris, and the remains of seven slab-lined storage cists uncovered.
In addition 15 burials belonging to the habitation group were found.
One of the pit structures uncovered had been destroyed by fire, and
the charred timbers furnished one of the earliest building dates thus
far obtained in the Southwest, namely, 797 A. D.

On July 10, 1931, Dr. W. D. Strong entered upon his duties as
ethnologist in the bureau. Early in August he left for a reconnais-
sance trip through central and western Nebraska, central South
Dakota, and western North Dakota. Evidence of a prehistoric cul-
ture believed to pertain to the early Pawnee was followed up the
Republican River and west as far as Scottsbluff. Here a very im-
portant stratified site on Signal Butte was investigated, and after
arranging for complete excavation the next summer, Doctor Strong
continued the survey trip up the Missouri River. Many large pre-
historic villages of the sedentary tribes in this region were visited
and their locations and characteristics noted for future investigation.
The survey ended with a visit to the living Arikara Indians on the
Fort Berthold Reservation in North Dakota. Many good informants
were visited and preliminary ethnological work on the life and cus-
toms of this very important agricultural people was commenced.
During the autumn and winter of 1931-32 the text and illustrations
of a manuscript entitled “An Introduction to Nebraska Archeology ”
were prepared.

On May 25, 1932, Doctor Strong left for Lincoln, Nebr., and on
June 15 excavations were commenced in the stratified deposits on the
top of Signal Butte. Large collections of specimens from all three
levels were secured, especially from the lowest level of occupation,
which was very thick and gave evidence of great antiquity. Marked
cultural differences between the three levels were apparent during the
excavation work. Burials, both complete and partial, were found in
the upper level, but no burials were encountered in the lowest level,
though fragments of human bone were found. It is already certain
that the unusual case of stratigraphy present on the summit of Signal
Butte will, when the material has been studied in detail, yield clear
evidence of an extensive sequence of cultural and artifact types for
the high plains region of central North America.

FORTY-NINTH ANNUAL REPORT 5

J. N. B. Hewitt, ethnologist, completed the revision and the edit-
ing of the manuscript journal of the Swiss artist, Rudolph Fried-
erich Kurz, for publication by the bureau. He also made an inten-
sive study of the internal organic structure of the Iroquois and the
Huron (Wyandot) clan, which was a most important unit of social
and political organization. This investigation revealed some hith-
erto unnoted and disregarded organic features of clan structure.
The results of this study were submitted for publication. In addition
he continued his work of coordinating the variant versions of tra-
ditional and ceremonial matters recorded in native text in the
Mohawk, the Cayuga, and the Onondaga vernaculars. In addition
to the four myths of the Wind Gods mentioned in the previous
report, five others of this series of texts were completed, as was also
the paper dealing with the decipherment of an interesting series of
mnemonic pictographs. Mr. Hewitt represents the Smithsonian In-
stitution on the United States Geographic Board, and as a member
of its executive committee has much active research work to do.

On May 11, 1932, Mr. Hewitt resumed his ethnological researches
among the Iroquois members of the former Six Nations of Indians
on the Grand River Grant, near Brantford, Ontario, Canada. His
investigations began with a study of the permanency and the re-
maining cohesive power of the clan among these people, and of its
influence, if any, on the social and political activities of these Indians
to-day. He found what had been superficially apparent for some
time, namely, that the clan structure and authority had become com-
pletely forgotten, and so maintained no effective guidance in social
and political affairs. David Thomas, a former chief of the Cayuga
and an intelligent man, of the Grand River Reservation, dictated a
number of traditional and interpretative Cayuga texts dealing with
certain phases of the ancient league rituals. John Buck, sr., a former
Tutelo chief, supplied further information relating to the Wind
Gods, and he also gave much assistance in interpreting league texts
already recorded by Mr. Hewitt.

_ Winslow M. Walker, associate anthropologist, was in the field at
the beginning of the year, exploring certain caves in the Ozark
region of north central Arkansas. A large cavern at Cedar Grove
yielded the burials of 12 individuals and a considerable number of
artifacts and articles of rough stone, chipped flint, bone, shell, and
crude undecorated potsherds heavily shell-tempered. ‘The resem-
blance to the culture of the Ozark Bluff Dwellers described by M. R.
Harrington is very marked. The skeletal remains indicate a long-
headed people of moderate stature, the so-called “ pre-Algonkin
type.” Three localities were found where there were petrographs—

6 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

both carved and painted symbols and figures—but the designs at
each of these sites were different and distinctive, and they could not
be correlated with any of the Bluff Dweller caves.

In the middle of July Mr. Walker went to Louisiana, where for
a month explorations of mound and village sites in various parts of
northern Louisiana were undertaken, principally in the Red River
and Mississippi Valleys. At Natchitoches, on Red River, while
preparations were going on for the construction of some ponds for
a new Government fish hatchery, an ancient Indian burial ground
was discovered. Mr. Walker arrived in time to save some of the
skeletal material and fragments of a beautiful highly decorated and
polished pottery. The period from January to June was spent in
the compiling of an index of all archeological sites so far reported
from the region of the lower Mississippi Valley, with maps showing
the location of these sites in the States of Louisiana and Arkansas.

From the study of the material found at Natchitoches a paper
has been prepared for publication entitled “ Discovery of a Caddo
Site at Natchitoches, Louisiana.” ‘The results of this study seem to
justify the conclusion that this was the burial ground of the tribe
of the Natchitoches, a branch of the Caddo, found inhabiting this
location by Henri de Tonti in 1690. The beautful polished and
engraved pottery is very similar to that made by the Ouachita
Indians living along the river of that name in Louisiana and
Arkansas.

SPECIAL RESEARCHES

The study of Indian music was continued during the past year by
Miss Frances Densmore, a collaborator of the bureau. The three
outstanding results of the year’s work are a study of the Peyote cult
and its songs among the Winnebago Indians, an intensive study of
the songs and customs of the Seminole in Florida, and the comple-
tion for publication of a manuscript entitled “ Nootka and Quileute
Music.” In addition, numerous Pueblo songs recorded in 1930 have
been transcribed and other Pueblo songs recorded. Eight manu-
scripts and the transcriptions of 109 songs have been submitted,
together with the phonographic records and complete analyses of the
songs.

Field trips were made to Wisconsin Dells in August and Septem-
ber, 1931. The first trip was devoted to the Pueblo work, the re-
cording of Winnebago dance songs, and a continuance of the general
study of the Winnebago. Following this a visit was made to a
basket makers’ camp near Holmen, Wis., where the ceremonial songs
of the John Rave branch of the Peyote organization were recorded
by William Thunder, a leader in the ceremony. On the second trip
to Wisconsin Dells the ceremonial songs of the Jesse Clay branch

FORTY-NINTH ANNUAL REPORT 7

of the organization were recorded by James Yellowbank, who is a
leader in that branch. In September, 1931, and in June, 1932, the
study of peyote was continued with Winnebago Indians.

On November 6, 1931, Miss Densmore arrived in Miami, Fla., to
resume a study of the Seminole Indians begun in January. During
the early part of her stay the work was conducted in the Seminole
villages at Musa Isle and Dania and in three camps on the Tamiami
Trail between Miami and Everglades. Sixty-five songs were re-
corded by Panther (known as Josie Billie), a leader in the Big
Cypress band of the tribe. He is a medicine man in regular practice,
and his work was sometimes interrupted by his attendance upon the
sick.

Early in February Miss Densmore went to Fort Myers and made
a trip to remote villages in the Everglades under the guidance of
Stanley Hanson of that city. Then she went to the region west of
Lake Okeechobee and recorded 125 songs at Brighton from Billie
Stuart, a leader of singers in the Cow Creek group of Seminoles.
Returning to Miami, work was resumed at Musa Isle. Additional
songs were recorded by Panther, and an important tradition was
related by Billie Motlo, one of the few remaining old men of the
tribe.

EDITORIAL WORK AND PUBLICATIONS

The editorial work of the bureau has continued under the direction
of the editor, Stanley Searles. During the year seven bulletins were
issued, as follows:

Bulletin 94. Tobacco among the Karuk Indians of California (Harrington).
xxxvi+284 pp., 36 pls., 2 figs.

Bulletin 98. Tales of the Cochiti Indians (Benedict). x-+256 pp.

Bulletin 102. Menominee music (Densmore). xxii-+230 pp., 27 pls., 3 figs.

Bulletin 103. Source material for the social and ceremonial life of the Choctaw

Indians (Swanton). vii+282 pp., 6 pls., 1 fig.

Bulletin 104. A survey of prehistoric sites in the region of Flagstaff, Arizona

(Colton). vii+69 pp., 10 pls., 1 fig.

Bulletin 105. Notes on the Fox Wapandwiweni (Michelson). v+195 pp. 1 fig.
Bulletin 107. Karuk Indian myths (Harrington). v+34 pp.

LIBRARY

The library of the Bureau of American Ethnology is made up
largely of works on the archeology, history, customs, languages, and
general culture of the early American peoples, notably the North
American Indian. The library has 30,071 volumes and 16,867
pamphlets, together with thousands of unbound periodicals and
numerous photographs, manuscripts, and Indian vocabularies. The
additions during the year were 400 volumes and 150 pamphlets. The
number of periodicals entered was 3,400; of cards prepared for the

8 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

catalogue, 5,004; of volumes bound, 200; and of loans made, 2,156.
The reference service of the library was unusually large, both to
Smithsonian scientists and to students and others outside the Insti-
tution.

COLLECTIONS
Accession No.

115902. Collection of archeological material collected by M. W. Stirling at
various sites in Alabama and Florida in 1931. (148 specimens.)

114568. Archeological and skeletal material collected for the Bureau of Ameri-
can Ethnology by F. M. Setzler from various sites in Texas in 1931.
(69 specimens. )

115562. Archeological and ethnological objects collected for the Bureau of
American Ethnology by Neil M. Judd on the San Carlos Indian
Reservation, Gila County, Ariz. (49 specimens.)

115827. Specimens of shell from Horrs Island, Fla., collected by M. W. Stirling
in 1931. (3 specimens. )

117184. Archeological material collected in 1931 by W. M. Walker from caves
and rock shelters in the Ozark region of north central Arkansas,
occupying portions of Searcy and Marion Counties. (23 specimens.)

MISCELLANEOUS

During the course of the year information was furnished by mem-
bers of the bureau staff in reply to numerous inquiries concerning
the North American Indians, both past and present, and the Mexi-
can peoples of the prehistoric and early historic periods. Various
specimens sent to the bureau were identified and data on them fur-
nished for their owners.

Personnel.—Dr. William Duncan Strong was appointed as eth-
nologist on the staff of the bureau on July 10, 1931. Miss Marion
Iilig was appointed as junior stenographer on September 1, 1931.
De Lancey Gill was retired as illustrator on June 30, 1932, by
operation of the economy bill.

Respectfully submitted.

M. W. Stirtine, Chief.

Dr. C. G. Axzort,

Secretary, Smithsonian Institution.

,
’
,
7 < I ity
a; ‘ op

FIFTIETH
ANNUAL REPORT OF THE

BUREAU OF
AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

TO [THE SECRETARY OF THE
SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION

NOS 2719353

UNITED STATES
GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE
WASHINGTON : 1933

FIFTIETH ANNUAL REPORT

OF THE

BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

M. W. STIRLING, CHIEF

American ethnology: For continuing ethnological researches among the
American Indians and the natives of Hawaii, the excavation and preservation
of archzologic remains under the direction of the Smithsonian Institution,
including necessary employees, the preparation of manuscripts, drawings, and
illustrations, the purchase of books and periodicals, and traveling expenses,
$66,640.

SYSTEMATIC RESEARCHES

M. W. Stirling, chief, devoted most of his time during the year to
office routine and to the preparation of manuscript accumulated
from past researches. Several sections of his report on the ethnology
of the Jivaro Indians of eastern Ecuador were completed, and con-
siderable progress was made in the preparation of a manuscript
describing and illustrating the important finds made by F. H. Cush-
ing, former ethnologist of the Bureau, during excavations in a muck
deposit at Key Marco, Fla. A set of excellent photographs illus-
trating this work was discovered in the Bureau archives, where they
had been deposited, unindexed, by Mr. Cushing, whose death took
place shortly after the completion of his Florida field work.

Mr. Stirling also gathered a large quantity of unpublished material
relating to the career of Sitting Bull, including a new and heretofore
unknown hieroglyphic autobiography drawn by Sitting Bull himself,
@ more important specimen than the famous copy of a Sitting Bull
autobiography in the Bureau archives made by Four Horns.

Dr. John R. Swanton, ethnologist, devoted the greater part of
his time, beyond that used in answering correspondents, to an exten-
sive paper on the ethnology of the southeastern Indians, mentioned
in previous reports. A great volume of material has been added.
Progress has also been made in the preparation of a bulletin to include
all the linguistic material rescued from the now extinct Coahuiltecan
and Karankawan dialects.

Dr. Swanton took part in the ‘Conference on Southern Pre-
History” held at Birmingham, Ala., December 18-20, under the
auspices of the Division of Anthropology and Psychology of the

24090—33 1

2 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

National Research Council, through its committee on State archeo-
logical surveys, of which Dr. Carl E. Guthe is chairman. To this he
contributed two papers, one entitled ‘‘The Southeastern Indians of |
History”’ and the other ‘‘The Relation of the Southeast to General
Culture Problems of American Pre-History.’”’ He presided as presi-
dent of the American Anthropological Association over the sessions
of that body at its meeting at Atlantic City, N.J., December 28-30.

Bulletin 108, entitled ‘‘A Dictionary of the Atakapa Language’’,
consisting largely of material collected by the late Albert S. Gatschet
but systematized and edited by Dr. Swanton, appeared during
the year.

Dr. Truman Michelson, ethnologist, was at work among the
Cheyenne and Arapaho at the beginning of the year. Among the
Cheyenne the prime object was to get an insight into their mythol-
ogy, though their sociology was not neglected. Among the Arapaho,
work was linguistic and sociological. He secured the personal narra-
tive of an aged southern Arapaho woman. An analysis shows clearly
that this is almost entirely institutional, closely following the tribal
pattern. With but few changes it might be the autobiography of
any aged Arapaho woman. On July 22 Dr. Michelson left for Tama,
Iowa, to renew researches among the Foxes in that vicinity. New
data on ceremonials were obtained and some older data verified. He
left Tama on August 8, stopping at Chicago to consult with some
anthropologists of that city and to inspect certain collections.

While in the office Dr. Michelson prepared for publication by the
Bureau a manuscript entitled ‘‘When the War Chiefs Worship the
Wolf’’, which is to be combined with a paper entitled ‘‘ Fox Miscel-
lany’’, which was prepared last year. Dr. Michelson worked out a
long series of phonetic shifts in Arapaho, which will ultimately be
published. He succeeded in finding Algonquian etymologies for a
host of Blackfoot words and stems; which contradicts the usual
assumption that Blackfoot vocabulary must be largely from outside
sources. A grant was made to Dr. Michelson by the National
Research Council whereby he could employ a technical assistant to
bring the late Dr. Jones’ Fox and Ojibwa material into shape for
publication, and Mrs. Margaret Welpley, a former student of
Dr. Michelson’s, was selected for this purpose. At the close of the
fiscal year all the Fox ethnological material was virtually ready for
publication.

J. P. Harrington, ethnologist, spent the year in an endeavor to
rescue before it is too late what can still be learned of the culture of
the Indians of southern California and adjacent regions to the north
and east. Attention in this field naturally centered about the classic
work of Boscana published by Alfred Robinson in 1846, as Boscana’s
work has never been thoroughly checked with modern Indians.

eee

FIFTIETH ANNUAL REPORT 3

Father St. John O’Sullivan of San Juan Mission gave invaluable
collaboration in a renewed study of the San Juan Indians.

The Fred H. Bixby ranch near Long Beach was identified as the
birthplace of the Indian prophet Chinigchinich. All obscure passages
in Boscana were completely cleared up as a result of this work and
much new ethnological data was secured.

Searcely a source of information that could be thought of was
left untried. Information was gathered by correspondence from
universities and professors in this country, Spain, Italy and Mexico.
The manuscript, comprising some 800 pages, was completed for
publication, and should be a standard source book for the ethnology
of southern California Indians. Thorough linguistic, ethnobotani-
cal, and historical studies were made to support the Boscana.

The beginning of the year found Dr. F. H. H. Roberts, Jr., arche-
ologist, in camp 3% miles south of Allantown, Ariz., engaged in a
series of archeological excavations which had been started in June.
The work as a whole was a continuation of a program of researches
begun during the summer of 1931. In July 1932 a semisubterranean
structure of the Pueblo I pit-dwelling type was cleared of accumu-
lated debris. Eight granaries and two surface shelters accompanying
the pit remains were also uncovered. This group contributed valu-
able data on the habits and customs of the people of that horizon.
Specimens of the arts and industries obtained from the structures
aided materially in determining the culture pattern.

Investigations were shifted to a Pueblo II site late in July, and a
6-room unit house with its adjacent ceremonial chamber or kiva was
excavated. Digging was also carried on in the nearby refuse mound.
Twenty burials were found and interesting information obtained con-
cerning mortuary customs. A representative collection of artifacts
was also made at this location. The investigations demonstrated that
the typical unit house was present in a region where it hitherto had
not been supposed to exist.

Dr. Roberts returned to Washington in September and spent the
winter preparing plans, diagrams, and a report on the summer’s
activities.

Dr. Roberts left Washington at the end of May 1933 for Arizona.
En route he stopped at Norton, Kans., to inspect purported Indian
mounds. The formations proved to be entirely natural.

In Arizona investigations were resumed at the site south of Allan-
town. The work consisted largely of checking notes made in previous
seasons and making preparations to abandon the site, the latter move
being necessitated by the lack of funds required to carry the researches
to a proper conclusion.

_ From July 1 to 16, 1932, Dr. W. D. Strong, anthropologist,

continued his stratigraphic researches at Signal Butte in western

4. BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

Nebraska. From July 16 to September 2 archeological research was
carried on in historic and prehistoric Arikara and Mandan sites in
South Dakota. Some ethnological work was also accomplished
among the former people. From September 16, 1932, to January 28,
1933, he was in Washington, where the collections were unpacked,
classified, and the writing of reports commenced.

On January 28, 1933, Dr. Strong left Washington for 6 months’
anthropological research in northeastern Honduras. This included a
6 weeks’ expedition up the Patuca River, where archeological sites
were mapped, some excavating was carried on, and the Sumu and
Miskito Indians were briefly studied. An accident occurring on this
trip caused a delay of several weeks at Puerto Castilla for hospital
treatment. From April 24 to May 24 an archeological survey of the
Bay Islands was accomplished. This yielded unusually valuable
results. On June 4 the party made a muleback trip across the moun-
tains to the interior town of Juticalpa. From here they flew to
Tegucigalpa to interview officials. On July 1 the party was return-
ing by mule to the coast. Many new archeological sites, some of
very large size, were discovered on this trip. Valuable contacts were
also made with the Paya Indians in the interior.

Winslow M. Walker, associate anthropologist, resumed investiga-
tions in the mound area of the Mississippi Valley from the middle of
August to the middle of November 1932. Excavations made on the
site of the former great mound at Jonesville, La., revealed evidences
of more than one period of occupancy, the earliest containing pottery
of a type similar to that found in the Hopewell mounds of Ohio.
Other interesting features discovered include portions of a log palisade,
a kind of stairway of logs, a lone human skull, minus the lower jaw,
lying in the mud beneath the lowest step, and great sheets of cane laid
down with careful regularity throughout the mound. Other mounds
in this group, formerly known as the Troyville group, were examined,
and the conclusion was reached that they probably stand on the site
of the great Indian town of Anilco visited by De Soto in 1542. A
report on this work has been prepared entitled ‘‘The Troyville
Mounds, Catahoula Parish, La.’”’ Mr. Walker also spent some time
while in Arkansas endeavoring to locate the sites of the Quapaw
villages shown on the Ross map of 1765, but changes in the river
course have obliterated all trace of them. A start has also been made
on a card catalog listing the locations of early historic Indian villages,
to serve as a guide for further profitable archeological work in the
Southeast.

J. N. B. Hewitt, ethnologist, devoted considerable time to a study
of the probable date of the formation and organization of the League
of the Five Iroquois Tribes. This required especial research in the
early writings of the first explorers in the valley of the St. Lawrence

:
f
4
4

anes

FIFTIETH ANNUAL REPORT 5

River. This study confirmed Mr. Hewitt’s earlier estimate that the

approximate period was 1559-70.

A study of the Jesuit Relations shows that the organic units of the
federal structure of the historical League of the Five Iroquois Tribes
differed from those of the Huron in nonessentials only. Mr. Hewitt
also established the fact that the Iroquois had not been expelled from
the north by Algonquins in prehistoric times.

A new translation with interpretative notes of the Fifth Ritual of
the Federal Ceremony of Condolence and Installation, ‘‘The Requick-
ening Address’’, consisting of 8,385 native terms, was made.

Mr. Hewitt represented the Smithsonian Institution on the United
States Geographic Board, as a member of its executive committee.

As custodian of manuscripts, Mr. Hewitt has been assisted by Miss
Mae Tucker, who has also continued the task of cataloging the
thousands of negatives and photographs accumulated since the
establishment of the Bureau.

SPECIAL RESEARCHES

The study of Indian music was continued during the past year by
Miss Frances Densmore, a collaborator of the Bureau. Seven manu-
scripts were submitted, with the following titles: ‘‘Winnebago, Iro-
quois, Pueblo, and British Columbian Songs’’; ‘‘Seminole Songs Con-
nected with Legends and Dances’’; ‘‘Dance Songs of the Seminole
Indians’’; ‘‘Choctaw Songs of Dances and Games’’; ‘‘Songs of the
Alibamu Indians”; ‘‘Alibamu Songs of the Buffalo and Other
Dances’”’; and ‘‘Chitimacha, Choctaw, and Seminole Music, with a
Comparative Survey of Indian Music in the Gulf States.”’ Seven
manuscripts previously submitted on the music of British Columbian
Indians have been combined and retyped.

An extended field trip in the Gulf States was begun in December
1932 and concluded in February 1933. The first tribe visited was the
Alibamu in Polk County, Tex., more than 60 songs being recorded.
The Chitimacha at Charenton, La., were next studied. About 80
songs were recorded from the Choctaw near Philadelphia, Miss. The
Seminole in Florida were revisited and about 70 songs were recorded.

EDITORIAL WORK AND PUBLICATIONS

The editing of the publications of the Bureau was continued through
the year by Stanley Searles, editor. The status of the publications
is presented in the following summary.

PUBLICATIONS ISSUED

Forty-ninth Annual Report of the Bureau of American Ethnology to the Sec-

retary of the Smithsonian Institution, 1931-32. vi-+8 pp.
Bulletin 99.. The Swimmer manuscript: Cherokee sacred formulas and medic-
inal prescriptions (Mooney and Olbrechts). xvii-+319 pp., 18 pls.

6 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

Bulletin 106. Ethnographical survey of the Miskito and Sumu Indians of
Honduras and Nicaragua (Conzemius). vii+191 pp., 10 pls., 1 fig.

Bulletin 108. A dictionary of the Atakapa language, accompanied by text
material (Gatschet and Swanton). v-+181 pp., 1 pl.

Bulletin 109. A dictionary of the Osage language (La Flesche). v-+406 pp.

Bulletin 110. Yuman and Yaqui music (Densmore). xviii+216 pp., 31 pls.,
7 figs.

Bulletin 111. The village of the great kivas on the Zufii Reservation, New
Mexico (Roberts). ix+197 pp., 64 pls., 34 figs.

List of publications of the Bureau of American Ethnology, with index to authors

and titles. iv+55 pp.
PUBLICATION IN PRESS

Forty-eighth Annual Report. General index, annual reports of the Bureau of
American Ethnology, vols. 1-48 (Bonnerjea). v-+1220 pp.

The number of publications distributed was 29,889.

LIBRARY

The reference library has continued under the care of Miss Ella
Leary, librarian. The library consists of 30,391 volumes, about
16,993 pamphlets, and several thousand unbound periodicals. Dur-
ing the year 320 books were accessioned. There were also received
126 pamphlets and 3,440 serials, chiefly the publications of learned
societies. Books loaned during the year numbered 960 volumes.
In the work of cataloging 4,840 cards were added to the catalog. <A
considerable amount of reference work was done in the usual course
of the library’s service to investigators and students, both those in
the Smithsonian Institution and others.

ILLUSTRATIONS

Following is a summary of work accomplished by E. G. Cassedy,
illustrator for the Bureau.

Maps’ (colored): 5 !5 2. 000i Cs UM Rt INE A ERE CL Io 2 ee a 9
Tracings. 2320) [23 A el aa ie OO es ee 12
Mechanical drawing-_-_-_-___- Per magi Pe) cae a gle Meee £9 1
Preliminary. drawings.) 22002 Ute ei Nein ee 50
Line drawings 20322 2 2 ee he es 54
Sketchés (color) | es RSG a La Ae ea 6
Photographs ‘retouched 2700.2 hay 2 Sa ye ee 33
Accession COLLECTIONS

number

114181. Archeological material from various sites between the Rio Salado and
the Rio Dulce, known as Mesapotonua Santiaguena, Argentine, and
presented to the Bureau by E. R. Wagner, Museo Arcaico Provin-
cial, Santiago del Estero, Argentine.

120252. Collection of human skeletal material found by Dr. F. H. H. Roberts,
Jr., while conducting archeological researches for the Bureau at a
site on the Zufii Indian Reservation, N.Mex., in the summer of 1930.

121548. Two boxes of mammalian and bird remains from a stratified archeo-
logical site at Signal Butte, Nebr., collected during the summer of
1932 by Dr. W. D. Strong.

Accession
number

121824.

122561.

122696.

122697.

122701.

122704.

122705.

122979.

124507.

FIFTIETH ANNUAL REPORT 7

Seventeen daguerreotypes, thirteen ambrotypes, and one tintype of
Indian subjects which had accumulated in DeLancey Gill’s office.
One lot of turkey bones (Meleagris gallapavo), nymph of bug of family
Reduviidae, and two fragments of swamp cane collected by W. M.

Walker from the Jonesville mound, La.

Decorated potsherd from Weeden Island mound, Tampa Bay., Fla.,
presented to the Bureau by D. I. Bushnell, Jr.

Coiled pottery jar and several decorated potsherds from Keams Can-
yon, Ariz., transferred to the Bureau by the Office of Indian Affairs.

Pottery bowl and pottery tobacco pipe made by the Tule Indians of
the village of Mulatupa on San Blas coast of Panama, sent to the
Bureau by A. G. Cleveland.

Collection of ethnological specimens from the Jivaro Indians of the
Upano, Santiago, Chinganasa and Alto Maranon Rivers of eastern
Ecuador; archeological and ethnological objects from the Chama
Indians of the Ucayali River in Peru; two copper and two stone
axes from Mendez, Ecuador, and one stone ax from the Upper Yaupe
River, Ecuador; and a collection of land snail shells from the Upper
Paute River in the vicinity of Mendez, Ecuador, collected by M.
W. Stirling in 1932.

Slab of shell-tempered pottery used as part of a grave lining from an
Indian grave near Nashville, Tenn., sent to the Bureau by P. E.
Cox.

Quirt and beaded bag collected by George R. Cassedy at Pawnee
Junction, Nebr., in 1869 from Buckskin Charlie (a Sioux) and pre-
sented to the Bureau by E. G. Cassedy.

Six projectile points from Yuma County, Colo., sent to the Bureau by
Everett Harte of Wray, Colo.

MISCELLANEOUS

During the course of the year information was furnished by mem-
bers of the Bureau staff in reply to numerous inquiries concerning
the North American Indians, both past and present, and the Mexican

peoples of the prehistoric and early historic periods.

Various speci-

mens sent to the Bureau were identified and data on them furnished
for their owners.

Personnel.—E. G. Cassedy was appointed illustrator on November
25, 1932. |

Respectfully submitted.

M. W. Stiruine, Chief.

Dr. C. G. ABBOT,

Secretary, Smithsonian Institution.

3 PIPSY-FIRST
ANNUAL REPORT OF THE

BUREAU OF
AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

TO THE SECRETARY OF THE
SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION

Oo bs 4

UNITED STATES
GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE.
WASHINGTON : 1935

vat r
Yes,

FIFTY-FIRST ANNUAL REPORT

OF THE

BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

M. W. StrruinG, CHIEF

necessary employees, the preparation of manuscripts, drawings, and illustrations,
the purchase of books and periodicals, and traveling expenses, $50,000.00.

SYSTEMATIC RESEARCHES

M. W. Stirling, Chief, devoted the early part of the year to office
routine and to the preparation of manuscript relating to past re-
searches. When the Civil Works Administration began to expand
its relief program, opportunity was taken to give work to a number of
especially equipped unemployed in the translation of manuscript and
rare printed material in foreign’ languages and to the typing and
copying of a considerable quantity of rare manuscript material in the
archives of the Bureau which has been in danger of disintegrating
because of age.

On December 11, 1933, Mr. Stirling left Washington for Florida to
supervise archeological projects which he had proposed in connection
with the Federal Civil Works Administration relief program. After
conference with Civil Works Administration officials at Tallahassee
and Jacksonville, work was conducted in the excavation of mounds
and habitation sites in the vicinity of the south fork of the Little
Manatee River near Bradenton, Fla., and on Perico Island near the
mouth of the Manatee River. A sand burial mound was excavated
at Englewood in the southern part of Sarasota County. On the
eastern coast of Florida, work was conducted on Canaveral Island,

102418—35 if

2 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

at Miami Beach, and at Ormond Beach. In the central part of the
State a large site near Belle Glade in the vicinity of Lake Okeechobee
was excavated. Because of the amount of labor which it was possible
to utilize, much information was obtained which will help to clear up
the problems of Southeastern archeology.

During the same period, Mr. Stirling took the opportunity of over-
seeing the work conducted under the auspices of the Bureau of
Ethnology at Macon, Ga., where a large and important mound group
was being excavated with the cooperation of the Macon Historical
Society. On May 5, Mr. Stirling returned to Washington where he
worked on the preparation of the collections obtained during this
field work and on the preparation of reports on the different excava-
tions.

Upon the death of the late Gen. Hugh L. Scott, his valuable mate-
rial on the sign language of the American Indians was added to the
Bureau archives. Richard Sanderville, Blackfoot Indian, who had
been one of General Scott’s principal informants, was brought to
Washington in order to go over this material and to supplement it in
places which appeared lacking. Opportunity was also taken to make
additional motion pictures and a general photographic record of the
sign language with Mr. Sanderville as model.

During the earlier part of the year Dr. John R. Swanton, ethnolo-
gist, completed the bulletin on the languages of certain Texas tribes,
of which mention was made in his last report. This includes all of the
linguistic material known to be in existence, both published and
unpublished, from the Coahuiltecan, Karankawan, and Tamaulipecan
stocks, i. e., all of the Indian tongues of Texas west and south of the
Atakapa and Tonkawa, and extending as far into Mexico as the
boundaries of the Huastec and Uto-Aztecan tribes.

The remainder of his office work, aside from correspondence, has
been devoted mainly to the handbook of Southeastern Indians, men-
tioned in previous reports. ‘The present draft of this work contains
about 1,200 typewritten pages.

At the end of February Dr. Swanton went to Macon, Ga., at the
invitation of the Society for Georgia Archaeology, to atlond ifs first
meeting and take part in its activities as indicated elsewhere. He
remained at Macon for about 3 weeks, visiting archeological sites both
in the immediate neighborhood and in other parts of Georgia and mak-
ing some attempts to locate the route pursued by De Soto in crossing
the State in 1540. Dr. Swanton thinks there is little doubt that the
crossing point on the Oconee has been identified with the old trail
crossing at Carr Shoals, a few miles above Dublin.

Dr. Truman Michelson, ethnologist, devoted the bulk of his
time to preparing a paper entitled ‘‘The Linguistic Position of
Nawa0Oindnina®.” This consisted of going over Kroeber’s published

FIFTY-FIRST ANNUAL REPORT | 3

material and establishing the phonetic shifts of the language. It
also meant codifying in final form a number of Cheyenne shifts which
he had partially worked out in previous years. It also involved
clarifying some shifts in Arapaho and Atsina. The special novelty
consists in showing how at least certain Algonquian languages became
divergent simply by the operation of complex and far-reaching
phonetic shifts. The manuscript was completed before the end of
the fiscal year. Toward the close of the fiscal year Dr. Michelson
was engaged in working out the phonetic shifts in Natick, an extinct
Algonquian language, on the basis of Trumbull’s Dictionary.

During the first 6 months of the fiscal year, Dr. John P. Harrington,
ethnologist, continued his field studies among the Mission Indians of
California, obtaining a rather exhaustive set of notes to accompany
the publication of the Boscana manuscript recently discovered by him.
It is the long-lost original of the only complete report ever written by
a Franciscan missionary on the ethnology of the California Indians.
It was written by the Rev. Jeronimo Boscana at San Juan Capistrano
Mission on the coast of southern California in 1822, and is a delight-
fully variant version of the Boscana account entitled ‘‘Chinigchinich’”’,
published in English translation by Alfred Robinson as an appendix
to his Life in California in 1846. The task of taking this Spanish
original to the oldest surviving Indians and eliciting their comment
on its many detailed statements proved fascinating and often went
far beyond the scope of the original. ;°

The following 5 months were spent in Washington, D. C., in elab-
oration of field material. A very literal and careful translation of
the newly found manuscript was made, and this translation was
published in the Smithsonian Miscellaneous Collections, Vol. 92,
No. 4. Copy of the Spanish text has been prepared, and this with
the notes, which exceed several times the bulk of the manuscript, will
constitute a later publication by the Smithsonian Institution.

Leaving Washington for California early in June, Dr. Harrington
spent 17 days with an old Indian informant who contributed much
to the Boscana notes and gave considerable other important infor-
mation. The end of the fiscal year found him still in the field.

Dr. F. H. H. Roberts, Jr., archeologist, was on leave of absence
from the Bureau during the months of July and August 1933. During
this time he excavated the remains of a small village of the Pueblo I
type. The investigations were carried on 3% miles south of Allan-
town, Ariz., on a portion of the site where researches were conducted
in the field seasons of 1931, 1932. The 1933 work was done under
the auspices of the Laboratory of Anthropology, Santa Fe, N. Mex.,
as a part of its program of field training for graduate students. The
Laboratory and the Bureau cooperated in the investigations of 1931
and the Bureau sponsored those of 1932. Despite its small size, the

4 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

village excavated in 1933 contributed valuable data on developments
occurring within a single phase in the history of the pre-Spanish
Pueblo Indians, and this knowledge is being incorporated in the large
report on the results of the previous years’ investigations at the site.

In the 2 months allotted. to the work, two unit dwellings—one
consisting of 5 rooms and a subterranean ceremonial chamber,
the other containing 7 rooms and a ceremonial chamber—a third
underground structure, and several courts were excavated. The
refuse mounds were trenched and 24 burials with accompanying
mortuary offerings were uncovered. A few timbers used as roof
beams in the.structures were sufficiently preserved to make possible
their dating by means of dendrochronology. These show that the
village was built and occupied between 800 and 850 A. D. Specimens
collected include pottery ; stone tools, bone implements and ornaments;
and some tiny beads made from shells, both red and white in color,
which make a string 37 feet 3% inches in length, one of the longest
ever found in the Southwest.

The autumn months were spent in office researches and routine.
Drawings were made to illustrate the report on the Arizona work.
Information was furnished in response to inquiries. Manuscripts
were written detailing various problems in southwestern archeology
and explaining the results of the Bureau’s activities in that field.

Dr. Roberts left Washington December 16, 1933, for Pittsburg
Landing, Tenn., where he began work December 21, on a group of
mounds located on the old battlefield in Shiloh National Military
Park. The project was one of many sponsored by the C. W. A. and
provided for an extensive investigation. The work continued until
March 30, 1934. The site is located on a high bluff above the west
bank of the Tennessee River and lies between two deep ravines through
which flow tributary branches of the main stream. It consists of 7
large mounds, 6 domiciliary and 1 burial, and numerous low elevations
which mark the places where dwellings once stood. To the west of
the area of occupation is an embankment, extending across the neck
of the bluff from one ravine to the other, indicating the former exist-
ence of a palisade which protected the community on that side.

Dr. Roberts returned to Washington April 2, and from that time
until June 30 worked over material from the Southwest and from
Shiloh. :

On July 1, 1933, Dr. W. D. Strong, with the Smithsonian expedition
in northeastern Honduras, was returning from a muleback and air-
plane reconnaissance of the interior between Trujillo and Tegucigalpa.
The party returned to Trujillo on July 7, having located a considerable |
number of important and hitherto unknown ruins of Chorotegan type
on the overland traverse. Collections were packed and shipped from
Puerto Castilla and Dr. Strong reported in Washington July 18.

FIFTY-FIRST ANNUAL REPORT 5

From that date until December he was occupied in sorting and
classifying the Honduras ethnological and archeological collections
and commencing a report on the Bay Island reconnaissance. At the
same time work was resumed on the report dealing with the stratified
archeological horizons excavated on Signal Butte the year before.
On December 11, 1933, Dr. Strong left Washington to take charge of
archeological excavations at Buena Vista Lake, Kern County, Calif.,
made possible by a grant from the Federal Civil Works Administra-
tion. This work lasted until March 30, 1934. The excavations
yielded a mass of specimens and detailed stratigraphic data bearing
on the prehistoric human occupation of the great southern valley of
California. Winslow M. Walker, who acted as assistant director on
the excavations, is preparing a report on this work.

Beside the main excavation work at Buena Vista Lake a series of
week-end reconnaissance trips to the Cuyama Valley yielded infor-
mation on the prehistory of the eastern Chumash. A large burial
eround and several village sites were excavated. The prehistoric
house type in this border area seems to have been a round or ovoid
earth-lodge, with from two to four central posts and no entrance pas-
sage. One house of this sort, early historic in time, had a flue up one
side, reminiscent of Pueblo house types. At the close of the C. W. A.
excavations a small party, under Dr. Strong’s direction, made a sur-
vey of caves and village sites in the Santa Barbara Mountains west of
the Cuyama Valley, and in the Hurricane Deck region of the Sisquoc
River. Considerable perishable material from caves, data on a num-
ber of village sites, and some interesting pictographs were obtained
on this trip. The culture of the eastern Chumash, as revealed by
these valley and mountain sites, seems to have been intermediate
between that of the coastal Chumash and Island Shoshonean culture
and that of the Lake Yokuts. Particularly interesting is the fact
that the eastern Chumash cultural remains are particularly close to
those recovered from the older of the two kitchen middens excavated
on Buena Vista Lake.

Dr. Strong returned to Washington May 1, 1934, and resumed
work on the Signal Butte and Bay Island archeological reports.

Winslow M. Walker, associate anthropologist, unable to resume
field researches because of the provisions of the Economy Act, instead
devoted his time to a systematic examination and classification of the
manuscript material collected by the late Dr. Cyrus Thomas relating
to Indian mounds. ‘These notes and reports were then refiled accord-
ing to geographical location in the manuscript division. Some
unpublished notes belonging to the late James Mooney were also
found, which contained data about archeological sites in various parts
of the Cherokee country, and these together with a series of maps
prepared by Mr. Mooney in the field were revised with the helpful

6 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

assistance of Mrs. Mooney, and made available for the use of any
students interested in that section of the Southeast.

About. the middle of December 1933 Mr. W. M. Walker left Wash-
ington to assist Dr. Strong in the direction of an archeological excava-
tion project near Taft, Calif., made possible by a grant from the
Federal Civil Works Administration. The site chosen consisted of
two large shellmounds on the shore of Buena Vista Lake, known to
the early Spanish explorers as the Yokuts village of Tulamniu. These
mounds and a portion of the adjoining hill tops were made the object
of systematic excavations lasting until the end of March 1934, em-
ploying a large number of men taken from the local relief rolls, as well
as a number of experienced students from the University of Cali-
fornia, and a staff of technical specialists. As a result a large amount
of information was obtained about the construction and occupation
of the shellmounds, the burial places of some 600 of their former
inhabitants, and a collection of about 4,500 specimens illustrating
their material culture. Indications are that the inhabitants of the
later mound are closely related in culture to the shellmound builders
of the San Francisco Bay region, some of whom may have worked
their way up the San Joaquin Valley, until they appeared in historic
times as the lake tribes of the Southern Yokuts.

Following the closing of the C. W. A. work early in April, Mr.
Walker also accompanied Dr. Strong on a 2-weeks’ packing trip into
the Santa Barbara Mountains mentioned above.

Mr. Walker returned to Washington the latter part of April and
has since been engaged in the classification and study of the material
collected in preparation for a report on the ancient Yokuts village
site of Tulamniu. )

During the fiscal year ending June 30, 1934, Mr. J. N. B. Hewitt,
ethnologist, was engaged in office work. The time was devoted to
the revision and literal and free translation of native texts in the
Mohawk, the Cayuga, and the Onondaga languages, relating not only
to the several institutions of the League of the Iroquois, but also to
the traditional accounts of the events leading to its establishment
with traditional biographies of the founders and their antagonists,
and also those relating to the legendary origin and development of
the Wind or Disease Gods and as well those relating to the Plant or
Vegetable Gods.

In the writings of many historians of the tribes of the Iroquois,
there is a constant occurrence of the terms ‘‘elder”’ brothers, tribes,
and nations, and ‘‘younger”’ brothers, tribes, and nations. These
phrases have often been employed to show the tribal or racial descent
of one Iroquois Tribe or people from another. Mr. Hewitt was able
to demonstrate that the eldership or juniorship of tribes or nations

- 'BIFTY-FIRST ANNUAL REPORT ~ (f

or political brothers among the Iroquois peoples has quite a differ-

ent signification, these terms being courteous forms of address of an
institutional nature, which bars completely the historical inferences
or deductions so frequently made from them.

Mr. Hewitt was also enabled as a result of his studies to assign to
their proper place and function the seven wampum strings utilized
by the Iroquois in the Farewell Chant of the Condolence and Instal-
lation Convocation of the League of the Iroquois.

As the representative of the Smithsonian Institution on the United
States Geographic Board and as a member of its executive committee
Mr. Hewitt attended 10 regular and 4 special meetings of the Board
and also 10 regular and 6 special meetings of the executive com-
mittee. On April 17, 1934, the President, by Executive order, abolished
the United States Geographic Board, transferring its paid personnel
of three members to the Interior Department, with the records and
other property of the Board.

EDITORIAL WORK AND PUBLICATIONS

The editing of the publications of the Bureau was continued
through the year by Stanley Searles, editor. The following publica-
tions were issued during the year ended June 30, 1934:

Forty-eighth Annual Report. Accompanying paper: General index, annual
reports of the Bureau of American Ethnology, vols. 1-48 (Bonnerjea). v,
1,221 pp.

Fiftieth Annual Report of the Bureau of American Ethnology to the Secretary
of the Smithsonian Institution, 1932-33. 7 pp.

Publications distributed totaled 14,761.
LIBRARY

The reference library has continued under the care of Miss Ella
Leary, librarian. The library consists of 30,701 volumes, about
17,095 pamphlets, and several thousand unbound periodicals. Dur-
ing the year 310 books were accessioned, of which 34 were acquired
by purchase, the remainder being received through gift and ex-
change; also 102 pamphlets and 3,130 serials, chiefly the publica-
tions of learned societies, were received and recorded. The cata-
loging kept pace with the new accessions, and some progress was
made in cataloging ethnologic and related articles in the earlier serials,
3,840 cards being added to the catalog. A considerable amount of
reference work was done in the usual course of the library’s service
to investigators and students, both those in the Smithsonian Insti-
tution and others.

8. BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

ILLUSTRATIONS

Following is a summary of work accomplished by E. G. Cassedy,
illustrator, for the Bureau.

Water-color.drawings. 4" 0022222064. 7 ke cee te 71
Line drawings. 020.0620. a Se ee 64
Stipple drawings. 2/222. 22272. SS a 50
Wash dtawingsii ole 0) 2. Dil 2 eee eee +
Crayon drawingsiio. 2 222) ult ol pa ee ee 1
Graphs. 402) 40 Geol ye 38
Maps. si s2pbioue Lee Uk ale cee fee ee 13
Lettering jobs... 22. ce ol a 206
Layouts—Sizing, lettering, and assembling ________________- 119
Retouched'drawings. 22h UUU ei) -iate CT a7 35
Tracings 22.252 2 ee A ee ered 3 42
Retouched photos-2.% 3240) you Le ae 0 eae ho lame
Restored negatives. —. 2.2222 22h ee eer 8
Accession COLLECTIONS

number

123372. Skeletal material from a burial site near Sarasota, Fla. (1 specimen).

125140. Archeological material from various sites in Louisiana, Georgia, and
Mississippi, collected by W. M. Walker during the fall of 1982 (63
specimens).

125392. Archeological and human skeletal remains, also some bird bones and
four incomplete dog skeletons, collected in Arizona by Dr. F. H. H.
Roberts, Jr., during the seasons of 1931 and 1932 (662 specimens).

126434. Ethnological material from the Sumu and Miskito Indians collected by
Dr. W. D. Strong while on a recent expedition to Honduras, also
some natural history specimens (48 specimens).

128084. Ethnological specimens from Australia and Papua presented to the
Bureau by Joel H. DuBose (13 specimens).

129974. Archeological and skeletal material collected by F. M. Setzler from
August 20 to November 1, 1933, from mounds and village sites
within the Marksville Works, near Marksville, La. (1,772 speci-
mens).

MISCELLANEOUS

During the course of the year information was furnished by mem-
bers of the Bureau staff in reply to numerous inquiries concerning
the North American Indians, both past and present, and the Mex-
ican peoples of the prehistoric and early historic periods. Various
specimens sent to the Bureau were identified and data on them fur-
nished for their owners.

Personnel.—Miss Marion Illig, junior stenographer, resigned on
December 11, 1933.

Miss Edna Butterbrodt was appointed junior stenographer on
June 1, 1934.

Respectfully submitted.

M. W. Sriruine, Chief.

Dr. C. G. Assor,

Secretary, Smithsoman Institution.

£-1935

FIFTY-SECOND
ANNUAL REPORT OF THE

BUREAU OF
AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

TO THE SECRETARY OF THE
SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION

WIS Gp

UNITED STATES
GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE
WASHINGTON : 1935

FIFTY-SECOND ANNUAL REPORT
OF THE

BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

M. W. STIRLING, CHIEF

American ethnology: For continuing ethnological researches among the Ameri-
can Indians and the natives of Hawaii, the excavation and preservation of
archeologic remains under the direction of the Smithsonian Institution, includ-
ing necessary employees, the preparation of manuscripts, drawings, and illustra-
tions, the purchase of books and periodicals, and traveling expenses, $52,910.00.

SYSTEMATIC RESEARCHES

M. W. Stirling, Chief, left Washington on October 23, 1934, to
investigate the location of finds of the eastern type of Folsom point
in King and Queen and Halifax Counties, Va., and in Granville
County, N. C. It was discovered that the points in question were all
surface finds, the exact location of several being examined. Two in-
teresting facts developed from this study: None of the Folsomlike
points was found in connection with village site material, and all of
them were recovered from hilltop fields or other elevations where
erosion had removed the topsoil. Until finds are made in situ, and
in association with other material, very little can be said as to the
antiquity of the specimens beyond the fact that they appear to be
earlier than the ceramic horizons in the same region.

On January 18, 1935, Mr. Stirling arrived at San Jose, Guatemala,
from which point he visited archeological sites on the Pacific Coastal
Plain. Proceeding to the highlands of Guatemala, he visited several
Maya Quiche villages in the vicinity of Lake Atitlan and Chichi-
castenango. Subsequently he studied the old empire ruins of
Quirigua on the Motagua River and Copan in Honduras. After
returning to Guatemala from Honduras, Mr. Stirling proceeded to

33175 —35 1

2 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

Yucatan, where he spent a week as a guest of the Carnegie Institu-
tion in viewing the sites of Uxmal and Chichen Itza. On February
12 he returned to Washington.

On June 18 Mr. Stirling left Washington from Macon, Ga., to
examine the progress made by Dr. A. R. Kelly on the large-scale
mound excavations near that city. From Macon Mr. Stirling pro-
ceeded to Brunswick, Ga., to view some of the archeological sites on
the Sea Islands and to consult with National Park Service officials
regarding the establishment of archeological monuments in that area.
From Brunswick he went to Manatee, Fla., to examine some interest-
ing Calusa material discovered by Montague Tallant. Following
this, a brief trip was made to Cape Sable and the Florida Keys to
locate some of the southernmost examples of Calusa archeological
sites. On the return trip to Washington, he spent 2 days at Talla-
hassee, Fla., in consultation with Vernon Lamme, Florida State
Archeologist, and visited several interesting sites in the vicinity.

Dr. John R. Swanton, ethnologist, devoted a considerable part of
the year to the amplification of his report on the Southeastern
Indians, material being added from Spanish, French, and English
sources.

In November and the first week of December, Dr. Swanton, accom-
panied by F. M. Setzler, assistant curator of archeology in the
United States National Museum, visited Macon, Ga., as the guests of
Dr. and Mrs. Charles C. Harrold, stopping on the way at various
points in North Carolina to examine archeological collections and
sites connected with the expedition of De Soto. They remained in
Atlanta, at the invitation of Mr. and Mrs. Beverly M. Du Bose, long
enough to view the famous Etowah mounds at Cartersville. Besides
visiting several sites in the immediate neighborhood of Macon, they
made a trip to Panama City, Fla., and with the helpful cooperation
of Judge Ira A. Hutchinson of that place viewed many of the sites
explored by Clarence B. Moore and obtained an excellent collection
of potsherds from one of the large shell heaps. On the return trip
to Washington productive attempts were made to identify sites
visited by De Soto in both North and South Carolina. Lectures
were delivered at Macon and also at Emory University, Atlanta,
before those interested in the local archeology.

During the last week in December, Dr. Swanton took part in a
conference on the prehistory of the lower Mississippi Valley at
Baton Rouge, La., and on his way back spent some time visiting
Indian sites along Alabama River with James Y. Brame, Jr., of
Montgomery, Ala.

Shortly before the end of the year Dr. Swanton took up again
his work on the Timucua linguistic material, which had been laid
aside for some time. Timucua is no longer spoken, and, with the

FIFTY-SECOND ANNUAL REPORT 3

exception of two letters and some isolated words, all that is known
regarding it is contained in five early seventeenth-century religious
works published by the Franciscan friars Pareja and Movilla, with
a grammar by the former.

At the beginning of the year Dr. Truman Michelson, ethnologist,
was engaged in working out the phonetic shifts of Natick on the
basis of the material contained in Trumbull’s Dictionary. With
very few exceptions these are now satisfactorily solved, and have
been indexed on file cards. When a few remaining obscure points
are elucidated it will be possible to present a complete paper for
publication. During the year a number of technical papers were
prepared for publication in certain professional periodicals. Among
these is a series of papers solving certain difficulties in Algonquian
sound-shifts and etymologies as well as showing that. some sound-
shifts took place in Proto-Algonquian times. An article on Winne-
bago social and political organization should also be noted. The
data extracted from Caleb Atwater’s writings, previously neglected,
are important. A new technique of determining the gentes of some
tribes at certain times is given. Since gentes often own personal
names, it is clear that personal names occurring as the signers of
treaties and in early documents can be utilized in determining the
gentes. Of general ethnological interest will be Dr. Michelson’s
communication, shortly to be published in the American Anthropol-
ogist, on Miss Owen’s Folk-Lore of the Musquakie Indians. Since
the book deals with the Musquakie Indians, we have a right to
suppose that the Indian words cited are Musquakie. However, Dr.
Michelson shows that several are not even Algonquian but Siouan.
Dr. Michelson has prepared and submitted for publication two
papers: “Further Notes on Algonquian Kinship Terms” and
“What Happened to Green Bear Who Was Blessed with a Sacred
Pack.”

Dr. John P. Harrington, ethnologist, continued during the year
his researches on the Indians of California and other related western
Indians, both in the field and in Washington. At the beginning of
the year he was engaged in work in southern California with an
aged Indian, reviewing with him the ethnology contained in Father
Boscana’s unique report on the culture of the southern California
coast Indians, written in 1822, the manuscript of which Dr. Harring-
ton recently discovered. The rehearing and annotating of this im-
portant manuscript was continued with other informants until well
into the fall, resulting in the elucidating of practically every passage
of the old text. On the completion of this work Dr. Harrington
returned to Washington, D. C., to continue the annotation of the
Boscana manuscript. Owing to the presence of Mission Indians in
the city of Washington during all the latter part of the year, as

4. BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

delegates in connection with legislative work, Dr. Harrington
availed himself of this opportunity to amplify the work. Legends
and other materials from these Indians were reheard, discussed, and
edited. This work was still in continuation on June 380.

Dr. Frank H. H. Roberts, Jr., archeologist, devoted considerable
time during the year to a study of the problem of so-called Folsom
man. Extensive correspondence was carried on with collectors
throughout the country concerning their finds of Folsom points and
many examples were sent to him for study, photographing, and
measuring. Asa result of this work much new information was ob-
tained concerning variations in this peculiar type of projectile point
and its distribution.

Dr. Roberts left Washington September 23, 1934, for Fort Collins,
Colo., to investigate a site which had been reported to the Smithso-
nian Institution by Maj. Roy G. Coffin, professor of geology in Colo-
rado State College. The site was discovered in 1924 by Judge C. C.
Coffin and his son, A. L. Coffin, of Fort Collins. Among the speci-
mens were points which later were identified as belonging to the
Folsom type, the oldest thus far known in North America. Dr.
Roberts spent 6 weeks exploring the site, with the permission of the
owner of the land, William Lindenmeier, Jr., of Fort Collins. From
an intact midden layer 14 feet below the present ground level, and a
quarter of a mile distant from the place of the original finds by the
Coffins, he procured a whole series of implements which definitely
establish a complex for the Folsom horizon.

Dr. Roberts returned to Washington November 20, 1934, and dur-
ing the winter months prepared a manuscript detailing the results of
his work. This paper, entitled “A Folsom Complex: Preliminary
Report on Investigations at the Lindenmeier Site in Northern Colo-
rado”, was published June 20, 1935, in the Smithsonian Miscel-
laneous Collections, vol. 94, no. 4, publ. no. 3333.

Dr. Roberts left Washington again for Fort Collins on May 26. A
camp was established at the Lindenmeier site and excavations on
a larger scale than those of the preceding autumn were begun. The
digging yielded numerous specimens of stone implements and a con-
siderable quantity of bison bones, indicating that they are from much
larger animals than the modern bison. A number of stone imple-
ments were found in direct association with these bones, and one
vertebra contains the tip end from a typical Folsom point.

While the work at the Lindenmeier site was progressing, Dr.
Roberts visited a number of locations in the northern Colorado area
where Folsom specimens have been found. None of the latter indi-
cated possibilities for increased knowledge on the subject comparable
to those at the Lindenmeier site.

FIFTY-SECOND ANNUAL REPORT 5

During the month spent in the office Dr. Roberts also worked on
manuscripts detailing the results of archeological work conducted
in Arizona and at Shiloh National Military Park, Tenn.

From July to October 1934, Dr. W. D. Strong, ethnologist, was
in Washington working with the collections made in Spanish Hon-
duras during the preceding years. During the year a report on one
phase of this work, entitled “Archeological Investigations in the Bay
Islands, Spanish Honduras”, was completed. It was published Feb-
ruary 12, 1935, in the Smithsonian Miscellaneous Collections, vol. 92,
no. 14. In October 1934 Dr. Strong was sent to Fort Collins, Colo.,
to examine and assist in work at a newly discovered site where a
habitation level occupied by Folsom man was being investigated by
Dr. F. H. H. Roberts, Jr., of the Bureau of American Ethnology.
Returning to Washington in the same month, he was occupied for
some time in revising and amplifying an earlier report, “An Intro-
duction to Nebraska Archeology ”, which was completed and went
to press March 1, 1935. From December 1934 until the end of the
year, Dr. Strong served as an adviser in anthropology to the Bureau
of Indian Affairs. Prior to May 1934 this work was carried on in
addition to his other duties but, subsequent to that time, through an
arrangement between the Bureau of American Ethnology and the
Bureau of Indian Affairs, full time was devoted to this task.

Winslow M. Walker, associate anthropologist, devoted the time
from July 1 until the end of the calendar year in working with the
collections made in connection with the Federal Civil Works Admin-
istration relief project at Buena Vista Lake, Calif. At the same
time Mr. Walker was able to continue work in connection with his
researches in the lower Mississippi Valley, and completed for publi-
cation the report of his work on the large mound at Troyville, La.

J. N. B. Hewitt, ethnologist, was engaged during the year in a
revision of the native Onondaga text of the Requickening Address
of the Condolence Convocation of the Iroquois League, adding to
the text and translation the summarizing speech introductory to the
Second Part of this Address, retranslating the whole. He also re-
vised the historical tradition of the founding of the League of the
Iroquois, not only words but incidents as well, retranslating the
whole to conform to the corrections. Texts of laws relating to other
aspects of the League were also revised and made to conform to later
information obtained in his researches.

Mr. Hewitt worked on the preparation of a paper analyzing
approximately 400 Chippewa place names. He also prepared a list
of over 200 Seneca personal names arranged according to the age
grades of the individual.

In the course of the year Mr. Hewitt attended the meetings of the
Advisory Committee to the Division of Geographic Names of the

6 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

Department of the Interior, for which he also did some research
work.
SPECIAL RESEARCHES

Miss Frances Densmore, a collaborator of the Bureau, continued
her study of Indian music during this year, submitting disk records
of Indian songs made at the Century of Progress Exposition. The
records of seven songs were submitted, with transcriptions of two
Navaho and four Sioux songs, and accompanying data. These have
been cataloged consecutively with her former work. Two of the
Sioux songs were selected by Dean Carl E. Seashore for graphic
reproduction by his method of phonophotography, the work being
done at his laboratory at the University of Iowa, Iowa City. This
is the first use of this technique of graphical recording in connection
with the study of Indian music. Dr. Seashore states: “From a
single playing before the microphone three groups of records are
made: First, a re-recording of the song on hard disks for auditory
reference; second, a phonophotographic record of pitch, intensity
and time; and, third, an oscillogram for harmonic analysis to deter-
mine tone quality.” Through his courtesy there was submitted a
print of a portion of the original phonophotogram of one of these
songs, and a graph, or “ pattern score” made by Dr. Harold Sea-
shore from the phonophotogram. A comparison of this score with
the transcription made by Miss Densmore corroborates the evidence
of the ear in discerning the pitch of Indian singing and also opens
interesting new avenues of investigation. Miss Densmore added a
chapter on a summary of analysis to her book on British Columbian
music, awaiting publication.

Acknowledgment is made of the courtesy of Mrs. Laura Boulton
and Dr. George Herzog in providing the use of the Fairchild disk
recording apparatus on which Indian songs were recorded at the
Century of Progress Exposition.

EDITORIAL WORK AND PUBLICATIONS

The editing of the publications of the Bureau was continued
through the year by Stanley Searles, editor. In addition to the
current work of the office, considerable progress was made on com-
paring and correcting the comprehensive manuscript index of Bul-
letins 1-100 of the Bureau. Every entry is being verified.

An index of Schoolcraft’s work entitled “ Indian Tribes ”, in six
volumes, begun last year, is well advanced.

Bulletin 112, “An Introduction to Pawnee Archeology ”, by Waldo
Rudolph Wedel, was edited and prepared for printing; and work
has been done on other manuscripts in the custody of the editor.
Publications distributed totaled 11,955.

FIFTY-SECOND ANNUAL REPORT 7)

LIBRARY

The reference library has continued under the care of Miss Ella
Leary, librarian. The library consists of 31,101 volumes, 17,189
pamphlets, and several thousand unbound periodicals. During the
year 400 books were accessioned, of which 47 were acquired by pur-
chase, the remainder being received through gift and exchange of
Bureau publications; also 94 pamphlets and 3,125 serials, chiefly
the publications of learned societies, were received and recorded.
Books loaned during the year numbered 1,069. In the process of
cataloging, 1,550 cards were added to the catalog files. Requisition
was made on the Library of Congress during the year for 140 vol-
umes for official use. ‘This year, more than in previous years, advan-
tage was taken of the interlibrary loan service for books needed by
the staff.

As usual, hundreds of publications were consulted in the library
during the year by investigators and students, other than members
of the Smithsonian Institution. Individual! contributors both at
home and abroad continued to show their interest by sending contri-
butions to the brary.

ILLUSTRATIONS

Following 1s a summary of work accomplished by E. G. Cassedy,
illustrator :

PROS oil eee Nee ee ee ee 1
WIMMER OBA WAN MSs PS ee aes fe ip td toe 115
SATE ORNS Ste 0 I pre Oe 43
Enetosrapus retouched 2222-02-02 68
JAN EFT OS acc etl a i gg 2 a 29
NEB CTT OCIS ad SN ng gO pen 17
SL (DES TE TSS «I OFS se ea NE Ss le Cn eas ae ee 147
alee CMO Le Dane Oe el ek ee 97
iziotogramhs colored! 2.52 2 ee ak 21
Mechamical ORAWING Ss .05 he ee 5
EZ Sere Ie 2 ee 2 el 7a
PCO a) ee es aS epee IS ce ee ne A gy UT 545
COLLECTIONS
Accession
Number

130570. Pottery fragments from Weeden Island, Fla., collected by D. L. Reich-
ard (4 specimens).

180576. Human skeletal material cbtained through excavations conducted
under the Federal Civil Works Administration by W. M. Walker at
various sites in California (88 specimens).

132127. Skeletal material excavated from Peachtree Mound at Murphy, N. C.
(39 specimens).

132168. Skeletal material obtained in the course of archeological work con-
ducted at Ormond Beach, Fia., during the winter of 1933-84 under
the Federal Civil Works Administration (53 specimens).

8 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

133814. Collection of archeological material obtained on the mainland of
Spanish Honduras and on the adjacent Bay Islands by Dr. W. D.
Strong in 1933 (327 specimens).

134994. Skeletal material from Perico Island, Manatee County, Fla., collected
by the C. W. A. during the winter of 1933-34 (180 specimens).

MISCELLANEOUS

During the course of the year information was furnished by mem-
bers of the Bureau staff in reply to numerous inquiries concerning
the North American Indians, both past and present, and the Mexican
peoples of the prehistoric and early historic periods. Various speci-
mens sent to the Bureau were identified and data on them furnished
for their owners.

Personnel—The appointment of Winslow M. Walker, associate
anthropologist, was terminated May 31, 1935, owing to ill health.

Miss Helen Heitkemper was temporarily appointed as junior
stenographer in the absence of Miss Edna Butterbrodt, on furlough.

Respectfully submitted.

M. W. Sriruine, Chief.

Dr. C. G. Axpgor,

Secretary, Smithsonian Institution.

FIFTY-THIRD
ANNUAL REPORT OF THE

BUREAU OF
AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

TO THE SECRETARY OF THE
SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION

UNITED STATES
GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE
WASHINGTON : 1937

eee oe MRE ees

FIFTY-THIRD ANNUAL REPORT
OF THE

BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
M. W. Stimuinec, Curr

Sir: I have the honor to submit the following report on the field
researches, office work, and other operations of the Bureau of Ameri-
ean Ethnology during the fiscal year ended June 20, 1936, conducted
in accordance with the act of Congress of February 2, 1935. The act
referred to contains the following item:

American ethnology: For continuing ethnological researches among the Amer-
ean Indians and the natives of Hawaii, the exeavation and preservation of
archeologic remains under the Girection of the Smithsonian Institution, inelud-
ing necessary employees, the preparation of manuscripts, drawings, and ilustra-
tions, the purchase of books and periodicals, and traveling expenses, $58,730.00.

SYSTEMATIC RESEARCHES

At the beginning of the fiscal year M. W. Stirling, Chief of the
Bureau, was in southern Florida for the purpose of locating arche-
ological sites which it was anticipated would be excavated later in
the year with relief labor. Myr. Stirling returned to Washington
the latter part of July. In December two Works Progress Adimin-
istration archeological projects having been approved on request of
the Florida State Archaeological Survey in cooperation with the
Smithsonian Institution, Mr. Stirling again went to Florida in order
to consult with Works Progress Administration officials and super-
vise the establishing of the projects in Hillsborough and Dade Coun-
ties. He returned to Washington December 22. During the visit
of a Blackfeet Indian delegation to Washington in the month of
March 1936 opportunity was taken to make further checks and modi-
fications on the sign language material of the late Gen. Hugh L.
Scott.

Dr. John R. Swanton, ethnologist, devoted the greater part of his
time during the first half of the fiscal year to the arrangement of the
Timucua linguistic material under stems. Further material was
added to his large paper on the Indians of the Southeast. On De-
cember 26, 1935, Dr. Swanton was appointed by the President a mem-
ber of a commission of seven “to study and report to the next session
of Congress its recommendations for a suitable celebration of the
four-hundredth anniversary of the expedition of Hernando de Soto.”

112348—37 1

2 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

A later act of Congress extends the time within which the report may
be made to January 2, 1939. Since this appointment was made, the
activities of the Commission have absorbed a great deal of his time,
involving as they do the promotion of research in foreign deposi-
tories of manuscripts, particularly those of Spain, the translation of
Spanish works, and especially a study and determination, as far as
that is possible, of the route taken by the great explorer and his suc-
cessor, Moscoso, through territories now covered by 10 States of the
Union. This involves the use of library materials and direct study in
the field. At the request of the other members of the Commission,
Dr. Swanton acted in the capacity of temporary chairman in arrang-
ing the first meeting, March 5 to 7, in the Smithsonian Building. At
this meeting Dr. Swanton accepted the permanent chairmanship of
the Commission, with the understanding, however, that he was to
serve only until the factual report is made. A second meeting was
held at Tampa, Fla., on May 4 to 6. After this was over, he accom-
panied Col. J. R. Fordyce, vice-chairman of the Commission, in an
investigation of parts of the route of De Soto between Florida and
Mississippi, and May 30 to June 18 he made a second expedition to
examine that section between South Carolina and the Mississippi
River.

During the year an interesting and ethnologically important letter
bearing on the Indians of Florida was brought to Dr. Swanton’s
attention by Dr, Lucy L. Wenhoid, of Salem College, Winston-Salem,
N.C. A negative photostat of this document is also in the possession
of the Florida State Historical Society, which has kindly loaned the
use of it in making a positive copy, and this is being prepared for
publication in the Smithsonian Miscellaneous Collections with anno-
tations by Dr. Swanton and Dr. Wenhold.

On July 3, 1935, Dr. Truman Michelson, ethnologist, started on an
expedition to the region of James and Hudson Bays, made possible by
a subvention from the American Council of Learned Societies. The
object was to make a linguistic map of this area. He spent some
weeks at Moose Factory, about 10 days at the Great Whale River, a
little over 2 weeks at Fort George, and a day at Rupert’s House, and
returned to Washington September 20. Besides getting data from
the Indians and Eskimos of these places, he was able to get in contact
with one Indian from the East Main River, one Cree from Wenusk,
on the west side of Hudson Bay, one Cree from the Albany River,
who had also been at Attawapiskat, and one Ojibwa from the Albany
River. Data from some of the more remote localities were obtained
by indirect means. His observations indicate that the folklore and
mythology of these northern tribes are far closer to those of the
Central Algonquian tribes than is usually thought.

FIFTY-THIRD ANNUAL REPORT 34

On June 5, under a new grant from the American Council of
Learned Societies, Dr. Michelson left Washington to renew his studies
among the Indians and Eskimos of the James and Hudson Bays
region.

The entire fiscal year was spent by Dr. John P. Harrington, eth-
nologist, in study of the Mission Indians of California, compiling
complete notes for the forthcoming edition of the Boscana manu-
script of 1882, which tells in 15 chapters of the life and religion of
these Indians. This important manuscript of the early Franciscan
Father Boccana, a missionary born in Catalonia, Spain, and stationed
for years among the Mission Indians, was recently discovered by
Dr. Harrington and a literal English translation of it without notes
has already been published.

As a byproduct of the preparation of these notes an interesting
account of the ethnology of the Mission Indians has been assembled,
covering their mode of life, dress, food, sociology, religion, language,
and knowledge of nature. The presence of Mission Indians in
Washington has constantly enhanced and perfected this work
throughout the fiscal year.

At the beginning of the year Dr. F. H. H. Roberts, Jr., archeologist,
was engaged in excavations at the Lindenmeier site north of Fort
Collins, Colo. This work was continued until September 10. The
Lindenmeier site is the location where the first series of stone imple-
ments definitely attributable to the Folsom complex, the oldest estab-
lished horizon in the archeology of North America, was found in
the autumn of 19384. The investigations of the 1925 season were a
continuation of those begun the preceding fall and consisted of in-
tensive excavation of certain portions of the site. The digging
brought forth additional information which makes possible the draw-
ing Hi more détailed conclusions on the material culture of Folsom
man.

When the summer’s project was brought to a close Dr. Roberts
went to Globe, Ariz., at the request of the authorities at Gila Pueblo,
for the purpose of conferring with members of the staff on the
finds which they had made at Snaketown, a Hohokam site, near
Phoenix. He also studied the collections in the Gila Pueblo Museum
and visited the Snaketown site and Casa Grande. The latter was
the scene of considerable activity on the part of Cosmos Mindeleff
and Dr. J. Walter Fewkes, members of the staff of the Bureau of
American Ethnology, 40 and more years ago. Dr. Roberts returned
to Washington October 1

In January he took part, by special invitation, in a symposium on
Early Man in America which was held at the annual meeting of the
Society of American Naturalists at St. Louis. He also prepared a
manuscript detailing the work done during the summer. This report,

4 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

Additional Information on the Folsom Complex, Report on the Sec-
ond Season’s Investigations at the Lindenmeier Site in Northern
Colorado, was issued on June 30 as Smithsonian Miscellaneous
Collections, vol. 95, no, 10.

Dr. Roberts left Washington June 1 for Anderson, Iowa, to inspect
a site where Folsom points and other material had been found. This
proved to be a highly interesting place, as it marks the easternmost
locality that the true or High Plains form of the Folsom point has
been noted. While in Iowa he saw and studied numerous collections
of specimens and found evidence of the Folsom complex at, a number
of sites. From Iowa he proceeded to Colorado, where he resumed
excavations at the Lindenmeier site. By the end oi the year, June 30,
several trenches had been run through portions of the site and an area
20 by 80 feet had been completely cleared, of the several feet of accu-
mulated earth which had covered it. This area consisted of an old
occupation level upon which the traces of Folsom man and his activ-
ities were numerous.

From July 1935 to January 1936 Dr. W. D. Strong, anthropologist,
served as consultant in anthropology to the Bureau of Indian Affairs.
Tn addition to office work in relation to numerous acculturation studies
being made on various Indian reservations of the United States, Dr.
Strong made two field trips to various reservations and administrative
centers in New Mexico and Arizona in August and December, respec-
tively. In November a trip of several weeks was made to the Chip-
pewa reservations in Minnesota to advise on problems of tribal reor-
ganization. On January 5, 1936, Dr. Strong left Washington for
Honduras as leader of a joint archeological expedition from the
Bureau of American Ethnology, Smithsonian Institution, and the
Peabody Museum, Harvard University. He was assisted in the field
by Alfred Kidder II and Drexel A. Paul, Jr., from the Peabody
Museum. Establishing its base at Progreso, in the Ulua Valley, the
expedition made stratigraphic excavations at several sites on the Ulua
River. In March and April Dr. Strong, with Mr. Paul, conducted
excavations around the north end of Lake Yojoa, while Mr. Kidder
worked on the Comayagua River. In May and June the entire expe-
dition worked sites on the Chemelicon River, including the site of
Naco, first visited by Cortez and the early Spanish Conquistadores.

On the Ulua River excellent stratigraphic series were secured of
the prehistoric polychrome pottery horizons. At Playa de los Muer-
tos, on the Ulua, these horizons, corresponding roughly to the close of
the Maya Old Empire, were found to overlay a much earlier living
level marked by monochrome, polished, and incised pottery.

The work of the expedition approached conclusion in June, and on
June 30 preparations for departure began. Throughout its entire
work the expedition received cordial cooperation and assistance from

) FIFTY-THIRD ANNUAL REPORT +s)

the government of the Republic of Honduras. It was also materially
aided by the United Fruit Company, from whose employees it received
unlimited hospitality. Without these much appreciated sources of
cooperation its scientific results would have been much curtailed.

Dr. Julian H. Steward was appointed as associate anthropologist
in the Bureau, effective October 21, 1935. During September 1935,
prior to reporting to Washington, Dr. Steward traveled to Pendleton,
Oreg., for the purpose of making a selection of 200 negatives of ethno-
logical subjects taken by the late Maj. Lee Morehouse. These were
purchased by the Bureau from Mrs. L. L. Cornelison, his daughter.
From November 16 to December 10, 1985, Dr. Steward was engaged in
conducting a W. P. A. archeological project in the vicinity of Miami,
Fla. During this time he supervised the excavation of the large
mound at Miami Beach and began work on a smaller mound several
miles northwest of the city of Miami. Because of Dr. Strong’s de-
parture for Honduras, when Dr. Steward returned to Washington he
was delegated to continue the cooperative work between the Bureau of
Indian Affairs and the Bureau of American Ethnology previously
conducted by Dr. Strong. In connection with these duties Dr.
Steward made an extended trip from March 7 to April 15, 1936, in
the interest of the Bureau of Indian Affairs. On June 19 he left
Washington for the purpose of continuing his field work among the
Shoshoni, Bannock, and Gosiute Indians of Utah, Nevada, and Idaho.
During the winter and spring Dr. Steward prepared for publication a
series of trait lists collected from the Shoshoni Indians of Nevada
during the summer of 1935. From other material collected at the
same time he completed two articles entitled “Shoshoni Polyandry”’
and “Panatubiji, a Biography of an Owens Valley Paiute.” In addi-
tion, Dr. Steward completed for publication in the Smithsonian
Annual Report an article entitled “Indian Petroglyphs of the United
States.”

J. N. B. Hewitt, ethnologist, completed a detailed study of the ap.
proximate position and territorial habitat of the northern Troquoian
tribes and of the contiguous Algonquian peoples as they were at the
time these groups were first visited by the early explorers. Mr.
Hewitt also made a historical study for the purpose of showing the
marked influence of the principles and aims of the League of the Five
Iroquois Tribes as founded by Deganawida in the early sixteenth
century on those of the Constitution of the United States.

Mr. Hewitt had previously recorded from the late Chief J. A.
Gibson two Onondaga versions of what is fundamentally a single
ritual, namely, the Requickening Address. He made a new transla-
tion of these, having first revised both texts so that there should be
no material differences in the meaning of the two, He also made a
careful revision of the Onondaga texts and laws relating to the posi-

6 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

tion and powers and limitations of the Federal Chieftains, and also
those governing the Chief Warriors.

He also added to the Bureau’s collection of ritual wampum strings
by completing two new sets of strings made from loose beads on
patterns taken from originals in the Museum of the American Indian,
Heye Foundation, and a set which was owned by the late Chief David.
Skye, of the Canadian Six Nations.

During the year Mr. Hewitt continued to represent the Bureau of
American Ethnology on the Advisory Committee on Geographic
Names, Department of the Interior.

On June 21, 1936, Mr. Hewitt left Washington on field duty, visit-
ing the Tuscarora Reservation near Lewiston, N. Y., and then the
Grand River Grant to the Six Nations in Ontario. On the latter
reservation he obtained a short Delaware vocabulary and a fine Mo-
hawk text embodying the so-called Handsome Lake Religion, the
preparation of which was about completed by the end of the fiscal
vear.

SPECIAL RESEARCHES

Miss Frances Densmore, a collaborator of the Bureau of American
Ethnology, in continuation of her study of Indian music, submitted
a mnanuscript entitled “Dance Songs of the Seminole Indians”, with
phonograph records and transcriptions of 25 songs. These songs
were recorded in February 1932 at Brighton, Fla., by Bille Stewart,
one of the best singers in the Cow Creek group of the tribe. Five
songs connected with the tribal ball game were presented, together
with songs of the alligator, steal-partner, switch-grass, and buffalo
dances. ‘The songs of the ball game were sung to bring success and
were accompanied by beating on a water-drum hung by a strap from
the player’s shoulder. A coconut-shell rattle accompanied the dances.
All the songs of each series were recorded. This afforded an oppor-
tunity to note the maintaining of a fundamental pitch throughout
the series, with a pleasing variation of rhythm in the several melodies.

EDITORIAL WORK AND PUBLICATIONS

The editing of the publications of the Bureau was continued
through the year by Stanley Searles, editor. In addition to the cur-
rent work of the office the comprehensive manuscript index of Bulle-
tins 1-100 has been corrected. All entries have been verified. 3

An index of Schoolcraft’s “Indian Tribes”, in six volumes, 1s near-
ing completion. More than 30,000 entries have been made and are
now being alphabetized.

a Sea lade Da IG 5

FIFTY-THIRD ANNUAL REPORT z

Bulletin 112, “An Introduction to Pawnee Archeology”, by Waldo
Rudolph Wedel, and Bulletin 113, “The Troyville Mounds, Catahoula
Parish, Louisiana”, by Winslow M. Walker, were issued.

Work has been done on other manuscripts in the custody of the
editor.

Publications distributed totaled 9,337.

LIBRARY

Miss Ella Leary continued in charge as hbrarian until February
29, 1936, when she was retired on account of ill health, Miss Miriam
B. Ketchum was appointed to succeed her, effective April 1, 1936.

The following figures apply to bound books and pamphlets of 100
pages or over. Pamphlets of less than 100 pages are no longer
accessioned.

iegasereerlved. Wy DUrchase =. 2 22 18
Books received by exchange 2.0. ee eee 62
gos received aby @iltisesks eb ee _ aes hgh Wl 19

RR A eee hy tea ee 99

Numerous pamphlets have been received, as well as the usual
periodicals and society transactions, mostly by exchange or gift.
The library contains, as of June 30, 1936:

Motel mecession record.) 8 Ps ie 31, 200
Rotatwithdrawals and losses_.._..-____.--_-. +. 661
ING feb O tale ee eee en eee wt ee 30, 539

There are also about 20,000 pamphlets and more than 3,000 volumes
of unbound periodicals and society transactions.

It is planned to reclassify the hbrary according to the Library of
Congress scheme of classification, and copies of the scheme in the
Bureau’s field have been furnished by the Library of Congress, All!
new material is being put in the new classification, and it is hoped
that a real start on older material can be made during the coming
year. A shelf list has been begun and will be continued along with
the reclassification.

A depository set of Library of Congress catalog cards is being
established. ;

A beginning has been made on refiling the catalog and the task will
be completed within the next few months.

8 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
ILLUSTRATIONS

Following is a sunumary of work accomplished by E. G. Cassedy,
illustrator :

Graphs. = 2252 324220) eee ee es eee ee 29
Line drawings... 2222). 22 0 jt es se es 2 a 163
Maps 225 220 Se See ee ee 12
Photos retouchedtcs2 eso 8 ee oa oe ee 10
UPA CIN GS Lose Se ae OS es ee Dei ee 18
Plates. assembled: 22. 2.2026 ee 29
Lettering jobs 22.20... 042) ee eee 354
Negatives retouched’ o22. 0-2 2U 6
Photos colored. 2200 oe LO ee 2

Total tut pei tes EE ee eh a aca 0 ee 623

Ree COLLECTIONS
number

155.291. Archeological material collected by M. W. Stirling from a village site
formerly occupied by the Waccamaw Indians near Myrtle Beach,
SH OF

188.344. Two earthenware bowls from the Dragoon Mountains, southeastern
Arizona.

188,501. The Mrs. Charles D. Walcott collection of 27 pictures of Navaho sand
paintings and four paintings of miscellaneous subjects.

189,472. Ten photographs of Australian natives; 20 lithographs of Congo Negro
subjects ; 33 slides of subjects from Palestine, Tunis, Syria, ete.

MISCELLANEOUS

During the course of the year information was furnished by mem-
bers of the Bureau staff in reply to numerous inquiries concerning the
North American Indians, both past and present, and the Mexican
peoples of the prehistoric and early historic periods. Various speci-
mens sent to the Bureau were identified and data on them furnished
for their owners.

Personnel—Dr. J. H. Steward was appointed associate anthropol-
ogist October 21, 1985. Miss Edna Butterbrodt, junior stenographer,
resigned January 12, 1936. Miss Helen Heitkemper was appointed
January 28, 1936, to fill the vacancy.

Respectfully submitted.

M. W. Srintine, Chief.

Dr. C, G. Azsor,

Secretary, Smithsonian Institution.

FIFTY-FOURTH
ANNUAL REPORT OF THE

BUREAU OF
AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

TO THE SECRETARY OF THE
SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION

1936-1937

UNITED STATES
GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE
WASHINGTON : 1938

BONES byl og
aes

“os

xe;

Pen
Gens
tate %

FIFTY-FOURTH ANNUAL REPORT

OF THE

BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

M. W. Sriruine, CHIEF

Sir: I have the honor to submit the following report on the field
researches, office work, and other operations of the Bureau of Amer-
ican Ethnology during the fiscal year ended June 30, 1937, conducted
in accordance with the act of Congress of March 19, 1936. The act
referred to contains the following item:

American ethnology: For continuing ethnological researches among the Amer-
ican Indians and the natives of Hawaii, the excavation and preservation of
archeologic remains under the direction of the Smithsonian Institution, includ-
ing necessary employees, the preparation of manuscripts, drawings, and illus-
trations, the purchase of books and periodicals, and traveling expenses, $58,730.00.

SYSTEMATIC RESEARCHES

M. W. Stirling, Chief, spent the major part of the fiscal year in
Washington, during which time the ethnological report on the Jivaro
Indians of Ecuador was completed and submitted to the printer.

At the end of February 1937 Mr. Stirling left Washington for St.
Augustine, Fla., in order to attend the conference held under the
auspices of the Carnegie Institution of Washington for the purpose
of outlining a program of research concerning the historical and
archeological past of the city of St. Augustine and vicinity. At the
conclusion of this conference he continued to Manatee, Fla., in order
to examine some interesting newly discovered mounds in that vicinity.
Continuing up the Gulf Coast of Florida, a visit was made to Bristol,
on the Apalachicola River, where a sherd collection was made on a
large mound near the river south of the town. Mr. Stirling then pro-
ceeded to Panama City, Fla., in order to photograph several private
archeological collections.

From Panama City, Mr. Stirling went to Macon, Ga., for the pur-
pose of examining the large archeological project there which was
inaugurated by the Smithsonian Institution with the Society for
Georgia Archeology and now being conducted under the auspices of
that society by Dr. A. R. Kelly. From Macon, Mr. Stirling proceeded
to Philadelphia, Pa., in order to attend the International Conference
on Early Man, held under the auspices of the Philadelphia Academy
of Sciences. On the conclusion of this conference Mr. Stirling
returned to Washington.

32195—38 1

2 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

Mr. Stirling was delegated to represent the Smithsonian Institu-
tion at the meeting held at Media, Pa., on May 18, 1937, in honor of
the one hundredth anniversary of the birth of Daniel Brinton.

Dr. John R. Swanton, ethnologist, devoted the greater part of his —
time during the past fiscal year to work as chairman of the United
States De Soto Expedition Commission. This involved field expedi-
tions from November 11 to December 9, 1936, and from May 16 to
June 4, 1937, except for 3 days, December 3 to 5, devoted to a meeting
of the Commission at the University of Alabama, Tuscaloosa, Ala.
The first field trip extended over parts of Florida, Georgia, Alabama,
Mississippi, Louisiana, and Texas. The second was confined to an
intensive study of that section of De Soto’s route which passed through
northern Mississippi. During these expeditions small collections of
potsherds were made, which will be of assistance in studying the cul-
tures of the prehistoric inhabitants of the several areas visited. As
chairman of the fact-finding committee of the same Commission, Dr.
Swanton prepared a report covering about 600 typewritten pages, and
this was adopted by the Commission at its Tuscaloosa meeting and
embodied in its report to Congress. The entire report has since been
submitted, but, as publication has not yet been ordered, it is still pos-
sible to add material, and he is engaged in doing so.

During the year Dr. Swanton also made some additions to his data
on the Indians of the Southeast, and he has been collecting from orig-
inal sources the most important references to the Quapaw Indians.

Until the end of the fiscal year Dr. Swanton continued as a member
of the executive committee of the Division of Anthropology and
Psychology of the National Research Council and as vice-president
of section H of the American Association for the Advancement of
Science for the current calendar year.

Dr. Truman Michelson, ethnologist, renewed his researches among
the Algonquian tribes of the James and Hudson Bay region under
a grant-in-aid by the American Council of Learned Societies. He
spent some time at Moose Factory, and a short time at Fort George,
Attawapiskat, and Weenusk. Owing to the presence of some Albany
Cree at Moose Factory and some Indians from Rupert’s House as
well as on shipboard, he was able to do personal work with them.
By correspondence he obtained some additional text-material from
Rupert’s House; by meeting the manager of the Hudson Bay Co.’s
post at the Ghost River and an Indian from Lac la Ronge he ob-
tained data from these regions. The results of the previous expedi-
tion were checked up as much as feasible. It results that the state-
ment made previously that east of Hannah Bay Cree leaves off and
Montagnais-Naskapi begins is confirmed. Besides texts and vocabu-
laries from the general area, a rather complete schedule of kinship
terms for the Great Whale River Indians, those of Fort George,the Cree

FIFTY-FOURTH ANNUAL REPORT 3

of Moose Factory, Albany, Attawapiskat, and Weenusk was obtained.
Very obviously the system of consanguinity favors cross-cousin
marriage; and it is to be noted that at the Great Whale River and
_ Albany both types of this marriage occur; at Moose and Attawapiskat
it is restricted to marriage with paternal aunt’s daughter; at Weenusk
apparently neither type obtains. It may be mentioned that by lin-
guistic technique it is possible to show in the places named that a
number of old terms have been replaced, e. g., the term for cross-
nephew has been replaced by the term originally restricted to son-in-
law, etc. Also the kinship systems favor exogamy, but he has not
been able to find a true gens or clan organization in the whole area.

Dr. Michelson returned to Washington September 20, where he
studied the material gathered on this and previous expeditions. By
correspondence with Hudson Bay Co.’s officials and a missionary
he obtained data on the Cree of Cumberland House, Norway House,
Oxford House, Trout Lake, God’s Lake (all dialects in which original
1 is replaced by 7), Montreal Lake, Stanley, Pelecan Narrows (dia-
lects in which original / is replaced by y). A study was made of the
Montagnais of Le Jeune, over 300 years ago; the orthography plainly
indicates kh, tch, and some other variations are representatives of
one and the same sound, namely, the one usually transcribed by t¢e.
This study enabled him also to make at least one correction to the
Handbook of American Indians, and prove one supposed Algonkin
tribe actually was Montagnais-Naskapi. From correspondence it
would appear that the dialect spoken at Island Lake is a mixture
of Cree, Ojibwa, and possibly Algonkin proper. This indicates that
in a number of places there is such a mixture, but apparently not on
the same scale. A map showing the distribution and interrelations
of the Cree and Montagnais-Naskapi dialects has been made. Tech-
nical papers have appeared in professional journals, and others have
been prepared and are awaiting publication. The Bureau published
Fox Miscellany (Bulletin 114), the proof-sheets of which were
corrected during the fiscal year.

At the beginning of the fiscal year, Dr. John P. Harrington,
ethnologist, prepared a report on the Use of Ferns in the Basketry
of the Indians of Northwestern California, centering on the use of
fern species among the Karuk tribe. The baskets of this section are
really built of lumber, that is, of the shredded roots of the Oregon
pine. But the two materials which make the baskets beautiful are
the glossy black of maidenhair fern stems and the handsome red of
Woodwardia fern filaments, dyed with alder bark.

Dr. Harrington next prepared a paper on Kiowa Memories of the
Black Hills and of the Devil’s Tower. The Kiowa Indians, 600
miles to the south, still have memories of the Black Hills country
of South Dakota, which they occupied some 150 years ago. They

4 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

also retain knowledge of myths regarding the remarkable basalt
column near Sundance, Wyo., on the northwestern slope of the
Black Hills, known as the Devil’s Tower, but to the Kiowa as the
Rock Standing Like a Tree. An elaborate paper was finished on
the subject, going into the geology, history, and mythology of the
Devil’s Tower.

Dr. Harrington next finished a report on The Northern Pro-
venience of the Navajo and Apache, tracing related languages in
detail to Alaska, northwestern Canada, and the Pacific Coast of
the United States, and telling in detail how the relationship of
Navajo and Apache to the Indians of the far northwest was dis-
covered by W. W. Turner, librarian in the Patent Office, Wash-
ington, D. C., in 1852. This voluminous report resulted in the
discovery by Dr. Harrington of a curious distribution of these lan-
guages, the map of which takes the form of a wishbone. Their
nucleus is in the far Northwest, one prong extending down the
Pacific Coast and terminating a little north of San Francisco Bay,
another eastern prong extending down through the Rocky Moun-
tain region and culminating in the Navajo and Apache of the
Southwest. An exhaustive study was made of the earliest docu-
ments and maps on the subject, in the compilation of which Dr.
Harrington was assisted by the Geographic Board of Canada.

A report was completed on the Siberian Origin of the Ameri-
can Indian, presenting the background, the earliest historic writ-
ings on the subject, the Eskimo problem, the problem of the means
of crossing (whether by boat, over ice, or by means of former land
bridge), the distribution of tribes and density of population as
bearing out the theory, and general aspects. In this study he was
assisted by many other students, including native interpreters of
the Bering Strait region. This report suggests that America was
first discovered as a result of over-population which developed in
the east of Asia and forced Paleo-Siberian peoples to enter the
Chukchi Peninsula. From this point they sighted and spilled over
into America, using the Diomede Islands as resting places on their
transit, if this were during the period of the existence of the Ber-
ing Strait, and followed the food supply down what is now the
Alaskan coast, without realizing that they had discovered anything
more than an outlying island.

A paper was prepared on the Life of Jeronimo, Apache Indian
Chief, and the Indian leader whose expeditions probably cost the
United States Government more money and trouble than did those
of any other chieftain. The life and times of Jeronimo were
minutely searched, and data were compiled in chronological order.
The material of this paper is especially interesting to the American

%;
i
i‘. .e

FIFTY-FOURTH ANNUAL REPORT 5

public as it deals with a period already dimming in the memories
of living men. The name, Alope, of the first wife of Jeronimo,
was discovered to be merely a corruption of the Mexican Spanish
name Guadalupe.

Studies on linguistic relationship in the Southwest and California
were continued. These studies have resulted in the discovery that
Tano-Kiowan and Aztecan are genetically related, and to this larger
group Dr. Harrington gave the name Patlan. The discovery was
also made that Hopi is a Southern California Shoshonean dialect,
showing developments in common with the Southern California Sho-
shonean dialects, and constituting with them a dialectic group of the
Aztecan family in contradistinction to any other group. This unity
of Hopi with Southern California Shoshonean was first noticed many
years ago, the word for wood-rat (e. g., Hopi gdala, wood-rat, South-
ern California Shoshonean gdala, wood-rat) leading immediately to
the discovery. It was also noticed by Dr. J. R. Swanton and Dr.
Harrington that Tano-Kiowan and Shoshonean have genetic rela-
tionship with the languages of the Southeastern United States (Musk-
hogean, Chitimacha, Atakapa, Tonkawa, Timucua), Tano-Kiowan,
for instance, and all the Southeastern languages above-mentioned
showing the characteristic prefix na-, something, used in deriving
nouns from verbs (e. g., Tanoan tha, to dwell; natha, house).

At the beginning of the fiscal year Dr. Frank H. H. Roberts, Jr.,
archeologist, was engaged in excavating at the Lindenmeier site in
northern Colorado. At this place remains attributable to the ma-
terial culture of Folsom man, one of the earliest known inhabitants
of the New World, are found. The 1936 investigations constituted
the third season’s work there, and valuable new information was
obtained on this important phase in the study of the history of the
American Indian. Digging was carried on at three different por-
tions of the site, and considerable new bone material and several new
types of implements came from the excavations. Most of the bones
were from the large extinct species of bison (Bison taylor’) which
the people hunted, but in addition a number of bones from the Amer-
ican camel, probably Camelops, were obtained in direct association
with the bison bones and with stone implements. This adds one more
extinct species of animal to the list of those found with Folsom
artifacts. One of the significant facts established by the work is
that the site was occupied before and during a period characterized
by the formation of a thick, black soil layer produced by heavy vege-
tation that thrived when conditions were more favorable than those
of recent times. That the people were there before the inception of
this era of abundant growth points to an even greater antiquity than
that suggested by the presence of implements and bones in the bottom

6 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

of the soil level. The work was brought to a close September 5, 1936.

In the latter part of August Dr. Roberts also investigated a site
near Kersey, Colo., where Folsom type objects were found by F. W.
Powars and his son Wayne, residents of Greeley. This location is
on a low terrace of the rolling terrain lying along the south side
of the South Platte River valley. Present evidence indicates that
it was a camp, but one occupied for a relatively short period of time.
Specimens obtained there represent a typical Folsom complex. ‘They
are so similar to those from the Lindenmeier site that it is difficult
to distinguish between specimens from the two sites. Bones are
scarce, and those recovered are so fragmentary that they are valueless
for determining the species of the animals represented.

After the completion of the Lindenmeier and Powars site investi-
gations Dr. Roberts proceeded to Sterling, Colo., where he visited
and inspected a number of sites in that vicinity. All proved to be
of more recent origin than the Folsom type material. From Sterling
Dr. Roberts returned to Washington. The autumn months were
spent in the office working over the material obtained during the
summer’s investigations. :

February 24 Dr. Roberts sailed for Cairo, Egypt, where he served
as one of two American experts at the International Conference of
Archeologists held March 9 to 17, under the auspices of the Com-
mittee for Intellectual Cooperation of the League of Nations. As his
part of the agenda for the sessions, Dr. Roberts presented a paper
on the subject “The Material Organization of an Archeological
Mission.” This included a discussion of the choice of personnel for
a field staff, the securing of equipment, the establishment of field
headquarters, and the general administration of such a project. At
the close of the conference he visited a number of sites in Egypt
and had an opportunity to study methods of excavation and general
archeological procedure as practiced in the Egyptian area. From
Egypt he went to Greece, Italy, France, and England and studied
collections in the museums at Athens, Naples, Rome, Paris, and
London. He returned to Washington April 24.

On May 21 Dr. Roberts left Washington for Kingman, Ariz.,
where he and Dr. C. W. Gilmore, curator of vertebrate paleontology,
United States National Museum, investigated a find of mastodon
bones and man-made objects. The deposit is located near a large
spring 24 miles west of Kingman. A week’s study and excavation
demonstrated that the material was a secondary deposit, washed in
from surrounding slopes, and of no importance from the stand-
point of the association of man and extinct mammals. Dr. Roberts
left Kingman on June 2 for Denver, Colo., and Fort Collins. On
June 12 he resumed excavations at the Lindenmeier site. By the

FIFTY-FOURTH ANNUAL REPORT Fi

end of the fiscal year an area covering 375 square feet had been
uncovered. Numerous implements and considerable additional in-
formation were obtained from this work. These data serve to round
out more fully the story of the customs and habits of Folsom man.

During the winter months Dr. Roberts also prepared several
manuscripts on the subject of the work at the Lindenmeier site and
on Southwestern archeology in general.

Upon his return from Spanish Honduras early in the fiscal year,
Dr. W. D. Strong, anthropologist, spent his entire time in working
over the archeological collections from the Ulua River. With the
assistance of Alfred Kidder IT, and Drexel A. Paul, Jr., Dr. Strong
completed the report on this work which is to be published in the
Smithsonian Miscellaneous Collections under the title “Preliminary
Report on the Smithsonian Institution-Harvard University Archeo-
logical Expedition to Northwestern Honduras, 1936.”

From July 1 until late October 1936, Dr. Julian H. Steward, asso-
elate anthropologist, continued his work of the previous year among
Shoshonean tribes in the Great Basin and Plateau areas. He had
two objectives: First, to study the ecological basis of the social and
political organization of the bands of horse Shoshoni in Utah and
Idaho to supplement his previous study of the foot Shoshoni of
Nevada; second, to continue his ethnographic survey by means of an
element list. An element list and satisfactory ecological material
were procured from the following: Bannock, Fort Hall Shoshoni,
Lemhi Shoshoni, and Grouse Creek (northwestern Utah) Shoshoni
at Fort Hall, Idaho; Promontory Poimt (Great Salt Lake) Shoshoni
at Washakie, Utah; Pahvant Ute (now almost extinct) at Kanosh,
Utah; Gosiute (determined to be actually Shoshoni) at Skull Valley
and at Deep Creek, Utah. Before returning to Washington, Dr.
Steward drove to Fallon, Nev., to examine guano caves said to hold
promise, but found little of interest. He returned by way of south-
ern Nevada and southern Utah, making brief visits to several South-
ern Paiute reservations. The remainder of the year was devoted to
preparation of research material for publication, and eight manu-
scripts have been completed.

The beginning of the fiscal year found J. N. B. Hewitt, ethnolo-
gist, on the Tuscarora Reservation near Lewiston, N. Y., where he
went to continue his researches on the League of the Five Iroquois
Tribes. From Lewiston Mr. Hewitt proceeded to the Grand River
Grant to the Six Nations in Ontario. Here he had the good fortune
to obtain a complete Mohawk text embodying the so-called Hand-
some Lake religious teaching, this document consisting of more than
5,700 Mohawk terms. Considerable additional information was ob-
tained concerning the interesting dual nature of the tribal organiza-

8 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

tion. On his return to Washington Mr. Hewitt completed the trans-
lation of the Mohawk text giving details of the birth and early child-
hood of Deganawida, also another Mohawk text giving an account of
the dancing lads who finally became the Pleiades.

During the month of June 1937, Mr. Hewitt again left Washing-
ton for Brantford, Canada, in order to check over in the field his
two large manuscripts in Onondaga text, one being the Iroquois
New Year Ceremony and the other consisting of the four Thanks-
giving Festivals. The end of the fiscal year found Mr. Hewitt still
in the field engaged in this task.

EDITORIAL WORK AND PUBLICATIONS

The editing of the publications of the Bureau was continued
through the year by Stanley Searles, editor.

Bulletin 114, Fox Miscellany, by Truman Michelson, was issued
during the year. |

Bulletin 115, Journal of Rudolph Friederich Kurz, edited by J. N.
B. Hewitt, was released for printing.

Bulletin 116, Ancient Caves of the Great Salt Lake Region, by
Julian H. Steward, was released for printing.

An index of Schoolcraft’s Indian Tribes, in six volumes, has been
further advanced toward completion.

Work has been done on other manuscripts in the custody of the
editor.

Publications distributed totaled 14,708.

LIBRARY

Miss Miriam B. Ketchum continued in charge throughout the year
as librarian.

Accessions during the fiscal year numbered 580 volumes, bringing
the total number of volumes in the library to 31,115; there are also
about 20,000 pamphlets and about 2,000 volumes of unbound periodi-
cals and society transactions,

The number of volumes prepared and sent to bindery was 1,330.

Library of Congress cards have been obtained for practically all
of the new books received during the year and for some of the older
material. All new material is being classed in the Library of Con-
gress scheme of classification and separately shelved. A partial
depository set of Library of Congress catalog cards has been estab-
lished and will shortly be installed in working order.

The work of refiling the catalog continues. ‘Thirteen drawers are
now finished.

FIFTY-FOURTH ANNUAL REPORT 9

A great many missing numbers have been requested and nearly
all of these have been supplied, amounting in some cases to several
volumes of a set. Of the exchange sets, 8 old sets which had been
allowed to lapse have been reestablished, and 11 new sets have been
established.

ILLUSTRATIONS

Following is a summary of the work accomplished by E. G. Cas-
sedy, illustrator :

Meme tberiny Wee ye te ee a es ed, 266
Sete DEIR ere ene te aa ee ht Se A es ee oe eee 13
Plates lettered or aT capered ST a Bests a MM RR GAT a De 199
2 LGN ERS GSES 0] C7 Qs le re re 64
Rimes Sized £On CURTAVEr 222 oe a 129
PAIEUGUSI JOUS 202222520 ek Bylo ive UR ORL te SE One Ree ee 6
EoOvosTevouened 2.2 ne Baste See Ns ee ee tn hs 51
OWE PME MANS 5 Se 3
SUE Sa IR Se es a eR Oe A 3
Mee aniCH OTAWINeS 2c 2 a ee ee 3
MOC EMEA OOS ss eu eo ee ee ee a 3
JEN GNEATE CG [SIS atc a a a gC SO niet 2
LEE COLOU | PAINTINGS. — 22 an ee ee 1
TG GPS Sg RES Me TS CM OI AA mR 743
COLLECTIONS
Accession
number

140,528. Skeletal material from two sites on Canaveral Peninsula, Brevard
County, Fla., collected by the Bureau in cooperation with the Fed-
eral Civil Works Administration during the winter of 1933-34. (250
specimens. )
142,561. Archeological specimens and human and animal bones collected during
mound excavations in Florida during the winter of 1933-34 in
cooperation with the Federal C. W. A.

MISCELLANEOUS

During the course of the year information was furnished by
members of the Bureau staff in reply to numerous inquiries concern-
ing the North American Indians, both past and present, and the
Mexican peoples of the prehistoric and early historic periods. Vari-
ous specimens sent to the Bureau were identified and data on them
furnished for their owners.

Personnel.—Miss Helen Heitkemper, junior stenographer, resigned
March 16, 1937. Miss Ethelwyn E. Carter was appointed May 1,
1937, to fill the vacancy.

Respectfully submitted.

M. W. Strewine, Chief.

Dr. C. G. Axssort,

Secretary, Smithsonian Institution.

ef At 13),
Abad St
ye

FIFTY-FIFTH
ANNUAL REPORT OF THE

BUREAU OF
AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

TO THE SECRETARY OF THE
SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION

1937-1938

UNITED STATES
GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE
WASHINGTON: 1939

FIFTY-FIFTH ANNUAL REPORT
OF THE

BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

M. W. Strruinc, CHIEF

American ethnology: For continuing ethnological researches among the Amer-
ican Indians and the natives of Hawaii, the excavation and preservation of
archeologic remains under the direction of the Smithsonian Institution, in-
cluding necessary employees, the preparation of manuscripts, drawings, and
illustrations, the purchase of books and periodicals, and traveling expenses,

$58,730.
SYSTEMATIC RESEARCHES

During the greater part of the fiscal year, M. W. Stirling, Chief
of the Bureau, was in Washington engaged in administrative duties
and in preparation of various publications.

From the latter part of January until the middle of March, 1938,
Mr. Stirling was in Mexico examining archeological sites and museum
collections. A site in the Canton of the Tuxtlas south of Vera Cruz
was selected for excavation during the winter of 1938-389.

At the beginning of the fiscal year, Dr. John R. Swanton, ethnol-
ogist, was engaged in the preparation of the final report of his re-
searches in the interests of the United States De Soto Expedition
Commission, of which he is chairman. One field expedition was
undertaken in connection with this research. It was directed in
the first instance to the southern part of Clarke County, Alabama, at
the invitation of James Y. Brame, Jr., of Montgomery, an indefat-
igable student of the route of De Soto, who hoped that he had dis-
covered the site of the old town of Mabila, where occurred a notable
battle between the Spaniards and Indians on October 18, 1540. The
site in question, at a place called Lower James Hammock, on the
bluff above Choctaw Lake, proved to be an interesting one and
specimens of certain novelty types of pottery were obtained, but the
question as to its identity with Mabila is still in doubt, the evidence
being rather negative. After this work was finished an attempt was
made to locate other Indian town sites in the southeastern part of the
county, but, aside from a very small one previously identified by Mr.

2
113157—39

FIFTY-FIFTH ANNUAL REPORT 3

Brame, nothing was found, there being, in fact, a singular dearth
of Indian remains in this county in the section where it would be
natural to look for Mabila. In the southwestern part of the county,
however, there is a spot to which the Indians resorted for salt, one
noted on early French maps, and here a considerable collection of
potsherds was made and a number of pictures of the site taken.
While Dr. Swanton was engaged in this investigation, the Choctaw
Hunting and Fishing Club kindly extended the use of its camp at
Choctaw Bluff.

After returning to Montgomery, Dr. Swanton proceeded to Tus-
caloosa and David De Jarnette, assistant to Prof. Walter S. Jones,
took him to Scottsboro and afterward on a number of trips along
the part of the Tennessee River valley believed to have been traversed
by De Soto. It seems to be indicated rather clearly that the Span-
iards crossed and recrossed this several times. Before returning to
Washington Dr. Swanton attended a meeting on October 29-30 called
by the De Soto Committee of the Society of the Colonial Dames of
America in preparation for a celebration of the quadricentennial of
the passage of the Mississippi by De Soto, and he delivered an
address at one of the sessions.

Dr. Swanton has also added some further material to his large
paper on the Indians of the Southeast.

In December he presided as vice-president over several sessions
of Section H, American Association for the Advancement of Science,
at Indianapolis.

In March he was appointed to the United States Board on Geo-
graphical Names to occupy the place made vacant by the death of
J. N. B. Hewitt, and he attended the twelfth annual meeting on
May 23.

Dr. Truman Michelson, ethnologist, left Washington early in July
1937 to undertake field work among the Montagnais-Naskapi Indians
of the northern shore of the St. Lawrence River and vicinity. This
work was made possible through a generous grant-in-aid made by
the American Council of Learned Societies. He arrived at Natash-
quan July 12 and spent 18 days there, following which he continued
his investigations at Seven Islands, Moisie, and Bersimis. Owing to
the migratory habits of the Indians Dr. Michelson was able to get
data not only on Indians of the localities named but also others in
this region, including Mingan, St. Margeret’s River, Godbout, Shel-
terbay, and Sheldrake. He was also able to check up his previcus
information on the Indians of Davis Inlet, far north on the Labra-
dor coast; and by good fortune came in contact with an Indian of a
band from the northeast corner of Lake Kaniapiskau—a band barely
known to the scientific world. The principal object was to complete

4. BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

a map showing the distribution and interrelations of the Cree and |
Montagnais-Naskapi dialects. In addition to the linguistic work
which was the primary purpose of the trip, many new ethnological
data were obtained, together with certain observations in physical
anthropology. The remainder of the year was spent in Washing-
ton in the preparation of manuscripts and in routine work.

At the beginning of the fiscal year Dr. John P. Harrington, eth-
nologist, finished a comparative study of the Tano-Kiowan family
of languages, a compact body of dialects which have inherited the
same phonetics, grammatical peculiarities, and vocabulary, although
the Tanoan branch is typically Pueblo in culture while the Kiowa
branch is equally typical of the Western Plains culture. No lin-
guistic study shows better how habitat has produced two cultures by
migration from a linguistic nucleus which had perhaps originally a
third culture—possibly like that of the Flatheads of the northern
Rockies, from which region the linguistic progenitors of both Ta-
noans and Kiowans apparently came. The Tano-Kiowan situation,
however, is clearer than the surprisingly similar Athapascan situa-
tion, since there is historic information on the northern origin of
the Kiowa, whereas the migration of any body of southern Athapas-
cans from the north still remains theoretical. It is established that
both the Tanoans and the southern Athapascans of the southwest-
ern United States are of comparatively recent northern origin, at
least as far as their language-transmitting ancestors are concerned.

Returning to the study of the Devils Tower, which has a bearing
on the Tano-Kiowan provenience problem, Dr. Harrington was
assisted materially by Newell F. Joyner, custodian of the Devils
Tower National Monument, Devils Tower, Wyo., who supplied a mass
of material, including maps and other data. If the Kiowans came |
from the somewhat far north, it is certain that their linguistic
relatives, the Tanoans, did also.

Working by similar methods, Dr. Harrington also made a study
of the Athapascan peoples. Here we have a northern linguistic
nucleus still extant, not of the past but of the present, and a family
of languages more intimately associated with the problem of the
original entry of man from Siberia into America, since if we exclude
the somewhat aloof-standing Eskimo, all the territory of America
nearest Asia is occupied by the Athapascan and related Tlingit
tongues,

Following up Goddard’s discovery that the Kiowa-A pache-Lipan-
Jicarilla form a separate language group, having shifted over-
aspirated ta to kh, that is, the 2 having assimilated the ¢ to its
articulatory position, Thomas’ recent work on the Prairie Apaches
was found of interest. A considerable list of the Prairie Apaches are

FIFTY-FIFTH ANNUAL REPORT 5

known to us by name through the old Spanish historical documents of
New Mexico, showing that the 4A language was spoken by many tribes
which covered a large area of the High Plains. The northernmost
of these tribes is reported in old Spanish sources from what is now
northeastern Colorado, only 150 miles south of the Black Hills. This
takes away the element of novelty from the fact that the Kiowa-
Apache joined the Kiowa in the Black Hills region about the year
1800 or earlier, and shows that the Kiowa-Apache also were merely
one of the &h speaking tribes, typically Prairie Apaches, and not an
Athapascan people en route migrating from Canada, as Goddard at
first conjectured. A report was finished on the northern provenience
of the Navaho and Apache.

Considerable time was also spent on a new sign language study,
through Kiowa informants and other sources, bringing out addi-
tional information regarding the nature and structure of this inter-
esting Plains Indian invention.

At the beginning of the fiscal year Dr. Frank H. H. Roberts, Jr.,
archeologist, was conducting excavations at the Lindenmeier Site
north of Fort Collins, Colo. This was a continuation of the pro-
gram of investigations started in the fall of 1934 and carried on
during succeeding summers. The location is one where Folsom
man, one of the earliest known New World inhabitants, camped
and made the weapons and tools that were used in killing and
dressing the big game that constituted his main source of sustenance.
Work was resumed in 1937 at the point where the 1936 activities
terminated and at the end of the summer an area of some 2,800 square
feet had been uncovered and numerous traces of occupation noted
and studied. Several places were found where bison and other large
animals had been dismembered, cooking fires lighted, and a feast
enjoyed. At other places there were indications that individuals had
been seated there manufacturing stone projectile points, knives, and
scrapers. Many charts were drawn recording the nature of the
assemblages of bones and stone implements and showing their distri-
bution. In addition, 133 diagrams illustrating the character of the
overlying deposits were prepared as the excavations progressed.
These, together with the extensive notes on the work, add valuable
data to the body of information on the mode of life and customs
of the people. A collection of 735 specimens was obtained and
among them were several new forms of knives, scrapers, and points.
These broaden the knowledge relative to the general complex and
nature of the material culture.

At the close of the excavating season Dr. Roberts proceeded to
North Platte, Nebr., where he inspected a number of collections be-
longing to local residents and visited the sites where many of them

6 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

were found. Through the interest of R. R. Langford, of North
Platte, he was able to see a number of locations where Folsom-type
objects have been found and add to the series of notes that is being
kept on the subject of Folsom distribution. From North Platte Dr.
Roberts returned to Washington.

The winter and spring months were devoted to office duties. These
included the study of the material obtained during the summer’s
excavations and the revision and completion for publication of a
manuscript on archeological work done in the Whitewater District
in eastern Arizona. Besides completely revising the text of this re-
port, 15 additional plans and diagrams were drawn to augment those
already prepared. This manuscript was turned over to the editor and
is to appear as Bulletin 121 of the Bureau of American Ethnology.
With the permission of the Chief of the Bureau and the Secretary
of the Smithsonian Institution, several short manuscripts were pre-
pared for publication in anthropological journals and other profes-
sional papers.

Dr. Roberts left Washington on June 7, 1938, for Fort Collins,
Colo., and again resumed excavations at the Lindenmeier Site. At
the close of the fiscal year the diggings had been reopened and a num-
ber of specimens obtained. These included several pieces of bone that
bear evidence of attempts at engraving designs on them and give
some indications of a certain amount of artistic effort on the part of
Folsom men.

Dr. J. H. Steward, ethnologist, remained in Washington during
the greater part of the fiscal year and completed his final report
on the tribes of the Great Basin-Plateau area. This was submitted
to the editor and will appear as Bulletin 120 of the Bureau. In
anticipation of an extended expedition to South America, Dr. Stew-
ard spent considerable time in making preparations for his projected
ethnological studies in the western part of South America. On April
20 he left Washington for Ecuador in order to begin this work. The
end of the fiscal year found him still in Ecuador working among the
highland Indians.

EDITORIAL WORK AND PUBLICATIONS

The editing of the publications of the Bureau was continued
through the year by Stanley Searles, editor.

BULLETINS ISSUED DURING THE YEAR

115. Journal of Rudolph Friederich Kurz, edited by J. N. B. Hewitt.

116. Ancient Caves of the Great Sait Lake Region, by Julian H. Steward.

117. Historical and Ethnographical Material on the Jivaro Indians, by M.
W. Stirling.

FIFTY-FIFTH ANNUAL REPORT 7

RELEASED FOR PUBLICATION

118. An Archaeological Survey of the Norris Basin in Hastern Tennessee, by
- Maj. William S. Webb.

The index of Schoolcraft’s Indian Tribes has been almost com-
pleted.

Work has been done on other manuscripts in the custody of the
editor.

Publications distributed totaled 16,569.

LIBRARY

There has been no change in the library staff. Accessions during
the fiscal year totaled 395.

Hight new exchanges were added during the year, three of these
being large, important sets, one domestic and two foreign.

Library of Congress cards have been obtained for practically all
of the new material received as well as for some older items. Analyti-
cal entries have been made for all periodical items in the Bureau’s
field received since April 1936. The depository set of Library of
Congress catalog cards is now installed in working order and has
proved to be a great help to the staff as well as to those in the library.

The librarian attended the meetings of the Inter-American Bib-
liographical and Historical Association in February 1938, and made
arrangements to exchange cards for South and Central American
Indian languages and folk-lore entries with Dr. Boggs, of the Uni-
versity of North Carolina.

ILLUSTRATIONS

Following is a summary of work accomplished by E. G. Cassedy,
illustrator :

VLSSES CATES VG OES ul a a ei 2 ten ee a 175
NEES) SES fae ee 25
Otose rerouchedss 22 246 oT Ae a 28
Be Te Ge Stan] OL) Se eee SO ei ee a 96
EROS me SSE TIO e Cs an oe i ea 213
Drawings, ete., prepared for engraver__________________--___- 415
ALAM Se AMO CHATS. ok ui ee UN aes i a v
Graphs oo St AVENE Se MES get SMR 6
ECM OCA OGAWA RG No AS ue eS 4
De cel Homme aay ANIN Suu seis Swann A A nN 1

SINGLES SSeS aS te eR NI ASD 970

ion COLLECTIONS

144,343. One earthenware water jar from the pueblo of Acoma, and one deco-
rated basket made by the Aleuts of southwestern Alaska. (2
specimens, )

8 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

¢<

Accession
No.

146,287. Three figurine pottery fragments and three figurine pottery heads
from a railway cut near the Aguan River, Maloa District, north-
east Honduras, Central America. Purchased from J. R. Allsopp.
(6 specimens. )

146,639. Potsherds, arrowpoints, shell bead, and fragment of worked shell from
Liberty and Dade Counties, Fla. Collected by M. W. Stirling. (6
Specimens. )

148,068. Earthenware vessels and fragments from Ulua River, Comayagua
River, and Lake Yojoa regions of Honduras, collected in 1936 by
Smithsonian-Harvard University Expedition under Dr. W. D. Strong.
(93 specimens. ) .

MISCELLANEOUS

Personnel.—Dr. W. D. Strong, anthropologist, resigned August
31, 1937. J. N. B. Hewitt, ethnologist, died October 14, 1987.

Respectfully submitted.

M. W. Srimtine, Chief.

Dr. C. G. Ansort,

Secretary, Smithsonian Institution.

BEET Y-SIATH
ANNUAL REPORT OF THE

BUREAU OF
AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

TO THE SECRETARY OF THE
SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION

EI3S-1939

UNITED STATES
GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE
WASHINGTON ; 1940

peo nt

FIFTY-SIXTH ANNUAL REPORT
OF THE

BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

M. W. StirLina, CHIEF

Str: I have the honor to submit the following report on the field
researches, office work, and other operations of the Bureau of Amer!-
can Ethnology during the fiscal year ended June 30, 1939, conducted
in accordance with the act of Congress of May 23, 1938, which pro-
vides “For continuing ethnological researches among the American
Indians and the natives of Hawaii and the excavation and preserva-
tion of archeologic remains. . . .”

SYSTEMATIC RESEARCHES

M. W. Stirling, Chief, left Washington on December 24 to begin
archeological excavations at a large site near the village of Tres
Zapotes in southern Veracruz. This work was undertaken in co-
operation with the Nationa! Geographic Society, which financed the
expedition. ‘The permission to conduct the work was obtained earler
in the year from the Mexican Department of Public Education,
whose generous cooperation greatly facilitated the work. With Dr.
C. W. Weiant as assistant, excavations were begun on January 1
and continued until April 15.

Although detailed results of this first season of work cannot be
announced until further study has been made of the material, far-
reavhing connections are indicated which require careful study of
the Maya, Zapotec, Huastec, and Teotihuacan areas. Nine major
stone monuments were excavated at the site, including the famous
“Cabesa Colosal,” and a very large collection of ceramics and figu-
rines was obtained. The most interesting discovery was a stone monu-
ment inscribed with an initial-series date. ‘This is in a style closely
related to that on the Tuxtla statuette and apparently records a
late Baktun 7 date.

At the conclusion of the work the collections were brought to Mexico
City where a division was effected with the Mexican Government.
A large carved stone box and the dated monument were sucessfully
transported to the National Museum in Mexico City.

201197—40 1

2 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

The greater part of the year was devoted by Dr. John R. Swanton,
ethnologist, to work connected with the researches of the United
States De Soto Expedition Commission. During most of October and
the first half of November 1938, he was in the field in the interest of that
Commission. Visits were made by automobile to points in North and
South Carolina and southern Georgia, and a great deal of time was
spent in researches in Florida, where he was assisted materially by
Dr. Herman Gunter, the State geologist, and J. Clarence Simpson.
On leaving Florida, Dr. Swanton visited Dr. Walter B. Jones, mem-
ber of the Commission from Alabama, at Tuscaloosa, and then went
to Aberdeen, Miss., where he was met by Col. John R. Fordyce, the
Commissioner from Arkansas. In company with Colonel Fordyce
and Dr. W. A. Evans, of Aberdeen, he visited several points in north-
ern Mississippi. Colonel Fordyce then drove him to Helena, Ark.,
where 2 days were spent in the examination of sites along Crowley’s
Ridge and on White River. Afterward excursions were made to the
Menard Mounds near Little Rock and points along the Little Mis-
souri River. On October 26 Dr. Swanton and Colonel Fordyce joined
Miss Caroline Dormon, the Louisiana member of the Commission,
and her sister, at Jonesville, La., and spent 2 days on the Ouachita
and Tensas Rivers in launches kindly furnished by the Mississippi
River Commission and accompanied by some of the Commission’s
officials. Later Dr. Swanton visited Baton Rouge to confer with
members of the geological staff of the Louisiana State University,
and with James A. Ford, the archeologist engaged in research work
in that State, returning from there to Little Rock and thence to
Washington.

The remainder of the calendar year 1938 was devoted to the com-
pletion of the report of the Commission, and during the first months
of 1939 Dr. Swanton was engaged in reading proof for this report,
which appeared in May as House Document No. 71 of the Seventy-
sixth Congress. It covers 400 pages and includes 11 maps.

On May 30, by special invitation, Dr. Swanton attended the unveil-
ing of a marker at Shaw’s Point, near Bradenton, Fla., commemora-
tive of the landing of De Soto, and during this trip he spoke to
audiences at Rollins College, Winter Park, on the Indians of Florida
and the work of the De Soto Commission, and before the Kiwanis
Club at Bradenton and the Jacksonville Historical Society at Jack-
sonville on the latter subject.

On December 29, 1938, Dr. Swanton delivered the retiring address
as president of section H of the American Association for the Ad-
vancement of Science.

The start of the fiscal year found Dr. John P. Harrington, ethnolo-
gist, engaged in a study of the northern provenience of the Navaho.
This tribe, the largest single-dialect Indian population in the United

FIFTY-SIXTH ANNUAL REPORT 3

States, numbering some 50,000 souls, centers its present habitat in
eastern Arizona and western New Mexico and speaks an aberrant
form of Western Apache. It is patent that Western Apache, and also
Eastern Apache (represented by Kiowa Apache, Jicarilla Apache,
and Lipan) are tongues of northern origin, coming from beyond the
present northern boundary of the United States, the language-bearing
ancestors of these so-called Navaho and Apache peoples having mi-
grated from the north. This migration was far back of the range of
history, and the reason for accepting this migration is found in the
existence of the surprisingly closely related Athapascan languages oc-
cupying all the interior of Alaska and western Canada, a patch near
the mouth of the Columbia, and another taking in much of the southern
Oregon and northern California coast region.

The study of the northern origin of the Navaho consisted of the
assembling of documentation from historical and ethnological sources,
interviewing of Indians, and discussions with archeologists and eth-
nologists engaged in Siberian, Alaskan, Great Basin, High Plains,
and Navaho region investigations.

The nearest linguistic sisters of the Navaho language in the north
are the Carrier and closely related Chilcotin of the southernmost
part of the Northern Interior Plateau mentioned above, and east of
them the Sarcee, in the Rockies and the plains just east of the Rockies.

The Smithsonian Institution having come into possession of an
unprinted source giving a first-hand account of the Sacramento
Valley Indians of California in 1850, including two vocabularies of
native Indian languages, from the pen of Prince Paul, educated Ger-
man traveler and friend of Sutter, the founder of Sacramento, Calif.,
Dr. Harrington left in May to check this new and important material
with native informants. The source consisted of an account of the
natives of the “Hok” farm, belonging to Sutter. Dr. Harrington
discovered the old Indian rancheria mound called “Hok” on the
west edge of the Feather River 7 miles south of Yuba City.

July 1 found Dr. Frank H. H. Roberts, Jr., archeologist, in camp
at the Lindenmeter site, north of Fort Collins, in northern Colorado,
continuing his excavations in search of additional information on
Folsom man, the aboriginal nomad who hunted bison, mammoth, and
the American came! on the western plains during the closing stages of
the glacial period. The work was carried on until the end of Septem-
ber when digging was stopped for the season. During the course of
the summer’s investigations 3,500 square feet of the original surface of
occupation was uncovered. The overburden ranged from 3 to 8 feet
in depth so that a considerable quantity of earth had to be removed
before the stratum containing the desired archeological record was
reached. Included in the layer were various concentrations of cut
and split animal bones, most of them from the extinct Bison taylori,

4. BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

several hearths, places where the stone chippers had made their tools
from different kinds of material present in the vicinity, and an assort-
ment of implements. The collection of specimens of the people’s
handicraft obtained from the season’s excavations comprises, in addi-
tion to typically fluted points and a series of tools similar to those
found in previous years, several new types of stone knives and scrap-
ers and a number of bone fragments bearing portions of simple, in-
cised, geometric decorations. This material serves to broaden the
knowledge on the material culture complex characteristic of this
group of early American peoples. The digging also produced 1m-
portant evidence on the relation between the occupation level and
certain geologic deposits and helped confirm the correlation of the
site with definite features dating from the late glacial horizon in that
general area.

After the termination of the work at the Lindenmeier site, Dr.
Roberts visited places in Nebraska, Wyoming, and Saskatchewan,
Canada, where local collectors have found objects attributable to the
Folsom or some other, presumably associated, complex. The sites in
Nebraska are in the southwestern corner of the State in Chase and
Dundy Counties. The locations inspected in Wyoming are in the
northeastern part of the State in the vicinity of Sundance. The
Saskatchewan sites are near Mortlach and are of interest because they
extend the range of this type of material well toward the north along
the postulated route of migration of peoples coming from Asia into
the New World. From Mortlach, Dr. Roberts returned to Washing-
ton and resumed his office duties on November 1.

During the winter months galley and page proofs were read and
corrected for the report, Archeological Remains in the Whitewater
District, Eastern Arizona, Part I, House Types, which appeared as
Bulletin 121 of the Bureau of American Ethnology. Manuscript for
the second part of this report, describing the artifacts and burials asso-
ciated with the house remains, was revised, completed, and transmitted
to the editor for publication in the bulletin series. An article, The
Folsom Problem in American Archeology, which appeared in the
book Early Man, as depicted by leading authorities at the Inter-
national Symposium at the Academy of Natural Sciences, Phila-
delphia, March 1937, was revised, augmented with new information
and a series of illustrations, and otherwise made suitable for use in the
appendix to the Annual Report of the Board of Regents of the
Smithsonian Institution for 1938. In addition several short papers on
archeological subjects were written for various anthropological jour-
nals. Information on Old World archeology was furnished for a
radio broadcast on the subject Pushing Back History, and this and
several other scripts for “The World is Yours” program were read and
checked for errors.

FIFTY-SIXTH ANNUAL REPORT 5

In March the Honorable Cordell Hull, Secretary of State,
appointed Dr. Roberts to represent the United States on the
International Commission for Historic Monuments.

On June 9, 1939, Dr. Roberts left Washington for Colorado, where
he resumed excavations at the Lindenmeier site. By the end of the
fiscal year he had opened up another portion of the site and was
obtaining further data on the Folsom problem.

Dr. Julian H. Steward, anthropologist, spent the months of July
and August 19388 in continuing an archeological and ethnological
reconnaissance in western South America which was begun during
the preceding fiscal year. During this period several Indian vil-
lages of the highlands were visited, and a number of archeological
sites were examined in both the highland and coastal regions. These
researches were undertaken as a preliminary to the editing of the
projected Handbook of South American Indians, and on his return
to Washington Dr. Steward began preparation of the final plans for
the Handbook. These plans were completed during the remainder
of the fiscal year, and the project has now been initiated, various
contributors having been invited to participate.

Scientific papers prepared by Dr. Steward during the past year
are: Anthropological Reconnaissance of Southern Utah, for a Bureau
of American Ethnology Bulletin; Anthropological Reconnaissance in
South America, for Explorations and Field-Work of the Smith-
sonian Institution in 1938; Some Observations on Shoshonean Dis-
tributions, for the American Anthropologist; The Economic Basis
of Changes in the Shoshonean Indian Culture, for the Scientific
Monthly; Notes on Hiliers’ Photographs of the Paiute and Ute
Indians taken on the Powell Expedition of 18738, for the Smith-
sonian Miscellaneous Collections.

Henry B. Collins, Jr., was appointed ethnologist in the Bureau,
effective February 1, 1939, by transfer from the Division of Eth-
nology, United States National Museum. From February 1 to the
end of the fiscal year Mr. Collins spent the greater part of his time
working over the large and varied collection of artifacts, numbering
several thousand specimens, which he excavated in 1936 at Cape
Prince of Wales and other prehistoric Eskimo sites in the immediate
vicinity of Bering Strait. A statement of the activities of Mr.
Collins during the preceding part of the fiscal year is included in
the report of the Department of Anthropology of the United States
National Museum.

Dr. William N. Fenton, ethnologist, joined the staff of the Bureau
of American Ethnology on February 6, 1939, coming to the Bureau
from St. Lawrence University. He will continue ethnological

6 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

studies among the Iroquois groups in New York and Canada with
the aim of cleaning up some of the ethnological problems in the
northeastern area that remain from the research of previous students.
The Rosenwald Fund of Chicago financed a field trip to the Senecas
at Coldspring on the Allegany Reservation in southwestern New
York during the interim that followed the end of the first semester
at the University and preceded removal to Washington. Dr. Fenton
wrote up his field notes on the Seneca Midwinter Festival as a sup-
plement to notes taken in 1934, as soon as he was established at the
Bureau. In April and May, Dr. Fenton wrote a monograph on
Iroquois Suicide from cases collected during 1935, as a member of the
United States Indian Field Service, and parallel cases that occur in
the earlier ethnological and historical sources on the Ircquois. He
submitted the manuscript for publication in June before leaving for
the field. Another manuscript, Tonawanda Longhouse Ceremonies:
Ninety Years After Lewis Henry Morgan, written in 1936 and
recently rewritten, was submitted for publication at the same time.

SPECIAL RESEARCHES

Miss Frances Densmore, a collaborator of the Bureau, in continua-
tion of her study of Indian music, submitted two manuscripts entitled
“Choctaw War and Dance Songs” and “Choctaw and Seminole
Songs,” with phonograph records and transcriptions of 31 Choctaw
and 9 Seminole songs. The Choctaw songs were recorded near
Philadelphia, Miss., in January 1933, and the Seminole songs were
recorded at Brighton, Fla., in February of the same year. Tran-
scriptions and phonograph records of two performances on a Choctaw
flute were also submitted. These fiutes were played by medicine men
during ball games to bring success. to one group of players and
confuse their opponents. Robert Henry, who recorded the flute
playing, is a leading medicine man at the ball games. The 66 Choc-
taw songs, now in possession of the Bureau, were listed according
to their catalog numbers. Fourteen manuscripts on the music of
the Winnebago, previously submitted, were combined in one manu-
script and retyped preparatory to publication, the retyped material
comprising about 300 pages. The 205 Winnebago songs were ar-
ranged in final order, and listed according to serial and catalog num-
bers. The galley and page proof, also the music proof, of Nootka
and Quileute Music were read during the year.

During the fiscal year ended June 30, 1939, John G. Carter, a
collaborator of the Bureau, devoted considerable time to the ethno-
graphic and Indian sign-language material contained in the manu-

FIFTY-SIXTH ANNUAL REPORT 7

scripts of the late Maj. Gen. Hugh L. Scott, United States Army.
These manuscripts, together with other material, were donated to
the Bureau by the widow of General Scott. The material donated
consisted of newspaper clippings, pamphlets and other printed mat-
ter, photographs, and manuscript.

This material was examined, read, and classified. The photographs
were turned over to their proper custodian in the Bureau for filing
and record. The pamphlets and other printed matter were disposed
of in like manner. The manuscript was read and classified in sepa-
rate filing jackets. Many historical references in these manuscripts
were checked for accuracy.

An extensive research was made into the writings of most of the
early discoverers and explorers of the North American continent,
beginning with the Norsemen, in order to determine the extent to
which and the localities in which the sign language was used by the
North American Indians. It was ascertained, as far as the records
which have been examined to date reveal, that the sign language
was confined to the buffalo-hunting tribes of the plains west of the
Mississippi River, and to tribes adjacent to the plains who made
seasonal hunts into the buffalo country. This confirms the state-
ments made by General Scott in his manuscripts.

EDITORIAL WORK AND PUBLICATIONS

The editing of the publications of the Bureau was continued
through the year by Stanley Searles, editor.

BULLETINS ISSUED DURING THE YEAR

118. An Archaeological Survey of the Norris Basin in Hastern Tennessee, by
William S. Webb. | :

119. Anthropological Papers, Nos. 1-6. No. 1, A Preliminary Report on
Archeological Explorations at Macon, Ga., by A. R. Kelly. No. 2, The Northern
Arapaho Flat Pine and the Ceremony of Covering the Pipe, by John G. Carter.
No. 8, The Caribs of Dominica, by Douglas Taylor. No. 4, What Happened
to Green Bear Who Was Blessed With a Sacred Pack, by Truman Michelson.
No. 5, Lemhi Shoshoni Physical Therapy, by Julian H. Steward. No. 6,
Panattibiji’, an Owens Valley Paiute, by Julian H. Steward.

120. Basin-Plateau Aboriginal Sociopolitical Groups, by Julian H. Steward.

121. Archeological Remains in the Whitewater District, Eastern Arizona.
Part I, House Types, by Frank H. H. Roberts, Jr.

122. An Archaeological Survey of Wheeler Basin on the Tennessee River in
Northern Alabama, by William S. Webb.

123. Anthropological Papers, Nos. 7-12. No. 7, Archeological Investigations
in the Corozal District of British Honduras, by Thomas and Mary Gann. No. 8,
Linguistic Classification of Cree and Montagnais-Naskapi Dialects, by Truman
Michelson. No. 9, Sedelmayr’s Relacion of 1746, translated and edited by

8 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

Ronald L. Ives. No. 10, Notes on the Creek Indians, by J. N. B. Hewitt, edited
by John R. Swanton. No. 11, The Yaruros of the Capanaparo River, Venezuela,
by Vincenzo Petrullo. No. 12, Archeology of Arauquin, by Vincenzo Petrullo.

IN PRESS

101. War Ceremony and Peace Ceremony of the Osage Indians, by Francis
La Flesche.

124. Nootka and Quiieute Music, by Frances Densmore.

125. Ethnography of the Fox Indians, by William Jones, edited by Margaret
Welpley Fisher.

The Index to Schoolcraft’s Indian Tribes has been completed.

Publications distributed totaled 19,527.

LIBRARY

The library continued under the direction of Miss Miriam B.
Ketchum, librarian. Accessions during the year totaled 223.

The exchange list has been completely revised and brought up
to date, and seven new exchange sets have been added.

The rare book section was finished early in the fiscal year, and
the rarest items and many others of importance have been shelved
in it. More than half of these books have been recataloged and
classified and permanently labeled and shelved.

All the publications of North American societies and institutions
have been sorted and all matter not in the field of the Bureau dis-
carded as far as possible.

The librarian attended the meetings of the Inter-American
Bibliographical and Historical Society at Washington, D. C., in
February, and the Special Libraries Association at Baltimore in May.

The usual routine work of accessioning and cataloging new mate-
rial and entering new periodicals received has been kept up to date.

ILLUSTRATIONS

Following is a summary of work accomplished by E. G. Cassedy,
illustrator :

Topographic. SUrVey ing. Se eee ee 1
Plates: prepared... 2-2. 2402 oe oe ee 94
Tine ra wiles 2 ei ol ee ee 114
Photographs. ‘retouched: 2 2 ee es ee ee 44
hettering jovS=26 22 ae ee 126
Graphs 2 a Se ee ee 12
WEA Se a a 18
Mechanical -drawints. 22.2250 22 oe 2 en ee ee 2
HWngrossing’ JOS. 2s so es Bee ee ee eee 1

FIFTY-SIXTH ANNUAL REPORT 8)

COLLECTIONS

Accession
No.

148,708. Potsherds, figurine fragments, and other artifacts from various sites
in Mexico, collected in 1988 by M. W. Stirling for the Bureau. (51
specimens. )

152,153. Male skeleton from deep trench west of Mound A, Shiloh National
Monument, Tenn., and a misceNaneous archeological collection, ob-
tained in the course of excavations conducted by F. H. H. Roberts,
Jr., during the winter of 1933-34 in cooperation with the Civil Works
Administration.

MISCELLANEOUS

During the course of the year information was furnished by mem-
bers of the Bureau staff in reply to numerous inquiries concerning
the North American Indians, both past and present, and the Mexican
peoples of the prehistoric and early historic periods. Various speci-
mens sent to the Bureau were identified and data on them furnished
for their owners.

Personnel—Dr. Truman Michelson, ethnologist, died July 26, 1938.
On February 1, 1939, Henry B. Collins, Jr., was appointed by transfer
from the United States National Museum to fill the vacancy caused
by the death of Dr. Michelson. Dr. William N. Fenton was ap-
pointed as ethnologist on February 6, 1989. H.B. Chappell resigned
as clerk in the hbrary of the Bureau on October 4, 1938, and Walter
B. Greenwood was appointed on November 1, 1938, to fill this
vacancy. Stanley Searles, editor, retired on June 30, 1939.

Respectfully submitted.

M. W. Srirurne, Chief.

Dr. C. G. Axpzor,

Secretary, Smithsonian Institution.

amp

.
Fs
*
‘

(Sl areas

ret

ve ahi
+ I a t ' ¥ . ¢
} % a ] # : cS a,
' EN, BR Uta ek Ua: : REN, TESS) 2 3
ais ] laa, So cat NY . i ~ ¢ “ee
PAI SI MIG 35 |
E —= . : i
ete a Ax Syn Ves t ” sa A % > ye ee . ;
‘ iy ie Aas Ee 3 % i: j ‘ ;
’ / 1% f. ¥ 4 : :

y,
;
" j J
| '
f 7 { t
: I
. l
i
line
f
i
i }
- j
y J

»
i
~ ' j }
pep es i
Yen, pr Red
j
iP Ua 4
e }
Re Cees hannah ; i?
x 4
)

SK = y

rt ‘

fia) :
,

Paes ie A ba sai s Ba ety
WASHINGT
SSN apag er i sep i a 4

iss

' ne Y + 2
At EES SB
tae pie

Kd as D
Ne SKIES ay
dap Be ee of

peo

J!
Wipe.

FIFTY-SEVENTH
ANNUAL REPORT OF THE

BUREAU OF
AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

TO THE SECRETARY OF THE
SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION

1939-1940

UNITED STATES
GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE
WASHINGTON : 1941

FIFTY-SEVENTH ANNUAL REPORT

OF THE

BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

M. W. Srrrvine, CHIEF

Sir: I have the honor to submit the following report on the field
researches, office work, and other operations of the Bureau of Ameri-
can Ethnology during the fiscal year ended June 30, 1940, conducted
in accordance with the act of Congress of March 16, 1939, which
provides “* * * for continuing ethnological researches among the
American Indians and the natives of Hawaii and the excavation
and preservation of archeologic remains. * * *”

SYSTEMATIO RESEARCHES

M. W. Stirling, Chief of the Bureau, left Washington on Decem-
ber 26 to continue his archeological excavations in southeastern
Mexico. Work was continued at Tres Zapotes until April 20. Two
additional expeditions were made, one to Cerro de Mesa on the Rio
Blanco in the State of Veracruz, and the other to La Venta in
northern Tabasco. As last year, the work was undertaken in cooper-
ation with the National Geographic Society. Dr. Philip Drucker
accompanied Mr. Stirling as assistant archeologist.

As a result of the second season of work, the chronology of the
Tres Zapotes site has now been satisfactorily determined. Indica-
tions are that the site was occupied from a date before the begin-
ning of the Christian era but that it was abandoned sometime before
the beginning of the Spanish conquest.

At Cerro de Mesa, 20 carved stone monuments were located and
photographed, including one with an initial series date in the Maya
calendar. This date reads 9-1-12-14-10, or 1 Oc 3 Uyab. The
discovery of this monument raises to three the number of initial
series now known from the State of Veracruz. Although a very
early Baktun 9 date, it is later than Stela C from Tres Zapotes and
the Tuxtla statuette. Of the 20 monuments at Cerro de Mesa, 12 are
stelae.

Twenty monuments were also unearthed at La Venta, including

five colossal heads, several beautifully carved altars, and some stelae.
288575—41 1

2 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

At the conclusion of the work the collections were brought to Mex-
ico City and a division of the material was made by the department
of archeology of the Mexican Government, whose splendid coopera-
tion did much to facilitate the work in the field.

Mr. Stirling attended three anthropological conferences as a dele-
gate of the United States Government, these being the Twenty-
seventh Session, International Congress of Americanists, held at Mex-
ico City, August 5-15, 1939; the First Inter-American Congress on
Indian Life, at Patzcuaro, Michoacén, April 14-24, 1940; and the
Eighth American Scientific Congress, in Washington, May 10-21,
1940.

Dr. J. R. Swanton, ethnologist, devoted the greater part of the
fiscal year to the assembling of material bearing on the ethnology
and early history of the Caddo Indians, former inhabitants of
northwestern Louisiana, southwestern Arkansas, northeastern Texas,
and southeastern Oklahoma. This now covers about 700 typewritten
pages including copies of original Spanish and French texts. He
rendered assistance to various local organizations in preparing for
the placing of markers along the trail followed by Hernando de
Soto and celebrations connected with them. Investigations were
undertaken for the United States Board on Geographical Names,
of which Dr. Swanton is a member. A bulletin by him entitled
“Linguistic Material From the Tribes of Southern Texas and North-
eastern Mexico” is now in page proof.

Dr. Swanton was much gratified at the kind recognition tendered
by his anthropological associates this year on the completion of
40 years’ service in the Bureau and the Institution in having dedi-
cated to him volume 100 of the Smithsonian Miscellaneous Collec-
tions entitled “Essays in Historical Anthropology of North
America.”

At the beginning of the fiscal year, Dr. John P. Harrington,
ethnologist, was engaged in field studies at Anadarko and Apache,
Okla., on the Kiowa Apache Tribe, in reality a variety of Lipan
and not Apache Indians according to language, and possibly iden-
tical with the “Palomas” of early Spanish archives of New Mexico.
These peoples, which can well be termed “Lipanan” from the Lipan,
one of the tribes, have become extinct or have been shoved far
from their former ranges, with the sole exception of the Kiowa
Apache, which, because of alliance with the powerful Kiowa Tribe,
succeeded in remaining in the region although assimilating the
Kiowa culture.

Returning to Washington, Dr. Harrington proceeded in the latter
part of July to Window Rock, Ariz., location of the administrative
headquarters of the Navaho Tribe. Just as the Kiowa Apache
show a subtype of western Plains culture submerge to that of

FIFTY-SEVENTH ANNUAL REPORT 3

the Kiowa, so the Navaho show Great Basin culture with a varnish
of many Pueblo features, and study proves that these Pueblo fea-
tures are in every case directly derived from some particular Pueblo
with which the Navaho have had century-long contact. For in-
stance, the Navaho of Ramah derive their Pueblo features from
Zuni. The most interesting discovery of all was the prominence
of the buffalo in Navaho ceremony, in which the buffalo plays a
role as large as among the Pueblos.

In the case of both the Kiowa Apache and Navaho, language study
is the most practical means of proving that the language-bearing
ancestors of these tribes came from the north, where similar lan-
guages are still spoken, occupying the interior of Alaska and of
western Canada.

Proceeding October 25 to the Chipewyan of eastern Alberta, Can-
ada, Dr. Harrington found them to consist of a southern-projecting
tongue of the language of the great Athabaska Lake of northern
Alberta, which derives its name from Algonquian Cree Adhapas-
kaaw, meaning “much grass” and applied originally to the Peace
River Delta at the western end of the lake. Chipewyan means
“nointed skins,” referring to an old habit of dress. The Chipewyan
language proved to be surprisingly close to Navaho in vocabulary
and construction.

Proceeding to the Sarcee language of southern Alberta, Dr. Har-
rington encountered another closely related tongue, and one which is
most nearly affiliated with the Beaver and the Sekeneh, two dialects
that lie north of the Sarcee. Dr. Harrington learned the tradition
that the Sarcee and Beaver were originally one people but that in
migrating southward across a frozen lake, the water monster became
angered and broke the ice, those Indians on the northern side becoming
the Beaver and those having crossed to the southern side becoming the
Sarcee. The Sarcee were found to have adopted the culture of the
neighboring Blackfeet, and the meaning of the name of the Blackfeet,
Ayaatclyliniw, was found to mean “ugly enemy.”

The Carrier, Chilcotin, and Nicola dialects were reached in Decem-
ber. These are located on the upper Fraser River, especially about
the great lakes at the head of this stream.

The Sekeneh were also reached in British Columbia and the name
was found to mean “Rocky Mountain Indian.”

Returning to Washington, Dr. Harrington proceeded in March to
the study of the Tlinkit Indians of southeastern Alaska, finding these
to be related to the Navaho, in a close relationship which cannot mean
many centuries of separation.

Dr. Harrington then proceeded in May to the study of the Atchat,
or Eyak, Tribe, which was found to have occupied the entire eastern
half of the Gulf of Alaska, a stretch of coast 350 miles long, extending

4 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

from Prince William Sound in the west to Latuya Bay in the east.
This tribe has earlier been called Ugalenz and Eyak, but the real
name of the tribe has never been known, Atchat meaning “on this
side” or “opposite,” referring to location on the Gulf of Alaska and
opposite the islands. This language also proved to be closely related
to the Navaho, and, as might be expected, more closely related to
the languages of British Columbia and the Navaho than is the island
language.

Dr. Harrington returned to Washington on June 29.

At the beginning of the fiscal year, July 1, Dr. Frank H. H. Roberts,
Jr., archeologist, was engaged in excavating at the Lindenmeier site
in northern Colorado. The investigations were continued through
July and August and were brought to a close for the season on
September 15. The area under examination was a portion of the Fol-
som camp site that has occupied a Bureau of American Ethnology-
Smithsonian Institution Expedition’s attention for several seasons.
The 1939 excavations consisted of the removal of the overburden,
ranging from 314 to 51% feet in thickness, from some 1,540 square feet
of the old area of occupation, digging a series of 10 test trenches in
unsampled parts of the site, and prospecting in outcroppings of the
archeological layer in the banks of a deep ravine that traverses a
portion of the site. The excavations in the camp remains produced
more specimens than any previously made in areas of comparable size.
The collection of artifacts includes typically fluted Folsom points,
fluted knives, knives made from the flakes removed from the faces of
the points in producing the channels, other kinds of flake knives, a
variety of scrapers including several forms of the spokeshave type,
flakes with small points used for marking on bone and wood, hand-
hammer stones and large choppers, red and yellow ochers used for
pigments, bone punches and awls, pieces of decorated bone from ob-
jects of unknown form and function, and tubular bone beads. The
latter are the first to be found in the Folsom Complex. They were
made from shafts of long bones. Unfortunately, the criteria for
identification were removed in the process of manufacture, but they
seem to be rabbit and bird. One of these specimens was decorated
with a series of short parallel lines cut into its surface.

Dr. Roberts returned to the office in Washington on October 1.
During the fall and winter months he read galley and page proofs
on the report Archeological Remains in the Whitewater District,
Eastern Arizona. Part II. Artifacts and Burials, which appeared
as Bulletin 126 of the Bureau of American Ethnology. He also
served as technical advisor for “The World is Yours” programs,
“Cortez, the Conquistador” and “Pompeii Lives Again,” and wrote the
article for “The World is Yours” pamphlet on Pompeii. He also
prepared a manuscript on the subject Developments in the Problem

FIFTY-SEVENTH ANNUAL REPORT 5

of the North American Paleo-Indian. Galley and page proofs were
read and corrected for this paper, which appeared in the Essays in
Historical Anthropology of North America, volume 100, Smithsonian
Miscellaneous Collections. Special papers on archeological subjects
were prepared and presented before the Pennsylvania State Archeo-
logical Society, the American Anthropological Association, and the
Eighth American Scientific Congress.

Dr. Roberts left Washington, May 26, for Colorado and resumed
investigations at the Lindenmeier site. While the preliminary exca-
vations were under way, a number of places in that vicinity were
visited for the purpose of checking purported finds of Folsom ma-
terial. Work at the Lindenmeier site was in full progress at the
close of the fiscal year.

As editor of the Handbook of South American Indians, Dr. Ju-
Jian H. Steward, anthropologist, in consultation with leading au-
thorities on South American anthropology, drew up a working
outline for this project. A two-volume, 2,000-page work to be pub-
lished in 5 years, the Handbook will contain articles by specialists
on the various subjects. The volume of essays in honor of Dr.
Swanton, for which Dr. Steward served as technical editor, was
pushed through to a successful conclusion and published on May 25,
1940. Several studies of Shoshonean archeology and ethnology
were written and published.

May 26 to July 1 was spent by Dr. Steward among the Carrier
Indians of British Columbia. Records of land tenure, subsistence
activities, and sociopolitical changes during five generations were
procured from the Stuart Lake and neighboring Carrier. It was
found that within the framework of aboriginal land utilization, the
sociopolitical structure had shifted from a band organization to a
matrilineal clan and potlatch system derived from the coast. In
historic times, the latter had given way before a patrilineal family
system. Records of general ethnography, 100 specimens of native
artifacts, and over 50 specimens of plants used in aboriginal times
were also obtained.

In July 1939 a Latin-American bibliographic conference at Ann
Arbor, Mich., was attended. In December 1939 two papers were
read before the American Anthropological Association in Chicago.
In May 1940 Dr. Steward served as secretary of the Anthropologi-
cal Section of the Eighth American Scientific Congress, meeting in
Washington.

Henry B. Collins, Jr., ethnologist, continued working over the mate-
rial which he excavated in 1936 at prehistoric Eskimo village sites
around Bering Strait. The collection from one of the sites—Kurigi-
tavik, at Cape Prince of Wales—eonsists of several thousand artifacts
of ivory, bone, stone, clay, wood, and baleen and provides a detailed

6 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

picture of prehistoric Eskimo culture of the intermediate Thule-Punuk
stage, the age of which may be estimated at around a thousand years.
The material from Kurigitavik, together with that from two earlier
sites, has provided needed information on the transition from the
Birnirk stage to the Thule, and collections from several later sites
reveal the changes leading up to the culture of modern times.

Manuscripts completed during the year included a general paper
summarizing the archeological evidence bearing on the origin of the
Eskimo and the cultural position of this group in relation to neighbor-
ing peoples in Asia and America; and shorter papers on Eskimo art,
on the voyages of Vitus Bering (for the Smithsonian radio series),
and on prehistoric Indian crania from the Southeast.

Early in July 1939 Dr. William N. Fenton, associate anthropolo-
gist, left for Salamanca, N. Y., to conduct ethnobotanical studies
among the Iroquois Indians of New York and Canada. He visited
the Senecas of Allegany and Cornplanter Reservations, in southwest-
ern New York and Pennsylvania, and the Mohawks of St. Regis
Reservation, N. Y., and Caughnawaga, Province of Quebec. He
called briefly on the Hurons of Lorette and the Mohawks of Oka,
Lake of the Two Mountains, near Montreal. At Ottawa he studied
the extensive catalog of Iroquois ethnological photographs in the
National Museum of Canada. The month of August was passed
among the Iroquois of Six Nations Reserve in Ontario, where he
worked with Simeon Gibson, interpreter to the late J. N. B. Hewitt.
About a hundred herbarium specimens were collected; when identi-
fied at the National Hebarium, these proved to be largely duplicates
of medical plants gathered in previous years of field work among the
Senecas. Moreover, interesting similarities of plant use and term1-
nology were noted among Seneca, Mohawk, and Cayuga-Onondaga
remnants who now live on widely separated reservations. Such
resemblances suggest older basic Iroquois botanical concepts and
medical practices. Photographs illustrating various activities in
Iroquois herbalism comprise part of 100 negatives that were taken
in the field. The early notes of F. W. Waugh were reviewed with
Mohawk and Cayuga informants, and some paradigms in the several
Iroquois dialects were recorded for comparative purposes. Returning
to Allegany for the Green Corn Festival, Dr. Fenton reached
Washington in mid-September.

During the winter’s office work, Dr. Fenton read in the historical
literature and located towns of the several Iroquois bands at successive
periods in their history, with a view to outlining the major cultural
problems arising from Iroquois tribal movements and conquests. This
study, now published, attempts to begin for the Northeast the type of
systematic approach that Dr. Swanton has accomplished for the
Southeast. Dr. Fenton also published A Further Quest for Iroquois

FIFTY-SEVENTH ANNUAL REPORT 7

Medicines, in Explorations and Field-Work of the Smithsonian
Institution in 1939, and An Herbarium from the Allegany Senecas,
in The Historic Annals of Southwestern New York. Several lectures
on various aspects of Iroquois culture were delivered to Washington
audiences, and in June, Dr. Fenton addressed a regional meeting of
botanists at the Allegany School of Natural History on Iroquois
Ethnobotany.

On May 2, 1940, Dr. Fenton again left for Salamanca to resume
field work among the Seneca. Working primarily at Allegany Res-
ervation, he also visited Tonawanda, collecting early spring medic-
inal plants. This season, work with informants was combined with
a project to study Iroquois masks and ceremonial equipment in
museums located near the Iroquois. At the close of the fiscal year,
the extensive Converse collections in the New York State Museum
(Albany) and Montgomery County Historical Society (Fort John-
son), and the Boyle and Chiefswood collections in the Royal Ontario
Museum of Archaeology (Toronto) were measured and_ photo-
graphed. The pictures have proved to be useful in eliciting new
material from informants and promise future usefulness in estab-
lishing local types of carving. A complete record of the mask-
making technique has been made together with photographs of
crucial stages in the process, and the rituals of several shamanistic
societies have been taken with a flash camera for the first time. Dr.
Fenton was engaged in field work at the close of the fiscal year.

SPECIAL RESEARCHES

Miss Frances Densmore, a collaborator of the Bureau, continued
her study of Indian music chiefly by completing manuscripts for
publication. A trip was made to Wisconsin Dells, Wis., to confer
with Evergreen Tree, a Cochiti Indian, and to obtain further in-
formation concerning songs he recorded several years previously.
Additional information concerning the peyote cult was also received
from Winnebago informants in Wisconsin and Minnesota.

Nine manuscripts on pueblo music were recast and combined in
a manuscript entitled “Music of Acoma, Isleta, and Cochiti Pueblos,
New Mexico.” Four manuscripts on “Choctaw Music,” previously
submitted, were similarly combined. The manuscript on “Winne-
bago Music” was completed, and a portion of the section on the
peyote cult was restudied, extended, and retyped. These three
manuscripts are now ready for publication.

Eleven manuscripts on the music of the Seminole in Florida were
combined in a tentative manuscript of more than 300 pages. The
number of transcribed Seminole songs now in possession of the

8 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

Bureau is 173 and these were arranged in a tentative order, corre-
sponding to the order in the manuscript. About 70 Seminole songs,
recorded in 1932 and 1933, have not yet been submitted to the Bureau.
Work was begun on this material and a few of the songs were
transcribed.

A peculiar custom observed in a few of the oldest Choctaw and
Seminole songs consists in an embellishment of the melody in repe-
titions. It was found that the several renditions differed from one
another and that the Indians were able to sing the simple melody,
without the embellishments. These consisted in the addition of
short, unimportant tones, without changing the trend of the melody.
The custom resembles the improvisation which was noted in the
songs of the Tule Indians of Panama and is in contrast to the exact
repetitions of songs by northern tribes of Indians. A similar custom
exists among Negroes on the Island of Trinidad in the British West
Indies, and has been called Calypso.

According to Louis C. Elson (Curiosities of Music, p. 278, Oliver
Ditson & Co., Boston, 1880), “The power of improvisation which is
so well developed in the African Negro, is fully sustained by his
descendants * * *”

Miss Densmore presented to the Bureau the original manuscript
of an Onondaga Thanksgiving Song, written down for her in 1903
at Syracuse, N. Y., by Albert Cusick,-a prominent Onondaga from
the reservation near that city. The native words with their trans-
lation were also obtained. ‘The song is in two parts, the lower being
rhythmic and resembling a vocal accompaniment to the melody.

EDITORIAL WORK AND PUBLICATIONS

The editorial work of the Bureau has continued during the year
under the immediate direction of the editor, M. Helen Palmer. There
were issued three bulletins, as follows:

Bulletin 101. War ceremony and peace ceremony of the Osage Indians, by
Francis La Flesche. vii+280 pp., 13 pls., 1 fig.

Bulletin 124. Nootka and Quileute music, by Frances Densmore. xxvi+358 pp.,
24 pls., 7 figs.

Bulletin 125. Ethnography of the Fox Indians, by William Jones. Hdited by
Margaret Welpley Fisher. ix-+156 pp.

The following bulletins were in press at the close of the fiscal year:

Bulletin 126. Archeological remains in the Whitewater District, Eastern
Arizona. Part II. Artifacts and burials, by Frank H. H. Roberts, Jr. With
appendix, Skeletal remains from the Whitewater District, Eastern Arizona, by
T. D. Stewart.

Bulletin 127. Linguistic material from the tribes of southern Texas and north-
eastern Mexico, by John R. Swanton.

FIFTY-SEVENTH ANNUAL REPORT 9

Bulletin 128. Anthropological papers, numbers 13-18.

No. 13. The mining of gems and ornamental stones by American Indians,
by Sydney H. Ball. ;

No. 14. Iroquois suicide: A study in the stability of a culture pattern,
by William N. Fenton.

No. 15, Tonawanda Longhouse ceremonies: Ninety years after Lewis
Henry Morgan, by William N. Fenton.

No. 16. The Quichua-speaking Indians of the Province of Imbabura (Hcua-
dor) and their anthropometric relations with the living popula-
tions of the Andean area, by John Gillin.

No. 17. Art processes in birchbark of the River Desert Algonquin, a cir-
ecumboreal trait, by Frank G. Speck.

No. 18. Archeological reconnaissance of southern Utah, by Julian H.
Steward.

Bulletin 129. An archeological survey of Pickwick Basin in the adjacent por-
tions of the States of Alabama, Mississippi, and Tennessee, by William S. Webb
and David L. De Jarnette. With additions by Walter P. Jones, J. P. E. Morri-
son, Marshall T. Newman and Charles HE. Snow, and William G. Haag.

Bulletin 130. Archeological investigations at Buena Vista Lake, Kern County,
California, by Waldo L. Wedel. With appendix, Skeletal remains from Buena
Vista sites, California, by T. Dale Stewart.

Bulletin 131. Peachtree Mound and village site, Cherokee County, North Caro-
lina, by Frank M. Setzler and Jesse D. Jennings. With appendix, Skeletal re-
mains from the Peachtree Site, North Carolina, by T. Dale Stewart.

Publications distributed totaled 13,984.

LIBRARY

There has been no change in the library staff during the fiscal
year. Accessions during the fiscal year totaled 364.

The section of North American periodicals has been reclassified
and reshelved and a temporary shelf-list made. Permanent catalog
and shelf-list cards have been made for part of this material.

The library staff has relabeled and reshelved 4,687 books. All these
are now in the Library of Congress classification. As of June 30,
1940, practically all North American material has been reclassified
and reshelved, almost all Central and South American material, and
about two-thirds of the sections on ethnology other than American.
Library of Congress cards have been ordered when available for all
books reclassified which did not already have them. Practically all
these cards have been prepared and filed in the catalog.

The Librarian attended the meetings of the Inter-American Biblio-
graphical and Library Association at Washington, D. C., in February
and the meetings of the Kighth American Scientific Congress at Wash-
ington in May.

10 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

ILLUSTRATIONS

Following is a summary of work accomplished during the fiscal
year by E. G. Cassedy, illustrator :

IMinerdrawings222 4 eee ee 152 Photographs retouched__-----~__- 35
Stipple: drawings 22022. se 4 Negatives retouched_-__-----_---_ 25
Wash: drawings: 42522.2).2s5e5 oS 14. Charts .....-.2. 2 eee 3
Lettering. jobs.o see eae 184 Mechanical drawings____________- +)
Plates assembledi -_-_ 2.7.2 cau 54
Graphs Asse 2c 8 Re ee eee 22 Total.5./..ss ee eee 515
IVE a SS eS Se a ee 17
MISCELLANEOUS

During the course of the year information was furnished by mem-
bers of the Bureau staff in reply to numerous inquiries concerning
the North American Indians, both past and present, and the Mexican
peoples of the prehistoric and early historic periods. Various speci-
mens sent to the Bureau were identified and data on them furnished
for their owners.

Personnel.—Miss M. H. Palmer was appointed on July 1, 1939,
as editor to fill the vacancy caused by the retirement of Stanley
Searles. Miss Ethelwyn EK. Carter, junior stenographer, resigned
on September 17, 1939, and Mrs. Catherine M. Phillips was appointed
on November 6, 1989, to fill this vacancy.

Respectfully submitted.

M. W. Srreuine, Chief.

Dr. C. G. Axpot,

Secretary, Smithsonian Institution.

a ne

ashton

FIFTY-EIGHTH
ANNUAL REPORT OF THE

BUREAU OF
AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

TO THE SECRETARY OF THE
SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION

1940-1941

UNITED STATES
GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE
WASHINGTON : 1942

APPENDIX 5
REPORT ON THE BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

Sim: I have the honor to submit the following report on the field
researches, office work, and other operations of the Bureau of Ameri-
can Ethnology during the fiscal year ended June 30, 1941, conducted
in accordance with the act of Congress of April 18, 1940, which
provides “* * * for continuing ethnological researches among the
American Indians and the natives of Hawaii and the excavation and
preservation of archeologic remains. * * *”

SYSTEMATIC RESEARCHES

M. W. Stirling, Chief of the Bureau, left Washington on Decem-
ber 29 to continue his archeological excavations in southern Mexico.
Intensive excavations were begun at the site of Cerro de las Mesas
on the Rio Blanco in the state of Veracruz, this site having been
visited the preceding season. In addition, another expedition was
made to the site of Izapa in the southwestern part of the state of
Chiapas. As in the 2 preceding years, the work was undertaken in
cooperation with the National Geographic Society. Dr. Philip
Drucker again accompanied Mr. Stirling as assistant archeologist.

At Cerro de las Mesas 20 carved stone monuments were unearthed
and photographed, several mounds were cross-sectioned, and a num-
ber of stratigraphic trenches dug on various sections of the site.
The stratigraphic work proved unusually successful and extends the
cultural column for this part of Veracruz to a much later date than
did the excavations at Tres Zapotes. Two initial series dates were
deciphered at Cerro de las Mesas, one being in the ist katun, the other
m the 4th katun, of baktun 9.. Another stone monument at this site
was of considerable interest because of its similarity to the famous
Tuxtla statuette. Large quantities of jade were found including one
cache containing 782 specimens.

At Izapa a large number of stelae, most of them with altars, were
excavated and photographed. This site is important because of its
location, which makes it an interesting link between the west coast
of Guatemala and the isthmian region of southern Mexico.

At the conclusion of the work at Cerro de las Mesas at the end
of April, the collections were brought to Mexico City where Dr.
Drucker remained to work with them.

433734—42 :

> BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

During the year Dr. John R. Swanton, ethnologist, employed most
of his time in completing an extensive report on the Indians of the
Southeast, upon which work had been done during several past
years, and which covers about 1,500 typewritten pages. This is now
ready for final copy and editing.

The bulletin entitled “Source Material on the Ethnology and His-
tory of the Caddo Indians,” upon which he was at work last year
is now in galley proof. It will cover about 350 printed pages. A
brief contribution by Dr. Swanton entitled “The Quipu and Peruvian
Civilization” has been accepted for publication in a forthcoming
bulletin of anthropological papers and is now in the hands of the
printer.

Early in the year the bulletin prepared by Dr. Swanton entitled
“Linguistic Material from the Tribes of Southern Texas and North-
eastern Mexico,” was completed and distributed. It contains all of
the fragments of the Coahuiltecan, Karankawan, and Tamaulipecan
tongues known to be in existence, and covers 145 pages.

Considerable time has also been devoted by Dr. Swanton to answer-
ing letters, including particularly extension of advice regarding the
placing of markers along the route pursued by Hernando de Soto
and work for the United States Board on Geographical Names.

At the beginning of the fiscal year Dr. John P. Harrington, eth-
nologist, was engaged in working over Navaho materials and those
of the closely related Tlingit language of Alaska. Recent field
studies had proved that something like 200 words of Navaho and
Tlingit are almost the same despite the 2,000-mile separation of the
two languages. Sometimes the same word was found to be applied
to two very different organisms; for instance, what is crab apple in
the north is cactus in the south (spininess being the trait which these
two plants evidently have in common), and jack pine in the north
was found to be juniper in the south.

Tlingit was copiously recorded in southeastern Alaska, and the
Ugalenz language, related to the Tlingit and to the Navaho, was
discovered and studied. The Ugalenz formerly occupied 350 miles
of southeastern Alaska coast, from Prince William Sound in the
west to Latuya Bay in the east.

The origin of the name Sitka, the old Russian capital of Alaska,
was discovered. ‘The name means “On the oceanward side of Baranov
Island.” Shee is the name of Baranovy Island, and Sitka is situated
on its oceanward side.

Leaving in August for Gallup, N. Mex., Dr. Harrington worked
on many parts of the Navaho Reservation, finding a surprising uni-
formity in dialect. This uniformity must have arisen from a jumb-
ling together of earlier Navaho dialects when the Navahos were in

FIFTY-EIGHTH ANNUAL REPORT 3

captivity in eastern New Mexico in 1867 and 1868. During this
captivity, dialects were evidently jostled together, and resettlement
by the United States Government further dislocated them.

Field work during the latter part of the summer was done with
more than 10 of the leading Navaho interpreters. In a tribe of more
than 45,000 population, there are many educated speakers, including
university graduates, and with them were explored special features
of the language which could not have been obtained from the tongues
of poor and uneducated tribes without much greater expenditure of
time.

The Navaho language was found to have only 4 vowels and 34
consonants, making it a true consonantal language. The sounds of
Navaho were found to be almost identical with those of the other
languages of the Southwest, for instance, with those of the neighbor-
ing Tewa language. Also many words were found to be the same
as in Tewa. Navaho was found to have, for practical purposes,
a high and a low tone, and a falling and rising tone only on long
vowels and diphthongs. One of the most peculiar developments
to be found in any language is the hardening in Navaho of almost
any consonant by placing a sound of German ch after it if it is
voiceless, and of open g (gh) after it if it is voiced. There are also
traces of a hardening of | to n, and the like.

Returning to Washington late in the fall, Dr. Harrington continued
his study of the Navaho, until it now constitutes a finished manuscript
of more than 1,200 pages. Throughout the work there has been a
constant revelation that Navaho and related languages are not as
unlike other American Indian languages as has been thought by early
vocabulary makers and classifiers.

At the beginning of the fiscal year, July 1, 1940, Dr. Frank H. H.
Roberts, Jr., was engaged in a continuation of excavations at the Lin-
denmeier site, a former Folsom camping ground, in northern Colorado.
From August 1 to 31 he was on leave and during that period, in ac-
cord with the Smithsonian Institution’s policy of cooperation with
other scientific organizations, directed the excavation program of the
advanced students at the University of New Mexico’s Chaco Canyon
Research Station.

From Chaco Canyon, N. Mex., Dr. Roberts went to Boulder City,
Nev., to inspect a large cave located in the lower end of the Grand
Canyon of the Colorado River at the upper reaches of Lake Mead.
The trip to the cave was made by motorboat from Pierce’s Ferry in
company with officials of the National Park Service’s Boulder Dam
Recreational Area. Rampart Cave is situated in the south wall of
the canyon at the top of a steep talus 600 feet above the present water
level. It is of unusual interest because of its extensive deposits of

4. BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

sloth remains and of the bones from large creatures that preyed on
the sloth, and the possibility that it may provide evidence of human
contemporaneity with such extinct animal forms in that area. Plans
and methods for a program of excavation were discussed and various
suggestions were made concerning the advisability of providing an
exhibit in situ for visitors to the Boulder Dam Recreational Area.

From Boulder Dam, Dr. Roberts returned to the Lindenmeier site
where he continued his investigations until the end of September when
the project was brought to a close. During the six seasons of intensive
exploration of this Folsom site and the adjacent area much new and
valuable information on the subject of early occupation of North
America was obtained. From the large series of specimens collected
it will be possible to draw comprehensive conclusions relative to the
material culture and economic status of the aboriginal peoples inhabit-
ing that portion of the country during the closing days of the last Ice
Age, and in general to broaden the knowledge on early stages in New
World history.

Dr. Roberts returned to Washington in October. He spent the
autumn and winter months working on the material from the Linden-
meier site, preparing the manuscript for his report on the investiga-
tions there, in writing short articles for publication in various scien-
tific journals, in identifying numerous archeological specimens sent in
from all parts of the country by interested amateurs, and in furnishing
information on many phases of New World archeology. Plans and
preparations were made for an expedition to the Coclé region in the
province of Penonome, Panama, but, because of the last-minute devel-
opment of an insuperable combination of adverse circumstances, the
proposed investigations had to be abandoned.

On May 15, 1941, Dr.-Roberts went to Bedford, Va., to initiate exca-
vations at the Mons site near the Peaks of Otter where the late D. I.
Bushnell, Jr., had found artifacts suggestive of a much earlier aborig-
inal occupation of the area than previously had been supposed. Con-
struction work on the Blue Ridge Parkway had destroyed much of the
site, but a series of test trenches dug in various undisturbed remnants
established the fact that it had once been an Indian camping place,
possibly a village site of late protohistoric times. However, there was
no evidence of its having been used by older groups comparable to the
early hunting peoples of the western plains.

On the completion of the work at the Mons site, Dr. Roberts returned
to Washington and on June 11 left for San Jon, N. Mex. Camp was
established on the rim of the Staked Plains 1014 miles south of that
town and excavations were started at a site where material suggestive
of another phase of early man in North America, the so-called Yuma,
has been found. The location is in a shallow basin that appears to

FIFTY-EIGHTH ANNUAL REPORT 5

have been an old, filled-in lake bed. Heavy erosion in recent years
started a series of ravines and gullies and exposed extensive deposits
of bones. Stone implements found near some of these outcroppings
indicate the possibility that many of the creatures were killed by
aboriginal hunters and that an association of man-made objects and
bones from extinct species of animals can be established. Bison,
camel, and mammoth bones, as well as those from smaller and as yet
unidentified mammals, occur in the site. Material in the fill in the
old lake bed probably can be correlated with other geologic phenomena
of established age. Hence, the determination of contemporaneity be-
tween the artifacts, animal remains, and lake deposits would constitute
an important addition to the evidence on early occupation in the New
World. There is also a possibility that the site may contribute infor-
mation on the subject of relationships between some of the different
older cultural remains. At the close of the fiscal year Dr. Roberts and
his party were well started on the problem of the San Jon site.

The beginning of the fiscal year found Dr. Julian H. Steward,
anthropologist, in British Columbia completing researches on abo-
riginal Carrier Indian ethnography and on ecological aspects of
recent changes in Carrier socio-economic culture at Fort St. James and
neighboring villages. While here a collection was made of more than
100 Carrier specimens of material culture, and of more than 50 ethno-
botanical specimens. At this time several pit-lodge sites were ex-
amined. From here Dr. Steward proceeded to Alaska, and then by
plane from Ketchikan to an island off the coast where he investigated
a burial site reported by Commander F. A. Zeusler, of the Coast Guard,
and Ranger Lloyd Bransford, of the United States Forest Service.
Accompanied by the latter, he procured specimens of several skeletons,
fragments of carved burial boxes and other materials, and a mummified
body in excellent preservation. The body was dressed in buckskin,
wrapped in a cedar mat, and deposited in a cedar box. All specimens
were brought back by plane to Ketchikan and shipped to the Smith-
sonian Institution. From Alaska Dr. Steward went to Berkeley,
Calif., to hold consultations on the Handbook of South American In-
dians, which is being prepared for the Smithsonian Institution.
From there he proceeded to Albuquerque and Chaco Canyon, N. Mex.,
for further consultations and to attend the Coronado Quatrocenten-
nial and the Chaco conference, finally arriving in Washington late in
August.

The remainder of the year was devoted mainly to editorial and or-
ganizational work on the Handbook of South American Indians, and
work on the project was actually initiated, $6,000 having been made
available for this purpose by special appropriation for cooperation
with the American republics through the Department of State’s Inter-

6 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

departmental Committee. The collaboration of 33 contributors, each
a specialist in some phase of South American anthropology, was ar-
ranged. Work accomplished during the year included completion of
manuscripts by Dr. Robert H. Lowie and Dr. Alfred Métraux totaling
more than 150,000 words; completion of a new base map drawn from
the American Geographical Society’s 1: 1,000,000 sheets, and of four
new maps showing respectively the vegetation, climates, physical fea-
tures, and topography of South America; compilation of a preliminary
bibliography of nearly 2,000 items; substantial progress on many other
manuscripts; and integration of the Handbook plan with research
activities of many other institutions in different countries. Arrange-
ment was made to engage the services of Dr. Métraux on full-time
basis as assistant editor in the fiscal year 1941-42. The services of a
secretary were had for the Handbook during three months of 1941.

During the fall Dr. Steward acted as chairman of the Program
Committee of the American Anthropological Association, arranging
the program for the Christmas meetings in Philadelphia. He also
served on the Committee on Latin American Anthropology of the
National Research Council and accepted membership on the Scientific
Advisory Committee of the Pan American Trade Committee.

The following scientific papers were published: Archeological Re-
connaissance of Southern Utah, Bur. Amer. Ethnol. Bull. 128, pp.
275-356; Nevada Shoshone, in Univ. California Culture Element Dis-
tributions; several short papers on the Carrier Indians; a description
of the Handbook of South American Indians for the Boletin Biblio-
grafico de Antropologia Americana. An article was prepared for
American Antiquity on The Direct Historic Approach to Archeology.

During the fiscal year Dr. Henry B. Collins, Jr., ethnologist, con-
tinued with the study and description of archeological collections from
prehistoric and protohistoric Eskimo village sites in the vicinity of
Bering Strait. Material was also assembled for a paper on the origin
and antiquity of the Eskimo race and culture in relation to the larger
question of the original entry of man into America.

At the request of the Peabody Museum of American Archaeology
and Ethnology of Harvard University, Dr. Collins made two trips to
Cambridge to assist in the identification and selection of materials for
the new Eskimo exhibit being planned by Donald Scott director of the
Museum, and his assistant, Frederick G. Pleasants.

Dr. Collins also served as collaborator and technical adviser for
Erpi Classroom Films, Inc., in connection with production of a motion-
picture record of Eskimo life on Nunivak Island, Alaska, to be made
by Amos Burg, explorer and photographer. The film, designed for
use in the elementary schools, will provide an authentic picture of the
daily life and activities of the Nunivagmiut, who have retained more

FIFTY-EIGHTH ANNUAL REPORT 7

of their native culture than any other coastal-group Eskimo in Alaska.

During July 1940 Dr. William N. Fenton, associate anthropologist,
was engaged in field work among the Senecas of Allegany Reserva-
tion, N. Y. While here he delivered the St. Lawrence University
series of lectures at the Allegany School of Natural History. The
lectures on the Iroquoian Peoples of the Northeast covered prehis-
toric cultures of the area, the adjustment of the Iroquois to their
environment, their society and government, and their religious sys-
tem. At the Six Nations Reserve on Grand River, Ontario, Canada,
August 9 to September 1, the yearly cycle of ceremonies that are
currently celebrated at the Onondaga Longhouse were outlined by
Simeon Gibson and the principal speeches that constitute the bulk
of the annual Midwinter Festival were taken in Onondaga text and
translated. This study is an extension of previous investigations
of Seneca ceremonies which Dr. Fenton has published, and it adds
new material on the nature of village bands and their removals,
the function of moieties, the nature of residence after marriage, and
the sororate which was practiced, at least by the Lower Cayugas.
Further assistance was rendered by Deputy Chief Hardy Gibson
with Hewitt’s manuscript on the Requickening Address for installing
chiefs in the Iroquois League, which Dr. Fenton is editing for pub-
lication.

Returning from the field September 15 with 300 photographic
negatives, largely of masks studied at museums in New York and
Ontario together with a series of their manufacture and use in
Iroquois fraternities, much time elapsed assembling pictures and
notes and arranging them for study.

A special paper on The Place of the Iroquois in the Prehistory of
America was presented before the Anthropological Society of Wash-
ington; and Dr. Fenton also served as technical adviser for An
Indian League of Nations, which was broadcast October 27 on
“The World is Yours” radio program.

Work on two new research projects aimed at clearing up prob-
Jems previously outlined was begun during the year. While serving
as consultant to the Pennsylvania Historical Commission on arche-
ological matters, Dr. Fenton contacted local historians who are col-
laborating in special phases of a study of Cornplanter’s Senecas on
the upper Allegheny River; and it is planned to publish their find-
ings together with Quaker Mission Journals from 1798 which describe
Indian life and events attending Handsome Lake’s revelations. In
quest of original sources, Dr. Fenton searched the Records of the
Yearly Meeting of Friends of Philadelphia, and visited the libraries
of Haverford and Swarthmore Colleges. In this project he has
had the active help of M. E. Deardorff of Warren, Pa., and C. E.

8 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

Congdon of Salamanca, N. Y., who have located and transcribed
other documentary sources.

Iroquois music has long deserved serious study, and with the devel-
opment of modern electric sound-recording apparatus, record making
in the field has become practicable. When the Division of Music
in the Library of Congress furnished the necessary blanks and
apparatus for Dr. Fenton’s trip to the Six Nations Midwinter Fes-
tival, January 10 to February 17, 1941, Dr. Fenton undertook the
task of making the recordings, first at Ohsweken, Ontario, and later
at Quaker Ridge, N. Y. Sixty-two double-face records were made
of samples of social and religious dance songs, and complete runs of
several shamanistic song cycles and the Adoption Rite of the Tutelo
were taken. Informants gave complete texts for all the recordings,
and these, as rewritten after returning to Washington, should prove
helpful to the transcriber. For this purpose the Recording Labora-
tory is furnishing a duplicate set. Because musicologists have ex-
pressed interest in the recordings, several were selected for a proposed
Album of Iroquois Music, which the Library contemplates publishing ;
and in return for the fine cooperation of the Recording Laboratory
and the Division of Music, Dr. Fenton delivered a lecture, Music in
Iroquois Religion and Society, illustrated with slides and records,
as the first of a series by the Archive of American Folk-song. It
was repeated for the Society of Pennsylvania Archaeology at its
annual meeting.

In addition a series of brief informal excursions were made to
Allegany regarding place names and to explore the area that may
be flooded by the proposed Allegheny Reservoir, and to Tonawanda
to collect song texts of the Medicine Society.

Besides a number of book reviews in scientific and historical jour-
nals, Dr. Fenton published two papers in Bureau of American Eth-
nology Bulletin 128—Iroquois Suicide: A Study in the Stability of
a Culture Pattern, and Tonawanda Longhouse Ceremonies: Ninety
Years After Lewis Henry Morgan—and an article, Museum and
Field Studies of Iroquois Masks and Ritualism, which appeared in
the Explorations and Field-work of the Smithsonian Institution in
1940. Dr. Fenton prepared for publication in the Annual Report
of the Smithsonian Institution for 1940, a paper entitled “Masked
Medicine Societies of the Iroquois.”

SPECIAL RESEARCHES

Miss Frances Densmore, a collaborator of the Bureau, continued
her study of Indian music by collecting additional songs, transcribing
these and songs previously recorded, and preparing material for pub-
lication. In August 1940 a trip was made to Wisconsin Dells, Wis.,

FIFTY-EIGHTH ANNUAL REPORT 9

to interview a group of visiting Zuni Indians. Songs were obtained
from Falling Star, an Indian born in Zufi, who had lived in the
pueblo most of his life and taken part in the dances. His father
also was a singer and dancer. Falling Star recorded 17 songs, 15
of which were transcribed and submitted to the Bureau. These are
chiefly songs of lay-participants in the Rain Dance and the songs
connected with grinding corn for household use.

Additional data on the peyote cult among the Winnebago were
obtained from a former informant and incorporated in the manuscript
on that tribe.

In October Miss Densmore went to Washington for consultation
on manuscripts awaiting publication. During the winter she tran-
scribed records of 71 Seminole songs, completing the transcriptions
of recordings made in that tribe during the seasons of 1931, 1932, and
1933. It is expected that the book on Seminole music, containing
245 songs, will be completed in the near future.

A paper on A Search for Songs Among the Chitimacha Indians
in Louisiana, submitted in 1933, was rewritten, amplified, and pre-
pared for publication. The Chitimacha is the only tribe visited by
Miss Densmore in which all the songs have been forgotten. Musical
customs were remembered, and several legends were related in which
songs were formerly sung.

In May 1941 Miss Densmore read a paper on The Native Art of
the Chippewa before the Central States Branch of the American
Anthropological Association at the annual meeting held in
Minneapolis.

At the close of the fiscal year Miss Densmore was in Nebraska, her
special interest being a search for songs that were recorded phono-
graphically by Miss Alice C. Fletcher in the decade prior to 1898
and published in that year by the Peabody Museum of American
Archaeology and Ethnology. If Indians can be found who remem-
ber these songs, they will be recorded again. A comparison of the
two recordings will show the degree of accuracy with which the
songs have been transmitted, and will be important to the subject
of Indian music. |

The entire collection of recordings of Indian songs submitted to
the Bureau by Miss Densmore has been transferred to the National
Archives for permanent preservation. These recordings were made
and submitted during the period from 1907 to 1940, all having been
cataloged and transcribed in musical notation. Many hundreds of
other recordings have been made, studied, and retained by Miss
Densmore but not transcribed. Recordings submitted after 1940

10 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

have been cataloged in sequence with the former collection. Thirty-
five tribes are represented in the collection of 2,237 recordings, in addi-
tion to a group of songs recorded in British Columbia in which the
tribes are not designated.

EDITORIAL WORK AND PUBLICATIONS

The editorial work of the Bureau has continued during the year
under the immediate direction of the editor, M. Helen Palmer. There
were issued three bulletins, as follows:

Bulletin 126. Archeological remains in the Whitewater District, eastern
Arizona. Part II. Artifacts and burials, by Frank H. H. Roberts, Jr. With
appendix, Skeletal remains from the Whitewater District, eastern Arizona,
by T. D. Stewart. xi+170 pp., 57 pls., 44 figs.

Bulletin 127. Linguistic material from the tribes of southern Texas and
northeastern Mexico, by John R. Swanton. v+145 pp.

Bulletin 128. Anthropological papers, numbers 13-18. xii+368 pp., 52 pls.,
%7 figs.:

No. 18 The mining of gems and ornamental stones by American Indians,
by Sydney H. Ball.

No. 14. Iroquois suicide: A study in the stability of a culture pattern,

by William N. Fenton.

No. 15. Tonawanda Longhouse ceremonies: Ninety years after Lewis Henry
Morgan, by William N. Fenton.

No. 16. The Quichua-speaking Indians of the Province of Imbabura
(Ecuador) and their anthropometric relations with the living
populations of the Andean area, by John Gillin.

No. 17. Art processes in birchbark of the River Desert Algonquin, a circum-
boreal trait, by Frank G. Speck.

No. 18. Archeological reconnaissance of southern Utah, by Julian H.
Steward.

The following bulletins were in press at the close of the fiscal year:

Bulletin 129. An archeological survey of Pickwick Basin in the adjacent
portions of the States of Alabama, Mississippi, and Tennessee, by William S.
Webb and David L. De Jarnette. With additions by Walter P. Jones, J. P. E.
Morrison, Marshall T. Newman and Charles E. Snow, and William G. Haag.

Bulletin 130. Archeological investigations at Buena Vista Lake, Kern County,
California, by Waldo L. Wedel. With appendix, Skeletal remains from Buena
Vista sites, California, by T. Dale Stewart.

Bulletin 131. Peachtree Mound and village site, Cherokee County, North
Carolina, by Frank M. Setzler and Jesse D. Jennings. With appendix, Skeletal
remains from the Peachtree Site, North Carolina, by T. Dale Stewart.

Bulletin 132. Source material on the history and ethnology of the Caddo
Indians, by John R. Swanton.

Bulletin 133. Anthropological papers, numbers 19-26:

No. 19. A search for songs among the Chitimacha Indians in Louisiana,
by Frances Densmore.

No. 20. Archeological survey on the northern Northwest Coast, by Philip
Drucker.

FIFTY-EIGHTH ANNUAL REPORT 11

No. 21. Some notes on a few sites in Beaufort County, South Carolina, by
Regina Flannery.

No. 22. An analysis and interpretation of the ceramic remains from two
sites near Beaufort, South Carolina, by James B. Griffin.

No. 23. The eastern Cherokees, by William Harlen Gilbert, Jr.

No. 24. Aconite poison whaling in Asia and America: An Aleutian transfer
to the New World, by Robert F. Heizer.

No. 25. The Carrier Indians of the Buckley River: Their social and relig-
ious life, by Diamond Jenness.

No. 26. The Quipu and Peruvian civilization, by John R. Swanton.

Bulletin 134. Native tribes of eastern Bolivia and western Matto Grosso, by
Alfred Métraux.

Publications distributed totaled 11,882.
LIBRARY

There has been no change in the library staff during the fiscal year.
Accessions during the fiscal year totaled 378.

The library staff has relabeled and reshelved 5,187 books. The sec-
tions of general ethnology and non-American material, and linguis-
tics have now been entirely reclassified and reshelved. Library of
Congress printed cards, so far as they are available, have been
ordered for practically all of this material, when not already in the
catalog. Part of the work of typing these cards and filing in the
catalog has been completed and will be finished in a month or two.

The sorting of foreign periodicals and society transactions has
been completed and all material not in the library field has been
put aside for appropriate disposal. A temporary sheif list has been
made for this material and it is hoped that this section will be
reclassified and reshelved by the first of the year. The checking lists
for the second edition of the Union List of Serials were marked with
our holdings and returned.

The sorting of the pamphlet collection has been completed and
more than half have been classified and shelved. Library of Con-
gress cards where available have been ordered. In the future the
library will have no separate pamphlet collection. All pamphlets
that are kept will be classified and shelved with the books. Work
has also been done on Congressional documents and some of this
material is now classified and reshelved. Government documents
from the War and Interior departments, publications of the Chero-
kee and Choctaw nations, and of various special boards and com-
missions have been sorted and classified and all Library of Congress
cards available ordered.

12 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
ILLUSTRATIONS

Following is a summary of work accomplished during the fiscal
year by Edwin G. Cassedy, illustrator:

Juine :drawings.. 222 ee ans a 602
Stipple. drawings.) 42 oe ee eee 3
Wash drawings 220.502 2) lee ie ee 4
Maps asset esse ese Soe ae ee Ze
Graphs 222226 sete he et 6
Plates... assembled... 202 2 2 95
Photographs. retouched. 222-2 22 2_. 2 2 eee 14
Lettering ;jobs2c2282 2022 Se 114
Mural ‘paintings 222-2. Ses 12 ite eee 2
Negatives retouched_-2) 4) 2. kb os ee eee 5

Total..cs 6 Ae oa ee 867

The month of December 1940 and the first half of January 1941
were devoted to work on the new Index Exhibit in the Smithsonian
main hall,

COLLECTIONS

Collections transferred by the Bureau of American Ethnology to
the Department of Anthropology, United States National Museum,
during the fiscal year were as follows:

Accession

No.

124559. Portions of a child’s skull and skeleton collected near Kissimmee, Fla.,
and sent in by L. R. Farmer. §

157,350. Skeletal and cultural remains from burial sites on Pennock Island and
Dall Island, southeastern Alaska, collected during the summer of
1940 by Dr. Julian H. Steward. (86 specimens.)

157,796. Collection of 94 ethnological specimens from the Carrier Indians,
obtained by Dr. Julian H. Steward in the region of Fort St. James,
British Columbia, in 1940.

157,965. Collection of ethnological objects purchased among the Iroquois Indians
during the past summer by Dr. William N. Fenton. (3 specimens.)

158,151. Collection of carved wooden masks and musical instruments collected
by the late J. N. B. Hewitt among the Iroquois Indians of the Six
Nations Reserve, Grand River, Ontario, Canada. (27 specimens.)

158,498. Two unfinished wooden masks made by Tom Harris, an Onondaga Indian
of the Six Nations Reserve, Grand River, Ontario, Canada, and
eollected in August 1940 by Dr. William N. Fenton.

160,243. Archeological specimens from a sand burial mound on Lemon Bay, near
Englewood, Sarasota Co., Fla. (25 specimens. )

160,244. Archeological specimens from various mounds in the vicinity of Parrish,
on Little Manatee River, Manatee Co., Fla. (61 specimens.)

160,249. Archeological and skeletal material from a refuse and burial mound
1% miles west of Belle Glade, in Palm Beach Co., Fla. (988 archeo-
logical specimens. The skeletal material in this accession has not
been counted this year, but the figures will be included in some future
annual report.)

FIFTY-EIGHTH ANNUAL REPORT 13

MISCELLANEOUS

During the course of the year information was furnished by mem-
bers of the Bureau staff in reply to numerous inquiries concerning
the North American Indians, both past and present, and the Mexican
peoples of the prehistoric and early historic periods. Various
specimens sent to the Bureau were identified and data on them
furnished for their owners.

Personnel.—Mrs. Frances S. Nichols, editorial assistant, retired on
August 31, 1940; Miss Anna M. Link served as editorial assistant
from September 1, 1940, to April 30, 1941, when she resigned to
accept a position in the library of the United States National Mu-
seum; Miss Nancy A. Link was appointed on June 1, 1941, to fill
this vacancy. Miss Florence G. Schwindler was appointed on Jan-
uary 6, 1941, as stenographer in connection with the preparation of
the Handbook of South American Indians; she resigned on April 21,
1941, to accept a position in the War Department.

Respectfully submitted.

M. W. Stieurne, Chief.

Dr. C. G. Axpsor,

Secretary, Smithsonian Institution.

TNA TT EES

pistg es
Pa? a

Se LOE yy.

o.3

FIFTY-NINTH
ANNUAL REPORT OF THE

BUREAU OF
AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

TO THE SECRETARY OF THE
SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION

1941-1942

UNITED STATES
GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE
WASHINGTON : 1943

FIFTY-NINTH ANNUAL REPORT
OF THE

BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
M. W. Stiruinc, CHrer

Sir: I have the honor to submit the following report on the field
researches, office work, and other operations of the Bureau of American
Ethnology during the fiscal year ended June 30, 1942, conducted in
accordance with the act of Congress of April 5, 1941, which provides
“« * * for continuing ethnological researches among the American
Indians and the natives of Hawaii and the excavation and preservation
of archeologic remains. * * *”

During the fiscal year, the energies of the Bureau have been diverted
to an increasing extent to activities concerned with the war effort. In
particular, members of the Bureau staff have cooperated with the
Ethnogeographic Board, and it is expected that diversion of effort in
this direction will increase as the war continues. Activities concerned
with Latin America have likewise been emphasized.

SYSTEMATIC RESEARCHES

M. W. Stirling, Chief of the Bureau, left Washington for Mexico
early in April 1942 in continuation of the program of work for the
Smithsonian Institution-National Geographic Society archeological
project in southern Mexico. A visit of 2 weeks was made to the site
of La Venta in Tabasco, where Dr. Philip Drucker was conducting
excavations on the same project. From La Venta, Mr. Stirling went
to Tuxtla Gutierrez in Chiapas in order to attend the archeological
conference held under the sponsorship of the Sociedad Mexicana de
Antropologia. While in Chiapas opportunity was taken to visit vil-
lages of the Zoque, Tzotzil, and Chamula Indians. A trip was also
made to the ancient Maya ruins of Palenque, where a week was spent
at the site. Mr. Stirling returned to Washington early in June.

The remainder of the year was spent in Washington administering
the affiairs of the Bureau and in the preparation of reports dealing
with the work in Mexico.

Dr. John R. Swanton, ethnologist, devoted the greater part of the
fiscal year to digesting and carding the extant materials in the lan-
guage of the Timucua Indians of Florida, a language which passed out
of existence early in the eighteenth century. He also devoted some
time to the revision of a large general paper on the Indians of North

503054—43 i

2 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

America. This manuscript has not been submitted for publication as,
owing to its size, there is little likelihood of its being printed in the near
future. A brief paper was prepared on The Evolution of Nations,
and this was published in the series of War Background Studies of
the Smithsonian Institution.

Dr. Swanton has also continued to serve as the representative of
the Institution on the United States Board of Geographical Names.

Dr. John P. Harrington, ethnologist, conducted field work during
the year on two problems involving linguistic studies of Aleut, the
language of the islands between Asia and America, and of Athapascan,
the language of the northern Rockies, of a large part of the Pacific
coast, and of the southern deserts. He left Washington in August
1941 to visit the Aleutian Islands, where he was fortunate enough to
secure the services of Ivan Yatchmeneff, son of the Unalaska chief.
The Aleuts consist of three divisions, popularly known as Unalas-
kans, Atkans, and Attuans, but all of them are under the Unalaska
chief. Working on St. Paul Island, famous as the breeding place of
the fur seal, and elsewhere, he made a complete study of the sounds
and grammar of the language, with the result that it proved to be a
penetrant from the American side, a typically American language of
eastern origin, which has penetrated westward never quite to cross the
Aleutian Chain. The Unalaska dialect is related to and undoubtedly
derived from the language of the Alaska peninsula. The fact that the
Chain was occupied by an American language is important because
of its possible fundamental relationship to the Athapascan stock of
inland Alaska.

A byproduct of the field studies was the obtaining of a probable
etymology of the name “Aleut” which differs from those previously
offered by other investigators. The name is still pronounced with
three syllables in Russian, as Al-e-ut, and is the same as the tribal
name “Aglimyut,” in modern usage applied to a Bristol Bay tribe.
The name of the high hill on St. George Island also omits the interior
m, just as it is omitted in the word “Aleut.” Early Russian usage
took over the name with inclusive application, which later became
crystallized into application to speakers of the Aleut language alone,
although the Kodiak Islanders are still spoken of in Russian and
Aleut as the Kodiak Aleuts, even at the present day.

Following the Aleutian work, Dr. Harrington proceeded to British
Columbia, where he undertook studies of the relationship of Navaho
and Apache with the Athapascan stock of the northernmost Rocky
Mountains. This relationship was first reported by Horatio Hale
and by William Turner. In British Columbia Dr. Harrington recov-
ered traditions that the Chilcotin language had formerly occupied
the Nicola Valley, and was able to obtain a large number of Chilcotin

FIFTY-NINTH ANNUAL REPORT 3

words in that region, handed down in individual families. Following
this lead, he was able to discover individuals who had in their remote
youth actually spoken the extinct Kwalhioqua and Tlatskanai dialects
of Washington and Oregon, and to recover vocabularies of these with
all their original phonetics. He also recorded the tradition that the
Upper Umpqua language of what is now the vicinity of Roseburg,
Oreg., had come from the Kwalhioqua. The Roseburg language is
related to the languages of the Rogue River region of southern Oregon
and those of northern California. In confirmation of these findings,
he obtained the tradition that the Blue Lake Indians had come from
the south bend of the Smith River, far to the north. Dr. Harrington
has traced the Chilcotin or Chilco language all the way from Lake
Chilcotin, which drains into the Fraser River, to the head of Eel River
in northern California. This work has demonstrated that the Eel
River language is merely a Chilco dialect which has drifted south.
The exact provenience of these southern tongues is Dr. Harrington’s
present goal.

At the beginning of the fiscal year Dr. Frank H. H. Roberts, Jr.,
was engaged in archeological excavations at a site on the north rim
of the Staked Plains, 1014 miles south of the town of San Jon,
N. Mex. These investigations were continued until September 6.
The work produced evidence for an interesting sequence of projectile
points and other artifact types and new information on some phases
of the aboriginal occupation of that portion of the Southwest. The
oldest archeological material present was found to be in association
with bones from an extinct species of bison and in the same stratum
as mammoth remains. Indications are that, although from a dif-
ferent complex, this material probably dates from about the end of
the Folsom horizon some 10,000 to 15,000 years ago. Between this
level and the next in the series there was a gap of an, as yet, un-
determined although appreciable length of time. During this inter-
val the large bison were replaced by a smaller species, the modern
buffalo. From the start of the second stage down to protchistoric
times there was no break in the occupation of the area investigated,
and the points and artifacts were found to progress from forms
similar to those found in the Texas area to the east to those com-
monly associated with late sites in many parts of the country. The
specimens from the second level belong to the so-called Yuma cate-
gory, and the evidence from San Jon indicates that chronologically
they are much later than hitherto supposed. The artifacts from the
late horizon show that several different Indian groups used that
area as hunting territory. In the light of present knowledge, how-
ever, it is not possible to identify the specific groups from the arti-
fact types.

4 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

In keeping with the Smithsonian Institution’s policy of coopera-
tion with and aid to other institutions, Dr. Roberts took leave from
July 28 to August 9 to give a series of lectures on Southwestern
archeology and to direct student excavations at the University of
New Mexico Field Session in the Chaco Canyon, N. Mex. During
his absence, the work at San Jon was continued under the supervision
of Eugene C. Worman, Jr., of the department of anthropology,
Harvard University. From the Chaco Canyon, Dr. Roberts re-
turned to San Jon, and, upon completion of the work there, returned
to Washington.

The fall and winter months were spent in regular office routine;
in the preparation of a manuscript entitled “Archeological and
Geological Investigations in the San Jon District, Eastern New
Mexico” for publication in the Smithsonian Miscellaneous Collec-
tions; in brary researches for information for and sponsoring
programs on Carthage, Zebulon M. Pike, and Babylon for “The
World Is Yours” broadcasts; in organizing air-raid protection groups
for the Smithsonian building and serving as building warden under
the Public Buildings Administration Civilian Defense program; and
in assisting in the preparation of material for evacuation to storage
places outside of Washington. :

On June 27 Dr. Roberts left Washington for Newcastle, Wyo., to
inspect a site on the Cheyenne River where animal bones and arti-
facts were reported to be eroding from a gully bank and possible
valuable information was in danger of being lost through the action
of natural agencies. This investigation was just starting at the close
of the fiscal year.

Dr. Julian H. Steward, anthropologist, continued his activities as
editor of the Handbook of South American Indians. On September
2, 1941, Dr. A. Métraux was appointed to assist Dr. Steward in the
preparation of the Handbook.

At the end of the fiscal year, completed manuscripts totaling about
600,000 words had been received from approximately 90 contributors.
Half of the contributions are from Latin American scientists, while
the remainder are from North American specialists on Middle and
South American Indian tribes. The very important tribal map
covering a large portion of South America was completed for the
Handbook by Curt Nimuendaju and is now in Dr. Steward’s hands.
A collection of photographs of South American Indians was begun,
and between 4,000 and 5,000 bibliographic items had been assembled.

From February to May 1942, Dr. Steward visited Brazil, Argen-
tina, Paraguay, and Chile, where he conferred with Latin American
anthropologists and arranged for their cooperation in matters per-
taining to the Handbook. He also discussed plans for the formation

FIFTY-NINTH ANNUAL REPORT 5

of an “inter-American anthropological and geographic society,” for
the development of cooperative anthropological and geographic re-
search, and for the expansion of the exchange of publications.
During this visit, Dr. Steward was made an honorary member of
Academia Guarani of Paraguay and Sociedad de Antropologia de
Argentina.

Dr. Steward has also served during the year as a member of the
Policy Board of the American Indian Institute, the Advisory Board
Strategic Index, and Publications Subcommittee of the Joint Com-
mittee on Latin American Studies.

During the past fiscal year, Dr. Henry B. Collins, Jr., ethnologist,
continued with the study of archeological materials from prehistoric
Eskimo village sites around Bering Strait. In April he presented
a paper at the annual meeting of the American Philosophical Society,
at Philadelphia, in which he discussed the relationships between pre-
historic Eskimo culture and recently described Neolithic remains from
the Lake Baikal region, southern Siberia, which have been regarded
as the source of the basic American Indian culture. The paper,
which is to be published in somewhat expanded form in the Proceed-
ings of the Society, points out a number of close resemblances between
the oldest Eskimo cultures—which probably date from around the
beginning of the Christian era—and the Siberian Neolithic. The
older stages of culture elsewhere in America, such as Folsom and
Sandia, exhibit no such resemblances; it seems unlikely, therefore,
that the Siberian Neolithic was the reservoir from which American
culture in general was derived.

In the latter part of the fiscal year, Dr. Collins devoted considerable
time to work in connection with the war effort, including the prepara-
tion of illustrated reports on various strategic areas. Preparation
was also begun on a general paper on Alaska for the Smithsonian
War Background Studies.

Dr. William N. Fenton, associate anthropologist, devoted the
summer months of 1941 to the preparation of an introduction to his
materials on Iroquois medical botany. Since a surprising number of
Indian herbs have been taken into our pharmacopoeia, it was decided
to publish the section on Contacts between Ircquois Herbalism and
Colonial Medicine, a unit of itself, as an article in the appendix to
the Annual Report of the Smithsonian Institution for 1941, reserving
the balance of the study for a longer monograph.

In November, Dr. Fenton went to Brantford, Ontario, to work with
Simeon Gibson of Six Nations Reserve at translating Onondaga texts
bearing on the Iroquois League which his father, Chief John A. Gibson,
had dictated to the late J. N. B. Hewitt. Of these the principal manu-
script is a 189-page version in Onondaga of the “Deganawi’dah” legend
of the founding of the Iroquois confederacy. Some 13 years later,

6 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

Chief Gibson dictated a longer version of the same legend to Dr. Alex-
ander Goldenweiser, and this manuscript was turned over to Dr. Fen-
ton some years ago by its collector. A translation of the Hewitt
manuscript was completed in the field, and this has been reworked in
part during the winter. Plans were made to translate the Golden-
weiser manuscript during the ensuing year.

Two other research projects continued through the year. New mate-
rials were discovered by Dr. Fenton’s collaborators in a study of Corn-
planter’s Senecas on the upper Allegheny River, mentioned in the
report of last year, and the search for journals of the Quaker missions
after 1798 has continued with some success. In this work Dr. Fenton
acknowledges the labors of Messrs. M. E. Deardorff, of Warren, Pa.,
and C. E. Congdon, of Salamanca, N. Y., in transcribing manuscript
sources and collecting much new material in the field.

The second project was conceived several years ago to fulfill a grow-
ing need among Americanists for an English edition of J. F. Lafitau’s
important but now rare Moeurs des Sauvages Ameriquains (2 vols.,
Paris, 1724). Dr. Elizabeth L. Moore, of Parkersburg, W. Va., one-
time member of the French department at St. Lawrence University,
has undertaken the translation, and at the end of the year had com-
pleted, under Dr. Fenton’s direction, the translation of those sections
in volume 1 which include Lafitau’s observations of the American sav-
ages at his mission among the Mohawks of Caughnawaga and the
Abenaki of nearby St. Francis, omitting for the most part long ex-
tracts from contemporary and earlier works that Lafitau felt obliged
to copy. In order to conserve the Bureau’s copy of this rare work, a
microfilm copy was made, which is fortunate since the original library
copy has been evacuated for the duration.

Early in March Dr. Fenton commenced compiling, with the help
of Drs. Métraux, Collins, and Steward, a cumulative list of anthropolo-
gists arriving in Washington for war work and the agencies in which
they were employed.

Following appointment to the Smithsonian War Committee on April
1, a large proportion of Dr. Fenton’s time and efforts have gone into
the work of the Committee, of which he has served as secretary. At
his suggestion the Committee drafted and distributed questionnaires
soliciting basic data for “A roster of personnel, world travel, and spe-
cial knowledge available to war agencies at the Smithsonian Institu-
tion,” and by early June the roster had been ushered through a pre-
liminary and a first edition. The Smithsonian roster was patterned
after personnel lists of the Oceania committee of the old “Ethnographic
Board” of the National Research Council, and through these contacts |
the Smithsonian participated in setting up the Ethnogeographic
Board. At the end of the fiscal year Dr. Fenton was detailed to act

FIFTY-NINTH. ANNUAL REPORT 7

as an assistant to the director of the Board, Dr. William Duncan
Strong.

During the year, Dr. Fenton delivered several illustrated lectures
presenting some of the results of his studies of Iroquois culture.

At the end of the fiscal year a manuscript entitled “Songs from the
Iroquois Longhouse; Program Notes for an Album of American In-
dian Music from the Eastern Woodlands” was accepted for publica-
tion by the Institution to accompany an album of phonograph records
by the same title which the Archive of American Folk Song, Library
of Congress, is bringing out as volume 6 of Folk Music of the United
States.

Dr. Philip Drucker, assistant anthropologist, devoted the first half
of the fiscal year to analysis of the pottery collections made in 1941 by
the Smithsonian Institution-National Geographic Society expedition
at Cerro de las Mesas, Veracruz, Mexico, and the preparation of a re-
port on this material, Ceramic Stratigraphy at Cerro de las Mesas,
Veracruz. Thanks to the cooperation of the Department of Archeol-
ogy of the Mexican Government, he was able to study comparative col-
lections of materials stored in the Museo Nacional de Mexico from
adjacent regions, which greatly facilitated the placing of the Cerro de
las Mesas culture. It was found that this site was occupied from a
time level corresponding to that of 'Teotihuacan ITI of the Highland
cultures until shortly before the Spanish conquest. The Ninth Cycle
dates discovered in 1940 probably belong to the early period of oc-
cupation at Cerro de las Mesas. Of added interest is the fact that these
dates are not only of importance to the archeology of the Gulf Coast,
but in addition are the first actual carved dates even indirectly refer-
able to the important center of civilization of the Mexican Highland,
Teotihuacin. Following the period of Teotihuacan influence, a new
set of influences appeared, probably an actual immigration, of Mixte-
can people who brought with them their pottery craft, so that during
the Upper Period at Cerro de las Mesas great quantities of Mixtecan-
type (Cholultecan) wares were made. The modern designation of
this coastal region as the “Mistequilla,” incidentally, thus may be seen
to be a well-based ethnic identification.

In the latter part of January, Dr. Drucker set out for the site of La
Venta, in northwest Tabasco, where discoveries in 1940 indicated the
importance of the place as an ancient ceremonial center. Excavations
were carried out, aimed primarily at recovering stratigraphic material
for the analysis and placing of the site in relation to the Tres Zapotes
and Cerro de las Mesas “pottery yardsticks” established in former
_ years, and for comparisons with material from more distant sites as
well. Toward the end of the season some exploratory excavations were
undertaken in structures at the site, especially in the large ceremonial

8 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

patio. These efforts were rewarded by the finding of an elaborate
tomb of basalt columns, and a number of pieces of small but exquisitely
carved jade. Most of these jade pieces represent the little-known art
style often designated “Olmec,” and are among the first of such objects
to have been scientifically excavated. Their study will be important in
defining and placing this art in its proper cultural context.

At the conclusion of the work, the materials were brought to Mexico
City, where a division was made with the Department of Archeology
of the Mexican Government. The entire body of stratigraphic ma-
terials, and a part of the remaining objects, were then shipped to
Washington for purposes of study.

SPECIAL RESEARCHES

At the beginning of the fiscal year, Miss Frances Densmore, a
collaborator of the Bureau, began the recording of Omaha songs at
Macy, Nebr., on the Omaha Reservation. Musical studies had been
made among the Omaha by Miss Alice C. Fletcher prior to 1893,
and Miss Densmore wished, if possible, to contact singers who had
recorded for Miss Fletcher and also to obtain duplicate recordings
for comparative purposes. Among the older Indians, Miss Dens-
more located three singers, Edward Cline, Benjamin Parker, and
Mattie Merrick White Parker, from whom songs had been obtained
by Miss Fletcher. Miss Densmore recorded 382 songs from this
group, including several which had been sung for Miss Fletcher.
Joseph Hamilton and Henry J. Springer, who had been too young
to sing for Miss Fletcher, were familiar with the songs of old war
societies and recorded 33 songs. A third group comprised younger
men, George R. Phillips, Robert Dale, and John G. Miller, from
whom 6 songs connected with the first World War were obtained.

Some of Miss Fletcher’s published Omaha songs were played on a
piano and were recognized by the Indians as having been recorded
for her. Miss Densmore obtained new recordings of these which
were transcribed and compared with the versions presented by Miss
Fletcher. It was noted that while the general effect of each melody
is the same in both versions, differences are rather marked. An ade-
quate comparison of the singing of these songs in the two periods
of time could be made only if the original recordings were available
for comparison with the records made in 1941. In contrast to the
differences in these serious songs, it was said that the song of the
hand game, presented by Miss Fletcher, is in use at the present time.
This was re-recorded for the present work, and the two versions
differ only in the omission in the new recording of a few bytones.
From this it appears that songs in common use are preserved among
the Omaha without change, while songs connected with ancient cus-

FIFTY-NINTH ANNUAL REPORT 9

toms or ceremonies, which have not been sung for many years, are
being forgotten and will soon disappear.

Miss Densmore also obtained from Benjamin Parker a description
and a model of an old type of drum. In former times the cylinder
of this drum was a charred log, preferably of oak or elm. The
lower head was of hide from the lower part of a buffalo’s neck, and
the upper head, which was struck, was made of deer hide or the hide
from a hindquarter of an elk. These heads were laced together
with buffalo thongs and tightened with bits of wood in the lacing,
a custom not observed previously among the Indians.

During the year Miss Densmore arranged in final order 245 songs
to accompany her manuscript on Seminole music and revised por-
tions of the text to conform to this arrangement of the material.

In December 1941 Miss Densmore was appointed as consultant at
The National Archives for work in connection with the Smithso-
nian-Densmore collection of sound recordings of American Indian
music, and during the ensuing months she was engaged in planning
the organization of the collection.

EDITORIAL WORK AND PUBLICATIONS

The editorial work of the Bureau has continued during the year
under the immediate direction of the editor, M. Helen Palmer.
There were issued one Annual Report and three Bulletins, as follows:

Fifty-eighth Annual Report of the Bureau of American Hthnolegy, 1940-1941.
13 pp.

Bulletin 129. An archeological survey of Pickwick Basin in the adjacent
portions of the States of Alabama, Mississippi, and Tennessee, by William S.
Webb and David L. DeJarnette. With additions by Walter B. Jones, J. P. H.
Morrison, Marshall T. Newman and Charles HE. Snow, and William G. Haag.
086 pp., 316 pls., 99 text figs.

Bulletin 130. Archeological investigations at Buena Vista Lake, Kern
County, California, by Waldo R. Wedel. With appendix, Skeletal remains from
the Buena Vista sites, California, by T. D. Stewart. 194 pp., 57 pls., 19 text
figs.

Bulletin 131. Peachtree Mound and village site, Cherokee County, North Caro-
lina, by Frank M. Setzler and Jesse D. Jennings. With appendix, Skeletal remains
from the Peachiree Site, North Carolina, by T. D. Stewart. 103 pp., 50 pis.,
12 text figs.

The following Bulletins were in press at the close of the fiscal year:

Bulletin 1382. Source material on the history and ethnology of the Caddo
Indians, by John R. Swanton.
Bulletin 183. Anthropological papers, numbers 19-26:

No. 19. A search for songs among the Chitimacha Indians in Louisiana,
by Frances Densmore.

No. 20. Archeological survey on the northern Northwest Coast, by Philip
Drucker.

10 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

No. 21. Some notes on a few sites in Beaufort County, South Carolina, by
Regina Flannery.

No. 22. An analysis and interpretation of the ceramic remains from two
sites near Beaufort, South Carolina, by James B. Griffin.

No. 23. The eastern Cherokees, by William Harlen Gilbert, Jr.

No. 24. Aconite poison whaling in Asia and America: An Aleutian transfer
to the New World, by Robert F. Heizer.

No. 25. The Carrier Indians of the Bulkley River: Their social and re-
ligious life, by Diamond Jenness.

No. 26. The quipu and Peruvian civilization, by John R. Swanton.

Bulletin 134. Native tribes of eastern Bolivia and western Matto Grosso, by
Alfred Métraux.

Bulletin 135. Origin myth of Acoma and other records, by Matthew W.
Stirling.

Bulletin 136. Anthropological papers, numbers 27-82:

No. 27. Music of the Indians of British Columbia, by Frances Densmore,

No. 28. Choctaw music, by Frances Densmore.

No. 29. Some enthnological data concerning one hundred Yucatan plants,
by Morris Steggerda.

No. 30. A description of 30 towns in Yucatan, 1937-39, with introductory and
explanatory remarks, by Morris Steggerda.

No. 81. Some western Shoshoni myths, by Julian H. Steward.

No. 82. New material from Acoma, by Leslie A. White.

Bulletin 137. The Indians of the Southeastern United States, by John R.
Swanton.

Publications distributed totaled 11,631.
LIBRARY

There has been no change in the library staff during the fiscal year.
Accessions during the fiscal year totaled 350. Volumes received by
exchange have fallen off sharply owing to the war, which has prac-
tically stopped exchange except from Great Britain and her posses-
sions and from South America. Several new exchange sets have been
started during the year.

The reclassification of the library is practically completed. The
foreign society transactions and the foreign periodicals have been
reshelved and a temporary shelflist made. The publications of Indian
schools and missions have been classified, reshelved, and a temporary
shelflist made. All available Library of Congress cards for periodi-
cals in our collection have been obtained, and these cards have been
sorted and will be prepared as soon as time permits.

The rare-book collection has been classified, reshelved, and shelf-
listed, and Library of Congress cards were obtained for nearly all this
collection. About 600 volumes of the rare-book collection were
packed for shipment to war storage in April.

New books received during the year have been classified and shelf-
listed and are now on the shelf. The usual work of recording new

FIFTY-NINTH ANNUAL REPORT ig!

periodicals and society transactions and examining them for material
of interest and for book reviews has been kept up to date.

_ A beginning has been made on bringing analytical entries up to
date. The American Anthropologist, American Journal of Physical
Anthropology, American Antiquity, and other important sets have
been brought up to date with main cards only. Other sets and sub-
ject entries remain to be done.

The librarian attended the meetings of the Inter-American Biblio-
graphical and Library Society in February 1942, and assisted in the
formation of a Map and Geography group in the Washington chapter
of the Special Libraries Association. Talks by the librarian on the
library and the rare-book collection were given before the Map group
of the Special Libraries Association on January 6, 1942, and before
the Museum group on March 10, 1942.

ILLUSTRATIONS

During the year Mr. E. G. Cassedy, illustrator, continued the
preparation of illustrations, maps, and drawings for the publications
of the Bureau and for those of other branches of the Institution.

COLLECTIONS

Collections transferred by the Bureau of American Ethnology to
the Department of Anthropology, United States National Museum,
during the fiscal year were as follows:

Accession
No.

161294. Cult objects from voodoo shrines in the region of Croix des Bouquets near
Port-au-Prince, Haiti, and a small lot of archeological objects from
Tortuga Island off the north coast of Haiti; collected by Dr. A. Métraux
during the summer of 1941.

162205. Archeological materials from Ventura, Santa Barbara, Inyo, and Kern
Counties, Calif., collected by Dr. W. D. Strong in 1934.

MISCELLANEOUS

During the course of the year information was furnished by members
of the Bureau staff in reply to numerous inquiries concerning the
North American Indians, both past and present, and the Mexican
peoples of the prehistoric and early historic periods. Various speci-
mens sent to the Bureau were identified and data on them furnished
for their owners.

Personnel.—Dr. Philip Drucker was appointed on August 1, 1941,
as assistant anthropologist; Dr. Alfred Métraux was appointed on
September 2, 1941, as anthropologist; Miss Ethelwyn E. Carter was
appointed on September 2, 1941, as assistant clerk-stenographer in con-
nection with the preparation of the Handbook of South American

12 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

Indians; Mrs. Catherine M. Phillips, junior stenographer, was pro-
moted to assistant clerk-stenographer on January 16, 1942, in the
editorial division, Smithsonian Institution, and Mrs. Ruth 8. Abram-
son was appointed on March 12, 1942, to fill this vacancy; W. B. Green-
wood was transferred on February 12, 1942, to the United States
National Museum, and on April 1, 1942, was reassigned to his former
position in the Bureau library.
Respectfully submitted.

M. W. Stirune, Chief.
Dr. C. G. AxBgBor,
Secretary, Smithsonian Institution.

ir
a
Ne ae

y oe

se:
BS
ay

SIXTIETH
ANNUAL REPORT OF THE

dio» BUREAU OF

AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

TO THE SECRETARY OF THE
SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION

(1942-1943

UNITED STATES
GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE
WASHINGTON : 1944

We
bP
:
4

SIXTIETH ANNUAL REPORT

OF “THE

BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

M. W. Sriruine, CHIEF

Sir: I have the honor to submit the following report on the field
researches, office work, and other operations of the Bureau of Ameri-
can Ethnology during the fiscal year ended June 30, 1943, conducted
in accordance with the act of Congress of June 27, 1942, which pro-
vides “* * * for continuing ethnological researches among the
American Indians and the natives of Hawaii and the excavation
and preservation of archeologic remains. * * *”

During the fiscal year, activities concerned with the other American
republics have been emphasized, and the energies of various staff
members of the Bureau have been directed to an increasing extent
to projects bearing on the war effort. In particular, members of the
Bureau staff have cooperated with the Ethnogeographic Board in
preparing information for the armed services, and it is expected that
efforts in this direction will increase as the war continues.

SYSTEMATIC RESEARCHES

On January 13, 1948, M. W. Stirling, Chief of the Bureau, left
Washington on the fifth National Geographic Society-Smithsonian
Institution archeological expedition to southern Mexico. Excavations
were continued at the site of La Venta in southern Tabasco and re-
sulted in the discovery of numerous new details of construction of
the rectangular stone-fenced enclosure, one of the central features of
the site. Three rich burials of important personages were uncovered
containing offerings principally of jade of unusually high quality.
Two mosaic floors in the form of jaguar masks made of polished
green serpentine were discovered, one at a depth of more than 20 feet.
During the course of the work an exploration trip was made up the
Rio de las Playas, one of the headwater streams of the Tonala River, in
order to verify the existence of a ruin in this vicinity. The collections
obtained during the course of excavations at La Venta were shipped
to the National Museum in Mexico City. Mr. Stirling was assisted
throughout the season by Dr. Waldo R. Wedel, of the division of
archeology of the United States National Museum.

During the course of the fiscal year Mr. Stirling contributed to the
War Background Studies of the Smithsonian Institution an article
entitled “Native Peoples of New Guinea,” which was published as

563753— 43 1

2 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

No. 9 of that series. He also contributed several articles to the Ethno-
geographic Board for distribution to the armed forces. During the
year Mr. Stirling’s paper entitled “Origin Myth of Acoma and Other
Records” was issued as Bulletin 135 of the Bureau.

Dr. John R. Swanton, ethnologist, devoted a considerable por-
tion of the year to the reading and correcting of galley and page proof
of his work entitled “The Indians of the Southeastern United States,”
which is being published as Bulletin 137 of the Bureau. This will bea
volume of approximately 850 pages exclusive of the index.

Some further work was done on the materials preserved from the
now extinct language of the Timucua Indians of Florida, but it was
decided to discontinue this for the present. These materials—con-
sisting of a catalog of Timucua words and English-Timucua index
to the same, photocopies of the religious works in Timucua and
Spanish printed in Mexico in the seventeenth century, and typed copies
of these with some interlinear translation—have been labeled care-
fully and placed in the manuscript vault.

Time was also devoted to the extraction of ethnographical notes
from the volumes of Early Western Travels, edited by Reuben Gold
Thwaites. A paper entitled “Are Wars Inevitable?” was contributed
as No. 12 to the War Background Studies of the Smithsonian Institu-
tion. A few investigations were undertaken for the Board on Geo-
graphical Names, of which Dr. Swanton is a member.

Dr. John P. Harrington, ethnologist, was occupied during the first
part of the year in an investigation of the Chilcotin languages of
northern California. The results of this work indicated that Chilcotin
was introduced into California from Canada in pre-European times,
but owing to the varying rate in time reckoning for the accomplish-
ment of linguistic changes, the length of Chilcotin occupancy in Cali-
fornia cannot be estimated. With the exception of a small area south
of the mouth of the Klamath River, Chilcotin occupies the entire
coastal region of northern California to the mouth of Usal Creek
in Mendocino County. In addition to the linguistic connections dis-
covered, local traditions were obtained linking the Chilcotin peoples
with a more northern group. Two separate stories were recorded
deriving the Hupa from the region north of the mouth of the Klamath
River, and one was obtained deriving the Indians of a part of the Hel
River drainage from the Hupa region.

Since his return to Washington, Dr. Harrington has been engaged
in the preparation of material for the linguistic section of the Hand-
book of South American Indians. This work resulted in the discovery
that Witoto is Tupi-Guarani, and also the very interesting finding
that Quechua is Hokan. The Hokan hitherto had been known to ex-
tend only to the Subtiaba language of the west coast of Central
America. Detailed studies of Quechua and of Cocama have been made

SIXTIETH ANNUAL REPORT 3

for the purpose of making comparisons with other South American
languages and with a view to discerning possible further linguistic
affiliations. In addition to this work, Dr. Harrington has also made
an extensive study of the grammar of the Jivaro language of South
America.

At the beginning of the fiscal year Dr. Frank H. H. Roberts, Jr.,
senior archeologist, was engaged in prospecting and testing an in-
teresting site in the Agate Basin, on a tributary of the Cheyenne
River between Lusk and Newcastle, in eastern Wyoming. Dr. Roberts
had been sent to make preliminary investigations at this location,
despite the general policy of no regular field work for the duration
of the war, because of the possibility that much information might
be lost as a result of erosive activities in the area and from disturb-
ance of the deposits by amateur collectors hunting for specimens,
The site gave evidence of having been the scene of a bison kill on the
edges of a marsh or meadow. Animal bones and artifacts were found
in a stratum that breaks out of the bank some 20 feet above the bottom
of an eroding gully. This layer is covered by an overburden that
deepens rapidly as it is followed back into the bank, and at a depth
of 4 feet, where the tests were terminated, was still continuing. All
the bones found, of which there were many, proved to be modern
bison. Associated with these were projectile points, which, although
they suggest an affinity with the Collateral Yuma type—a form that
has been considered relatively early in the Plains area—nevertheless do
not have all the significant characteristics of that type. The points
have unhesitatingly been called Yuma by numerous people who
have examined them, and there is no question of their belonging
in that general category, although they should not be considered
classic forms. All the points found at the site are consistent in
pattern, yet have a considerable range in size. In the seventy-
some points or large and easily identified fragments found there,
no shouldered, barbed, or tanged forms appear. The material un-
questionably represents a cultural unit without intrusions from
other sources. Dr. Roberts dug 32 examples out of undisturbed
deposits. The remaining specimens are in the collections of local
residents, who picked them up as they weathered out of the gully
bank. Only a few end and side scrapers have been found, prob-
ably because of the fact that the camp proper has not yet been
located, but they are typical of those associated with the so-called
early hunting complexes. Geologic studies have not yet been made
of the deposits. They indicate some antiquity, but that they are
not as old as the age formerly postulated for Yuma remains is demon-
strated by the fact that the bison represented are all modern forms.
It is hoped that when present conditions are over, the site can be

4 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

thoroughly excavated and detailed studies made of the material. The
site was found by William Spencer, of Spencer, Wyo., and was re-
ported to the Smithsonian Institution by Robert E. Frison, deputy
game warden, Wyoming State Game and Fish Commission of New-
castle. Permission for the investigations was granted by Leonard
EK. Davis, owner of the land.

Leaving Newcastle, Wyo., on August 1, Dr. Roberts proceeded to
Tucumcari and San Jon, N. Mex., for the purpose of disposing of some
of the equipment stored there at the close of the 1941 season and ar-
ranging for storage of the remainder for the duration.

On his return to Washington, Dr. Roberts resumed his office activi-
ties. Galley and page proofs were read for his report, “Archeologi-
eal and Geological Investigations in the San Jon District, Eastern
New Mexico,” which appeared in the Smithsonian Miscellaneous
Collections, volume 103, No. 4. Manuscript was prepared and galley
and page proofs were read for a paper entitled “Egypt and the Suez
Canal,” which was published as No. 11 in the Smithsonian Institu-
tion War Background Studies. By request, an article, “Evidence for
a Paleo-Indian in the New World,” was written for the Acta Ameri-
cana, an international quarterly review published by the Inter-Ameri-
can Society of Anthropology and Geography. During the period from
October 1 to June 30 a series of survival articles was prepared from
data furnished by members of the Smithsonian staff. These articles
were made available to the armed forces through the office of the
Ethnogeographic Board. Dr. Roberts devoted considerable time to
the task of gathering this information from the Institution’s authori-
ties in the various fields of science and working it into articles for
general reading. He also furnished information on various subjects
in response to requests from numerous members of the armed services.
At the close of the fiscal year he was engaged in assisting in the prepa-
ration of a survival manual for the Ethnogeographic Board.

On April 1, 1948, Dr. Roberts was designated as Acting Chief of the
Bureau of American Ethnology whenever the Chief, by reason of
absence, illness, or other cause, is unable to discharge the duties of his
position.

Dr. Julian H. Steward, anthropologist, continued his activities as
editor of the Handbook of South American Indians, one of the Smith-
sonian projects conducted under funds transferred from the State
Department for “Cooperation with the American Republics.” He also
prepared a number of articles for publication in the Handbook. The
Handbook, which is three-fourths completed, will consist of four
volumes of text and a two-volume bibliography. Material has been
contributed to it by 100 specialists on the Indian tribes of Central
and South America and the Antilles.

SIXTIETH ANNUAL REPORT 5

Dr. Steward took an active part in the creation of the Inter-Ameri-
can Society of Anthropology and Geography, the purpose of which
is the development of cooperative anthropological and geographic re-
search. Dr. Ralph L. Beals was appointed to take over the work of
organizing and developing the society. The society has approxi-
mately 700 members throughout the Americas, and the first issue of its
quarterly journal, Acta Americana, was in press at the close of the
fiscal year.

Plans were developed for cooperative Institutes of Social Anthro-
pology to assist in training students and in carrying on field work
in the other American republics.

Dr. Steward served as a member of committees concerned with co-
operative work in the field of inter-American relations and was a
member of the Board of Governors of the National Indian Institute
of the United States. He also represented the Smithsonian Institu-
tion at the inauguration of Dr. Everett Needham Case as president of
Colgate University.

Dr. Alfred Métraux, ethnologist, continued his work as assistant to
Dr. Julian H. Steward in preparing the Handbook of South American
Indians. In addition to editing materials furnished by other contribu-
tors, Dr. Métraux completed a large amount of manuscript material
of his own for use in the Handbook. Through an arrangement with
the National University of Mexico, Dr. Métraux went to Mexico City
to teach from March until the end of the fiscal year. During the year
Dr. Métraux’s paper entitled “The Native Tribes of Eastern Bolivia
and Western Matto Grosso” was issued as Bulletin 134 of the Bureau.

During the fiscal year Dr. Henry B. Collins, Jr., ethnologist, was
engaged in work relating to the war, for the most part in connection
with the Ethnogeographic Board. Early in July 1942 Dr. Collins
was detailed by the Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution and by
the Chief of the Bureau to assist in handling requests for regional
and other information received by the Ethnogeographic Board from
the armed services and other war agencies. On February 28, 1943,
he was elected Assistant Director of the Board and in this capacity
continued in charge of research relating to the above-mentioned re-
quests.

At the beginning of the fiscal year Dr. William N. Fenton, as-
sociate anthropologist, was engaged, at the request of the Pennsyl-
vania Historical Commission, in a brief field trip among the Seneca
Indians on the Cornplanter Grant in northwestern Pennsylvania.

_ The object of this work was to collect Indian geographic names and

traditions on hunting and fishing along the Allegheny River.
Following his return to Washington, Dr. Fenton devoted most
of his time during the remainder of the year to projects received

6 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

by the Ethnogeographic Board from the armed services and other
war agencies. One of the results of his work has been a strategic file
of personnel in the United States familiar with foreign countries.
Growing out of the Roster of Personnel, World Travel, and Special
Knowledge Available to War Agencies at the Smithsonian Institu-
tion, as first compiled by the Smithsonian War Committee early
in 1942, the present World File of Regional Specialists at the Eth-
nogeographic Board now includes over 2,500 names of individuals,
their travel and special knowledge. Cross-indexed by name, as well
as by country, this index has enabled the Director of the Board to
locate promptly any person in response to requests from the armed
forces for authorities who might possess unusual information, photo-
graphs, maps, and knowledge of languages of a given area. Certain
officers as well as civilian specialists have returned repeatedly to the
Smithsonian building to consult this file. In recognition of this
work, in February Dr. Fenton was elected a research associate of
the Ethnogeographic Board.

At the request of the War Department, Office of Chief of Engi-
neers, to the Institution, Dr. Fenton delivered a lecture on “The
Nature and Diversity of Human Culture” to a class in Psychology
of Administration.

Dr. Fenton has continued membership on the Smithsonian War
Committee, acting as its secretary.

Work on the Indian place names of western New York and west-
ern Pennsylvania has continued by correspondence with Messrs. M.
H. Deardorff, Warren, Pa., and Chas. E. Congdon, of Salamanca,
N. Y. At the end of the fiscal year, another correspondent, Dr.
Klizabeth L. Moore, of Meredith College, had about completed the
translation of J. F. Lafitau’s Moeurs des Sauvages Amériquains (2
vols., Paris, 1724), a project reported last year.

Publications for the year include: Songs from the Iroquois Long-
house: Program Notes for an Album of American Indian Music
from the Eastern Woodlands, published jointly by the Smithsonian
Institution and the Library of Congress as vol. 6 of Folk Music of
the United States (Archive of American Folk Song) ; Contacts be-
tween Iroquois Herbalism and Colonial Medicine, én Smithsonian
Report for 1941; Last Seneca Pigeon Hunts, 77 Warren County Penn-
sylvania Almanac, 1943; and Fish Drives among the Cornplanter
Seneca, 77 Pennsylvania Archaeologist; also several book reviews in
professional and other journals. At the close of the fiscal year, the
paper entitled “The Last Passenger Pigeon Hunts of the Cornplanter.
Senecas,” which had been prepared with M. H. Deardorff for the
Anthropological Papers of the Bureau, had been accepted for pub-
lication in the Journal of the Washington Academy of Sciences.

SIXTIETH ANNUAL REPORT Vi

In December 1942 Dr. Philip Drucker, assistant ethnologist, re-
ceived a commission in the United States Naval Reserve and was
granted a military furlough. Dr. Drucker had spent the preceding
portion of the fiscal year in preparing final reports on archeological
work previously conducted in Mexico by the National Geographic
Society-Smithsonian Institution archeological expeditions. These
reports, in press at the end of the fiscal year, will appear as Bulletins
of the Bureau.

SPECIAL RESEARCHES

Miss Frances Densmore, a collaborator of the Bureau, continued
work on the study of Indian music by completing two large manu-
scripts—Seminole Music, and Music of Acoma, Isleta, Cochiti, and
Zuni Pueblos. She also devoted considerable time to a study of the
traces of foreign influences in the music of the American Indians,
During a portion of the year she was engaged in writing a handbook
of the Smithsonian—Densmore collection of sound recordings of Ameri-
can Indian music for the National Archives.

Miss Densmore presented to the Bureau a record of her field work
on Indian music and customs for the Bureau from 1907 to 1941, and
completed the bibliography of her writings on that subject. She also
presented the original phonograph record of a speech in the Ute
language by the famous Ute chief Red Cap, made in 1916, and a
similar record of a speech in the Yuma language by Kacora, made in
1922, with accompanying information.

In 1943 Miss Densmore completes 50 years’ study of the music,
customs, and history of the American Indians,

EDITORIAL WORK AND PUBLICATIONS

The editorial work of the Bureau continued during the year under
the immediate direction of the editor, M. Helen Palmer. There were
issued one Annual Report and three Bulletins, as follows:

Fifty-ninth Annual Report of the Bureau of American Ethnology, 1941-1942.
12 pp.

Bulletin 182. Source material on the history and ethnology of the Caddo Indians,
by John R. Swanton. 332 pp., 19 pls., 5 text figs.

Bulletin 184, The native tribes of eastern Bolivia and western Matto Grosso,
by Alfred Métraux. 182 pp., 5 pls., 1 text fig.

Bulletin 155. Origin myth of Acoma and other records, by Matthew W. Stirling.
123 pp., 17 pis., 8 text figs.

The following Bulletins were in press at the close of the fiscal year:

Bulletin 133. Anthropological papers, numbers 19-26:
No. 19. A search for songs among the Chitimacha Indians in Louisiana, by
Frances Densmore.

8 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

No. 20. Archeological survey on the northern Northwest Coast, by Philip
Drucker. With appendix, Early vertebrate fauna of the British
Columbia Coast, by Edna M. Fisher.
No. 21. Some notes on a few sites in Beaufort County, South Carolina, by
Regina Flannery.
No, 22. An analysis and interpretation of the ceramic remains from two sites
near Beaufort, South Carolina, by James B. Griffin. }
No. 23. The eastern Cherokees, by William Harlen Gilbert, Jr.
No. 24. Aconite poison whaling in Asia and America: An Aleutian transfer
to the New World, by Robert F. Heizer.
No. 25. The Carrier Indians of the Bulkley River: Their social and religious
life, by Diamond Jenness.
No. 26. The quipu and Peruvian civilization, by John R. Swanton.
Bulletin 186. Anthropological papers, numbers 27-32:
No. 27. Music of the Indians of British Columbia, by Frances Densmore.
No. 28. Choctaw music, by Frances Densmore.
No. 29. Some ethnological data concerning one hundred Yucatan plants, by
Morris Steggerda.
No. 80. A description of thirty towns in Yucatan, Mexico, by Morris Steggerda.
No. 31. Some western Shoshoni myths, by Julian H. Steward.
No. 82. New material from Acoma, by Leslie A. White.
Bulletin 137. The Indians of the southeastern United States, by John R.
Swanton.
Bulletin 188. Stone monuments of southern Mexico, by Matthew W. Stirling.
Bulletin 189. An introduction to the ceramics of Tres Zapotes, Veracruz,
Mexico, by C. W. Weiant.
Bulletin 140. Ceramic sequences at Tres Zapotes, Veracruz, Mexico, by Philip
Drucker.
Bulletin 141. Ceramic stratigraphy at Cerro de las Mesas, by Philip Drucker.
Bulletin 142. The contemporary culture of the Cahita Indians, by Ralph L.
Beals.

Publications distributed totaled 10,793.

LIBRARY

Accessions during the fiscal year totaled 321. There has been a
sharp decrease in all classes of accessions, owing to reduced funds in
the case of purchases and to war conditions in the case of gifts and
exchanges.

The Library of Congress cards for nonserial matter on hand at the
beginning of the fiscal year, amounting to several thousand, have
been prepared and filed. Cards for foreign periodicals and society
transactions have been prepared and filed, including shelf-list cards.
A record of holdings appears on each of these shelf-list entries and
some are now in their permanent form.

Several thousand pamphlets, including a number of valuable ones
pertaining to the Indian Territory and the Five Civilized Tribes,
were reclassified and reshelved.

The library has been much in use as a source of material for the
Ethnogeographic Board and the war agencies.

SIXTIETH ANNUAL REPORT 9

ILLUSTRATIONS

During the year E. G. Cassedy, illustrator, continued the prepara-
tion of illustrations, maps, and drawings for the publications of the
Bureau and for those of other branches of the Institution.

COLLECTIONS

Collections transferred by the Bureau of American Ethnology to
the department of anthropology, United States National Museum,
during the fiscal year were as follows:

Accession
number

162682. Archeological materials collected at Tres Zapotes, Tuxtla District, south-
ern Veracruz, Mexico, during the winters of 1988-39 and 1939-40 by
the National Geographic Society-Smithsonian Institution expedition
under M. W. Stirling. (1,359 specimens. )

163712. 14 ethnological specimens originally obtained by C. Spencer from the
Payamino Indians, eastern Ecuador, and 8 archeological specimens
from excavations along the Napo River in the vicinity of Eden, Ecuador.
(17 specimens. )

165123. Stone ax blade and 5 bark-cloth dance masks collected by Dr. Irving
Goldman from the Kobeua (Cubeo) Indians, southeastern Colombia.
(6 specimens. )

MISCELLANEOUS

During the course of the year information was furnished by mem-
bers of the Bureau staff in reply to numerous inquiries concerning
the North American Indians, both past and present, and the Mexican
peoples of the prehistoric and early historic periods. Various speci-
mens sent to the Bureau were identified and data on them furnished
for their owners.

Personnel.—Indefinite furloughs for military service were granted
to Dr. Philip Drucker and Walter B. Greenwood on December 81,
1942, and January 15, 1948, respectively; Miss Nancy A. Link was
appointed editorial clerk in connection with the preparation of the
Handbook of South American Indians on August 15, 1942, by trans-
fer from the Bureau, and resigned on January 23, 1943; Mrs. Eloise
B. Edelen was appointed editorial assistant on August 24, 1942, on
the Bureau roll; John E. Anglim was appointed senior illustrator
for the Handbook on August 12, 1942, and resigned on April 21,
1943, to be inducted into the Army; Mrs. Verne E. Samson was
appointed editorial clerk for the Handbook on December 22, 1942;
Mrs. Ruth S. Abramson resigned as assistant clerk-stenographer on
May 28, 1943.

Respectfully submitted.

M. W. Sriruine, Chief.
Dr. C. G. Axnzor,

Secretary, Smithsonian Institution.

i , i
1» ;
.
. r oA
ent , ae
t es ee €.'
d NCP eRe
: “TA —
% : As seid ae 2 a
rat ah : i wit be ae ule j : ‘a
t* i
\ i }
4 +2
Ss i
4 3
~
—
<(
i
P
7 é
; i j
yt
‘ = 3 :
: F
'
f
-
t

SIXTY-FIRST
ANNUAL REPORT OF THE

BUREAU OF
AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

TO THE SECRETARY OF THE
SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION

1943-1944

UNITED STATES
GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE
WASHINGTON : 1946

SIXTY-FIRST ANNUAL REPORT
i 3 ; OF THE
| BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

M. W. Sriruine, Chief

Str: I have the honor to submit the following report on the field
researches, office work, and other operations of the Bureau of Amer-
ican Ethnology during the fiscal year ended June 30, 1944, conducted
in accordance with the act of Congress of June 26, 1948, which pro-
vides “* * * for continuing ethnological researches among the
American Indians and the natives of Hawaii and the excavation and
preservation of archeologic remains. * * *”

During the fiscal year emphasis on activities concerned with Latin
America has continued.

Dr. W. D. Strong, Director of the Ethnogeographic Board, planned

_to return to his duties at Columbia University soon after the close of
the fiscal year, and the work of the Board will thereafter be conducted
entirely by members of the Bureau staff.

As the war continues and the need for specialized information grows
less it is expected that the Bureau may gradually assume more of its
normal duties.

SYSTEMATIC RESEARCHES

On January 28, 1944, Dr. M. W. Stirling, Chief of the Bureau, left
Washington on the Sixth National Geographic Society-Smithsonian
Institution expedition to Mexico. The month of February was spent
in the states of Michoacan and Jalisco, where a photographic record
was made of lacquer working in Uruapan and vicinity, and of pottery
making in Tlaquepaque. Ethnological pictures were made depicting
the activities and customs of the Tarascan Indians of Lake Patzcuaro.
From the beginning of March until the middle of May, an archeo-
logical reconnaissance was conducted in southern Veracruz, Tabasco,
and Campeche, with the principal objective of finding the extent of
the early La Venta culture in this area. Several new sites were located
as a result of this survey, and photographic records were made of a
_ number of private archeological collections.
t Dr. Stirling returned to Washington on May 22, 1944.
b. During the year a report by Dr. Stirling, “Stone Monuments of
_ Southern Mexico,” was issued as Bulletin 138 of the Bureau.
During the year just passed, Dr. John R. Swanton, ethnologist,

completed the reading of proof for Bulletin 137, “The Indians of the
_ Southeastern United States.”

661717 —46 | 1

9 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

A study of the much discussed Norse expeditions to America was
undertaken and a manuscript completed embodying the results.

During the course of the year Dr. Swanton furnished to the Navy
evant more than 1,000 Indian tribal names and names of prom-
inent Indians, to be used for naming war vessels. Approximately 200 -
of these have been used.

On June 30, 1944, Dr. Swanton retired from the Bureau after
almost 44 years of service.

Dr. John P. Harrington, ethnologist, continuing his American In-
dian linguistic studies, Aioauaiee evidence suggesting that Quechua
and Asiana. the lenvehareee of the two most highly civilized groups
of aboriginal South America, are related to the Hokan stock of western
North America. This is the first time that a linguistic relationship
has been indicated between North and South America. In addition -
to this Dr. Harrington has reduced the number of linguistic stocks in
South America by establishing the relationship of many groups previ-
ously considered to be separate.

Because of his unique knowledge of languages, Dr. Harrington has
been called upon daily by the Office of Censorship to translate letters —
written in little-known languages from all over the world. |

During the year several short papers on linguistic subjects have been
published in scientific journals.

On July 5, 1948, Dr. Frank H. H. Roberts, Jr., senior archeologist,
went to Abilene, Tex., where he spent 5 days investigating a prehistoric
Indian burial which had been exposed 21 feet below the surface in a
bank of the Clear Fork of the Brazos River by floodwaters and which
was in danger of being washed away by a new rise. Studies of the
deposits at the site showed that the burial had been made during the
closing days of the Pleistocene or the beginning of the Early Recent
geologic period about 10,000 years ago. The skeleton was turned over
to the division of physical anthropology of the United States National
Museum, where it has received careful study and has added to the
knowledge of the physical type of the early Texas Indians.

Returning to Washington, Dr. Roberts spent the remainder of the
summer and the months of early autumn preparing contributions
to, obtaining pictures for, editing the manuscript, and reading proof
of a manual, “Survival on Land and Sea,” which was prepared for
the Publications Branch of the Office of Naval Intelligence, United
States Navy, by the Ethnogeographic Board and the staff of the
Smithsonian Institution. He later worked on a revision of this man-
ual for a second edition and also served as a consultant for a similar
manual being prepared for the Army Air Forces. During this period
he also furnished information to several other branches of the armed
services and some of the war agencies.

SIXTY-FIRST ANNUAL REPORT 3

Dr. Roberts also worked on his final report on the excavations at
the Lindenmeier Folsom Man site in northern Colorado, a project
completed shortly before the outbreak of the war, and also wrote a
number of articles for publication in scientific journals. On March 16,
1944, Dr. Roberts was appointed a member of the Smithsonian Insti-
tution’s Committee on Personnel Utilization and from that date until
the close of the fiscal year devoted considerable time to the activities
of that committee.

During such periods as the Chief was absent from Washington,
Dr. Roberts served as Acting Chief of the Bureau.

On September 1, 1943, Dr. Julian H. Steward, anthropologist, was
appointed Director of the Institute of Social Anthropology, an autono-
mous unit of the Bureau, reporting directly to the Secretary. His
work as editor of the Handbook of South American Indians also con-
tinued concurrently. A brief statement on these two projects will be
found later on in this report.

At the beginning of the fiscal year Dr. Alfred Métraux, ethnologist,
was teaching in Mexico City, through an arrangement with the Na-
tional University of Mexico. He returned to duty on August 1, 1943,
and assisted Dr. Julian H. Steward in the preparation of the Hand-
book of South American Indians. Dr. Métraux was appointed Assist-
ant Director of the Institute of Social Anthropology on September 18,
1943. He completed four papers for the Handbook, and also gathered
bibliographical material for several other contributions and assembled
notes for the articles of the Handbook’s fifth volume.

During the fiscal year Dr. Henry B. Collins, Jr., ethnologist, con-
tinued his work as Assistant Director of the Ethnogeographic Board.
As in the previous year, the activities of the Board for which he was
responsible concerned research in connection with regional and other
information requested by the Army, Navy, and other war agencies.
He represented the Smithsonian Institution and the Ethnogeographic
Board as a technical adviser to the Emergency Rescue Equipment Sec-
tion of the Navy and wrote the Arctic section for the booklet “Survival
on Land and Sea.” Some 750,000 copies of this official Navy survival
manual have been distributed to the fleet and shore stations.

‘ Dr. Collins contributed the sections on geography, history, and
_ anthropology for an article on the Aleutian Islands, which will be
published as one of the series of War Background Studies of the Smith-
sonian Institution.

- During such time as was available, Dr. Collins continued his re-

_ searches on the Eskimo and the southeastern Indians.

Dr. William N. Fenton, ethnologist, continued to serve as research
associate of the Ethnogeographic Board. With the assistance of

4 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

Miss Mae W. Tucker, he has maintained for the Ethnogeographic
Board the world file of area and language specialists, which has
grown to include more than 10,000 entries for all continents and island
areas. ‘This file has been extensively used by the military and other
war agencies in their search for specialized personnel. From this
file a series of five studies were prepared, together with maps and in-
dexes, showing domestic sources of photographs on strategic areas
of interest particularly to the Navy Department. At the request
of the Army Specialized Training Division, the Ethnogeographic
Board commenced a survey of area and language teaching in the Army
Specialized Training Program and the Civil Affairs Training Schools
in 25 American universities and colleges. Dr. Fenton participated
in the survey, visiting 13 institutions between December 19438 and
March 1944, and since that time has been occupied in writing up ob-
servations and preparing reports for the proper offices.

In addition to this work, Dr. Fenton continued his studies on the
League of the Iroquois, translating a number of texts collected by
J.N.B. Hewitt and A. A. Goldenweiser. Dr. Fenton’s publications for
the year were: “The Last Passenger Pigeon Hunts of the Corn-
planter Senecas” (with M. H. Deardorff), and “The Requickening
Address of the Iroquois Condolence Council” (of J. N. B. Hewitt), in |
the Journal of the Washington Academy of Sciences; and an obituary,
“Simeon Gibson: Iroquois Informant, 1889-1943,” in the American
Anthropologist; also several book reviews and notes in scientific and
literary journals.

Since joining the staff in December 1948, Dr. Homer G. Barnett, an-
thropologist, has served as executive secretary of a committee formed
under the sponsorship of the Ethnogeographic Board for the purpose
of assembling data upon the existing state of our scientific knowl-
edge of the Pacific Island area. The committee includes representa-
tives of the geological, geographic, linguistic, political science, and
anthropological disciplines. As executive secretary Dr. Barnett
has served chiefly as organizer and coordinator of the committee’s ac-
tions. Since some of the committee members are located outside of
Washington, considerable correspondence has been necessary as well
as meetings both in Washington and New York.

When not engaged in the above activities, Dr. Barnett has worked
on the organization of field notes on various Salishan and Northwest
Coast tribes, having in project a series of publications stressing cul-
tural change among the Yurok, the Tsimshian, the Yakima, and the
Makah. He has just completed one manuscript dealing with the
Indian Shaker cult of the northwestern United States.

SIXTY-FIRST ANNUAL REPORT 5
INSTITUTE OF SOCIAL ANTHROPOLOGY

As stated above, Dr. Julian H. Steward, anthropologist, on Septem-
ber 1, 1943, became Director of the Institute of Social Anthropology,
an autonomous unit of the Bureau reporting directly to the Secretary.

_ As Dr. Steward was instructed in the official order establishing the
- Institute to report to the Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution,

there are presented here brief abstracts from Dr. Steward’s reports
to Dr. Wetmore, Acting Secretary.

The Institute of Social Anthropology was first conceived in July
1942 and a project for its work was placed before the Interdepartmen-
tal Committee for Cooperation with the American Republics in Au-
gust of that year. Its stated purpose was to carry out cooperative
training in anthropological teaching and research with the other
American republics. For the fiscal year 1944, $60,000 was made avail-
able for the work of the Institute by transfer of funds from the State
Department appropriation.

In September 1948 the Director visited Mexico and established the
terms of an agreement for the work of the Institute with the authori-
ties of the Escuela Nacional de Antropologia and the Instituto
Nacional de Antropologia e Historia, submitting this to the Depart-
ment of State in late September. After some months of delay encoun-
tered in completing the agreement, Dr. George M. Foster, engaged by
the Institute as anthropologist in charge of the work in Mexico, pro-
ceeded to that country in May and started work in cooperation with
the organizations mentioned above. Dr. Donald D. Brand also repre-
sented the Institute in Mexico as cultural geographer.

No formal agreement has yet been entered into for similar work
in Peru. Nevertheless, Dr. John Gillin, appointed by the Institute in
January 1944 as anthropologist, commenced work in that country on
an informal basis. The remaining 6 months of the fiscal year were
devoted to reconnaissance and teaching at Cuzco and Trujillo.

A memorandum agreement for cooperative work in Colombia was
submitted early in 1944, but at the close of the fiscal year it had not
yet been reported out.

A new series in social anthropology entitled “Publications of the
Institute of Social Anthropology” was started with two papers, which
went to the printer just before the close of the fiscal year. No. 1 was

on “Houses and House Use of the Sierra Tarascans,” by Ralph L.

Beals, Pedro Carrasco, and Thomas McCorkle; No. 2 was entitled
“Cheran, a Sierra Tarascan Village,” by Ralph L. Beals.

6 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

HANDBOOK OF SOUTH AMERICAN INDIANS

The editing of the Handbook of South American Indians, begun
some years ago, was continued during the year by Dr. Julian H.
Steward after September 1, 1948, under his appointment as Director
of the Institute of Social Anthropology. Funds for the preparation
of the manuscript are transferred to the Smithsonian Institution from
the State Department appropriation for “Cooperation with the Ameri-
can Republics,” and the Bureau will pay the cost of publication in its
Bulletin series.

Volume 1, “The Marginal Tribes,” and volume 2, “The Andean Civil-
izations,” were completed during the year and sent to the printer. The
manuscripts of volumes 3 and 4 were nearly completed.

The Handbook is a truly cooperative project, as one-half of the
100 contributors are scientists of the other American republics.

SPECAL RESEARCHES

Miss Frances Densmore, a collaborator of the Bureau, continued
her work on the study of Indian music by writing a manuscript enti-
tled “Omaha Music,” with transcriptions of 64 songs. This manu-
script was based upon research in Nebraska in 1941 and included re-
recordings of several songs that were recorded for Miss Alice C.
Fletcher by the same singers. The date of the previous recordings
was said to have been 1887 to 1890 and the songs are included in Miss.
Fletcher’s “Study of Omaha Indian Music,” published by the Peabody
Museum of Harvard University, and in “The Omaha Tribe,” by Miss.
Fletcher and Francis La Flesche, in the Twenty-seventh Annual Re-
port of the Bureau. Many songs in Miss Fletcher’s work were recog-
nized by men who had not the tribal right to sing them. The present
manuscript includes old songs of Omaha military and social societies,
songs connected with the First World War, and songs of legends and
the hand game.

Miss Densmore compiled and presented to the Bureau a chronology
of her study and presentation of Indian music from 1893 to June 1944.
This chronology was based on diaries, scrapbooks, and Reports of the
Bureau. During a portion of the year she was engaged in completing
the handbook of the Smithsonian-Densmore collection of sound record-
ings of American Indian music for the National Archives.

EDITORIAL WORK AND PUBLICATIONS

The editorial work of the Bureau continued during the year under
the immediate direction of the editor, M. Helen Palmer. There were
issued one Annual Report and six Bulletins, as follows:

_—— " =," 4
2 a ee ae

SIXTY-FIRST ANNUAL REPORT 7

Sixtieth Annual Report of the Bureau of American Ethnology, 1942-1943. 9 pp.

Bulletin 133. Anthropological papers, numbers 19-26. ix+615 pp., 34 pils.,
62 figs. :

No. 19. A search for songs among the Chitimacha Indians in Louisiana, by
Frances Densmore.

No. 20. Archeological survey on the northern Northwest Coast, by Philip
Drucker; with appendix, Early vertebrate fauna of the British
Columbia Coast, by Edna M. Fisher.

No. 21. Some notes on a few sites in Beaufort County, South Carolina, by
Regina Flannery.

No. 22. An analysis and interpretation of the ceramic remains from two
sites near Beaufort, South Carolina, by James B. Griffin.

No. 23. The eastern Cherokees, by William Harlen Gilbert, Jr.

No. 24. Aconite poison whaling in Asia and America: An Aleutian transfer
to the New World, by Robert F. Heizer.

No. 25. The Carrier Indians of the Bulkley River: Their social and religious
life, by Diamond Jenness.

No. 26. The quipu and Peruvian civilization, by John R. Swanton.

Bulletin 136. Anthropological papers, numbers 27-32. viii+875 pp., 32 pls,
5 figs. :

No. 27. Music of the Indians of British Columbia, by Frances Densmore.

No. 28. Choctaw music, by Frances Densmore.

No. 29. Some ethnological data concerning one hundred Yucatan plants, by
Morris Steggerda.

No. 80. A description of thirty towns in Yucatan, Mexico, by Morris
Steggerda.

No. 31. Some western Shoshoni myths, by Julian H. Steward.

No. 32. New material from Acoma, by Leslie A. White.

Bulletin 138. Stone monuments of southern Mexico, by Matthew W. Stirling.
vii+84 pp., 62 pls., 14 figs.

Bulletin 189. An introduction to the ceramics of Tres Zapotes, Veracruz, Mexico,
by C. W. Weiant. xiv-+144 pp., 78 pls., 54 figs., 10 maps.

Bulletin 140. Ceramic sequences at Tres Zapotes, Veracruz, Mexico, by Philip
Drucker. ix+155 pp., 65 pls., 46 figs.

Bulletin 141. Ceramic stratigraphy at Cerro de las Mesas, Veracruz, Mexico,
by Philip Drucker. viii+95 pp., 58 pls., 210 figs.

The following publications were in press at the close of the fiscal
year:

Bulletin 137. The Indians of the Southeastern United States, by John R.
Swanton.

Bulletin 142. The contemporary culture of the Cahita Indians, by Ralph L.
Beals.

Bulletin 143. Handbook of South American Indians. Julian H. Steward,
Editor. Volume 1. The Marginal Tribes. Volume 2. The Andean Civilizations.

| List of Publications of the Bureau of American Ethnology, with index to
authors and titles. Revised to June 380, 1944.
' Publications distributed totaled 14,908.

In addition to the regular work, the editorial staff of the Bureau
edited the first two publications of the Smithsonian Institution’s
Institute of Social Anthropology, now in press.

Age
ri —
> &

8 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
LIBRARY

Accessions during the fiscal year totaled 190. There has been a
sharp decrease in accessions owing to war conditions.

The routine work of accessioning and cataloging new material has
been kept up to date. About half of the cards withdrawn from the
catalog for reclassification have been returned to the catalog, with the
new numbers added and subject headings corrected.

The library has been used considerably for the work of the Ethno-
geographic Board and other war agencies.

ILLUSTRATIONS

During the year E. G. Cassedy, illustrator, continued the prepara-
tion of illustrations, maps, and drawings for the publicatioris of the
Bureau and for those of other branches of the Institution.

MISCELLANEOUS

During the course of the year information was furnished by mem- ©
bers of the Bureau staff in reply to numerous inquiries concerning the
North American Indians, both past and present, and the Mexican
peoples of the prehistoric and early historic periods. Various speci-
mens sent to the Bureau were identified and data on them furnished
for their owners.

Personnel.—Dr. Julian H. Steward, anthropologist, was appointed °
Director of the Institute of Social Anthropology, Smithsonian
Institution, on September 1, 1948, by transfer from the Bureau, and
Dr. Homer G. Barnett was appointed as anthropologist on December
30, 1948, on the Bureau roll, to fill this vacancy. The work on the
Handbook of South American Indians was continued under the
Interdepartmental Committee for Cooperation with the American Re-
publics after September 1, 1943. Anthony W. Wilding, clerk-stenog-
rapher, was appointed Property Officer of the United States National
Museum on December 20, 1948, by transfer from the Bureau, and
Mrs. Catherine M. Phillips was appointed to fill this vacancy on De-
cember 22, 1943, by transfer from the editorial division, Smithsonian —
Institution. Dr. John R. Swanton, ethnologist, retired on June 30,
1944,

Respectfully submitted.

M. W. Sartre, Chiefs.
THr SECRETARY, :
Smithsonian Institution.

SIXTY-SECOND
ANNUAL REPORT OF THE

BUREAU OF
AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

TO THE SECRETARY OF THE
SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION

1944-1945

UNITED STATES
GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE
WASHINGTON : 1946

SIXTY-SECOND ANNUAL REPORT
OF THE

BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

_M. W. Sriruine, CHIEF

American Indians and the natives of Hawaii and the excavation and

preservation of archeologic remains. * * *”

During the fiscal year emphasis on activities concerned with the
war effort and with Latin America has continued. It is hoped that
as the need for war studies becomes less, the Bureau may soon resume
its normal functions.

SYSTEMATIC RESEARCHES

Dr. M. W. Stirling, Chief of the Bureau, left Washington for
Mexico on January 29, 1945, to continue the work of the Smithsonian
Institution-National Geographic Society archeological project in
southern Mexico. From February 24 to March 6 a reconnaissance
trip was made in the vicinity of Tapachula, Chiapas, during which a
number of archeological sites were located. Two of these, at Caca-
huatan and at San Geronimo, contained carved stone monuments.

From March 6 to May 24 excavations were conducted at the site of
Piedra Parada, Chiapas, 12 miles north of the town of Ocozocoautla.
Most of the work was conducted on a large earth mound which cov-
ered a complex stone-masonry structure, but a number of excavations
were also made at other points in the site. Previous to inaugurating
this work, and at intervals during its progress, trips were made to a
number of limestone caves in the vicinity, all of which had been used
as places of offering and contained large quantities of ceramic re-

mains. The material from the caves belonged to the same relatively

early period as that from the mound site.

From May 28 to May 31 a new and large site of the La Venta cul-
ture was discovered as a result of information received from Juan
Del Alto, of Coatzacoalcos. It is located on the Rio Chiquito in
southern Veracruz, near the small village of Tenochtitlan, on lands
known as San Lorenzo. The site contains two large mound groups

and a considerable number of carved monuments, including the two

677480-—46 1

2 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

largest colossal heads of La Venta type yet discovered. Unique fea-
tures at the site are a stone aqueduct and a stone fount in the form of
a swimming duck, decorated with water symbols.

Dr. Stirling returned to Washington on June 17, 1945.

Dr. John P. Harrington, ethnologist, prepared during the fiscal year
12 articles on American Indian linguistic subjects. Outstanding
among these is one on the Guarani language of South America, pro-
duced through collaboration with Dr, G. T. Bertoni, and one on the
Quechua language, written with the help of Prof. J. M. B. Farfan of
Lima, Peri. A large proportion of Dr. Harrington’s time throughout
the year was spent in translating letters and documents in obscure lan-
guages for the Office of Censorship.

During the fiscal year Dr. Frank H. H. Roberts, Jr., archeologist,
continued to work on the material obtained from the Lindenmeier site
in northern Colorado—the location where a group of so-called Folsom
men camped during the closing stages of the last glacial period—
expanding his studies to include comparisons with artifacts from
other sites attributable to early archeological horizons in the New
World. In this connection he prepared a manuscript “The New
World Paleo-Indian” for publication in the Annual Report of the
Smithsonian Institution for 1944, an article “A Deep Burial on the
Clear Fork of the Brazos River” for the Bulletin of the Texas Archeo-
logical and Paleontological Society, and a paper “An Early Texan”
for the Scientific Monthly.

In March 1945 Dr. Roberts was designated as liaison officer between
the Smithsonian Institution and the Committee for the Recovery of
Archaeological Remains—a group representing the Society for Amer-
ican Archaeology, the American Anthropological Association, and
the American Council of Learned Societies—which was organized for
the purpose of providing ways and means for the recovery of ma-
terials that may be lost through the construction of dams and the flood-
ing of large areas along many of the river systems throughout the
United States. Dr. Roberts attended all meetings of this Committee,
presenting the Institution’s viewpoint and assisting in the drafting of
plans for carrying out such a recovery program. Dr. Roberts devoted
considerable time during the latter months of the fiscal year to a study
of the maps and project reports of the Corps of Engineers and the
Bureau of Reclamation for the dams which they plan to construct,
and to research in the archeological literature relating to these areas
in an effort to determine the districts where sites will be inundated and
where provisions should be made for survey and excavation projects.

In accord with the Smithsonian Institution’s policy of cooperation
with the Library of Congress, Dr. Roberts annotated four books on
anthropological subjects for the United States Quarterly Book List.
He also continued to serve as a member of the Institution’s Personnel

SIXTY-SECOND ANNUAL’ REPORT 3

Utilization Committee and as a part of this work prepared a manu-
script for a handbook “Smithsonian Institution—Information for
Employees.” In addition he was the general department represent-
ative on the Efficiency Rating Review Board for the Smithsonian
Institution, and attended the United States Civil Service Commis-

sion’s Fourth Annual Institute of Efficiency Rating Boards of Review

in June 1945, :

On September 22, 1944, Dr. Roberts was appointed Assistant Chief,
and during absences of the Chief served as Acting Chief of the Bureau.

Dr. Henry B. Collins, Jr., ethnologist, continued his work in con-
nection with the Ethnogeographic Board. As in the previous year,
he handled requests for information on geographical and other sub-
jects which came to the Board from the Army, Navy, and other war
agencies. When Dr. Wm. Duncan Strong resigned as Director in July,
Dr. Collins was made Acting Director, and at the first Board meeting
thereafter, in December, he was appointed Director.

At the invitation of the sponsoring committee, Dr. Collins attended
a meeting held in Montreal in September for the purpose of organizing
the Arctic Institute of North America. The purpose of the Institute
is to initiate, encourage, and support scientific research in Alaska,
Canada, and Greenland, on the premise that studies in many fields of
science will be required as the basis for efficient planning for the de-
velopment of the Arctic and sub-Arctic regions of North America.
As one of the governors of the Arctic Institute, Dr. Collins attended
several meetings in Montreal, at which plans for the operations of
the organization were formulated.

During such time as was available, Dr. Collins continued his re-
searches on the archeology of the Eskimo and related problems.

Dr. William N. Fenton, ethnologist, for the fourth successive year
continued to devote a large part of the year to activities arising from
the war effort. As research associate for the Ethnogeographic Board,
six reports on Area Studies in American Universities were completed
and issued in mimeograph form; others are in manuscript. These
reports cover a survey of Army training programs undertaken in 1944,
and again considerable time was spent in travel to the universities while
observing the programs and interviewing teachers and trainees. The
reception that greeted reports already distributed indicates that they
are not without some usefulness.

Scientific activities, although still of necessity somewhat curtailed,
picked up toward the end of the year. Dr. Fenton was reelected
secretary of the Anthropological Society of Washington, and was
appointed to the Board of Editors of the Journal of the Washington
Academy of Sciences, to serve for 3 years. Field researches on the

Iroquois were resumed. Through a grant from the Viking Fund of

New York, Dr. Fenton visited the Six Nations Reserve near Brantford,

4 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

Canada, between April 23 and May 19. The Archive of American
Folk Song, of the Library of Congress, again furnished recording
equipment, enabling Dr. Fenton to make complete sound recordings
of the chants of the Iroquois Condolence Council, previously un-
collected, Chanters for the Dead, and several social dances. While in
Canada, Dr. Fenton visited Toronto to consult with anthropologists at
the University concerning a postwar plan for Iroquois studies, and
certain specimens were studied at the Royal Ontario Museum of
Archaeology.

In addition to reports issued by the Ethnogeographic .Board, sev-
eral book reviews, notes, and articles were contributed to scientific and
literary journals. A series on “Place Names and Related Activities
of the Cornplanter Senecas” appeared during 1945 in the Pennsyl-
vania Archaeologist. The Northwest Ohio Quarterly carried a “Com-
mentary on Samuel Crowell’s Account of Seneca Dog Sacrifice near
Sandusky (1830).” A second paper, by J. N. B. Hewitt, “Some
Mnemonic Pictographs Relating to the Iroquois Condolence Council,”
was completed by Dr. Fenton in the field and accepted for publica-
tion in the Journal of the Washington Academy of Sciences, being
in proof at the close of the fiscal year. Considerable progress may be
- noted on a related manuscript, which is a field report on “A Cayuga
Condolence Cane with Pictographs Denominating the Founders of
the Iroquois League,” a project that was undertaken in 1948 for the
Cranbrook Institute of Science.

Near the close of the fiscal year, Dr. Fenton visited Harrisburg,
Warren, and Philadelphia, Pa., for the purpose of furthering
ethnological studies among the Cornplanter and Allegany Senecas in
cooperation with the staff of the Pennsylvania Historical Commis-
sion, local historians in northwestern Pennsylvania and southwestern
New York, and the University of Pennsylvania.

In connection with projected research in the prehistory of river
valleys, Dr. Fenton prepared a plan for “An Anthropological Survey
of the Allegheny River Reservoir Area of New York and Pennsy]l-
vania.”

Dr. H. G. Barnett, anthropologist, has devoted his efforts during
the fiscal year to studies concerning the general problem of cultural
change. Data bearing on this problem were obtained in the past in
the field from various Indian communities and are supplemented by
diverse historical sources such as regional histories, diaries, pioneer
reminiscences, missionary accounts, church records, and a host of offi-
cial reports on Indian investigations and reservation administration.
The Indian communities involved include those of the Yurok and
Hupa in northern California, the Siletz and Klamath in Oregon, and
the Yakima, as well as several smaller groups around the southern
end of Puget Sound, in the State of Washington. Two publications

SIXTY-SECOND ANNUAL REPORT 5

are contemplated. It is expected that one of them, now in prepara-
tion, will be completed at an early date.

Dr. Gordon R. Willey, anthropologist, spent a large part of the
fiscal year in editorial work on the Handbook of South American In-
dians, translating and revising manuscript material and selecting
and preparing illustrations. He also began and completed the study
of several large collections of archeological specimens from south
Florida. These collections, now in the United States National Mu-
seum, came from sites in Palm Beach, Broward, and Dade Counties,
and were excavated by Gene M. Stirling and Lloyd C. Reichard, rep-
resentatives of the Bureau of American Ethnology, during the years
1933-1936, as a part of the Federal Relief program in archeology.
The field operations were conducted by Mr. Stirling and Mr. Reichard,
and their notes, drawings, and photographs were used by Dr. Willey
in the preparation of the final report, entitled “Excavations in South-
east Florida,” which will be published in the Yale University series
in anthropology. The manuscript totaled approximately 50,000
words, and included several tables, 8 line drawings, maps, and 17
collotype illustrations.

During the last few months of the fiscal year, a part of Dr. Willey’s
official duties were given over to preliminary preparations for archeo-
logical research in Pert. This projected program calls for a co-
operative investigation of the Viru Valley of northern Pert. Colum-
bia University, Yale University, and the Bureau of American Ethnol-
ogy are the proposed participants. Actual research and results of
research will be undertaken and published separately by the partici-
pants; collaboration will be in the form of common service functions,
such as field laboratories, transportation, and aerial photography.
The work is planned for the spring and summer of 1946.

INSTITUTE OF SOCIAL ANTHROPOLOGY

The Institute of Social Anthropology was created in 1943, as an
autonomous unit of the Bureau of American Ethnology, to carry out
cooperative training in anthropological teaching and research with
the other American republics. As the Director, Dr. Julian H.
Steward, was instructed in the official order establishing the Institute
to report to the Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution, there is
presented here his report to Secretary Wetmore.

The Institute of Social Anthropology, carrying out a program of
cultural and scientific cooperation with the American republics under
a grant transferred from the Department of State, continued under
the directorship of Dr. Julian H. Steward. Dr. Alfred Métraux,
Assistant Director, was transferred to the War Department on April
2, 1945, to accept an assignment for work in Europe. Miss Ethelwyn

6 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

Carter served as secretary throughout the year. Dr. Henry J. Bru-
man, cultural geographer, who had been on leave of absence since July
17, 1944, resigned on June 30, 1945.

In Mexico, the Institute was represented by Dr. George M. Foster,
Jr., anthropologist, and Dr. Roland D. Brand, cultural geographer,
cooperating with the Escuela Nacional de Antropologia of the In-
stituto Nacional de Antropologia e Historia. From August to De-
cember they taught at the Escuela, and from December to June they
supervised a party doing field research among Tarascan villages in
Michoacén. The field party consisted of students from Mexico and
from several other American republics.

In Pert, the Institute was represented by Dr. John P. Gillin, an-
thropologist, until his resignation January 31, 1945, to resume his
teaching duties at Duke University. Dr. Gillin spent approximately
6 months making a study of Moche, a north coast Indian community.
Mr. Harry Tschopik, Jr., anthropologist, joined the staff of the In-
stitute on January 1, 1945, and was assigned to the field office in Lima,
Pert. In cooperation with the Museos Histéricos, under the direc-
tion of Dr. Luis Valcarcel, he supervised a field party consisting of
representatives of the Museos Histéricos in making a cultural survey
of the central Highlands of Pert in the region of Huanuco.

An agreement was concluded with the Escola Livre de Sociologia e
Politica, of Sao Paulo, Brazil, for cooperation in teaching and re-
search in the social anthropology of Brazil. Representatives of the
Institute of Social Anthropology are to be detailed to Brazil at a
later date.

Arrangements for cooperative work in Colombia remained
uncompleted.

Publication Number 1 of the Institute of Social Anthropology,
“Houses and House Use of the Sierra Tarascans,” by Ralph L. Beals,
Pedro Carrasco, and Thomas McCorkle, was made available for dis-
tribution. Publication Number 2, “Cheran, a Sierra Tarascan Vil-
lage,” by Ralph L. Beals, was received in galley proof from the printer.
Publication Number 3, “Moche, a Peruvian Coastal Community,” by
John P. Gillin, and Publication Number 4, “Cultural and Historical
Geography of Southwest Guatemala,” by Felix Webster McBryde,
were sent to the printer.

Of the $61,132 originally allocated by the Department of State to
the Institute of Social Anthropology for the fiscal year 1945, $3,500
was transferred back to the Department of State and $2,500 trans-
ferred to the Handbook of South American Indians for the purchase
of an extra 600 copies of volume 3 to be distributed by the Department
of State. From the remaining amount, $51,418 was actually obli-
gated, making a savings of $3,714.

SIXTY-SECOND ANNUAL REPORT i

In June 1945 the Smithsonian Institution accepted a grant of $2,500
from the Office of Inter-American Affairs to be allotted to Dr. Gre-
gorio Hernandez de Alba of Bogota, Colombia, for work on the
anthropology of Colombia.

HANDBOOK OF SOUTH AMERICAN INDIANS

Work continued on the Handbook of South American Indians.
Volume 1, “The Marginal Tribes,” was received in page proof and
volume 2, “The Andean Civilizations,” in galley proof from the
printer; volume 3, “The Tropical Forest Tribes,” and volume 4, “The
Circum-Caribbean Tribes,” were completed and sent to the printer;
and volume 5, “Comparative Anthropology of South American In-
dians,” is in the final stages of preparation.

Mrs. Lucille E. Levine, stenographer, resigned on April 10, 1945,
and Dr. Gordon R. Willey was transferred to the Bureau of American
Kthnology from the roll of the Handbook of South American Indians
on August 17, 1944.

For the completion of the Handbook of South American Indians,
$6,000 was transferred from the Department of State. An additional
$2,500 was authorized by the Department of State to be transferred
to the Handbook to purchase 600 extra copies of volume 8 for distri-
bution by the Department of State from the amount originally allo-
cated to the Institute of Social Anthropology. Of this total amount,
$8,482 was actually obligated.

SPECIAL RESEARCHES

Because of lack of funds, no special researches were conducted
during the fiscal year.

EDITORIAL WORK AND PUBLICATIONS

The editorial work of the Bureau continued during the year under
the immediate direction of the editor, M. Helen Palmer. ‘There were
issued one annual report, one bulletin, one special publication, and one
paper in the Institute of Social Anthropology Series, as follows:

Sixty-first Annual Report of the Bureau of American Ethnology, 1943-1944.
9 pp.

Bulletin 142. The contemporary culture of the Cahita Indians, by Ralph L.
Beals. xii+244 pp., 20 pls., 33 figs., 1 map.

List of Publications of the Bureau of American Ethnology, with index to
authors and titles. Revised to June 30, 1944. 68 pp.

Institute of Social Anthropology Publ. No. 1. Houses and house use of the
Sierra Tarascans, by Ralph L. Beals, Pedro Carrasco, and Thomas McCorkle.
37 pp., 8 pls., 20 figs.

8 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

The following publications were in press at the close of the fiscal
year: fg

Bulletin 137. The Indians of the Southeastern United States, by John R.
Swanton.

Bulletin 143. Handbook of South American Indians. Julian H. Steward,
editor. Volume 1: The Marginal tribes. Volume 2: The Andean civilizations.
Volume 8: The Tropical Forest tribes. Volume 4: The circum-Caribbean tribes.

Publications distributed totaled 11,570.

In addition to the regular work, the editorial staff of the Bureau
continued work on the publications of the Institute of Social Anthro-

pology.
LIBRARY

There has been no change in the library staff during the fiscal year.
-Accessions during the year totaled 204. There has been a large in-
crease in gifts, both spontaneous and on our request. Aside from one
large gift which came to us as a unit, both types of gifts are double
the number received during the previous fiscal year. Exchanges also
much increased over last year and material is beginning to come in
from the various countries of western Europe now that postal service
is once more established. Several foreign serial sets have been
brought up to date by missing numbers supplied, sometimes in long
runs, so that our serial sets are in a very good position, considering the
disturbed conditions of the past 5 years.

The routine of accessioning and cataloging new material has been
kept up to date, and the checklist for the supplement to the last edi-
tion of the Union List of Serials was checked for new entries and
errors and returned to the editor.

ILLUSTRATIONS

During the year E. G. Cassedy, illustrator, continued the prepara-
tion of illustrations, maps, and drawings for the publications of the
Bureau and for those of other branches of the Institution.

COLLECTIONS

Collections transferred by the Bureau of American Ethnology to
the Department of Anthropology, United States National Museum,
during the fiscal year were as follows:

mine a

168052. Collection of spoons and fishhooks from Indians of the northwest Pa-
cific coast of British Columbia and southeast Alaska; also a bone skin
scraper from the Alaskan Eskimo. From the estate of David I. Bush-
nell, Jr.

168260. Collection of arrows, skin quivers, and headdresses from the Hupa
Indians, Humboldt County, Calif., collected by E. G. Johnson.

SS =

SIXTY-SECOND ANNUAL REPORT 9

Accession
No.
168929. Ethnological specimens collected by J. N. B. Hewitt from the Iroquois
Indians of the Six Nations Reserve, Grand River, Ontario, Canada,
and by James Mooney from the Cherokee of North Carolina.

MISCELLANEOUS

During the course Of the year information was furnished by mem-
bers of the Bureau staff in reply to numerous inquiries concerning the
North American Indians, both past and present, and the Mexican
peoples of the prehistoric and early historic periods. Various speci-
mens sent to the Bureau were identified and data on them furnished
for their owners,,

Personnel.—Dr. John R. Swanton, ethnologist, who retired on June
30, 1944, was tendered an appointment to the honorary position of
collaborator on July 4, 1944. This action was taken in recognition of
Dr. Swanton’s long and distinguished services to the Bureau. Dr.
Gordon R. Willey was appointed on August 16, 1944, as anthropolo-
gist, by transfer from the staff of the Handbook of South American
Indians. Dr. Frank H. H. Roberts, Jr., was appointed Assistant
Chief of the Bureau on September 22, 1944.

Respectfully submitted.

M. W. Stiruine, Chief.

Dr. A. WETMORE,

Secretary, Smithsonian Institution.

ESAT GH

eR re if kon at

SIXTY-THIRD
ANNUAL REPORT OF THE

BUREAU OF
AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

1@. THE SECRETARY OF THE
SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION

1945-1946

UNITED STATES
GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE
WASHINGTON ; 1947

y COG a aa
th RYT LY UNS a.

As lr ontop naei gs
HA am ata
. any i i J y

yak

Pe di, sateen

{

Pia a

SIXTY-THIRD ANNUAL REPORT
OF THE

BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

M. W. Strruine, CHIEF

Sir: I have the honor to submit the following report on the field
researches, office work, and other operations of the Bureau of Ameri-
can Ethnology during the fiscal year ended June 30, 1946, conducted
in accordance with the act of Congress of June 27, 1944, which pro-
vides “* * * for continuing ethnological researches among the
American Indians and the natives of Hawaii and the excavation and
preservation of archeologic remains. * * *”

SYSTEMATIC RESEARCHES

Dr. M. W. Stirling, Chief of the Bureau, left Washington January
6, 1946, in order to continue work on the Smithsonian Institution-
National Geographic Society archeological project in southern Mex-
ico. From the latter part of January until the middle of April, arche-
ological excavations were conducted at the site of San Lorenzo on the
Rio Chiquito in southern Veracruz. This was the site discovered by
Dr. Stirling the preceding year at the conclusion of the work in Chi-
apas. During the season’s work just concluded a map of the site was
completed, several of the mounds were cross-sectioned, and a number
of stratigraphic trenches dug.

During the course of the work 24 stone monuments were located, in-
cluding 5 colossal heads of La Venta type, and 2 table-top altars.
In addition, there were a number of miscellaneous monuments repre-
senting jaguars and seated figures, both human and anthropomorphic.
The collections made during the course of the work, after inspection
in Mexico City, were shipped to Washington. During the period of
this work, Dr. Stirling was assisted in the field by Dr. Philip Drucker.
Dr. Stirling returned to Washington on May 9.

During the fiscal year Dr. Frank H. H. Roberts, Jr., Assistant Chief,
read and corrected page proof for the article, “The New World
Paleo-Indian,” which was printed in the general appendix to the
Annual Report of the Smithsonian Institution for 1944. He prepared
an article, “Prehistoric Peoples of Colorado,” to be used as one chap-
ter in a forthcoming history of Colorado which is being published by
the State Historical Society of Colorado, and another article, “One
Hundred Years of Smithsonian Anthropology,” to be published in

725747—47 1

2 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

Science. In addition he wrote two book reviews for anthropological
journals, annotated six books for the United States Quarterly Book
List, and worked on the final report on the investigations at the Lin-
denmeier—Folsom site.

On the basis of information obtained through correspondence with
various members of the Virginia Archeological Society and from a
review of the literature on Virginia, Dr. Roberts prepared a state-
ment for the National Park Service, Region 1, on the archeological —
sites that would be inundated by the construction of dams and reser-
voirs in the James River Basin, beginning at Richmond and continu-
ing up the main stream and its larger tributaries to the foot of the
mountains. He also carried on extensive correspondence in connec-
tion with the agreement between the National Park Service and the
Smithsonian Institution relative to archeological work in river basins
where flood-control dams and irrigation projects will result in the
flooding and loss of important archeological sites. This included
preliminary plans for work in the Missouri Basin and suggestions
and advice on the situation in the Etowah and Savannah River Val-
leys in Georgia, the Warrior River in Alabama, the Neches, Trinity,
and Brazos Rivers in Texas, the Arkansas River and its tributaries
in Arkansas and Oklahoma, and the Sacramento, American, Kings,
and Kern Rivers in California. This entailed the writing of many
letters to local people in the various areas seeking information about
the existence of sites and the checking of the literature for additional
information. In October Dr. Roberts was designated as director in
charge of the archeological surveys and excavations to be conducted
under the administration of the Smithsonian Institution in coopera-
tion with the National Park Service, the Corps of Engineers, and the
Bureau of Reclamation. In this connection he assisted. officials of
the National Park Service in preparing estimates and justifications for
supplemental funds for 1946 and the funds for 1947 archeological work
in the Missouri Basin.

Dr. Roberts also served as the general department representative on
the Efficiency Rating Board of Review for the Smithsonian Institu-
tion, taking part in three hearings. In relation to this he attended
two Civil Service Commission Institutes of Efficiency Rating Boards
of Review and six sessions of the Interagency Conference on Training
Aids and on Orientation.

On April 12 and 13, 1946, Dr. Roberts represented the Smithsonian
Institution at the final convocation and other exercises of the sesqui-
centennial celebration of the University of North Carolina at Chapel
Hill. During the year he also served on various committees for the
Institution,

SIXTY-THIRD ANNUAL REPORT 3

From July 1, 1945, to June 30, 1946, Dr. Roberts served as vice
chairman of the division of anthropology and psychology of the
National Research Council.

During the absences of the Chief, Dr. Roberts was Acting Chief of
the Bureau.

Dr. John P. Harrington, ethnologist, spent the early part of the
fiscal year in Washington, D. C., where he produced a Kiowa grammar
of 405 manuscript pages and wrote 8 articles for scientific periodicals.
During part of this period he was still engaged in work for the Bureau
of Censorship.

Dr. Harrington left Washington February il, 1946, for Clovis,
N. Mex. There he interviewed Mr. Scheurich, grandson of Governor
Bent, New Mexico’s first Governor, and about 80 years of age. From
Clovis, Dr. Harrington went directly to Gallup, N. Mex., where he con-
tinued his studies of Navaho phonetics. From Gallup he went to
Albuquerque, N. Mex., where he worked with Mr. Shupla, expert
speaker of the Hano language, which is related to Tewa. From Al-
buquerque he went to Santa Barbara, Calif., where he continued his
Chumashan studies, and was engaged in this work at the close of the
fiscal year.

Dr. Henry B. Collins, Jr., ethnologist, resumed his research on Ks-
kimo archeology, which had been largely suspended during recent
years because of his duties as Assistant Director, and later Director,
of the Ethnogeographic Board. On December 31, 1945, the Board was
formally dissolved, but on decision of the sponsoring agencies—the
three research councils and the Smithsonian Institution—Dr. Collins
continued operation of the office for an additional 6 months. The his-
tory of the Ethnogeographic Board, written by Dr. Wendell C. Ben-
nett, was prepared for publication, and a Board project for a survey
of wartime Government documents was begun January 1, 1946, under
the direction of Dr. Homer G. Barnett, assisted by Walter B. Green-
wood. The report on this project has been prepared by Dr. Barnett
and will be published, with bibliography, in the near future.

Dr. Collins attended several meetings of the Board of Governors of
the Arctic Institute of North America in Montreal, and contributed
the section on anthropology for “A Program of Desirable Scientific
Investigations in Arctic North America,” issued as Bulletin No. 1 of
the Arctic Institute. Several book reviews were also prepared for the
United States Quarterly Book List and other scientific journals.

As a member of the Committee on International Cooperation in
Anthropology of the National Research Council, Dr. Collins assembled
from committee records and other sources information on the activi-
ties of anthropological societies, universities, and museums in Scan-

4. ' BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

dinavia during the war. This was published in the American An-
thropologist under the title “Anthropology During the War: Scan-
dinavia.”

During the month of July 1945, Dr. William N. Fenton was en-
gaged in a study of place names and related activities of the Corn-
planter Senecas. When completed, this series, on which M. H. Dear-
dorff of Warren, Pa., and C. E. Congdon of Salamanca, N. Y., have
collaborated, will comprise the Indian names of places throughout
the valley of the Allegheny River. Another problem on which work
was continued was the documenting and description of the Condo-
lence Council for installing chiefs in the Iroquois League, the study
of which the late J. N. B. Hewitt had commenced a generation ago.
Having collected the saered songs and ritual chants of this ceremony
for the Library of Congress in the spring, Dr. Fenton returned to
the Six Nations Reserve on October 29, 1945, in the Recording Lab-
oratory sound truck for the purpose of making a documentary film.
Dr. Fenton was invited to sit in on the rehearsals and attend the instal-
lation of two Cayuga chiefs on November 20, 1945. The family of
one of the candidates, Chief John Hardy Gibson, has served American
ethnology for two generations, and with the help of Howard Skye
and the cooperation of the chiefs, a complete transcript of the proceed-
ings of the Condolence Council among the Canadian Iroquois was
prepared and published for the first time since Horatio Hale’s ac-
count in the last century. This material, written up on returning
from the field, became the body of an illustrated lecture on “The Six
Nations of Canada,” which Dr. Fenton was invited to deliver before
the Royal Canadian Institute of Toronto, January 12, 1946. In the
field, Ernest Dodge, of the Peabody Museum of Salem, collaborated
in recording some rare Iroquois flute music from James White, Onon-
daga of Six Nations. In addition, a complete performance of the
Dark Dance Rite of the Little People was recorded with Eli Jacob,
Cayuga of Sour Springs, as leading singer. Similar recordings were
made of the Death Feast ritual in the spring, and from Howard Skye,
an official of the ceremony, Dr. Fenton obtained a fairly complete
account of the fall celebration. The same informant helped translate
a Cayuga text of the Tutelo Migration Legend, collected by Hewitt.
Returning by way of Allegany Reservation, near Salamanca, N. Y.,
material for a second album of Iroquois songs was collected from
singers at Coldspring Longhouse. Christian hymns in Seneca were
recorded near West Salamanca to extend coverage of hymn singing
already collected in Mohawk and Oneida. Acknowledgment is due
the Viking Fund of New York for support of this field work.

An outstanding event in Iroquois studies was the organization and
conduct of the First Conference on Iroquois Research, held October

SIXTY-THIRD ANNUAL REPORT 5

26-28 at the Allegany State Park, N. Y. Discussions were devoted
to ethnology, linguistics, and archeology with reference to the Lower
Great Lakes area. The proceedings of the conference, written by Dr.
Fenton, were distributed to the 20 persons in attendance and to others
interested. Dr. Fenton attended a similar conference on the pre-
history of eastern New York and New England, held February 22,
1946, at the New York State Museum, Albany.

“Area Studies in American Universities” reclaimed D. Fenton’s
attention, when the Commission on Implications of Armed Services
Educational Programs, of the American Council on Education, re-
quested him to prepare a report for publication on the Ethnogeo-
graphic Board’s Survey of the Foreign Area and Language Train-
ing Programs of the ASTP and the Civil Affairs Training Schools
during 1943-44. The manuscript for the final report, totaling some
180 pages, was virtually completed at the close of the fiscal year.
Completion of this report coincided with the end of the Ethnogeo-
graphic Board and discharged a final obligation to that wartime
activity.

The following publications by Dr. Fenton appeared during the year:

Place names and related activities of the Cornplanter Senecas (Pennsyl-
vania Archaeologist) :

III. Burnt-house at Cornplanter Grant, vol. 15, No. 3, pp. 88-96.
IV. Cornplanter Peak to Warren, vol. 15, No. 4, pp. 108-118.
V. The Path to Conewango, vol. 16, No. 2, pp. 42-56.

(With J. N. B. Hewitt) Some mnemonic pictographs relating to the Iroquois
Condolence Council (Journal of the Washington Academy of Sciences,
vol. 35, No. 10, October 15, 1945, pp. 301-315).

An Iroquois Condolence Council for installing Cayuga chiefs in 1945 (Journal
of the Washington Academy of Sciences, vol. 36, No. 4, April 15, 1946, pp.
110-127).

Dr. Philip Drucker, anthropologist, resumed his duties at the Bu-
reau of American Ethnology on December 17, 1945, after release to in-
active duty by the Navy. He departed almost immediately for Mexico
to assemble equipment, set up camp, and make preparations for exca-
vating a site in southeastern Veracruz, San Lorenzo, that had been
selected by Dr. M. W. Stirling, Chief of the Bureau, for this season’s
work by the National Geographic Society-Smithsonian Institution
cooperative expedition. On Dr. Stirling’s arrival, in the latter part
of January, Dr. Drucker remained as his assistant. Intensive exca-
vations were carried out in various mounds and other features of the
site, and numerous stone monuments, including altars, statues, and
tremendous monolithic heads of “Olmec” or “La Venta” type were
found. While Dr. Stirling occupied himself with a study of the

6 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

monuments, Dr. Drucker made tests to locate an occupational zone,
and dug a deep stratigraphic trench to ontain ceramic materials to
define the culture horizon to which the monuments belong. The
material from these investigations will be of inestimable value in
tying in the monuments with those of Tres Zapotes and La Venta, and
defining the ancient “Olmec” culture.

Following the close of the expedition’s camp in mid-April, Dr.
Drucker proceeded to the neighboring state of Chiapas to carry out
reconnaissance planned to supplement that done by Dr. Stirling the
previous year. He was able to locate a number of caves containing
offerings or caches of pottery vessels from pre-Spanish times, and
made collections which were shipped to Mexico City for ultimate
shipment to Washington. In addition to the caves, a number of
extensive village sites were discovered which contained not only
remains of stone houses but also ball courts and great ceremonial
structures of masonry.

On May 21 Dr. Drucker proceeded to Mexico City where the San
Lorenzo and Chiapas collections were inspected by officers of the
Museo Nacional de Mexico, and where, through the courtesy of those
officers, permission was obtained to ship the collections to Washington
for study and for preparation of reports for publication. While the
shipping permit was going through necessary channels, Dr. Drucker
availed himself of the opportunity of studying ceramic and jade col-
lections in the Museo Nacional, and to visit sites in the central highland
where important discoveries have been made in recent years, such as
Tula, in the state of Hidalgo, and Xochicalco, in Morelos. At the end
of the fiscal year he was completing preparations to return to
Washington.

During the month of July 1945 Dr. Gordon Willey, anthropologist,
was entirely occupied in completing a 50,000-word manuscript en-
titled “Excavations in Southeast Florida.” This paper will make
available the results of the archeological field program carried out
in south Florida in 1933-36 by the Bureau of American Ethnology in
conjunction with the State of Florida.

From August 1945 to February 1946 Dr. Willey was primarily
engaged in editorial work on the final volumes of the Handbook of
South American Indians. The fifth and last volume of this work
was submitted to the editor of the Bureau at the end of February,
with the exception of part 3, “The languages of South America,”
which is being prepared by Dr. J. Alden Mason. During this period
a, 25,000-word article on South American ceramics was prepared for
inclusion in the Handbook, and a 3,000-word article on the archeology
of the Argentine pampas was prepared to be published as part of a
Yale University symposium on Argentine archeology.

SIXTY-THIRD ANNUAL REPORT a

During the early part of 1946 Dr. Willey also assisted Dr. Roberts
in preparing preliminary plans for the Federal Valley Authority
archeological program.

In February a brief survey trip was made to Georgia on the pro-
posed Allatoona River control project.

From March until June Dr. Willey was engaged in conducting
archeological field work in the Virt Valley in northern Peru, for a pro-
posed study of prehistoric settlement patterns in the valley. At the
close of the fiscal year Dr. Willey was still engaged in this field work.

INSTITUTE OF SOCIAL ANTHROPOLOGY

The Institute of Social Anthropolgy was created in 1943 as an
autonomous unit of the Bureau of American Ethnology, to carry out
cooperative training in anthropological teaching and research with the
other American republics. As the Director, Dr. Julian H. Steward,
was instructed in the official order establishing the Institute to report
to the Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution; there is presented
_ here his report to Secretary Wetmore.

Washington office.—The Institute of Social Anthropology, carrying
out a program of cultural and scientific cooperation with the American
republics under a grant of $77,351 transferred from the Department
of State, continued under the directorship of Dr. Julian H. Steward.
Miss Ethelwyn Carter served as secretary throughout the year.

M exico.—In Mexico the Institute was represented by Dr. George M.
Foster, Jr., anthropologist, in charge of the work; by Dr. Stanley S.
Newman, linguist; and by Dr. Robert C. West, cultural geographer,
who joined the staff in February 1946, when Dr. Donald Brand resigned
to resume his teaching duties at the University of New Mexico.

Since cooperation with the Escuela Nacional de Anthropologia began
in June 1944, 15 university courses in anthropology, geography, and
linguistics have been given, attended by more than i900 individual
students. Total enrollment in all courses has exceeded 150. Because
of the international nature of the Escuela, it has been possible to reach
students from countries other than Mexico, including Haiti, Guate-
mala, Costa Rica, Panama, Colombia, Spain, France, Canada, and the
United States. In both courses and field work, students have had an
opportunity to learn American techniques, methodology, and, above ail,
ideals of scholarship.

Basic field reasearch on the important Tarascan population of
Michoacan has been conducted. Institute staff members have put 24
man-months, and the seven participating students 55 man-months, into
this research. The field work of the Institute, in conjunction with
previous studies, has resulted in the most complete body of cultural

8 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

data available on any comparable area in Latin America. One large
monograph on the Tarascan area has already been published, and three
more will follow in 1947. Six student papers of from 100 to 200
manuscript pages are also being prepared for publication in Spanish
by the Escuela.

Peru.—Dr. F. Webster McBryde, cultural geographer, was assigned
in September 1945 to take charge of the Institute work in Peru.
Harry Tschopik, Jr., continued his work in Peru throughout the year.

The accomplishments can be shown best by a résumé of the work since
it began early in 1944. At this time, Peru had no institution devoted
essentially to social science teaching and research, and its geographical
society was requesting advice from the United States about its pro-
posed reorganization. The cooperation of the Institute has helped
the Ministry of Education of Peru to establish a well-financed national
center of social science, the Instituto de Estudios Etnolégicos. The
Instituto, dedicated to teaching, research, and publication, is a most
important development, because for the first time Peru can obtain
scientific information on her native peoples, who are the predominant
element in her contemporary population. The staff of the Peruvian
office of the Institute of Social Anthropology has given lectures at the
Universities of Cuzco and Trujillo, and courses in geography and an-
thropology are planned for the Instituto, thus enabling Peruvian stu-
dents to obtain training in United States techniques of social science.
Dr. McBryde has helped in the reorganization of the geographical
society and has advised on changes in the geography curriculum in
San Marcos University in Lima.

The Institute staff has carried out extensive research among Peru-
vian coastal and central highland communities. The latter project,
done in cooperation with three Peruvian scientists, involved 36 man-
months and included 30 different communities. The data will be
published in both Spanish and English in several monographs, two of
which already are in press. They not only represent significant con-
tributions to knowledge on heretofore little-known groups, but also
will be very useful to Peruvian authorities interested in such practical
problems as that of obtaining laborers for the high Andean mines
and that of colonizing sparsely populated areas of eastern Peru, a
matter of prime importance to the agricultural experimental stations.
At the request of the Peruvian-Bolivian educational commission, a
survey will be made of the settlement patterns of the altiplano to
provide a basis for the establishment of rural schools.

The importance of these research results has been acknowledged and
stressed by the Minister of Education in a speech before the Peruvian
Congress.

SIXTY-THIRD ANNUAL REPORT 9

Brazil —Cooperation with the Escola Livre de Sociologia e Politica
began October 1, 1945, when Dr. Donald Pierson was assigned as rep-
resentative of the Institute of Social Anthropology to Brazil. In
February 1946, Dr. Kalervo Oberg was assigned as cultural anthro-
pologist to cooperate with the Escola Livre.

In effect, the Institute has taken over and expanded a program
which was begun under Dr. Pierson in 1940 and which has helped
make the Escola Livre one of the most important social science centers
in South America. Seven courses in sociology and anthropology are
now being given by the Institute staff. Students in the social science
major have increased from 5 in 1945 to 24 in 1946. The first masters
degrees in social science were given in February 1946. With the help
of the Institute staff, it has been possible to increase the undergraduate
curriculum from 8 to 4 years, a very distinct educational gain.

Institute staff members have continued to guide the program of
translating 200 articles and 18 books from English into Portuguese.
This work, financed by outside funds, is of great importance as an aid
to teaching.

Field research to be started this year will meet the outstanding
need of Brazilian students, namely, intensive training in field methods
through their application. The research results will be published
in English and Portuguese. Surveys in Matto Grosso and rural areas
near Sao Paulo have already been carried out by Institute staff mem-
bers and students. :

Publications.—Publication No. 2, “Cheran: A Sierra Tarascan Vil-
lage,” by R. L. Beals, was issued during the year. Publication No. 3,
“Moche, a Peruvian Coastal Community,” by John Gillin, and Pub-
lication No. 4, “Cultural and Historical Geography of Southwest
Guatemala,” by Felix Webster McBryde, were received in proof.
Publication No. 5, “Highland Communities of Central Peru: A Re-
gional Survey,” by Harry Tschopik, Jr., was sent to the printer.
Publication No. 6, “Empire’s Children: Tzintzuntzan and its People,”
by George M. Foster, Jr., was contracted for by a printer in Mexico.
Mrs. Eloise B. Edelen, of the editorial staff of the Bureau of Ameri-
can Ethnology, did the editorial work on these publications.

Handbook of South American Indians——No grant from the De-
partment of State for cooperation with the American republics was
requested for the Handbook during the fiscal year 1946. The final prep-
aration of the manuscript and clerical work pertaining to the Hand-
book was undertaken by the Washington office of the Institute of
Social Anthropology, with the assistance of Dr. Gordon Willey, of
the Bureau of American Ethnology.

10 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

Volume 1, The Marginal Tribes, and volume 2, The Andean Civili-
zations, were issued in June 1946. In addition to the usual edition
of 3,500 distributed by the Bureau of American Ethnology, the De-
partment of State ordered 600 copies for distribution through its
embassies in Latin American countries, and the Superintendent of
Documents ordered 1,000 for sale. Volume 38, The Tropical Forest
Tribes, and volume 4, The Circum-Caribbean Tribes, were received
in galley proof. With the exception of the linguistic section, volume
5, The Comparative Anthropology of South American Indians, was
completed and submitted to the editor of the Bureau of American
Ethnology for the final editing.

During the fiscal year, the Interdepartmental Committee on Scien-
tific and Cultural Cooperation of the Department of State granted
the Bureau of American Ethnology $15,000 toward the cost of pub-
lishing the Handbook.

SPECIAL RESEARCHES

Miss Frances Densmore, a collaborator of the Bureau, prepared
for publication a paper entitled “Music of the Alabama Texas.”
In this tribe, Miss Densmore found that only ordinary dance songs
remain. |

She also submitted her complete bibliography covering 50 years of
study of American Indian music and a paper entitled “Prelude to
the Study of Indian Music in Minnesota.” Another long paper was
completed on the subject “Distribution of Certain Peculiarities in
Indian Songs.” This paper is illustrated with a number of distribu-
tion maps.

EDITORIAL WORK AND PUBLICATIONS

The editorial work of the Bureau continued during the year under
the immediate direction of the editor, M. Helen Palmer. There were
issued one Annual Report and one Bulletin, listed below; also two
volumes of a five-volume Bulletin, and one publication of the Institute
of Social Anthropology.

Sixty-second Annual Report of the Bureau of American Ethnology, 1944-1945.

9 pp. )
Bulletin 187. The Indians of the Southeastern United States, by John R.
Swanton. 943 pp., 108 pls., 5 figs., 18 maps.

The following publications were in press at the close of the fiscal
year:
Bulletin 148. Handbook of South American Indians. Julian H. Steward,

editor. Volume 3: The Tropical Forest Tribes. Volume 4: The Circum-Carib-
bean Tribes.

SIXTY-THIRD ANNUAL REPORT 11

Institute of Social Anthropology Publ. No. 3. Moche, a Peruvian Coastal
Community, by John Gillin.

Institute of Social Anthropology Publ. No. 4. Cultural and historical geography
of Southwest Guatemala, by Felix Webster McBryde.

Institute of Social Anthropology Publ. No. 5. Highland Communities of Cen-
tral Peru: A regional survey, by Harry Tschopik, Jr.

Publications distributed totaled 12,730. As compared with the
fiscal year 1944-45, this was an increase of 1,160.

In addition to the regular Bureau work, the editorial staff conducted
the editorial work on the publications of the Institute of Social
Anthropology.

LIBRARY

There has been no change in the library staff during the fiscal year.
Accessions during the year totaled 109. There has been a marked
falling off in the number of gifts to the library, doubtless due to the
disturbed condition of the publishing industry following the end of
the war. Though there is a slight decrease in exchange material in
the form of books which are entered on the accession book, there has
been a very great increase in exchange material as a whole. Large
shipments, covering the period since 1939 or 1940 to date, have been
received from many of our exchanges in Europe and other parts of
the world. Many of our sets have thus been brought up to date
without inquiry on our part.

The routine of accessioning and cataloging new material has been
kept up to date. A small amount of work has been possible, also, on
analytical entries for periodical material. It is hoped that this work
will soon be brought up to date.

ILLUSTRATIONS

EK. G. Cassedy, illustrator, spent most of his time from July 1945
through April 1946 on art work for the Old Apothecary Shop, a new
exhibit in the National Museum. Other work of routine nature was
done for the Handbook of South American Indians and for other
branches of the Institution.

ARCHIVES

Miss Mae W. Tucker continued her work of operating and cata-
loging the manuscript and photographic archives of the Bureau. In
addition to furnishing material for routine requests for photographs
and manuscripts, many qualified visitors were received and furnished
with materials or working facilities.

The Mohawk Dictionary, copied by Mrs. Erminnie Smith from
records in Canada, was alphabetized and filed for more ready refer-

12 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

ence, A number of the Iroquoian vocabularies collected by Mrs. Smith
and J. N. B. Hewitt and recorded in the Powell Outline volumes were
copied on cards and filed for more convenient reference. The num-
ber of these cards so far completed is approximately 7,500. Personal
and place names numbering about 600 were copied from New York
State historical documents and placed in the card catalog. The Nez
Percé dictionary compiled by Miss S. L. McBeth was copied on cards
from the original manuscript in the Bureau collection. These cards
number about 2,000.

Early in 1946 preparation was begun for a catalog of the unpub-
lished manscript material in the Bureau archives, to be published for
distribution. In order to insure as accurate a catalog as possible the
material is being checked piece by piece and listed on memorandum
sheets for the final typing.

COLLECTIONS

Collections transferred by the Bureau of American Ethnology to
the Department of Anthropology, United States National Museum,
during the fiscal year were as follows:

Accession
No.
171677. One elk-horn quirt from the Pawnee Indians. Collected about 1877

near Columbus, Nebr., by Elon J. Lawton, M. D.
MISCELLANEOUS

During the course of the year information was furnished by mem-
bers of the Bureau staff in reply to numerous inquiries concerning the
American Indians of both continents, both past and present. Various
specimens sent to the Bureau were identified and data on them fur-
nished for their owners.

Personnel.—Dr. Philip Drucker, anthropologist, returned to duty
from military furlough on December 17, 1945. Dr. Homer G. Barnett
resigned December 31,1945. Mrs. Catherine M. Phillips, clerk-stenog-
rapher, transferred to the War Department May 21, 1945, and Mrs.
Jessie S. Shaw was promoted to fill this vacancy effective June 3, 1946,
by transfer from the division of ethnology, United States National
Museum.

Respectfully submitted.

M. W. Sriauine, Chief.

Dr. A. Wetmore,

Secretary, Smithsonian Institution.

Wi Wat

aa ON

SIXTY-FOURTH
ANNUAL REPORT OF THE

BUREAU OF
AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

TO THE SECRETARY OF THE
SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION

1946-1947

UNITED STATES
; GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE
a | WASHINGTON : 1948

SIXTY-FOURTH ANNUAL REPORT
OF THE

BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
M. W. Stieuine, Chief

Sir: I have the honor to submit the following report on the field
researches, office work, and other operations of the Bureau of Ameri-
can Ethnology during the fiscal year ended June 30, 1947, conducted
in accordance with the Act of Congress of June 27, 1944, which
provides “* * * for continuing ethnological researches among
the American Indians and the natives of Hawaii and the excavation
and preservation of archeologic remains. * * *”

SYSTEMATIC RESEARCHES

Dr. M. W. Stirling, Chief of the Bureau, spent the greater part
of the fiscal year in Washington, attending to administrative duties
and completing for publication reports on archeological field work
in southern Mexico. Two papers were completed entitled “An
Archeological Reconnaissance of the State of Tabasco, Mexico,” and
“Piedra Parada, a Chiapas Highland Site.” Considerable progress
was also made on a paper entitled “Additional Stone Monuments
of Southern Mexico.”

Several lectures were given during the year on anthropological
subjects. In April 1947 Dr. Stirling went to Houston, Tex., as
representative of the Smithsonian Institution at the Inauguration of
Dr. Wm. Vermillon Houston as President of Rice Institute.

Dr. Frank H. H. Roberts, Jr., Associate Chief of the Bureau and
Director of the River Basin Surveys, devoted the major part of his
time during the fiscal year to directing the program of the River
Basin Surveys. The latter is a cooperative project between the
Smithsonian Institution, the National Park Service, the Bureau of
Reclamation, and the Corps of Engineers, United States Army. Its
purpose is the recovery of such archeological and paleontological
information and materials as will be lost through the construction
of dams and the creation of large reservoirs in many of the river
valleys of the United States.

In directing the survey work Dr. Roberts recruited personnel,
arranged for supplies and equipment, established cooperation with
local institutions in various parts of the country, prepared over-all —
plans for a Nation-wide archeological program, wrote progress re-
ports for the cooperating agencies, and aided in the preparation of
preliminary reports on the results of surveys in various reservoir

2 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

areas. He went to Atlanta, Ga., July 23-25, 1946, to confer with
representatives of the National Park Service and engineers in the
office of the Division Engineer for the South Atlantic Division, Corps
of Engineers, about the problems in that area. He went to Lincoln,
Nebr., September 24 to October 4, to meet the incoming field parties
from the Missouri Basin. At that time he received reports on the
explorations, discussed plans for future investigations, and assisted
in making arrangements for carrying on the work at the field head-
quarters during the fall and winter months. While at Lincoln he
made two trips to Omaha to confer with officials of the National
Park Service, Region 2, and engineers from the office of the Division
Engineer, Missouri River Division, Corps of Engineers. From De-
cember 26 to 31, he was in Chicago, IIll., to take part in a symposium
on river valley archeology in which there were representatives from
the National Park Service, the American Anthropological Associa-
tion, the Society for American Archeology, the Committee for the
Recovery of Archeological Remains, and several universities. Dr.
Roberts’ report on the activities of the River Basin Surveys appears
in subsequent pages.

During the course of the year Dr. Roberts wrote several book
reviews for anthropological journals, annotated four books for the
United States Quarterly Book List, prepared a number of popular
articles on the work of the River Basin Surveys, and served as a con-
sultant on manuscripts on anthropology and archeology for several
encyclopedias.

Dr. Roberts was the General Department Representative on the
Efficiency Rating Board of Review for the Smithsonian Institution.
In this connection he attended the Civil Service Commission Institute
of Efficiency Rating Boards of Review. He represented the Smith-
sonian Institution at a meeting held in Washington, D. C., April 15,
1947, for the purpose of organizing a National Council for Historic
Sites and Buildings.

From July 1, 1946, to June 30, 1947, Dr. Roberts served as a member
of the executive committee of the Division of Anthropology and
Psychology, National Research Council.

During the absences of the Chief, Dr. Roberts was Acting Chief of
the Bureau.

The beginning of the fiscal year found Dr. John P. Harrington,
ethnologist, at Searchlight, Nev., from which point he traveled with
Murl Emery to a point above Cottonwood Island in one of the wildest
portions of the Colorado River where, according to Indian tradition, is
the house of Matavilya, principal deity of the lower Colorado region.
The house of Matavilya was discovered to be a natural formation con-
sisting of a butte about 200 feet high on the western side of the river,
and opposite this butte another, perhaps 500 feet in height, on the

SIXTY-FOURTH ANNUAL REPORT 3

eastern side of the river. These two buttes are interpreted by the
ancient Indians of the region as being what remains of the doorposts
of the house of Matavilya, and Indian tradition has evidently attached
itself to this place for many generations, probably for many centuries.

The interesting myth was obtained which recounts the destruction
of the house at the time of the cremation of Matavilya. Consider-
able time was spent in checking with surviving ancient Indians in
regard to the discovery of this important site, Dr. Harrington going as
far as Tehachapi, Calif., for this purpose.

On November 6, 1946, Dr. Harrington returned to Washington,
D. C., and the entire remainder of the fiscal year was spent in sorting
over and preparing various articles for publication.

The first of these undertakings was the preparation of an article on
the State Names of Mexico. This paper covers not only the state
and territory names of Mexico, but also the country names of Central
America and South America. Several of the etymologies are new,
notably that of the name of the Mexican State of Yucatan, which
is here seen to be derived perhaps from a hypothetical form Yucahtan.

The next item completed was an article on the Tewa language of
New Mexico. A paper on the Province Names of Canada was next
finished. Compilation for this work had long been in progress, part
of it done in Canada.

An extensive paper on the Aleutian language was next written,
embodying the results of previous field work in Alaska. Another
paper was prepared consisting of a detailed ethnogeographic descrip-
tion of the projecting rocks and islands off the coast of California.

A manuscript was completed with the title “Quirix is the Native
Name of San Felipe Pueblo.” This paper sets forth the unique thesis
that Bandelier is wrong in assuming that Quirix, which gives its name
to the Keresan linguistic stock, is Bernalillo, or any site in the vicinity
of Bernalillo, but that the recorded form is a Spanish spelling of the
Indian name of San Felipe. The Tewa of the Castafieda account of
the Coronado Expedition would then be Isleta, and Isleta is still called
Tewa in Keresan.

A number of short papers were also written, the titles being as
follows: |

The Name Yucatan.

The Name Colorado.

The Three Earliest Mentions of the Turquoise Mines of New Mexico.
The Name Chuckwalla.

Rita, a Short-Cut for Saying Riito.

De Alarcén has the Name of Zunyi Salt Lake.

Olivella River, the Old Name of Santa Fe Creek.

Trail Holder.
H’aak’o, Original Keresan Name of Acoma.

4 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

Dr. Henry B. Collins, ethnologist, continued his investigations in
Eskimo anthropology. During the winter he completed the number-
ing and cataloging of his collection of some 7,000 archeological speci-
mens excavated at Cape Prince of Wales and other prehistoric Eskimo
village sites around Bering Strait.

At the February meeting of the Board of Governors of the Arctic
Institute of North America, Dr. Collins was elected vice chairman of
the Institute. His article, The Origin and Antiquity of the Eskimo,
tracing the Old World affiliations of the Eskimo culture and race type,
will appear as one of the chapters of a general book on the Arctic to be
published by the Arctic Institute.

In May Dr. Collins was appointed Chairman of the Directing Com-
mittee for the Arctic Bibliography and Roster, two separate projects
which the Arctic Institute of North America is carrying out under
contract for the Office of Naval Research of the Navy Department.
In these projects the Arctic Institute is receiving active cooperation
and assistance from the Library of Congress and the National Re-
search Council. Officials of the latter organizations, and representa-
tives of the Navy, Army, and Board of Governors of the Arctic Insti-
tute comprise the directing committee, which serves as a policy and
advisory body with the responsibility of organizing and supervising
the work on the two projects. The bibliography project will be con-
ducted by four experienced bibliographers, with clerical assistants,
working in the principal libraries in the United States and Canada.
It will have as its objective the compilation of an annotated, fully
indexed bibliography covering the descriptive, geographical, and
other scientific literature on the Arctic from the earliest historical
writings to those of the present time. It is estimated that the bibli-
ography project will require at least 3 years for completion. The
Roster of Arctic Specialists, a 2-year project, is to be conducted by a
staff of three workers, headed by a former official of the National
Roster of Scientific and Specialized Personnel. The roster will be
patterned after the National Roster and the World Roster of Area
and Language Specialists compiled by the Ethnogeographic Board
during the war. Its purpose will be to assemble a comprehensive
record of the experience and specialized knowledge of scientists, ex-
plorers, writers, and Arctic residents who possess first-hand informa-
tion of value concerning the Arctic and sub-Arctic regions.

Dr. Collins wrote the article Anthropology for the 1947 Encyclo-
paedia Britannica Book of the Year. He also served as anthro-
pological consultant for the Encyclopedia Arctica, which is being edited
by Dr. Vilhjalmur Stefansson for the Navy Department. In this
capacity he organized the anthropological sections of the Encyclo-
pedia and contributed several articles on archeological subjects.

SIXTY-FOURTH ANNUAL REPORT 5

In June Dr. Collins left Washington for Martha’s Vineyard, Mass.,
to conduct a 6 weeks’ archeological survey of the island.

Returning to a study of the social organization and ceremonial life
of the Seneca Nation commenced before the war, Dr. William N. Fen-
ton, ethnologist, established field quarters on the Allegany Reserva-
tion between July 1 and September 18, when he returned to Washing-
ton. Observations made 10 years ago were repeated at meetings of
two orders of the Medicine Society, and observing the Green Corn
Festival for the fifth time afforded information on social and cultural
change. At the behest of one of the chiefs, Dr. Fenton recorded from
Fannie Stevens, matron of the Heron clan, several hundred personal
names belonging to the eight Seneca clans. Recordings made in 1945
for a forthcoming album of Seneca music were played repeatedly to
the singers and interpreters to assure accuracy of texts. With a
possible documentary film in mind, 700 feet of 16-mm. Kodachrome
moving pictures were taken of various activities in the Coldspring
community. An additional week of field work from October 7 to 12
permitted verifying some of the personal names in genealogies taken
in 1933.

Cultural affinities between the northern Iroquoians and their
southern cousins, the Cherokee of the Great Smoky Mountains, have
occupied the attention of Bureau ethnologists since Mooney’s time.
At the invitation of Lester M. Hargrett, of Washington, the bibli-
ographer of Indian Laws, Dr. Fenton motored to Cherokee, N. C., in
early December. We owe a brief and intensive introduction to
Cherokee ethnology to Will West Long, who was 17 when James
Mooney came to Cherokee and whose name is associated with the work
of every field ethnologist who ventured into Big Cove settlement from
— 1887 until March 14, 1947, when Will passed away.

Dr. Fenton obtained information for contrasting the Boogah Dance
of the Cherokee with masked performances of the Iroquois False-face
Society, and some additional details were collected on the Eagle Dance,
a variant of the calumet ritual, which reached the Iroquois during the
eighteenth century by one documented line of diffusion from the
Catawba and Cherokee of the Southeast. When recordings of Cherokee
and Seneca Eagle Dance songs are compared, it will develop that
they are derived from a common source. Photographs were made of
the Cherokee mask-making process, and some portraits of Mr. Long in
characteristic Eagle Dance postures. A report of these findings has
been prepared for publication.

Two collections of Americana seen on this trip deserve mention. The
MacGregor Collection in the Library of the University of Virginia
contains some notable early items on American Indians. Dr. T. H.
Spence, Librarian of the Historical Foundation of the Presbyterian

6 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

Reformed Church, Montreat, N. C., called attention to an extremely
rare pamplet which describes Chickasaw and Choctaw towns, locates
certain mounds, and contains notes on pigeon roosts (A Brief History
of the Mississippi Territory ; to Which is Prefixed a Summary View of
the Country between the Settlements on Cumberland River, and the
Territory, by Rev. James Hall, A. M., Salisbury (N. C.) : 12 mo., pp.
(2) 70, printed by Francis Coupée, 1801).

The second conference on Iroquois research, which Dr. Fenton
organized in 1945, was again the outstanding event in Iroquois studies.
The conference, held October 4, 5, and 6, in cooperation with the Al-
legany State Park Commission at Red House, N. Y., brought together
anthropologists and historians interested in the Iroquois from the
Northeastern States, Canada, and the Middle West. Charles E. Cong-
don of Salamanca, N. Y., and Merle H. Deardorff of Warren, Pa., were
cchosts to the conference.

Dr. Fenton gave several lectures during the year on topics related
to his work; on September 10 to the L. H. Morgan Chapter, New
York State Archaeological Association, Rochester; October 15 to the
Anthropological Society of Washington; December 12 to vue Arts
Club of Washington.

A chapter was completed for a forthcoming report of the American
Folklore Society: “Research in American Folklore: Plains, Kastern
Woodlands, and Contact Folklore between Indians and Colonial
Settlers.” Seneca Songs from Coldspring Longhouse was prepared
as program notes to an album of records which the Library of Congress
is publishing. Work was continued on a final draft of a report for
the Smithsonian Miscellaneous Collections, A Cayuga Condolence
Cane with Pictographs Denominating the Founders of the Iroquois
League, a study which Dr. Fenton commenced several years ago at
the request of the Cranbrook Institute of Science.

As a member of the Committee on International Cooperation in
Anthropology, National Research Council, Dr. Fenton attended two
meetings in Washington, and prepared a report on Anthropology
during the War, VII: The Arab World (American Anthropologist,
1947, pp. 342-343). He relinquished secretaryship of the Anthropo-
logical Society of Washington, becoming vice president, and continued
to give considerable time to the Journal of the Washington Academy
of Sciences, as senior editor during 1947.

Publications.—Place names and related activities of the Corsntemees
Senecas, V: The path to Conewango (Pennsylvania Archaeologist, vol.
16, pp. 42-56, April 1946).

Twi-yendagon (Woodeater) takes the heavenly path; on the death
of Henry Redeye (18642-1946), Speaker of the Coldspring Seneca

SIXTY-FOURTH ANNUAL REPORT 1

Longhouse (American Indian, American Association on Indian
Affairs, vol. 38, No. 3, pp. 11-15, 1946).

Integration of Geography and Anthropology in Army Area Study
Curricula (Bulletin American Association of University Professors,
vol. 32, No. 4, pp. 696-706, winter, 1946).

Area studies in American universities (Commission on Implica-
tions, Armed Services Educational Programs, American Council on
Education, xi+ 89 pp., Washington, 1947).

In addition, several reviews were prepared and published in the
United States Quarterly Book List, and in other journals.

Dr. Philip Drucker, anthropologist, returned to his official station
at Washington from Mexico at the beginning of the fiscal year. While
awaiting the arrival of the collections from San Lorenzo Tenochtitlan,
he began a study of the La Venta ceramic collections, excavated by
the National Geographic Society-Smithsonian Institution expedition
in the spring of 1942.

During the ensuing months he classified some 24,000 sherds from
the site of La Venta, recording descriptive data and stratigraphic dis-
tributions which will be embodied in the final report on the culture
represented at this key site of Olmec culture. At the conclusion of
his study of these materials he prepared a brief paper entitled “Some
Implications of La Venta Ceramics,” for the Smithsonian Miscellane-
ous Collections.

On February 8, 1947, he proceeded from Washington to Mexico on a
joint expedition of the National Geographic Society and the Smith-
sonian Institution. The purpose of this expedition was to make an
archeological survey of the Pacific coast of the state of Chiapas,
Mexico, From the time of his arrival in Tapachula, Chiapas, on
February 16, until his departure from Tonala, Chiapas, on May 24,
he tested 15 archeological sites, obtaining from each collections of
sherds ranging from 2,000 to 4,000 pieces on the average. Among
these sites were several whose ceramics indicated a relationship with
the Mixteca-Puebla area of the Highland, and which are probably to
be attributed to the late pre-Conquest intrusions of the Nahuatl-speak-
ing Pipil, colonies of whom penetrated as far southeastward as Nica-
ragua. Other sites yielded wares that indicate affiliation with more
ancient horizons, one such linking very definitely with the oldest ce-
ramic complex yet known from Guatemala Highland and coast: the
Miraflores horizon. One of the outstanding finds of the survey was the
discovery of a midden deposit over 3 meters in depth, containing pot-
tery in the upper 1.2 m., and no trace of ceramics below this point. This
site requires more extensive excavation than was possible during the
survey, but it is quite possible that it may contain the earliest remains
yet known from southern Mexico and Central America—perhaps pre-

771004—48—2

8 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

ceramic and early ceramic horizons whose existence up to now has
only been suspected but never demonstrated.

In the month of March, during the survey work, Dr. Drucker made
a brief visit to Guatemala City where, through the courtesy of Drs.
R. E. Smith and Edwin Shook of the Carnegie Institution, he was
permitted to study pottery collections from the Guatemala Highlands
and coast, in the Carnegie Institution Laboratory.

From Tonala, Dr. Drucker proceeded to Mexico City to arrange for
the exportation of the collections.

On June 9 Dr. Drucker arrived in Washington, D. C., where he
was detailed to the River Basin Surveys project, under the direction
of Dr. Frank H. H. Roberts, Jr., Associate Chief of the Bureau of
American Ethnology. After a series of conferences with Dr. Roberts,
Dr. Drucker proceeded on June 16 to the Pacific coast to take charge of
archeological work in areas to be inundated by Bureau of Reclamation
and Corps of Engineers dams in that area.

From July 1 through September 1 Dr. Gordon R. Willey, anthro-
pologist, continued his field investigations, begun in March of 1946,
as a member of the Virii Valley Expedition to northern Peru. The
Virii program was a cooperative attempt, on the part of a group of
anthropologists and a geographer, to study thoroughly a single valley
of the Peruvian coast as a living unit through some 3,000 years of time.
Archeological, geographical, and modern community studies were
embraced in the project, which was under the direction of a steering
committee of the Institute of Andean Research. As one of the major
participants, Dr. Willey represented the Bureau on the steering com-
mittee. His own share of the research consisted of a survey of the
prehistoric settlement patterns of the valley.

At the close of field operations in August over 300 sites had been
studied from the point of view of community plan or settlement
pattern. These sites were selected from all sections of the valley, and
it 1s estimated that they represent a 25-percent sample of the total
sites in the valley. All types of sites were included in the sample—
cemeteries, dwelling units, fortifications, temples, and palaces. In
addition particular attention was paid to prehistoric irrigation canals,
evidences of past land utilization, and ancient roads. Preliminary
analysis shows eight cultural periods to be represented. The survey
was accomplished with the aid of jeep transportation and large-scale
air photo-maps. A technique of site mapping, involving the use of
an epidiascopic projector, was worked out with the air photos. The
final report on this survey is now in preparation.

In addition to the settlement survey Willey also excavated at two
burial sites, one in the upper and one in the lower valley. A report
on the first of these sites has recently been published.

Early in August Willey took part in the Conference on Peruvian

SIXTY-FOURTH ANNUAL REPORT 9

_ Archeology held at Hacienda Chiclin. At this time he presented a
preliminary summary of his field results.

After the work in Virt was terminated, Dr. Willey made a brief
visit to the Lambayeque Valley, north of the city of Trujillo, and
examined collections in the important but little-known Bruning
Museum. Returning south to Lima, he began a protracted trip by
automobile, going from Lima to Caamana and from there inland to the
Lake Titicaca region. From Puno, on the lake, he proceeded north to
Cuzco, Ayacucho, Huancayo, and returned to Lima. During this
trip, which consumed some 2 to 3 weeks during the month of Septem-
ber, he visited numerous archeological sites. The most significant of
these was the great architectural cluster at Huari near Ayacucho, the
presumed center for the Middle Period Tiahuanacoid diffusion
throughout Peru.

Upon his return to the United States in October Dr. Willey pre-
pared several short papers and began the initial work of organizing
notes, maps, and photographs on the Virt settlement-pattern study.
He was engaged in this until April of 1947. For the last 8 months of
the fiscal year he transferred his research interests toward the com-
pletion of a large monograph on the archeology of the Florida Gulf
coast. This latter work, which embraces earlier field work of the
author, as well as past field studies made by the Bureau in the Florida
Gulf area, is intended as an over-all archeological summary of the
region.

During the year Dr. Willey also served as assistant editor to the
professional journal, American Antiquity, and submitted various news
items on recent researches in archeology in South America. He held
a similar position with the Handbook of Latin American Studies for
which he prepared bibliographic extracts on some 50 titles dealing
with South American archeology and wrote a general summary of
recent archeological activities for the South American Continent dur-
ing the year 1945.

In April Dr. Willey visited the Public Museum at Rochester, N. Y.,
where he delivered a lecture on the Virti work before the annual meee
ing of the New York State Archeological Society.

The following articles were written by Dr. Willey during the fiscal
year 1946-47:

1. The Vira Valley Program in Northern Peru. Acta Americana, vol. 4, No. 4,
1946.

2. A Middle Period Cemetery in the Virtii Valley, Northern Peru. Journ. Wash-
ington Acad. Sci., vol. 37, No. 2, 1947.

3. Ecuadorean Figurines and the Ceramic Mold in the New World. (In press.)

4. Growth Trends in New World Cultures. (In press.)

5. An Interpretative Analysis of Horizon Styles in Peruvian Archeology. (In
press. )

In addition, one book review was prepared for Science.

10 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

INSTITUTE OF SOCIAL ANTHROPOLOGY

The Institute of Social Anthropology was created in 1943 as an
autonomous unit of the Bureau of American Ethnology to carry out
cooperative training in anthropological teaching and research with
the other American Republics. During the past year it was financed
by transfers from the State Department, totaling $113,150, from the
appropriation “Cooperation with the American Republics, 1947.” The
major activities of the Institute of Social Anthropology during the
fiscal year 1947 are as follows:

Washington office—The Institute of Social Anthropology main-
tains headquarters in Washington for general planning, direction, and
servicing of field projects. Dr. Julian H. Steward, founder and first
Director of the Institute, resigned in September 1946 to accept a pro-
fessorship at Columbia University. He was succeeded by Dr. George
M. Foster, previously stationed in Mexico as social anthropologist of
the Institute of Social Anthropology. _

Brazil.—Cooperation with the Escola Livre de Sociologia e Politica
began October 1, 1945, when Dr. Donald Pierson was assigned as rep-
resentative of the Institute of Social Anthropology to Brazil. In
February 1946 Dr. Kalervo Oberg was assigned as cultural anthropolo-
gist to cooperate with the Escola Livre.

In effect, the Institute has taken over and expanded a program which
was begun under Dr. Pierson in 1940 and which has helped make the
Escola Livre one of the most important social-science centers in South
America.

During the fiscal year 1947 Institute of Social Anthropology scien-
tists have given seven courses in sociology and anthropology, to sup-
plement other courses given by local professors in the general field
of the humanities. Advanced students have been given field training
both in Mato Grosso among Indian groups, and among the rural
peoples in the State of Sio Paulo, some distance from the city. This
represents a very considerable educational advance, since for the first
time advanced Brazilian students in anthropology and sociology, as
a part of their regular courses, have been required to supplement
theoretical classroom training with actual field experience. A number
of papers by Smithsonian personnel and local students have been
published in scientific series or journals other than Smithsonian vol-
umes. Two monographs based on field work in 1947 are being pre-
pared for publication by Smithsonian personnel in Smithsonian series,
and Brazilian students also are preparing field notes for publication
in Portuguese.

Smithsonian staff members have continued to guide the program of
translating 200 articles and 13 books from English into Portuguese,

SIXTY-FOURTH ANNUAL REPORT 11

mentioned in last year’s report. ‘This work, financed by outside funds,
is of great importance as an aid to teaching.

Colombia.—Cooperation with the Instituto Etnoldgico of the Uni-
versity of Cauca in Popayan began December 1, 1946. The Institute of
Social Anthropology is represented by Dr. John H. Rowe who is en-
gaged in cooperating with local personnel in the organization of this
new institution and in giving three courses in anthropology to stu-
dents. A short survey of the habitat of the Guambiano Indians has
indicated that this is a satisfactory region for field work, which begins
on a cooperative basis during the summer of 1947, with the participa-
tion of Colombian professors and students.

Mexico.—Cooperation with the Escuela Nacional de Antropologia,
a dependency of the Ministry of Education, began June 1, 1944. Dr.
George M. Foster, social anthropologist, was replaced by Dr. Isabel
Kelly, when the former was transferred to Washington. Dr. Stanley
S. Newman, linguist, and Dr. Robert C. West, cultural geographer,
are the other two Institute of Social Anthropology representatives in
Mexico.

During the fiscal year 1947 these scientists have given five courses in
social anthropology, linguistics, and cultural geography. 'The scene
of field research was shifted in January 1947 from the Tarascan area,
described in last year’s report, to the Totonac Indian area east of
Mexico City. Two monograph-length papers dealing with the Taras-
cans have been submitted by Smithsonian personnel for publication
in the series of the Institute of Social Anthropology. A number of
student papers have appeared in Mexican sources, and longer mono-
graphs in Spanish are ready for publication.

Peru.—W ork began in Peru in January 1944, when that country had
no institution devoted essentially to social science teaching and re-
search. Subsequently a national center of social science, the Instituto
de Estudios Etnoldgicos, of the Ministry of Education, has been es-
tablished. Institute of Social Anthropology personnel cooperate with
this Institute. During 1947 the Institute of Social Anthropology was
represented in Peru by F. Webster McBryde, cultural geographer,
and Dr. Allan Holmberg, social anthropologist, who arrived in July
1946 to succeed Dr. Harry Tschopik, Jr.

A party of six students and one professor accompanied Institute of
Social Anthropology personnel to the Viri Valley in northern Peru
for ethnographical and geographical field work during the months
January to April 1947. Under the guidance of the Smithsonian scien-
tists this material is now being prepared for publication. Courses
also are being given in the Instituto de Estudios Etnoldégicos. In ad-
dition, the cultural geographer has aided in the reorganization of the

12 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

Geographical Society of the University of San Marcos in Lima, and
in establishing the teaching curriculum of this department. |
Publications—One monograph of the series Publications of the
Institute of Social Anthropology appeared in June 1947—Publication
No. 3, Moche, a Peruvian Coastal Community, by John Gillin. Publi-
cation No. 4, Cultural and Historical Geography of Southwest Guate-
mala, by Felix Webster McBryde, Publication No. 5, Highland Com-
munities of Central Peru: A Regional Survey, by Harry Tschopik,
Jr., and Publication No. 6, Empire’s Children: the People of Tzin-
tzuntzan, by George M. Foster, were in proof. Publication No. 7, Cul-
tural Geography of the Modern Tarascan Area, by Robert C. West,
and Publication No. 8, Sierra Popoluca Speech, Mary L. Foster and
George M. Foster, were edited and sent to the printer. Mrs. Eloise
B. Edelen of the editorial staff of the Bureau of American Ethnology,
did the editorial work on these publications. -

RIVER BASIN SURVEYS

The River Basin Surveys were instituted in the fall of 1945 as a unit
of the Bureau of American Ethnology. 'They were organized to carry
into effect a memorandum of understanding between the National
Park Service and the Smithsonian Institution. This memorandum
provided for surveys to determine the extent and nature of archeolog-
ical and paleontological remains occurring in areas to be flooded by
the construction of dams by the Bureau of Reclamation and the Corps
of Engineers, United States Army. The memorandum was signed
on August 7, 1945, by Newton B. Drury, Director of the National Park
Service, and on September 8, 1945, by Alexander Wetmore, Secretary
of the Smithsonian Institution, and was approved by Harold L. Ickes,
Secretary of the Interior, on October 9, 1945.

The first actual field work got under way in July 1946. A transfer
of $20,000 at the end of May 1946, by the Bureau of Reclamation
through the National Park Service, provided the necessary funds for
starting survey parties in the Missouri Basin. An additional $40,000
subsequently was made available by the Bureau of Reclamation for
work in this area during fiscal 1947. In September 1946 $27,000
was transferred by the Corps of Engineers, through the National
Park Service, for surveys outside of the Missouri Basin, and in March
1947 $4,500 was transferred by the Bureau of Reclamation for surveys
in the Columbia-Snake Basin. The Missouri Basin funds were for
use in both Bureau of Reclamation and Corps of Engineers projects.
The money provided by the Corps of Engineers was for Corps of
Engineers projects only, while the Columbia-Snake Basin money was
for use only in Bureau of Reclamation projects.

SIXTY-FOURTH ANNUAL REPORT 13

The first survey parties were started in the Missouri Basin. These
were followed by investigations in Georgia, Virginia-North Carolina,
Texas, California, and the Columbia-Snake Basin. Supervision and
direction of the surveys in Georgia, Virginia-North Carolina, Texas,
and California were carried on from the main office in Washington.
Direction of the work in the Missouri Basin was from a field office
located at Lincoln, Nebr., and the Columbia-Snake Basin investiga-
- tions were based on a field office established at Eugene, Oreg.

The Bureau of Reclamation and the Corps of Engineers made the
entire salvage program possible through the transfer of funds, but
in addition both agencies contributed in no small degree to the suc-
cessful inception of the surveys through their cooperation in other
ways. Division and District Engineers and Bureau of Reclamation
personnel did much to facilitate the work of the survey men in the
field. In some areas transportation was provided, in others, neces-
sary labor was furnished to aid in emergency excavations, and else-
where temporary office space and storage facilities were made avail-
able at project headquarters. ‘The genuine interest and desire to assist
on the part of all with whom the members of the River Basin Surveys
staff were associated in the various reservoir areas greatly aided the
progress of the investigations. The planning of a Nation-wide arche-
ological survey on a scale hitherto not believed possible became feasible
with the transfer of funds. The cooperation of the National Park
Service has been of marked benefit to the program and much credit
is due to its officials for the obtaining of the the necessary funds and
for the pleasant relationship existing between all the agencies involved
in the program.

Washington office—Throughout the fiscal year the main office of the
River Basin Surveys continued under the direction of Dr. Frank H. H.
Roberts, Jr. Carl F. Miller, archeologist, joined the staff on Novem-
ber 6, 1946. Miss Madeleine A. Bachand was appointed clerk-stenog-
rapher on March 3, 1947, and continued to serve throughout the year.

Mr. Miller was preparing to leave for the Pearl River project at
Bogalusa, La., on November 13, 1946, when a request was received
from the district engineer to postpone this work indefinitely because
the project had been stopped. Mr. Miller was then assigned to the
study of proposed projects in the Middle Atlantic Division of the Corps
of Engineers. He devoted his time to searching the literature for
information about sites which might be involved by construction pro-
grams in Pennsylvania, Virginia, North Carolina, and West Virginia.
During this period he also assisted the director in obtaining informa-
tion about proposed projects of the Bureau of Reclamation in various
parts of the country outside the Missouri Basin. On February 11,

14 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

1947, he left Washington for Richmond, Va., to confer with the offi-
cials at the Region 1 office of the National Park Service. From Rich-
mond he proceeded to Norfolk, Va., on February 13, to confer with the
district engineer, Corps of Engineers, about a survey of the Buggs
Island project on the Roanoke River. He left Norfolk on February
14 and went to South Hill, Va., where he established headquarters.
From that date until May 4 he surveyed all the Virginia and part of
the North Carolina portion of the reservoir basin. He then returned
to Washington and devoted the remainder of the fiscal year to pre-
paring a preliminary report on the results of the survey and making
recommendations and estimates for an excavation program in that
area.

Missouri Basin.—The first steps in initiating investigations in the
Missouri Basin were the establishment of field headquarters at Lincoln,
Nebr., and the assembling of personnel to undertake the field sur-
veys. Dr. Waldo R. Wedel, associate curator of archeology, United
States National Museum, who had been detailed to the River Basin
Surveys for that purpose, left Washington for Lincoln, Nebr., on
July 8, 1946, and upon his arrival there began instructing the person-
nel recruited for the project and assembling equipment needed in the
field. Through the courtesy of the University of Nebraska, office space
was provided at the University’s Laboratory of Anthropology. Later,
additional space was made available for a laboratory. This arrange-
ment continued throughout the year, and on June 30, 1947, both the
field office and the project laboratory were housed in the basement of
the Love Memorial Library on the university campus.

Actual reconnaissance started on August 3, 1946, and continued for
a period of 7 weeks, at the end of which weather conditions made it
necessary for the men to return to field headquarters. During this
time, 3 parties of 2 men each, limited because of inadequate transporta-
tion, covered more than 13,000 miles and made preliminary investiga-
tions at 28 top priority Bureau of Reclamation projects and at 5 Corps
of Engineers reservoirs. Since complete coverage of each reservoir
basin was in no case possible, additional surveys were recommended for
most of the units visited. One field party returned to the Harlan
County Reservoir, Nebr., for a period of 5 weeks, October 16 to Novem-
ber 23, 1946, and with the aid of local labor tested a number of sites
and removed material which was being damaged by erosion or being
excavated by unauthorized collectors.

Dr. Waldo R. Wedel returned to Washington and to his regular
duties at the National Museum on October 18, 1946. At this time
Paul L. Cooper was designated as acting director for the Lincoln of-
fice and continued to serve in that capacity until May 21, 1947, when
Dr. Wedel, who had again been detailed to the Surveys, returned to
Lincoln and resumed his supervision of the Missouri Basin program.

SIXTY-FOURTH ANNUAL REPORT 15

During the fall and winter months at Lincoln the staff members
prepared and completed preliminary appraisal reports covering 25 of
the projects visited during the 1946 field season. By June 30 most
of these reports had been distributed to the National Park Service, the
Bureau of Reclamation, and the Corps of Engineers, or were ready to
be mailed. A general paper entitled “Prehistory and the Missouri
Valley Development Program: Summary Report on the Missouri
River Basin Archeological Survey in 1946,” written by Dr. Wedel, was
published in April in the Smithsonian Miscellaneous Collections,
volume 107, No. 6. Throughout this period the field laboratory
cleaned and cataloged more than 10,000 archeological specimens
gathered from 208 different sites, and in addition processed 426 photo-
graphic negatives and prepared approximately 2,200 prints for use in
the reports. Maps were drawn showing the location of sites in each
reservoir area, and the reports were mimeographed, assembled, and
made ready for distribution.

Field work was resumed in the latter part of April when three
archeological parties consisting of four men each and one paleontologi-
cal party consisting of one man, started for various reservoir projects.
The paleontologist subsequently was joined by a student assistant. In
addition to further investigations in reservoir areas visited during
the 1946 field season, other projects were added to the list, and by
the end of the fiscal year a total of 44 Bureau of Reclamation and
6 Corps of Engineers projects had been surveyed. They are located
in the States of Kansas, Nebraska, South Dakota, North Dakota,
Wyoming, and Montana. All parties were in the field on June 80
and expected to continue throughout the summer. During this
period Dr. Wedel directed operations in the Lincoln office and made
several visits to the field parties at the locations where they were
working. He also attended conferences between the regional officers
of the National Park Service and Bureau of Reclamation and Corps of
Engineers representatives. |

The survey findings to date indicate that the Wyoming-Montana
area contains few pottery-bearing sites. There, as in the western
Dakotas, stone circles or “tipi-rings” are to be found in great num-
bers. Numerous outcrops of artifacts in strata exposed by stream
cuttings are plentiful and occur at varying depths below the surface.
Some of them give promise of containing material belonging to
early occupations, possibly even those of the Paleo-Indian, and they
may supply much needed data on that phase of Plains prehistory.
Throughout northern Kansas and northwestern Nebraska pithouse
villages attributed to semisedentary peoples predominate. Pottery-
bearing sites as well as “tipi-rings” occur on the tributaries of the
Missour1 in North and South Dakota. Groups of mounds, village
remains, and former camp sites suggesting a more sedentary type of

16 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

occupation than that west of the Missouri occur in the Jamestown-
Devils Lake-Sheyenne area. Along the main stream of the Missouri
in the Dakotas are some of the largest and best preserved and most
impressive fortified Indian village sites in the United States. They
contain much of the story of the development of Arikara, Mandan,
and other upper Missouri cultures.

In many of the sites there is evidence of stratification and a se-
quence of cultures or a series of stages in cultural development.
Others contain the record of prehistoric floods, of silting and soil
erosion, of recurrent droughts, and fluctuation in climate. The ex-
cavation and the interpretation of the data contained in such sites
will contribute greatly, not only to the story of the growth and
development of the Plains Indians, but to our understanding of
conditions similar to those met and overcome by the aboriginal peoples.
For this reason the excavation and testing of several sites in three
Bureau of Reclamation reservoirs was recommended for the fiscal
year 1948, and for two important sites at one Corps of Engineers
project.

J. Joseph Bauxar, archeologist, joined the Missouri Basin staff
on July 15, 1946. From that date until August 3 he devoted his time
to obtaining information on archeological remains in the Dakotas,
from reports on previous excavations and surveys in that area, and
in making preparations for work in the field. From August 3 until
September 22, in company with Paul L. Cooper, he engaged in a
preliminary reconnaissance of reservoir projects in Nebraska, South
Dakota, North Dakota, and Montana. In these reservoir basins a
total of 68 sites were examined, site locations and descriptions being
recorded and surface collections made. During the laboratory period,
from September 22 until April 24, 1947, Mr. Bauxar prepared pre-
liminary reports for seven of the reservoirs, Angostura, Box Butte,
Bronco, Crosby, Deslacs, Fort Randall, and Jamestown, and pre-
pared a technical report entitled “Notes on the Archeology of the
Upper James and Sheyenne River Valleys and the Devils Lake
Area.” From April 24 until May 7 he joined Wesley L. Bliss in
preliminary surveys of three reservoirs in Kansas, one in Colorado, |
and five in Nebraska. During this period 25 sites, none of which had
been recorded previously, were visited. From May 7 to June 2 the
time was spent in collaborating with Wesley L. Bliss and Theodore
EK. White on a report entitled “Preliminary Appraisal of Archeologi-
cal and Paleontological Resources of the Proposed Reservoirs in the
Republican River Basin.” On June 2 Mr. Bauxar left Lincoln, as
a member of the field party under the direction of Paul L. Cooper, to
make a reconnaissance of the Fort Randall Reservoir in South Da-
kota. This work was still in progress at the end of the fiscal year.

SIXTY-FOURTH ANNUAL REPORT 17

Wesley L. Bliss was appointed to the Missouri Basin staff as an
archeologist on July 17, 1946. From July 17 to August 4 he was
occupied in making preparations for field reconnaissance in Wyoming
- and Montana. He left Lincoln on August 4 and returned on Septem-
ber 22. In this period his party made preliminary surveys in six
reservoir areas in Wyoming, one which lies both in Wyoming and
Montana, and three in Montana. A total of 74 archeological and pale-
cntological sites were found and recorded, and surface collections were
made from each. The fall and winter months, September 22, 1946,
until April 24, 1947, were spent at the Lincoln headquarters doing lab-
oratory and library research and in writing preliminary reports.
Reports were prepared for the Boysen, Tiber, and Medicine Lake Res-
ervoirs. In addition, Mr. Bliss prepared a draft of a paper entitled
“A Preliminary Appraisal of the Historic and Prehistoric Occupa-
tion of the Western Plains.” Some revision and the checking of some
material were needed to complete the paper. In the early spring of
1947 Bliss made several unofficial week-end visits with other members
of the staff to archeological sites along the Missouri, north of Kansas
City, and on the Big Blue River in Nebraska. These were for the
purpose of obtaining a wider knowledge of archeological manifesta-
tions in the area. In one case the trip was instrumental in stopping
the destruction of a group of mounds in the path of a real-estate sub-
division. From April 24 to May 7, 1947, Mr. Bliss, in association with
J. Joseph Bauxar, as previously noted, made a reconnaissance of nine
proposed reservoirs in Kansas, Colorado, and Montana. He assisted
in the preparation of the report on the Smokey Hill Sub-basin. On
June 10 Mr. Bliss left Lincoln in charge of a field party and proceeded
to the Glendo Reservoir in Wyoming where the remainder of the
month was devoted to an intensive survey. At the end of the fiscal
year, 30 sites had been located in addition to the ones noted during
the preliminary reconnaissance in the summer of 1946.

Paul L. Cooper, archeologist, became a member of the Missouri
Basin staff on July 15, 1946. Between that time and August 3 he as-
sisted in the preparations for work in the field and made two trips to
Omaha with Dr. Wedel for the purpose of consultation with members
of the National Park Service and the Corps of Engineers. On August
3 he left Lincoln with J. Joseph Bauxar to make preliminary surveys
at reservoir sites in Nebraska, South Dakota, North Dakota, and Mon-
tana. As previously noted, 68 archeological and paleontological sites
were located during the course of this survey. Mr. Cooper returned
to the Lincoln headquarters on September 22, and from October 7,
1946, to May 21, 1947, was in charge of the operation of the office and
laboratory. During this period he planned and supervised the work
of the project personnel, compiled monthly progress reports for the

18 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

National Park Service and the Bureau of Reclamation, assisted in the
setting up of record systems in the laboratory and in establishing
methods for issuing the reports based on the field work and laboratory
studies. Owing to a shortage of personnel, it was necessary for Mr.
Cooper to devote much of his time to direct supervision and to many
of the actual operations involved in mimeographing and distributing
the preliminary appraisals of the archeological and paleontological
_ resources of the various reservoirs. In May Mr. Cooper represented
the River Basin Surveys at a symposium on the River Valley program
conducted by the Nebraska Academy of Sciences. During the period
May 21 to June 2, 1947, Mr. Cooper prepared reports on Heart Butte,
Dickenson, Deerfield, Shadehill, Blue Horse, Sheyenne, and Garrison
Reservoirs, and on the Devils Lake area. Mr. Cooper left Lincoln on
June 3, 1947, in charge of a field party which was to undertake a pre-
liminary reconnaissance of the Fort Randall Reservoir on the Missouri
River in South Dakota. This reconnaissance was still in progress on
June 30, at which time 60 archeological sites had been located and
recorded.

Robert B. Cumming, Jr., archeologist, was added to the staff as
laboratory supervisor at the Lincoln headquarters on October 1, 1946.
Since the laboratory was then being moved to new quarters in the
basement of the Love Memorial Library building, Mr. Cumming began
work by assisting in the formulation of the laboratory plan and plac-
ing the equipment in order so that routine work could proceed. Dur-
ing the fall and winter months he assisted in planning and initiating
basic laboratory methods. A triplicate filing system was devised in
which information covering approximately 175 sites was filed in a site
file, a reservoir file, and a reserve file. A photographic file system
was organized wherein prints were mounted on 5- by 8-inch cards bear-
ing descriptive information and were filed in accordance with a stand-
ard trinomial system consisting of symbols for the State, county, and
site. The negatives were filed in a separate cabinet using the same
system for identification. Mr. Cumming also formulated the system
for cleaning, cataloging, and storing the specimens and assisted in
initiating an inventory procedure for equipment and supplies which
he maintained throughout the year. In addition, he assisted in super-
vising the maintenance of equipment. He also assisted in the work
and supervision of the preparation of illustrations, drafting of site
maps, typing, mimeographing, proofreading, and assembling of the
preliminary reports. During such times as the field directors were
absent from the headquarters office, he handled the business routine
in the office. At the close of the fiscal year Mr. Cumming was engaged
in processing the records sent in from the field for 50 sites located after
resumption of the survey work. Because the laboratory was under-

SIXTY-FOURTH ANNUAL REPORT 19

staffed during much of the year, it was necessary for Mr. Cumming
to perform tasks which should have been done by laboratory workers.
This condition was relieved somewhat during the last few weeks of
the fiscal year when several part-time workers were added to the staff.
This enabled Mr. Cumming to devote more time to the technical
aspects of the laboratory problem.

Jack T. Hughes, archeologist, was appointed to the Missouri Basin
staff on July 15, 1946. From then until August 4 he assisted in the
preparations for field work and received instructions as to the manner
in which the surveys were to be conducted. On August 4 he left
~ Lincoln with Wesley L. Bliss for a preliminary reconnaissance of
Bureau of Reclamation reservoir sites in Wyoming and Montana. He
returned to Lincoln on September 22 after having assisted in the ex-
amination of the 10 reservoirs previously mentioned in the discussion
of the work of Mr. Bliss. During the period from September 22,
1946, to May 3, 1947, Mr. Hughes engaged in library research, labora-
tory analysis of specimens, and the preparation of reports. Prelimi-
nary appraisals were written for the Glendo, Kortes, Boysen, Anchor,
Lake Solitude, and Oregon Basin Reservoirs in Wyoming, the Yellow-
tail Reservoir in Wyoming and Montana, and the Canyon Ferry Res-
ervoir in Montana. Technical reports were also written for Glendo,
Kortes, Boysen, Anchor, Oregon Basin, and Yellowtail. From May
3 to May 12, 1947, Mr. Hughes participated with Marvin F. Kivett,
in a brief reconnaissance of seven proposed reservoir sites in the Lower
Platte Basin of Nebraska. After his return to Lincoln, he assisted
in the preparation of the preliminary appraisal of the archeological
resources of this group of reservoirs in the Lower Platte Basin of
Nebraska. On June 10 he left Lincoln with the field party under Wes-
Jey L. Bliss and spent the remainder of the month at the Glendo
Reservoir in eastern Wyoming.

Marvin F. Kivett joined the Surveys staff on July 15, 1946, as arche-
ologist. On August 2 he left Lincoln to make a reconnaissance of eight
reservoir areas in Kansas, Nebraska, and Colorado. This work con-
tinued until September 20, 1946, when he returned to Lincoln. In the
course of 7 weeks spent in the field, a total of 75 archeological sites were
recorded in the 8 reservoir areas; 60 of these sites were unreported
prior to the reconnaissance. On October 16 Mr. Kivett went to the
Harlan County Reservoir, Nebr., where he carried on an extensive
survey until November 23. ‘This included excavation in a prehistoric
ossuary and limited test excavations in four occupational areas. This
work produced much information on the nature of the archeological
remains in the area. From November 24, 1946, to May 2, 1947, Mr.
Kivett worked at headquarters in Lincoln writing preliminary ap-
praisals of the resources of the eight reservoirs visited during the

20 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

summer field season and in analyzing the data and specimens collected
and in preparing technical reports. The preliminary reports com-
pleted and mimeographed for distribution were on the Kirwin, Cedar
Bluff, and Kanopolis Reservoirs in Kansas; the Enders, Harlan
County, and Medicine Creek Reservoirs in Nebraska; and the Cherry
Creek and Wray Reservoirs in Colorado. Mr. Kivett left Lincoln on
May 3, 1947, in company with Jack T. Hughes. From then until May
19 they made a preliminary reconnaissance of six reservoirs in the
Lower Platte River Sub-basin. <A total of 19 previously unreported
archeological sites were located during this period. After his return
to Lincoln, Mr. Kivett prepared preliminary reports on the Lower
Platte River Basin including all the information obtained from the
six reservoirs visited. The period from June 1 to June 9 was spent in
preparing for a preliminary reconnaissance of the Garrison Reservoir
in North Dakota. Mr. Kivett and his party left Lincoln for North
Dakota on June 9, and at the end of the year they were engaged in a
survey of the Garrison Reservoir.

Theodore E. White, paleontologist, was appointed to the general
River Basin Surveys staff on April 15, 1947. From that date until
April 26 he devoted his time to studying collections of fossil material
from the Missouri Basin in the United States National Museum. On
April 27 he left Washington for Lincoln, Nebr., and on April 29 joined
the Missouri Basin staff. He left Lincoln on May 2 and spent 6 days
in a reconnaissance of proposed reservoir areas in the Lower Platte
Sub-basin in north central Nebraska. During this time he visited
seven reservoir basins finding fossil remains in only one. These were
reworked material of little scientific value. Dr. White returned to
the Lincoln headquarters on May 9 and left on May 18 to make a recon-
naissance of the Republican and Smokey Hill Sub-basins in south-
western Nebraska, Kansas, and Colorado. This work continued until
June 6, during which time he visited nine reservoirs in Nebraska, eight
in Kansas, and two in Colorado. Seven of these sites were recom-
mended for a more detailed survey on the basis of material found
and the extent of the exposures. From June 6 to June 13 Dr. White
worked at the Lincoln headquarters preparing reports and recom-
mendations for the various reservoirs which he had examined. On
June 13 he left Lincoln to examine proposed reservoir areas in the
North Platte Sub-basin in Wyoming, the Cheyenne River Sub-basin
in Wyoming and South Dakota, and smaller sub-basins in North and
South Dakota. This reconnaissance lasted until June 28, and during
the period three reservoirs were visited in Wyoming, six in South
Dakota and four in North Dakota. Three of the reservoirs were rec-
ommended for more detailed investigation. White returned to Lin-
coln on June 28 and at the end of the fiscal year was preparing to
start for further survey work in Wyoming and Montana.

SIXTY-FOURTH ANNUAL REPORT 21

Several students were employed as members of the various field
parties for the Surveys beginning in June 1947. Robert L. Hall and
Warren L. Wittry left Lincoln on June 2 with the Cooper party for
the Fort Randall Reservoir in South Dakota, and at the end of the
fiscal year were occupied in the survey of that area. John L. Essex,
Gordon F. McKenzie, and Leo L. Stewart left Lincoln on June 9 as
members of the Kivett party to make a reconnaissance of the Garrison
Reservoir area in North Dakota. Mr. Essex had previously assisted
Mr. Kivett in the work at the Harlan County Reservoir, Nebr., in
November 1946. H.G. Pierce joined the Bliss party and left Lincoln
on June 10 to assist in the survey at the Glendo Reservoir in Wyoming.
He was still with the party at the end of the fiscal year. John C.
Donohoe was employed on June 27 to assist the paleontologist, Dr.
Theodore E. White.

Georgia.—Intensive survey of the Allatoona Reservoir area on the
Etowah River in Georgia was carried on during the period Novem-
ber 12, 1946, to April 1, 1947. This survey was made by Joseph R.
Caldwell, of the Division of Archeology, United States National Mu-
seum, who was detailed to the River Basin Surveys for that purpose.
Caldwell located 206 archeological sites representing a record of thou-
sands of years of diverse human cultures. Information obtained from
this survey has added materially to the aboriginal history of that part
of Georgia. Full knowledge, however, cannot be gained without ex-
cavation of some of the sites and the testing of others. In view of
this the preliminary report, prepared by Mr. Caldwell and distributed
to the National Park Service and the Corps of Engineers, recom-
mends the excavation of 10 sites and the testing of 33 others. A re-
quest for further funds for this purpose has been made by the National
Park Service to the Corps of Engineers, but at the end of the fiscal
year no response had been received to the request. The specimens col-
lected from the sites examined during the course of this survey were
transferred to the National Museum on April 17, 1947.

Virginia-North Carolina.—The archeological reconnaissance of the
Buggs Island project on the Roanoke River was carried on during the
period of February 14 to May 1, 1947. This work was under the super-
vision of Carl F. Miller of the River Basin Surveys staff. During the
course of the investigations, 94 archeological sites were located, 2 of
which are extremely important as they appear to represent an eastern
_ phase of the so-called Folsom culture which flourished in the western
plains during the closing days of the last Ice Age. Other sites are pre-
Colonial and some date from the early Colonial period. The latter
are significant as they contain material characteristic of the late seven-
teenth-century contact with European culture and their investigation
would throw considerable light on this little-known era. Excavation
of 14 sites including the 2 eastern Folsom examples and the testing of

292 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

5 others has been recommended. A preliminary report on the Buggs
Island Reservoir was completed but had not been processed for dis-
tribution at the end of the fiscal year.

Texas.—River Basin Surveys were started in Texas in March 1947
when, through the kindness and cooperation of the authorities, a field
base and headquarters were established at the Department of Anthro-
pology of the University of Texas at Austin. A survey of the Addicks
Reservoir on South Mayde Creek, a tributary of Buffalo Bayou,
near Houston, got under way March 27 and was still in progress at the
close of the fiscal year. The Addicks project is not a reservoir in the
true sense of the word, but a flood-prevention dam which will not
retain water in its basin for more than 2 or 3 weeks at a time. As
a consequence, most of the sites located in the basin will be available
for study or excavation during most of the year. A series of nine
sites were found, however, which were being destroyed by stream ac-
tion, by construction work on the dam, or by indiscriminate and unau-
thorized digging. As a consequence, it was necessary to shift from a
reconnaissance type of survey to an intensive testing procedure to
salvage as much information as possible. Six of them were examined
by digging a number of test pits in various portions of the areas which
they covered, and subsequently two of the six were extensively excava-
ted. The cooperation of the district engineer, Col. D. W. Griffiths, in
supplying a crew of 10 men and a foreman for a period of several
weeks made these excavations possible. One of the excavated sites
consisted of a stratified midden containing a sequence of several cul-
tural horizons. Work on the site was started on May 29 and completed
on June 18. The second was started on June 16 and was still being
dug at the end of the fiscal year. The information and material from
these two sites will provide a fairly complete sequence showing the
development of aboriginal culture in this area over a comparatively
long period of time.. During this period, the Indians progressed from
a simple hunting group to a sedentary agricultural and pottery-
making people. The data obtained are a significant contribution to the
hitherto little-known pre-Columbian history of this part of Texas.

The Hords Creek Reservoir on Hords Creek, near Coleman, was sur-
veyed during the period May 6 to May 17, 1947. Only eight sites
were found in the reservoir basin. Six of them were burned rock
middens and two were open camp sites. None gave indication of
being of sufficient importance to warrant further investigation. Com-
parable material is available elsewhere in locations which will not be
inundated. Unless construction work should reveal subsurface de-
posits of archeological material, no additional work will be required
in this reservoir.

The Whitney Dam area on the Brazos River north of Waco was
started on May 20 and was still in progress at the end of the fiscal

SIXTY-FOURTH ANNUAL REPORT 23

year. By June 30 a little over half of the basin had been covered.
Numerous sites had been located and recorded, and a number had
been trenched for additional information. Several small rock shel-
ters were excavated to salvage material which was being disturbed by
unauthorized collectors. Two laborers for digging test trenches and
for excavating in the shelters were supplied by the resident engineer.
The Brazos flows through an important archeological and paleon-
tological area in Texas and much information is contained in the sites
which will be flooded by the Whitney Dam. On the basis of data
already obtained by the survey, a number of key sites will be recom-
mended for excavation.

Joe Ben Wheat, archeologist, was appointed to the Surveys in Texas
on March 20,1947. He left Austin on March 25 for Galveston where
he conferred with the district engineer and obtained information
about the priority of various Corps of Engineer projects in Texas.
From Galveston he proceeded to the Barker Reservoir near Houston.
He found that the project was so near completion that there was no
possibility of salvaging archeological information from that area.
Construction on the Barker Dam had completely destroyed one large
mound and obliterated any evidence of occupation areas. As a con-
sequence he proceeded to the nearby Addicks Dam and began a sur-
vey of that area. After learning that much of the reservoir basin
would be under water only at rare intervals, Mr. Wheat turned his
attention to six sites in the immediate vicinity of the dam which
would be destroyed either as a result of construction or by erosion
from stream action. All these were tested, and from the information
thus obtained he concluded that two of them should be excavated as
they contained a sequence of materials showing a number of cultural
changes. In this connection he went to Galveston on May 20 and con-
ferred with Colonel Griffiths, the district engineer. As a result of
this conference, Mr. Wheat was furnished an excavation crew, trans-
portation, and the equipment necessary for conducting the excava-
tions. He returned to Addicks on May 22, and was able to begin
actual excavations on May 29. Digging was still in progress on
June 30.

Robert L. Stephenson, archeologist, joined the Surveys in Texas on
April 28. From that date until May 5 he worked at Austin, conferring
with members of the Museum staff at the University, studying collec-
tions of archeological material, and making preparations for field
reconnaissance. He left Austin on May 6 for the Hords Creek Reser-
voir. From May 7 through May 17 he examined the Hords Creek
Reservoir Basin, locating and recording eight archeological sites. On
May 18 he left Coleman for Waco where he conferred with Frank
H. Watt, of the Central Texas Archeological Association, obtaining
information about archeological sites along the Brazos River, and

24. BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

particularly in the area to be flooded by the Whitney Dam. On May
19 he went to Whitney and conferred with the Resident Engineer.
On May 20 he began the actual survey of the Whitney Dam area and.
continued with that work to the end of the fiscal year. During the
course of his investigations he interviewed numerous local residents,
obtaining all the information possible pertaining to the occurrence of
archeological sites, and studied collections of artifacts which had been
gathered from sites in the area. In addition he made note of various
historic remains and obtained such data as were available about them.
This information was forwarded to the regional office of the National
Park Service at Santa Fe, N. Mex., for the benefit of the Park Service

historians.

California—Archeological surveys were started in California in
May 1947. Through the cooperation of the Department of Anthro-
pology of the University of California, at Berkeley, headquarters for
the Surveys were made available. During the period from March 21
through June 28, 1947, six Corps of Engineers proposed reservoir
basins were surveyed. ‘They were Pine Flat on King’s River, Terminus
cn Kaweah River, Success on Tule River, Isabella on Kern River,
Folsom on American River, and Coyote Valley on the east fork of
the Russian River. A total of 59 sites were located, and of this number
8 have been recommended for excavation or partial excavation.

Some immediate contributions to the archeological knowledge of
California were derived from the surveys. Two aboriginal soapstone
quarries and three pictograph sites, none of which had been described
previously in archeological literature, were located. Surface collec-
tions of sherds of the unique and little-known Yokuts-Mona pottery
will permit a more extensive description of the type from archeological
sources than has previously been possible.

Franklin Fenenga, archeologist, was appointed to the California
surveys on March 21. He made all the surveys in the six reservoirs
listed above, prepared the preliminary reports on their archeological
resources, and made recommendations for further work. On June
28 Mr. Fenenga left Berkeley, Calif., for Eugene, Oreg., and at the
end of the fiscal year was starting a survey of the Detroit Reservoir
in the Willamette Valley.

During the course of the surveys in California Mr. Fenenga em-
ployed several student assistants. Stephen C. Cappannari served in
that capacity from May 8 to 11 inclusive; Francis A. Riddell, May
29-June 1, and June 12-15; Harry S. Riddell, Jr., April 17-20; and
Clarence E. Smith, April 1--6, May 1-4 and 19-25.

Columbia-Snake Basin—The program for surveys in the Columbia-
Snake Basin was just getting under way at the close of the fiscal year.
Dr. Philip Drucker, anthropologist on the regular staff of the Bureau

SIXTY-FOURTH ANNUAL REPORT 25

of American Ethnology, was detailed to the River Basin Surveys for
the purpose of directing the work in this area. On June 30 he had
established field headquarters at Eugene, where the Department of
Anthropology of the University of Oregon provided office and labora-
tory space. Two field parties left Eugene on the morning of June 30,
one to make a reconnaissance of the Detroit Reservoir, a Corps of
Engineers project on the North Santiam River, in the Willamette
Valley, Oreg., and the other to make investigations at the Cascade
Reservoir on the North Fork Payette River in Idaho. Plans for the
summer called for the survey of 4 Corps of Engineers and 12 Bureau
of Reclamation projects.

Dr. Drucker left Washington on June 17, 1947, for San Francisco,
Calif. He spent the day of June 18 at Lincoln, Nebr., studying the
operational procedure being used in the Missouri Basin surveys and
the laboratory arrangements for processing and cataloging specimens
received from the field. He arrived in San Francisco on the 19th and
spent the following 2 days in conference with the regional officers of
Region 4 of the National Park Service and members of the Department
of Anthropology at the University of California in Berkeley. On
June 22 he left San Francisco for Portland, Oreg., arriving on the
23d. At Portland he spent 2 days discussing plans for the surveys
with Regional Archeologist Louis R. Caywood of the National Park
Service, regional officials of the Bureau of Reclamation, and repre-
sentatives of the district engineer of the Corps of Engineers. At this
time he also made arrangements for the field headquarters at Eugene.
He returned to San Francisco on June 24 and reported the results
of his trip to Portland to the regional office of the National Park
Service. He also recruited personnel for the field parties and made
arrangements for the shipment of equipment from Berkeley to Eu-
gene. He left Berkeley on June 28, arriving at Kugene, Oreg., on the
29th. He left Eugene on June 30 with the field party proceeding to
the Cascade Reservoir.

Clarence E. Smith, archeologist, was appointed to the Columbia-
Snake Basin surveys on June 25. He spent the following 2 days
assisting Dr. Drucker and Franklin Fenenga in making preparations
for the summer’s field work. On June 28 he left Berkeley in company
with Fenenga for Eugene, Oreg. They arrived at Eugene on the
29th and on the morning of the 30th left for the Detroit Reservoir.

Richard D. Daugnerty, archeologist, was appointed to the
Columbia-Snake Basin staff on June 30, and left the same day for the
Cascade Reservoir in Idaho.

Francis A. Riddell joined the Surveys staff on June 26, as field
assistant. He left Berkeley, Calif., on June 28 and arrived at Eugene,
Oreg., on June 29. On June 30 he left Eugene in company with Mr.
Daugherty and Mr. Drucker for the Cascade Reservoir.

26 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

Cooperating institutions.—The River Basin Surveys have been for-
tunate in receiving wholehearted cooperation from local institutions
in many portions of the country. Not only has space for field offices
and laboratories been provided together with the assistance and advice
of members of the various staffs, as at the University of Nebraska, the
University of Texas, the University of California, and the University
of Oregon, but in a number of cases units in the survey program have
been taken over and are being worked by universities and local organ-
izations. This active cooperation has relieved the River Basin Sur-
veys of a considerable burden and has made for more rapid progress
throughout the country as a whole. i

In Pennsylvania the Pennsylvania Historical and Museum Com-
mission helped with the program. The University of Kentucky as-
sumed responsibility for investigations at the Wolf Creek and Dewey
Reservoir projects in that State. The Alabama Museum of Natural
History conducted surveys along the lower Chattahoochee River Basin
in Alabama in areas which will be inundated. The Ohio State Mu-
seum at Columbus investigated Corps of Engineers projects in that
State. The University of Missouri, in cooperation with the Missouri
Resources Museum and the Missouri Archeological Society, started
surveys and excavations in that portion of the Bull Shoals Reservoir,
on the White River, which lies in Missouri and at several Corps of
Engineers projects on the Osage River. The Department of An-
thropology of the University of Chicago and the Illinois State Mu-
seum at Springfield agreed to cooperate in a survey of the Illinois
River Basin where 17 Corps of Engineers projects are proposed. The
University of Oklahoma examined and reported on two reservoirs,
one of which, the Wister, will inundate extensive and important
archeological material. The University of Nebraska cooperated both
in the search for and the excavation of paleontological material and
in archeological reconnaissance. The Nebraska State Historical So-
ciety assisted in the survey work and also did some digging in sites ©
which will be destroyed by construction work. The South Dakota
Historical Society did some survey work and also some excavation.
The University of North Dakota and the North Dakota Historical
Society cooperated in making a survey at the Heart Butte Reservoir
and in testing a number of sites in that area. The University of Colo-
rado assumed responsibility for a survey of eight reservoir basins in
the Colorado-Big Thompson project and for more intensive investi-
gation at the Wray Reservoir in eastern Colorado. The University
of Denver planned surveys of a number of reservoirs in the Blue
River-South Platte project and of two in the Arkansas River Basin
south of Pueblo. Western State College took over the examination
of a group of reservoirs along the Gunnison River in western Colorado.

SIXTY-FOURTH ANNUAL REPORT 27

The Archeological Survey Association of Southern California, spon-
sored by a number of museums in that area, started the investigation
of a number of Corps of Engineers projects in southern California.
The University of Washington surveyed a number of proposed reser-
voir basins in that State and made all the information available to
the Columbia-Snake Basin group at Eugene. It also did some exca-
-vation work.

The Reports of Progress prepared by the cooperating organizations
are sent to the River Basin Surveys for coordination and are then for-
warded to the National Park Service. All the information obtained
thus becomes a part of the record of the River Basin Surveys in
general.

EDITORIAL WORK AND PUBLICATIONS

The editorial work of the Bureau continued during the year under
the immediate direction of the editor, M. Helen Palmer. There were
issued one Annual Report and one Publication of the Institute of
Social Anthropology, as listed below.

Sixty-third Annual Report of the Bureau of American Ethnology, 1945-46.
12 pp.

Institute of Social Anthropology Publ. No. 3. Moche, a Peruvian Coastal Com-
munity, by John Gillin. 166 pp., 26 pls., 8 figs., 1 map.

The following publications were in press at the close of the fiscal
year:

Bulletin 148. Handbook of South American Indians. Julian H. Steward,
editor. Volume3: The Tropical Forest Tribes. Volume 4: The Circum-Caribbean
Tribes. Volume 5: The Comparative Ethnology of the South American Indians.

Institute of Social Anthropology Publ. No. 4. Cultural and Historical Geogra-
phy of Southwest Guatemala, by Felix Webster McBryde.

Institute of Social Anthropology Publ. No.5. Highland Communities of Central
Peru: A Regional Survey, by Harry Tschopik, Jr.

Institute of Social Anthropology Publ. No. 6. Empire’s Children: the People of
Tzintzuntzan, by George M. Foster.

Institute of Social Anthropology Publ. No. 7% Cultural Geography of the Mod-
ern Tarascan Area, by Robert C. West.

Institute of Social Anthropology Publ. No. 8. Sierra Popoluca Speech, by Mary
L. Foster and George M. Foster.

Publications distributed totaled 7,948, as compared with 12,730 for
the fiscal year 1945-46.

LIBRARY

The Library of the Bureau has continued in charge of the librarian,
Miss Miriam B. Ketchum, assisted by M. L. Fiester, who was appointed
March 17, 1947.

‘The total accessions in the library as of June 30, 1947, were 34,462.
There were 148 new accessions during the fiscal year, by purchase, gift,

28 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

and exchange. Many of the foreign exchanges which lapsed during
the war have again resumed, and good progress has been made in filling
the gaps, brought about by the war, in periodical sets.

Cards on hand for domestic periodicals have been typed, and the
shelf list for this classification is now complete. A beginning has been
made on typing the cards for serial publications of domestic societies
and institutions, and this will soon be finished.

The labeling of sets of publications of domestic societies and institu-
tions and all the domestic periodicals has been completed, and the
labeling of the foreign serial publications has begun.

ILLUSTRATIONS

From late fall of 1946 up to June 30, 1947, E. G. Cassedy, illustrator, —
spent most of the time, with the exception of time taken out to prepare
weather graphs, work for the Editorial Division, and miscellaneous
maps and plates, on the restoration of the old Indian negatives of the
Bureau of American Ethnology. With the help of Mr. Brostrup this
work has been progressing very satisfactorily and many negatives
which were important historically and which were about to be lost
have been preserved for coming generations.

ARCHIVES

Miss Mae W. Tucker continued the work of operating and cataloging
the manuscript and photographic archives of the Bureau. In addi-
tion to furnishing material for routine requests, some special requests
for photographic prints requiring urgent attention have been filled.
Visitors desiring to consult material in the archives have been given the
required assistance.

The greater part of the time has been given to work on the manu-:
script catalog which is being prepared for publication, to include all
the unpublished AEmTAFeLo tat material in the Bureau archives. The
data for this catalog has been typed on individual cards for each item
and is ready for final assembling.

A new file-print collection consisting of prints made from the re-
photographed and retouched negatives in the Bureau collection has
been started and will continue as the new prints are made. On Mr.
Cassedy’s recommendation, an extra set of prints is being made along
with the file prints, this set to be preserved for possible emergency use.

Some time is necessarily required for research work in connection
with both the manuscript material and the photographs.

SPECIAL PHOTOGRAPHIC RESTORATION PROJECT

. The Bureau of American Ethnology ever since its inception in 1879
has maintained a collection of photographic negatives of North Ameri-

SIXTY-FOURTH ANNUAL REPORT 29

can Indians. ‘The file had its origin with the famous “Jackson” col-
lection of over 1,000 negatives which was brought to the Bureau by
Major Powell from the directorship of the United States Geological
Survey. This unique and valuable group has been supplemented by
about 11,000 additional negatives obtained from various sources in-
cluding the field trips of the first 40 years, the exposures made in
Washington of the visiting Indian delegations, gifts, and purchases.
Nowhere else in this country is there a more complete photographic
record of the Indians who figured prominently in peace and war
during the important opening of the West in the nineteenth century.
In several instances the only known photographs of important char-

- acters of this period are in this collection.

The great bulk of this collection was made before 1900 in the early
days of photography, and often under extremely adverse field condi-
tions of heat and bulky weight. These factors have contributed toward
a deterioration of the negative image. ‘This deterioration fortunately
has started around the edges of the negative and is progressing toward
the center, still leaving the figure and facial characteristics quite legi-
ble. However, if allowed to go on unchecked this collection will have
disintegrated unto uselessness.

During this fiscal year it was determined to inaugurate a systematic
program of restoration and preservation of this unique collectaon. The
continuous demand for reprints from these negatives, especially those
being used for publication, made this restoration imperative.

In February 1947 the services of a photographer, John O. Brostrup,
were obtained. The photographer and the scientific illustrator have
begun the program of restoration and preservation of these negatives.
The following system was devised and is being used in this work:

(1) Chemical improvement and cleaning of the original negative.
(2) Making a uniform enlarged print from the original negative,
cropping out destroyed and objectionable background areas. (3) Res-
toration of missing areas, and improvement of backgrounds by the
scientific illustrator with the minimum alteration necessary to pre-
serve faithfully the original negative. (4) Copying the restored en-
largement to uniform 8 by 10 inch size. (5) Printing of permanent
file prints.

All the processing is being carried out with the intent of insuring as

_ great a degree of permanence as possible.

First priority is being given those negatives which are needed to
supply prints for pay orders, i. e., those for which there is an imme-
diate demand. Second priority are those negatives which are in the
most advanced stages of deterioration.

At the beginning of the work in February an inspection was made

of each negative, and those requiring early restoration were listed.

30 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

A file of restored prints is being built up, and inspection in the
offices of the Bureau of American Ethnology is invited.

COLLECTIONS

Collections transferred by the Bureau of American Ethnology to the
Department of Anthropology, United States National Museum, dur-
ing the fiscal year were as follows:

Accession No. Collection

176066. 65 ethnological specimens from the Rio Vaupés in Colombia and Brazil.
Collected by Paul H. Allen.

176157. 38 ethnological specimens from the Navaho Indians. Collected by Dr.
John P. Harrington, at Fort Defiance, Ariz., in 1989.

176347. 1 ceremonial cane from the Iroquois Indians of Six Nations Reserve,
Canada. Collected by J. N. B. Hewitt, June 1916.

MISCELLANEOUS

During the course of the year information was furnished by mem-
bers of the Bureau staff in reply to numerous inquiries concerning the
American Indians, both past and present, of both continents. Vari-
ous specimens sent to the Bureau were identified and data on them
furnished for their owners.

Respectfully submitted.

M. W. Stiruine, Chief.

Dr. A. Wrermorg,

Secretary, Smithsonian Institution.

U. 8. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 1948

nt
‘
y i
4
a ;
x
ues
i\
|
A;
f
high
Ns

ths

SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION

- ~
y
Seca
i)
t
-

OF AMERICAN

NOLOGY

A a RP ce ere nt wt A at ne

;
y
eos m 3 j :
ad NSS ian us
= *
}
d 4
i us c j
: ¢ t *
ear > eb |
a |
el * 4 ft i
: foo i ‘

SIXTY- FIFTH
ANNUAL REPORT OF THE

BUREAU OF
AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

TO THE SECRETARY OF THE
SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION

1947-1948

UNITED STATES
GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE
WASHINGTON : 1949

BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

Director.—MAtTTHEW W. STIRLING.

Associate Director.—F RANK H. H. Roserts, Jr. :

Senior ethnologists.—H. B. CoLuins, Jr., JOHN P. HARRINGTON, W. N. FENTON.
Senior anthropologists.—G. R. WILLEY, P. DRUCKER.

Collaborators.—FRANCES S. DENSMoRE, JOHN R. SWANTON, A. J. WARING, JY.
Editor.—M. HELEN PALMER.

Librarian.—Mir1amM B. KETCHUM.

Itiustrator.—EpwINn G. CASSEDY.

INSTITUTE OF SOCIAL ANTHROPOLOGY

Director.—G. M. Foster, Jr.
Anthropologists —Mewican office: IsanEL T, Ketty, STANLEY S. NewmMAn; Peru-
vian office: GEORGE KUBLER; Brazilian office: DONALD PIERSON, KALERVO OBERG.

RIVER BASIN SURVEYS

Director.—FRaNK H. H. Roserts, Jr.

Archeologists.—J. JosSEPH Bauxar, WESLEY L. BuLiss, JOSEPH R. CALDWELL,
GrorGE L. CoALE, PAuL L. Cooper, Rospert B. Cummine, Jr., RicHarp D.
DAUGHERTY, FRANKLIN FENENGA, JACK T. HuGHES, MARVIN F.. KivettT, CARL
F. MiLter, CLARENCE HE. SmitH, RateH S. SoLEecKI, Rosert L. STEPHENSON,
JOE BEN WHEAT, ARNOLD M. WITHERS.

Paleontologist—THEODORE EK. WHITE.

SIXTY-FIFTH ANNUAL REPORT
| OF THE
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

M. W. Sriruine, Chief

Sir: I have the honor to submit the following report on the field
researches, office work, and other operations of the Bureau of Ameri-
can Ethnology during the fiscal year ended June 30, 1948, conducted
in accordance with the Act of Congress of June 27, 1944, which pro-
vides “* * * for continuing ethnological researches among the
American Indians and the natives of Hawaii and the excavation and
preservation of archeologic remains. * * *”

SYSTEMATIC RESEARCHES

Dr. M. W. Stirling, Director of the Bureau, spent the first part of
the fiscal year in Washington attending to administrative duties and
in preparing a study on “Olmec Jade.”

On January 1 Dr. Stirling left for western Panama where he spent
314 months in the excavation of four archeological sites on the Azuero
Peninsula in cooperation with the National Geographic Society. Two
of these were representative of the relatively late Coclé culture. A
third was a mound site representing a new culture apparently ances-
tral to Coclé, while the fourth site was a shell mound near the mouth
of the Parita River, which was found to contain a very early and
completely new culture, unrelated to anything heretofore known in
Panama. During this work Dr. Stirling was assisted in the field by
Dr. Gordon Willey of the Bureau staff.

At the close of the archeological field season a brief visit was made
to the Guaymi Indians in the Province of Chiriqui.

Dr. Frank H. H. Roberts, Jr., Associate Director of the Bureau
and Director of the River Basin Surveys, was mainly occupied
throughout the fiscal year in directing the River Basin Surveys. In
connection with this work he established cooperative projects with
State and local institutions in various parts of the country, aided in
the preparation of preliminary reports pertaining to the results of
investigations in various reservoir basins, and wrote progress reports
for the cooperating agencies. He went to Lincoln, Nebr., November 26
to December 5, where he inspected the field headquarters and labora-
tory for the Missouri Basin project, received reports on the results
of the summer’s surveys in that area, and aided in the preparation of
plans for evaluating and handling the material collected. While in
Lincoln he attended sessions of the Fifth Plains Conference for Ar-
cheology and presided at a symposium on “The Paleo-Indian in the

2 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

Central Plains.” He also took part in a regional conference of Na-
tional Park Service officials at which various phases of the River
Basins program were discussed and plans for the future were formu-
lated. In May he went to Milwaukee, Wis., to attend the annual
meeting of the Society for American Archeology and presided over a
symposium on “The River Basin Archeological Surveys.” Dr. Rob-
erts’ report on the River Basin Surveys appears in another section of
this report.

Dr. John P. Harrington, ethnologist, was occupied at the beginning
of the fiscal year in the preparation of a supplement to his recently
completed Aleutian grammar. This supplement contains a long list
of terms relating to natural history, weather, material cultures,
sociology, religion, and geography. Following this Dr. Harrington
completed a grammar of the Maya language consisting of 750 type-
written pages. This study is of particular importance, as Maya is
one of the “classic” languages of aboriginal America.

Dr. Harrington then prepared and brought to completion a gram-
mar of the Cahuilla language. The Cahuilla Indians are at present
the leading native tribe of southern California. A large report on
the Guarani language of South America was also finished. Guarani
in the Republic of Paraguay has been given equal official and legal
standing with Spanish. This is the only instance in which a native
Indian language has been given a true literate status. A smaller paper
on the Matako language of the central part of the Gran Chaco of
Argentina was next completed. It was found that in many respects
this language is surprisingly similar to Guarani. Another large
paper was then prepared, describing and discussing the three principal
ideographic writing systems of the world, Egyptian, Chinese, and
Maya.

Dr. Henry B. Collins, Jr., ethnologist, spent the period from June
19 to August 16 on Martha’s Vineyard, Mass., engaged in an archeo-
logical survey of the western end of the island. He found a number of
prehistoric Indian village and camp sites, mainly in the Chilmark-
Menemsha-Gay Head region, and made collections of artifacts. On
returning to Washington he resumed his Eskimo studies.

As chairman of the Board of Governors of the Arctic Institute of
North America, Dr. Collins continued to devote considerable time to
the affairs of that organization. In the course of the year the Arctic
Institute, with increased support from governmental and other sources,
expanded its research and other activities. It opened a New York
office at the American Geographical Society headquarters, established
an open membership, and began publication of a journal. It spon-
sored and administered a number of field studies in anthropology,
botany, zoology, geology, and geography. ‘These projects carried out

SIXTY-FIFTH ANNUAL REPORT 3

in Alaska and northern Canada were financed in large part by the
office of Naval Research and the Canadian Government.

Dr. Collins continued to serve as chairman of the Directing Com-
mittee for the Arctic Institute’s Bibliography and Roster projects.
This committee selected personnel and put into operation these two
projects—the preparation of a comprehensive annotated and indexed
bibliography on the Arctic, and a roster of Arctic specialists. The
projects are supported by funds from the Office of Naval Research,
the Army, and the Defense Research Board of Canada. The bibliog-
raphy project, with four expert bibliographers and three assistants,
is under way at the Library of Congress; the roster project, with a
director and assistant, has been given office space in the building of
the Carnegie Institution of Washington.

At the invitation of the Canadian Government, Dr. Collins left
Washington late in June to conduct archeological work for the Smith-
sonian Institution and the National Museum of Canada in the northern
part of the Canadian Arctic Archipelago.

At the beginning of the year Dr. William N. Fenton was on leave
while teaching in the summer session of Northwestern University
(June 23 to August 23), where he was invited to occupy the post of
professor in the department of anthropology during that quarter.
While in the Chicago area, he was able to spend considerable time
examining rare books and manuscripts in the Ayer Collection of the
Newberry Library and to study ethnological collections from the
Troquois Indians in the Milwaukee Public Museum and in the Chicago
Natural History Museum. Returning, Dr. Fenton spent the first 2
weeks of September at field work among the Seneca Indians of Alle-
gany Reservation in western New York.

Teaching a course in primitive political institutions suggested a
plan for undertaking a comprehensive political history of the League
of the Iroquois which would attempt to test the findings of ethnology
in the historian’s traditional materials. The documentary materials
on the Six Nations comprising the Iroquois League for the Federal
Period alone and for the succeeding first decade of the nineteenth
century exist in several large collections of papers which have not
been used extensively by historians of Federal and Indian political
relations. First, the papers of Samuel Kirkland (1741-1808) contain
interesting sidelights on the political activities of the Six Nations,
covering missionary activities among the Oneida, Tuscarora, and
Seneca tribes; the correspondence of an agent of the American Revo-
Jution; and the gradual civilization of the native Indians. Exami-
nation of the Kirkland papers at Hamilton College was begun in
September with the help of M. H. Deardorff of Warren, Pa., and
Charles E. Congdon, an alumnus. The project is indebted to Dr.
Arthur C. Parker of Naples, N. Y., for the loan of a Seneca Census of

4. BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

1840 and several minute books of the Six Nations Council at Buffalo
Creek by the New England missionary Rev. Asher Wright; these have
subsequently been acquired by the American Philosophical Society.

Two grants were received for Iroquois research. Toward the col-
lection of materials for a political history of the Iroquois the American
Philosophical Society made a grant for travel, photoduplication, and
secretarial assistance; and a similar grant was received from the Vik-
ing Fund, Inc., for field work.

Beginning in February, Dr. Fenton spent about 1 week of ath
month in travel to repositories of historical materials. He visited
Salem and Boston to examine the Timothy Pickering papers, working
in the Essex Institute and the Peabody Museum of Salem, and the
Massachusetts Historical Society and the Houghton Library of
Harvard in the Boston area. Frequent short trips were made to the
library of the American Philosophical Society, Philadelphia, to ex-
amine parallel papers and to identify a Constitution of the Iroquois
Confederacy by Seth Newhouse. In April Dr. Fenton went back to
Hamilton College for further work on the Kirkland papers, and re-
turning, he stopped at Vassar College library to arrange for copying
the Jasper Parrish papers. Kirkland, Pickering, and Parrish were
all concerned in negotiating treaties with the Six Nations after the
Revolution, and their letters led to the immense coilection of mementos
relating to western New York which Henry O’Reilly of Rochester had
collected in 15 large folio volumes for presentation to the New York
Historical Society. By the end of June Dr. Fenton had completed
a first examination of the O’Reilly papers and had arranged for micro-
filming a substantial part of them. A policy of collecting as much as
practicable on microfilm has cut down the cost of travel.

Dr. Fenton completed a term as senior editor of the Journal of the
Washington Academy of Sciences. In June he was appointed anthro-
pologist member of the Language Panel of the United States National
Commission for UNESCO.

A second album of Iroquois records with program notes, edited by
Dr. Fenton, entitled “Seneca Songs from Coldspring Longhouse,”
was published by the Library of Congress.

Dr. Philip Drucker, anthropologist, was detailed to the River Basin
Surveys July 1 to October 1, 1947, for work in the Columbia Basin.
He returned to Washington on October 1, and during the ensuing
months he brought to completion an ethnographic monograph entitled
“The Northern and Central Nootkan Tribes,” based on field investi-
gations which he had made among the Nootkan-speaking Indians of
Vancouver Island, British Columbia, some years before. This report
describes in detail mode of life and customs of these Indians during
the closing decades of the nineteenth century and is to be followed by
a study tracing the cultural changes produced by European contacts

SIXTY-FIFTH ANNUAL REPORT © 5

during the maritime fur trade a century earlier. On finishing this
report, he completed an archeological monograph, “La Venta,
‘Tabasco: A Study of Olmec Ceramics and Art,” which summarizes the
principal results of the studies made by the Smithsonian Institution-
National Geographic Society expeditions to southern Veracruz and
Tabasco, Mexico. In addition, he prepared two short papers for
publication—‘Preliminary Account of Archeological Reconnaissance
on the Chiapas Coast,” and one entitled “The Antiquity of the North-
west Coast Totem Pole”—as well as summary reports for the Director,
River Basin Surveys, on the results of investigations of 14 reservoir
areas in the Columbia Basin and of 10 in California during the pre-
ceding field season.

On May 2 Dr. Drucker proceeded to Boston and Salem, Mass., to
examine collections of manuscript materials and museum collections
from the period of the maritime fur trade on the Northwest Coast,
in the archives of the Massachusetts Historical Society and in the
Peabody Museum, Salem. Through the courtesy of officials of those
institutions, he was given access to the collections and was able to
assemble a considerable amount of unpublished data relating to the
problem of culture change due to early European influences. On
May 9 he returned to Washington.

On May 13 he was again detailed to the River Basin Surveys and
left for the Pacific Coast, to resume charge of the River Basin Sur-
veys work there. He was occupied with these duties at the end of
the fiscal year.

Dr. Gordon R. Willey was detailed to the River Basin Surveys for
the period August 15 to October 1, 1947, for work in Tennessee.

In the month of October Dr. Willey was occupied in writing addi-

tional sections of a report, “Ancon and Supe: Formative Period Sites
of the Central Peruvian Coast.” ‘This paper is being prepared in
conjunction with J. M. Corbett and L. M. O’Neale and is to be pub-
lished under the auspices of Columbia University. In November and
December full time was devoted to a long monograph “Archeology
of the Florida Gulf Coast.” ‘This involved both writing and a mu-
seum survey in late November. Collections were examined in Cam-
bridge, Andover, and New York.
On January 1, Dr. Willey accompanied Dr. Stirling to western
Panama for 314 months of archeological excavations in Herrera Prov-
ince. Four sites were examined and stratigraphic tests made in the
most promising locations of each. May and June, following the re-
turn from Panama, were occupied with writing the “Archeology of
the Florida Gulf Coast.” This report should be completed early in
September 1948.

In addition to regular research duties, Dr. Willey has attended
two meetings of the Institute of Andean Research, of which he is a

6 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

member, and a meeting of Florida archeologists held early in August
at Daytona Beach. He has also served as assistant editor to Ameri-
can Antiquity, to the Handbook of Latin American Studies, and to
the Journal of American Archaeology. For all these journals his work
has entailed the covering of recent South American archeological lit-
erature.

In the Bureau he has acted as consultant during the final editing
of the third and fourth volumes of the Handbook of South American
Indians.

The following articles were prepared by Dr. Willey for publication
during the year 1947-48: “Culture Sequence for the Manatee Region
of West Florida,” American Antiquity, vol. 18, No. 3; “The Cultural
Context of the Crystal River Negative Painted Style,” American An-
tiquity, vol. 18, No. 4; “A Proto-type of the Southern Cult,” Ameri-
can Antiquity, vol. 13, No. 4.

SPECIAL RESEARCHES

Miss Frances Densmore, collaborator of the Bureau, conducted spe-
cial research on music among the South American Indians and sub-
mitted a manuscript entitled “Musical Customs of the Southern Hunter
Indians of South America” as compiled from the Handbook of South
American Indians.

INSTITUTE OF SOCIAL ANTHROPOLOGY

The Institute of Social Anthropology was created in 1943 as an
autonomous unit of the Bureau of American Ethnology to carry out
cooperative training in anthropological teaching and research with the
other American republics. During the past year it was financed by
transfers from the Department of State, totaling $94,882, from the
appropriation “Cooperation with the American Republics, 1948.”
The major activities of the Institute of Social Anthropology during
the fiscal year 1948 are as follows:

Washington office—Dr. George M. Foster continued as director of
the Institute of Social Anthropology. He traveled to six South Amer-
ican countries during the period February 14 to April 12, 1948, visiting
Institute of Social Anthropology field stations in Popayan, Colombia,
Lima, Pert, and Sao Paulo, Brazil. In addition, courtesy calls were
made on anthropologists in Barranquilla and Medellin, Colombia,
Quito, Ecuador, Cusco, Pera, La Paz, Bolivia, Rio de Janeiro, Brazil,
and Caracas, Venezuela. Dr. Foster also spent 3 weeks in México
(November 25-December 15, 1947) reading final proof on Publication
No. 6 of the Institute of Social Anthropology.

Braziu.—Drs. Donald Pierson and Kalervo Oberg continued their
work in Sao Paulo in cooperation with the Escola Livre de Sociologia

SIXTY-FIFTH ANNUAL REPORT 7

e Politica. They gave a number of courses in sociology and anthro-
pology, supplementing other courses given by local professors in the
general field of the humanities. Dr. Oberg, accompanied by several
advanced students, returned to the Mato Grosso for 3 months, July-
September 1947, to complete field work initiated the preceding year
among the Terena and Caduveo Indians. Dr. Pierson, assisted by
advanced students, continued field work at “A Vila,” a caboclo com-
munity near Saio Paulo. The proximity of “A Vila” to Sao Paulo
made it possible to utilize week ends and short vacations throughout
the year, rather than spending a continuous longer period in the field.

Colombia.—Dr. John H. Rowe continued to represent the Institute
of Social Anthropology in Popayan, Colombia, cooperating with the
Instituto Etnolégico of the Universidad del Cauca. Courses in
ethnology, linguistics, and archeology were given to the students
enrolled in the Instituto and 2 months of field work was carried out
among the nearby Guambiano Indians, August-September 1947. Dr.
Rowe also twice visited Bogota to consult with local anthropologists
of the National Ethnological Institute concerning anthropological
activities in Colombia. Sr. Gabriel Ospina, formerly a student of
Institute of Social Anthropology scientists in México, was named
director of the newly established Instituto de Antropologia Social of
the Escuela Normal Superior. Utilizing field techniques learned
while working with Dr. Foster in Tzintzuntzan, México, he began a
4-year anthropological study of the pueblo of Viani, to train local
personnel, and to throw light on the functioning of this aspect of
Colombian culture.

México.—Dr. Isabel Kelly and Dr. Stanley Newman continued to
represent the Institute of Sccial Anthropology in its cooperative plan
with the Escuela Nacional de Antropologia. Because of reduced ap-
propriations as compared to the fiscal year of 1947, it was necessary
to terminate studies in cultural geography on August 31, 1947, when
Robert C. West left this service. Five courses in ethnology and lin-
guistics were given during the academic year. Dr. Kelly, assisted by
four students, returned to Tajin, Veracruz, to continue her study of
the Totonac Indians. A photographic exhibit in the Benjamin Frank-
lin Library in May 1947, of Totonac Indian scenes, prepared by Dr.
Kelly, received favorable comment from many Mexicans, and was
thoroughly described in El Nacional, the official Mexican Government
newspaper. Dr. Newman, working with other faculty members and
students, and working with native informants brought from the field,
continued research on the Otomi and Nahuatl languages.

Pery.—Dr. Allan Holmberg continued to represent the Institute of
Social Anthropology in Pert in its cooperative work with the Instituto
de Estudios Htnologicos. As in the case of México, reduced appro-
priations made it necessary to reduce the Peruvian staff; the services of

816911—49_2

8 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

Dr. Webster McBryde were terminated on September 30, 1947. Dr.
Holmberg gave three courses in ethnology during the year; two, in-
cluding a seminar on field methods, in the Instituto de Estudios
Etnoldégicos, and one in the University of San Marcos. Three months,
February through April, 1948, were again spent in the Virt Valley,
bringing to a close the studies initiated the preceding year by Dr.
Holmberg, Dr. Jorge Muelle of the Instituto faculty, and selected
students.

Dr. Holmberg was one of three official United States delegates to
the Hylean Amazon Project of the UNESCO in Iquitos, Pert, in
May 1948.

Publications.—Institute of Social Anthropology Publications Nos.
45,6, and 7, appeared during the fiscal year. These are listed with
the publications of the Bureau of American Ethnology.

RIVER BASIN SURVEYS

The River Basin Surveys, a unit of the Bureau of American
Ethnology organized to carry into effect a memorandum of under-
standing between the Smithsonian Institution and the National Park
Service providing for the recovery of such archeological and paleon-
tological data and materials as will be lost through the construction
of dams and the creation of reservoirs in many of the river valleys of
the United States, continued its investigations throughout the year.
The work was carried on in cooperation with the National Park
Service and the Bureau of Reclamation, Department of the Interior,
and the Corps of Engineers, Department of the Army, and was
financed by the transfer of $73,800 from the National Park Service
to the Smithsonian Institution. These funds were provided in
part by the National Park Service and in part by the Bureau of
Reclamation.

Most of the work in the field was of a reconnaissance or survey
nature, with only a limited testing of sites where such was necessary
to determine their extent and character. In a few cases, however,
actual excavations were undertaken. The activities involved 18 States
and 88 reservoir areas. By the end of the year the number of reser-
voir basins surveyed, since the first parties started in July 1946, totaled
85. Their distribution is: Virginia 1, West Virginia 2, Georgia 2,
Tennessee 1, Oklahoma 2, Texas 5, Colorado (outside of the Missouri
Basin) 4, California 13, the Missouri Basin (7 States) 50, and the
Columbia Basin (4 States) 15. Those where surveys were under
way but not completed by June 30 are not included in this summary.
In the various areas visited 1,576 sites were noted and recorded and of
that number 250 have been recommended for extensive excavation.
The excavations completed or in progress on June 80 were: New
Mexico 1, Wyoming 1, Nebraska 1, South Dakota 1, North Dakota 1,

SIXTY-FIFTH ANNUAL REPORT 9

Texas 1, and Washington 1. Preliminary appraisals with recommen-
dations for further work, supplemented by some technical reports,
have been completed for all the areas surveyed. Limited editions of
61 have been mimeographed for distribution to the cooperating
agencies. The others were in varying stages of being processed at the
end of the year. These mimeographed pamphlets have not been
made available to the general public because they are not complete
archeological reports and are intended to be used only for reference
purposes by the Surveys staff while the program is going forward.
Reports for general distribution will be issued after the archeological
and paleontological work in each unit has been completed.

General direction and supervision of the work in Georgia, West
Virginia, Tennessee, Oklahoma, Texas, New Mexico, Colorado (outside
of the Missouri Basin), and some of the California projects were from
the main office in Washington. Direction of the program in the
Missouri Basin was from a field headquarters and laboratory at
Lincoln, Nebr., while the activities in the Columbia-Snake Basin were
under the supervision of a field office located at Eugene, Oreg.

The assistance and whole-hearted cooperation given to River Basin
Surveys staff men in the field by representatives of the National Park
Service, the Bureau of Reclamation, and the Corps of Engineers con-
tributed in no small degree to the success of much of the work. At
some of the projects temporary office space and storage facilities were
provided, at others transportation was furnished, and in a few cases
labor was made available to help in emergency excavations where
material had to be recovered immediately. The National Park Service
not only obtained the funds necessary for carrying on the program
as a whole, but also served as the liaison between the Smithsonian In-
stitution and the other governmental agencies to the benefit of all
concerned.

Washington office—The main office of the River Basin Surveys was
under the direction of Dr. Frank H. H. Roberts, Jr., throughout the
fiscal year. Carl F. Miller, archeologist, continued to operate from
this office, while Joseph R. Caldwell joined the staff as archeologist
on December 14, 1947, by transfer from the United States National
Museum, and Ralph S. Solecki was appointed in the same capacity
on March 2, 1948.

Mr. Miller spent the months from the beginning of the fiscal year
until January in completing a “Comprehensive Report on the Archeo-
logical Aspects of the Buggs Island Reservoir, Virginia and North
Carolina.” He left Washington on January 10, 1948, in company with
Mr. Caldwell, for Augusta, Ga., where they conferred with the Resi-
dent Engineer of the Clark Hill project on the Savannah River.
From Augusta they proceeded to Lincolnton, Ga., where they estab-
lished headquarters, January 13. and proceeded to make a survey of

10 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

the archeological remains of the area to be flooded by the Clark Hill
Reservoir. During the course of this work they located 128 sites,
70 of which will be covered by water when the dam is completed.
These sites included former village areas, camps, and stone-chipping
stations, with a few mounds. Materials collected from the surface
suggest the former presence of at least six sequent cultural groupings
in the area, including a considerable number which possibly antedate
the introduction of pottery making. Most of the sites are small and, as
a result of long-continued cultivation and erosion, few have any depth.
Three of them have been recommended for excavation. Two of the
latter are representatives of the type of culture which has been named
Stalling’s Island, and the third is the Rembert Mound Group described
by William Bartram in 1791 and partially excavated by C. C. Jones
in 1878 and Cyrus Thomas in 1894 but never thoroughly studied.
These mounds belong in the so-called Lamar period in the South-
eastern cultural sequence.

Miller and Caldwell completed their work at Clark Hill on May 31
and returned to Washington. They spent the remainder of the fiscal
year writing a preliminary report on the results of the survey and
preparing recommendations and estimates for an excavation program
in the basin.

Mr. Solecki left Washington on March 8, 1948, for Hinton, W. Va.,
where he established headquarters and began a survey of the Bluestone
Reservoir basin on New River. He completed the preliminary recon-
naissance on April 19 and left for Huntington, W. Va., to confer
with the District Engineer, Corps of Engineers. En route he stopped
at Charleston where, with the aid of Mrs. Roy Bird Cook, State
Historian and Archivist, he checked the records and manuscripts in
the History and Archives Department of West Virginia for possible
information on the Indians and early Colonial settlers in the New
River valley. He left Huntington on April 21, for Pittsburgh, Pa.,
stopping to examine some archeological sites at Moundsville, W. Va.
At Pittsburgh he obtained information from the District Engineer,
Corps of Engineers, about the proposed West Fork Reservoir in
the Monongahela Basin in north-central West Virginia. From Pitts-
burgh he proceeded to the West Fork Reservoir area and made a
preliminary reconnaissance of the area that ultimately will be flooded.
This work was completed on May 6, and he returned to the Bluestone
area for more intensive investigation of the remains occurring there.

Inasmuch as both of the reservoir projects surveyed by Mr. Solecki
are in mountainous regions, most of the traces of Indian and Colonial
occupation occur along the river bottoms. A total of 42 archeological
sites were found in the Bluestone area. These include mound groups,
village remains, rock shelters, one location where there are pictographs,
and four Colonial forts. At two of the sites, where potsherds were

SIXTY-FIFTH ANNUAL REPORT 11

found on the surface, Solecki did some test digging. The material
thus obtained places the cultural horizon in late pre-Columbian times
and indicates certain links between the Ohio Valley and the Great Val-
ley of the Shenandoah. Test excavations were also made in the largest
of the rock shelters where both historic and prehistoric objects were
found, the latter occurring in the deposits to a depth of 5 feet.
Because no previous archeological work has been done in this district
the excavation of three of the village sites and the large rock shelter
has been recommended. Solecki found 14 small sites, presumably
places where transient hunting parties had camped, in the West Fork
Basin. None of these are of sufficient size or depth to warrant further
study and no additional work was recommended. The West Virginia
surveys were completed on May 28 and Solecki returned to Washing-
ton where he spent the remainder of the fiscal year preparing reports
on the results of his investigations.

Dr. Gordon R. Willey, archeologist on the regular staff of the
Bureau of American Ethnology, was detailed to the River Basin
Surveys during August and September. On August 14 he went to
Nashville, Tenn., where he visited the office of the District Engineer
for the purpose of obtaining information about the Center Hill proj-
ect on the Caney Fork River near Baxter, Tenn. From there he
proceeded to Baxter and from August 20 to September 12 carried
on a survey of the area to be flooded. He found 39 sites consisting of
temple mounds, small earth-rock mounds, villages, and caves showing
some signs of occupation. Many of the sites proved to be Middle
Mississippian in culture and period; some suggested that they be-
longed in the pre-Mississippian category, and others may even repre-
sent the Archaic. The Middle Mississippian designates the period
when the people lived in large sedentary communities, depended pri-
marily on intensive agriculture for their subsistence, built temple or
substructure mounds, and made characteristic types of pottery and
other artifacts. This generally is believed to have been about A. D.
1300 to 1700. Pre-Mississippian also has been called the Burial Mound
period, or Southeastern Woodland culture. At that stage the people
lived in smaller communities or scattered households, lived pri-
marily by hunting, fishing, food gathering supplemented by a little
agriculture. This was during the centuries from approximately
A. D. 800 to 1800. The Archaic refers to small, scattered groups of
primitive hunters and food gatherers who are believed to have oc-
cupied the area prior to A. D. 700. Excavations were recommended
for one of the temple-mound sites and one of the earth-rock burial
mounds, with testing in some of the village remains. Unfortunately
flooding started before this could be accomplished, and the material
obtained from the survey constitutes most of our knowledge of that
portion of the Cumberland Basin.

12 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

After completing the survey at Center Hill, Dr. Willey proceeded
to Knoxville, Tenn., where he discussed archeological problems with
members of the Department of Anthropology at the University of
Tennessee. From there he returned to Washington and prepared his
report. He returned to his regular duties as a member of the Bureau
staff on October 1.

Oklahoma.—David J. Wenner, Jr., was appointed field assistant
on July 29, 1947, and proceeded to make a survey of the Hulah Reser-
voir basin on the Caney River in Oklahoma. The area to be in-
undated by this project is not large and he was able to cover it in a
few days’ time. He found four sites, all apparently camping places,
and because of their meager nature, did not believe them worthy of
further investigation. From the Hulah region he proceeded to the
Fort Gibson Reservoir project on the Grand (Neosho) River. A
rapid survey of that basin located 24 sites consisting of 1 mound
group, 1 bluff shelter, and the remains of 22 villages or camps. All but
three of the sites will be covered by water. ‘The most important is the
mound group known as the Norman site. It originally consisted of
six earth mounds and a large surrounding village area. Some work
was done in four of the lesser mounds a number of years ago by the
University of Oklahoma. One of the two remaining mounds is the
largest at the site and is connected to an adjacent low mound by a
ramp. Small test excavations have been made in the low mound
but the large one is virtually intact. It represents a stage of cultural
florescence in the southern United States about which very little is
known and may be comparable in scientific wealth to the famous Spiro
mounds, located in an adjacent county, destroyed by treasure hunters
some 15 years ago. Excavation of the Norman mound probably
would provide information essential to dating the Spiro-type culture
which presumably was the forerunner of the native Caddo culture of
the southern Plains at the beginning of historic times. For this
reason thorough investigation of the remaining manifestations at the
Norman site was recommended.

Mr. Wenner completed his field investigations on August 15 and
proceeded to Norman, Okla., where the University of Oklahoma pro-
vided him with facilities for studying the material collected and writ-
ing his reports. During the period of the surveys and the prepara-
tion of the reports, Dr. Robert E. Bell, of the Department of An-
thropology at the University, assisted Mr. Wenner as an advisor and
consultant. After completion of the work Mr. Wenner left the Sur-
veys to return to college. He again joined the staff on June 28, 1948,
and at the close of the fiscal year was engaged in making a survey of
the Tenkiller Ferry Reservoir on the Illinois River in the eastern part
of the State. Robert Shalkop and William Mayer-Oakes, student as-
sistants, were aiding in this work.

SIXTY-FIFTH ANNUAL REPORT 13

Texas —The River Basin Surveys in Texas continued to operate
throughout the year from the base and headquarters supplied by the
Department of Anthropology at the University of Texas, Austin.
Excavations were completed at one project, the survey of another res-
ervoir basin was brought to conclusion, and two others were started
and finished.

At the beginning of the year Joe Ben Wheat, archeologist, was en-
gaged in excavations at the Addicks Reservoir. This work was termi-
nated on July 15. Mr. Wheat then proceeded to Austin where he
studied the material he had collected and prepared a preliminary
report covering both the results of his survey of the Addicks Basin
and his excavations in two of the sites located there. He also
wrote a paper “Archeological Survey of the Addicks Basin: A Pre-
liminary Report” which was published in volume 18 of the Bulletin
of the Texas Archeological and Paleontological Society. He resigned
from the Surveys on August 15 in order to return to the university
and complete his graduate work.

The excavations at the Addicks Reservoir proved interesting because
they revealed a sequence of cultural stages extending from the era
before pottery making and agriculture were introduced through suc-
ceeding centuries until the beginning of contact with European cul-
ture. The period covered is from about A. D. 900 to 1700. Who the
people were is not known, but certain postulations may be made. At
the time of the first French and Spanish explorations of the region
the Akokisa band of the Atakapan occupied the area. Although little
is known of the specific culture of this group, it is generally considered
to have shared the general Atakapan culture extending into the lower
Mississippi Valley. The archeological culture is of the same south-
eastern pattern, which may point to the Akokisa as being the pre-
Columbian inhabitants of the Addicks district.

At the beginning of the fiscal year Robert L. Stephenson, arche-
ologist, was making a reconnaissance of the Whitney Reservoir basin
on the Brazos River north of Waco. This work continued until Oc-
tober 1, although August 2-4 he returned to Austin for the purpose of
depositing material collected and of conferring with members of the
Department of Anthropology at the University of Texas; August
30 to September 1 he visited the Spanish Fort and other sites in the
central Red River area; and September 13-14 he went to a number of
archeological locations near Waco, but outside the reservoir basin, for
the purpose of gathering comparative data. On August 23 he made a
114-hour flight over the entire Whitney area, successfully locating
archeological sites from the air and obtaining a comprehensive under-
standing of the district asa whole. He returned to Austin on October
1 and spent most of the following 2 months studying the material col-
lected and writing the preliminary report. He also prepared an ar-

14 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

ticle, “Archeological Survey of Whitney Basin,” which was published
in volume 18 of the Bulletin of the Texas Archeological and Paleonto-
logical Society.

During the course of his investigations Mr. Stephenson located
and recorded 61 sites in the Whitney Basin. These consist of 14 rock
shelters and 47 occupational areas in the open. Two fossil localities
were also located. He recommended 382 sites for further testing and
excavation. Such work should produce important evidence on the
cultural complexes of that portion of Texas.

Mr. Stephenson left Austin on November 26 and went to Lincoln,
Nebr., where he studied the field and laboratory methods being used
by the Missouri Basin Survey group. While at Lincoln he also attend-
ed the Fifth Conference for Plains Archeology and presented a paper
on the work which he had been doing in Texas. He returned to Aus-
tin on December 5 and on the 9th left to begin a survey of the Dam “B”
Reservoir basin on the middle Neches River in the eastern part of the
State. This work was completed on January 18, 1948, having been
interrupted by a trip to the Whitney Reservoir where 38 days were
spent in showing Dr. Theodore E. White, paleontologist, the bone
deposits located earlier. While on this trip Mr. Stephenson located a
jarge mound and accompanying village remains on the upper Neches
River near Palestine, Tex. From Dam “B” he proceeded to the McGee
Bend Reservoir on the lower Angelina River. Inclement weather,
however, interfered with active work in the field, and most of the time
until February 16 was devoted to studying local collections of arti-
facts, working on field notes, and on the report on the results of the
Dam “B” investigations. During this interval he also went to Galves-
ton, Tex., for a 3-day conference at the office of the District Engineer,
Corps of Engineers, regarding the dates of beginning and completion
of reservoir projects in all parts of Texas. The period from February
16 to April 15, except for 3 days (March 5-7) spent at Nacogdoches
studying old records to obtain data on the early history of the area, was
devoted to reconnaissance of the McGee Bend basin. When the survey
was finished Mr. Stephenson returned to Austin and was occupied until
the end of the year in preparing his reports on the Dam “B” and
McGee Bend investigations.

In the survey of the Dam “B” area 12 sites were located, but none
gave indication of being of sufficient importance to warrant further
examination. Comparable material occurs both in the McGee Bend
Basin and elsewhere in the region. Unless construction work should
reveal subsurface deposits of archeological significance no additional
work will be required at this reservoir and none was recommended.
At McGee Bend 80 sites were located and recorded. Of this number,
8 are early and contain no pottery, 34 are early pottery sites of the
Alto Focus (ca. A. D. 1000 to 1300), 22 are late pottery sites of Bossier,

SIXTY-FIFTH ANNUAL REPORT 15

Belcher, and Frankston Foci (ca. A. D. 1450 to 1600), and 1 is a historic
site. At many of these locations there are evidences of occupation
through two or more cultural periods and they are important for that
reason. Out of the group 31 sites have been recommended for fur-
ther testing or more extended excavation.

New Mexico—The only work done thus far in New Mexico con-
sisted of the excavation of portions of two shallow rock-shelters 8
miles southeast of Tucumcari. The manifestations at that location,
the Hodges site, were outside of the area directly involved by the
Tucumcari project and were in no danger of destruction either by
zonstruction work or ficoding. ‘They were being dug, however, on
week ends and holidays by workmen from the project and by settlers
attracted to the district by the development of the irrigation program.
In order to salvage as much as possible of what still remained, the
excavations were initiated by Herbert W. Dick, temporary field assist-
ant, who was employed by the Surveys for that purpose. Mr. Dick
worked at the Hodges site from August 18 to 26. He found that
both shelters contained a homogeneous lot of archeological material
representing a late pre-Columbian cultural period in that part of the
Southwest. On the basis of potsherds, found in association with the
stone and bone artifacts, a late fourteenth or early fifteenth century
dating is given to the archeological manifestations. After completing
the digging Mr. Dick went to Albuquerque, N. Mex., where he proc-
essed the specimens and prepared a preliminary report on his findings.

While Mr. Dick was engaged at the Hodges site it was visited by
Dr. Sheldon Judson who was completing a geological study of the
san Jon, N. Mex., region for the Smithsonian Institution. Dr. Jud-
son found that the lower deposits in the shelters contained interesting
and helpful stratigraphy and from the evidence he obtained there was
able to add another link in the “alluvial chronology” which he ha
established for that district, the chronology which promises to con-
tribute much to the understanding of the complex history of the
Late Pleistocene and subsequent periods in the Southwest. Because
of this the Hodges site enjoys an importance out of all proportion to
its antiquity and the archeological information which it produced.

Colorado.—Investigations in certain portions of Colorado are a part
of the major program for the Missouri Basin, but there are a num-
ber of others which fall outside that drainage area and which are
being conducted as separate units of the Surveys as a whole. ‘These
are in the Arkansas and Gunnison Basins. Later they will be ex-
panded to the Colorado-Big Thompson projects and other tributaries
of the Colorado.

Donald Eastman and Gary L. Yundt were appointed field assist-
ants on June 7 and immediately began surveys at a number of reser-
voir basins in the Gunnison drainage. Brief preliminary investiga-

816911—49

16 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

tions had been made at a number of these projects by Western State
College, Gunnison, students under the direction of Dr. C. T. Hurst of
that institution. Working in conjunction with Dr. Hurst and under
his general direction, Eastman and Yundt completed the surveys of
the Cottonwood, Cebolla, Gateview, and Almont reservoir areas and
at the close of the year were engaged in a reconnaissance of the Taylor
Lake project. The four basins where investigations were completed
contained 16 sites consisting of both rock shelters and open camps.
None appeared to be of sufficient importance to warrant recommenda-
tion for further study by the River Basin Surveys. However, Dr.
Hurst and Western State College volunteered to take over such of
the units as indicated the possibility of contributing some knowledge
and assume responsibility for the additional work needed to obtain it.

Arnold M. Withers was appointed to the Surveys staff on June 13 as
archeologist and on June 21 left Denver accompanied by W. W.
Thompson and M. F. Sullivan, student assistants, to begin the recon-
naissance of a number of reservoir projects in the mountains west of
Pueblo. This work was going ahead at the close of the fiscal year.
Mr. Withers and his associates used space made available by the De-
partment of Anthropology of the University of Denver as their base
of operations.

Missourt Basin—The Missouri Basin project continued in full
operation throughout the year. On July 1, three archeological surveys
and one paleontological reconnaissance were under way and the head-
quarters and laboratory at Lincoln, Nebr., were actively engaged in
processing data and specimens received from the field parties. Most
of the activities were of a survey nature, but some digging was done
at Birdshead Cave in the Boysen Reservoir, Wyo., at Medicine Creek
Reservoir, Nebr., and at several paleontological sites in Wyoming.
By the end of the first week in November weather conditions were such
that it was necessary to stop explorations for the season and all regular
personnel returned to Lincoln. From then until conditions again
became favorable in the spring, the time was devoted to the study of
materials and data collected and the preparation of reports. Field
work was initiated March 29, 1948, when an extensive series of exca-
vations was started at sites soon to be destroyed by construction oper-
ations at the Medicine Creek Dam in western Nebraska. This work
was in accordance with an agreement with the Bureau of Reclamation
whereby the River Basin Surveys provided the technical supervision
and the Bureau of Reclamation furnished the necessary labor and
equipment. This undertaking was still in progress at the end of the
fiscal year. On June 1 one archeological party left Lincoln for the
Angostura Reservoir, S. Dak., for further survey and excavation, and
on June 3 another left for Heart Butte Reservoir, N. Dak., to begin
similar activities. A paleontological party departed on June 1 for the

SIXTY-FIFTH ANNUAL REPORT LT

Boysen Reservoir area, Wyoming, to resume the collecting of fossil
material. All three parties were at those respective locations at the
end of the year.

The general results of the Surveys’ findings in the Plains were out-
lined in the 64th Annual Report of the Bureau of American Ethnology
and, although subsequent work added important details, need not be
repeated. Some mention, however, should be made of the excavations
carried on in the present year. Birdshead Cave, located near the
base of the Owl Creek Mountains, in the Boysen Reservoir basin,
Wyoming, contained several levels of aboriginal debris of occupation
separated by layers of decomposed rock and dust. The artifacts re-
covered, although small in number, show significant differences from
level to level. If these specimens can be correlated with those from
some of the single-occupation sites in the basin, a task which was being
attempted at the close of the year, it may be possible to arrange the
latter in a sequential order and thus establish a relative chronology
for the area. As a whole the material from upper levels of the cave
suggests a late pre-Columbian occupancy by Indians from the Great
Basin farther west rather than by people from the Plains. This in-
troduces another set of problems pertaining to the interrelationships
between two rather distinct groups over a long period of time. Fur-
ther work in the area should throw light on the subject.

Excavations at the Medicine Creek Reservoir were carried on from
September 5 to November 9, but little more than sampling was under-
taken at that time. When the work was resumed in March, large-
scale operations became possible through the labor and power ma-
chinery contributed by the Bureau of Reclamation. The use of heavy
equipment ordinarily is frowned upon by archeologists. Because of
the short time available for excavation before the sites were destroyed
by construction activities and the lack of funds needed to hire large
labor crews, however, it was deemed advisable to use bulldozers and
highway-grading machinery to remove the overburden from buried
village remains. The results obtained amply demonstrated the prac-
ticability and effectiveness of such equipment in uncovering archeo-
logical materials with a minimum of breakage, and wherever possible
its use probably will be extended to other projects. At Medicine
Creek entire sites were stripped of their sod or other cover, making it
possible to observe the complete village plan, to study village pat-
terns, and to discover small features not readily determinable by the
usual hand-labor methods. From March 29 to June 30 the remains
of 25 houses were uncovered, 87 cache pits located beneath their floors
were investigated, 13 similar pits outside the houses were examined,
and 13 middens were dug. Some 28,000 specimens including utensils
made of pottery, tools of bone, stone, and shell, and the remains of
various food stuffs such as animal bones, mussel shells and charred

18 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

vegetal materials (corn, beans, seeds of sunflower, squash, and wild
plum) were found. In a number of cases sections of wood in an
excellent state of preservation were obtained from post holes in the
house floors. These specimens are of value for determining the type
of vegetation in the area hundred of years ago and possibly may
furnish information for dating purposes.

Most of the remains in this district belong to the Upper Republican
culture, so named because the first of the type studied and defined
were located in the Republican River drainage of southern Nebraska.
It is not possible at this time to correlate them with any of the known
tribes, such as the Dakota, Pawnee, or Comanche, but this may be
done later. Remains of this culture are believed to date from ca.
A. D. 1200 to 1500. A few of the sites appear to belong to what has
been called “Woodland” because of their close relationship to others
east of the Missouri. Tentative dating places it in the centuries
A. D. 500 to 1200. In addition there are traces of a primitive hunting
people who inhabited the area several millennia earlier. There is no
doubt that the work at Medicine Creek has added a large and im-
portant body of new data on the pre-Columbian inhabitants of western
Nebraska and from it an unusually complete picture of life in the
area should emerge. It seems evident that several long-held scientiiic
theories regarding those people and their relationship to their environ-
ment will need to be revised. The information from Medicine Creek
certainly will be one of the most significant contributions yet made to
the study of Plains prehistory.

The paleontological work, under T. E. White, while not as important
in some ways as the archeological investigations, is making a definite
contribution to geology. This is particularly true in the Wind River
Basin in Wyoming where data collected by the River Basin Surveys
field party has aided in the identification of younger beds than pre-
viously had been supposed to be present in the area. Furthermore, no
historical summary of paleontology in any of the river basins would
be complete without consideration of the fragments of fossil bones and
leaves frequently found by archeologists in Indian sites. These ob-
jects probably were collected as curiosities, although they occasionally
were used as ornaments and sometimes attempts were made to work
silicified bones into implements. While not of great significance to
paleontology, they are a part of the story, and study of the material
ishelpful. Thus far 94 reservoir areas in the Missouri Basin have been
examined either briefly or in some detail, and specimens have been
collected from some 68. In a number of cases this material has helped
to clarify understanding of the area and will provide useful data for
future reference.

As during the previous year, Dr. Waldo R. Wedel, on detail to the
River Basin Surveys from the Division of Archeology, United States

SIXTY-FIFTH ANNUAL REPORT 19

National Museum, was in charge of the program. He prepared gen-
eral plans and coordinated all phases of the work, making numerous
trips of inspection to the areas where surveys and excavations were in
progress and supervising the work at Lincoln. He returned to his
official station at Washington on October 31, but during the fall and
winter months made regular monthly trips to Lincoln to check on the
work being done at the field headquarters and laboratory and to assist,
through advice and discussion, in the preparation of the reports on
the summer’s activities. He left Washington on May 26 for Lincoln
and on his arrival there resumed active direction of the program for
the field season.

J. Joseph Bauxar, archeologist, was at Chamberlain, S. Dak., at
the beginning of the fiscal year with the party, under the direction
of Paul L. Cooper, which was engaged in making a preliminary
reconnaissance of the west side of the Missouri River in the Fort
Randall Reservoir area. During the continuance of this work 82
sites were visited, and data on about 20 others were obtained from local
people. On July 19 test digging was initiated in some of the more
promising sites. The period from July 19 to August 20 was devoted
to the examination of burials at the Wheeler Bridge mound site.
These occurred in2 low mounds. At one of these there were 12 bundle
burials, and at the other 2, or possibly 3, of the same type. Inasmuch
as there were no funerary offerings accompanying any of the burials
and the material in the mounds was scarce, there was nothing to
indicate possible cultural relationship for these remains. On August
20 Mr. Bauxar shifted his operations to the Pease Creek site where
he opened an exploratory trench through a large refuse mound.
Two definite occupation levels were noted there, and a large quantity
of cultural material was recovered. The specimens suggest affiliation
- with either Upper Republican or prehistoric Arikara peoples. On
September 17 investigations were started at another site which gave
indications of a well-defined occupation level. Two trenches were
dug at that location. They revealed a well-defined occupation level
which extended below the plow zone. This work was completed on
October 6, and attention was then turned to the Oldham site where two
subsurface circular house floors were uncovered. These presumably
belong to a late occupation which apparently was Arikara. Some
shght evidence of an earlier Woodland occupation was also noted.
A preliminary examination of all the data collected from the various
sites investigated indicates a range of cultural types extending back
from late historic Yankton through what possibly was early Arikara
and even earlier Woodland.

Mr. Bauxar returned to Lincoln on November 6 and from then
until April 4 was engaged in working up his material and in establish-
ing an ethnohistory file for the Missouri Basin to be used as a ready

20 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

reference by the staff in correlating archeological materials with those
of known tribes. The Thwaites and Biddle editions of the Lewis and
Clark journals and the Ordway journal were the sources examined
for the desired information. A total of approximately 1,500 items
pertaining to tribal locations, contacts, material culture, and other
features were extracted from these journals. When this material has
been prepared for filing under tribal and subject-matter headings, it
probably will fill some 15,000 index cards.

From April 4 to June 26 Mr. Bauxar was on special assignment to
the National Park Service for the purpose of conducting historical
investigations at the Homestead National Monument in Gage County,
Nebr. Five limited areas were examined, and a report on the excava-
tions was prepared and submitted to the National Park Service,
Region Two Office, at Omaha. Upon the completion of this detail
Mr. Bauxar returned to the Lincoln headquarters and resumed his
work on the ethnohistory project.

On July 1 Wesley L. Bliss, archeologist, was working with the
field party under his direction at the Glendo Reservoir project in
Platte County, Wyo. The survey of this area, started in the month of
June, was completed on July 2, and having located a total of 43 sites
the party moved the following day to Boysen Reservoir, in Fremont
County, where further investigations were carried on until July 26.
During this period tests were made in Birdshead Cave in the Owl
Creek Mountains about 5 miles west of the dam site. This cave
showed six levels of occupation, and prospects for obtaining interest-
ing information about the aboriginal inhabitants of the area were so
promising that plans were made to return to it later in the season.
On July 27 the party moved to the Oregon Basin project in Park
County where it continued reconnaissance work, locating additional
sites which increased the total for the basin to 28, and did some test
digging in two rock shelters. August 11 it moved to the Canyon
Ferry Reservoir near Helena, Mont. Investigations there added to
the number of sites located during the preliminary examination of
the area in 1946, making a total of 31. The work there was completed
on August 26, and attention was turned to the proposed Tiber Reser-
voir near Shelby, Mont., where work continued until September 9.
During this period Mr. Bliss and his party spent 4 days traveling by
boat in order to locate and examine sites exposed along the river-cut
terraces. ‘These sites could not be reached by land and were not
visited during the preliminary reconnaissance made the previous year.
Additional sites located bring the total for Tiber to 53. Leaving this
area, Mr. Bliss returned to the Boysen Reservoir and from September
11 to November 6 completed excavation of the Birdshead Cave and
did some test digging in other sites. He returned to Lincoln on No-
vember 8 and from then until the end of the fiscal year was engaged

SIXTY-FIFTH ANNUAL REPORT 21

in laboratory work and the preparation of supplementary reports
on the Glendo, Boysen, and Canyon Ferry projects. He also wrote
a “Summary Report on the Archeology of the Wyoming-Montana
River Basin Surveys of 1947—with Comments on Smokey Hill and
Republican River Sub-basins in Kansas and Nebraska.” Mr. Bliss
presented two papers at the Fifth Conference for Plains Archeology
in November. One of these summarized the results of the archeologi-
cal surveys in Wyoming and Montana and the other discussed the
subject of Early Man in the northwest Plains. Mr. Bliss also attended
the joint meeting of the American Anthropological Association and
the Society for American Archeology at Albuquerque, N. Mex., in
December, and presented a paper dealing with archeological problems
in the western Plains.

As previously stated, Paul L. Cooper was in charge of a survey party
which at the beginning of the fiscal year was operating in the Fort
Randall Reservoir area in South Dakota. On July 12 and 13 Mr.
Cooper attended a field conference of workers in upper Missouri River
archeology at Bismarck, N. Dak., and from there he accompanied Dr.
Waldo R. Wedel, field director of the River Basin Surveys, and Dr.
Jesse D. Jennings, National Park Service archeologist, on an inspec-
tion trip to a site which was being excavated by the University of
North Dakota near Fort Yates, N. Dak. From there he returned to
Lincoln and until August 4 worked on a preliminary report on the
archeological resources of the Fort Randall Reservoir. On August 6,
after conferring for 2 days with personnel of the Corps of Engineers
in Omaha and with the Director of the University of South Dakota
Museum at Vermillion, Mr. Cooper returned to the Fort Randall field
unit which had been under the direction of Mr. Bauxar during his
absence. From then until October 28 he remained with the field party
and participated in the investigations already discussed in connection
with Mr. Bauxar’s activities. He then returned to Lincoln to take
charge of the field headquarters upon the departure of Dr. Wedel for
Washington.

Mr. Cooper continued this supervision, which was both technical
and administrative, throughout the fall and winter months during the
periods when Dr. Wedel was in Washington. He made several trips
to Omaha and Denver for the purpose of consulting with officials of
the National Park Service, the Corps of Engineers, and the Bureau of
Reclamation. As time permitted, the data collected during the field
season were summarized preparatory to the writing of technical re-
ports, and preliminary reports were prepared on certain phases of the
field work. He also participated in the Fifth Conference for Plains
Archeology, presenting a paper summarizing the field work and dis-
cussing pottery types found in certain districts in the Plains area. In
May Mr. Cooper represented the Missouri Basin project of the River

DO BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

Basin Surveys at the annual session of the Nebraska Academy of Sci-
ences and read a paper explaining and summarizing the activities of
the Surveys. On June 3 Mr. Cooper left Lincoln for North Dakota.
Two days were spent en route in conferring with personnel at the
University of South Dakota Museum. Arriving at the Heart Butte
Reservoir project on the Park River in North Dakota, Mr. Cooper
initiated reconnaissance work and started some test excavations in
a site not far above the location for the dam. These investigations
were in progress at the close of the fiscal year.

Robert B. Cumming, Jr., archeologist, continued to serve as the
laboratory supervisor at the Lincoln headquarters. He planned and
directed the procedures for processing specimens, photographic nega-
tives and prints, the preparation of maps and diagrams for the reports,
the typing of manuscripts and cutting of stencils, and the general
maintenance of equipment. During the course of the year 37,406 speci-
mens were cleaned, repaired if necessary, numbered, cataloged, and
stored. Since the beginning of the project 59,306 specimens have been
processed. Over 830 photographic negatives and their prints were
added to the files, bringing the total to 1,256. Approximately 100
kodachrome positives were cataloged, making 179 now available for
use in illustrating talks about the program. During the year Mr.
Cumming established a file for photographic enlargements suitable
for publicity purposes and one for lantern slides. Reference maps
and aerial photographs were indexed and filed, 835 of the former and
277 of the latter now being available for use by the staff. In addition
Mr. Cumming assisted in and supervised the mimeographing and
assembling of reports issued during the year. These consisted of 10
preliminary archeological reports, 5 supplementary archeological
reports, and 2 paleontological reports. He also carried on the project
inventory and requisitioning of supplies throughout the year. During
such times as the field director and acting director were away from
Lincoln he was in charge of the field office.

From July 1 to November 7, Jack T. Hughes, archeologist, assisted
Wesley L. Bliss in Wyoming and Montana, where he participated in
reconnaissance and survey of several reservoir basins. From Novem-
ber 8 to May 30 he worked in the office at Lincoln where he aided in
the preparation of various reports on the field work of the 1947
season. He wrote two reports entitled “Supplementary Appraisal of
the Archeological Resources of Oregon Basin Reservoir, Park County,
Wyoming” and “Supplementary Appraisal of the Archeological Re-
sources of Tiber Reservoir, Toole and Liberty Counties, Montana.”
He also prepared the following section of a report entitled “Archeology
of Birdshead Cave, Fremont County, Wyoming”: Introduction, site,
locale, occupation, and complexes, as well as parts of those on remains

SIXTY-FIFTH ANNUAL REPORT 23

and conclusions. During this period Mr. Hughes also devoted some of
his time to an analysis of the archeological materials in the collection
of the Nebraska State Historical Society from the Barn Butte site on
the North Platte River in Garden County, Nebr., in the preparation of
a report on this site; the preparation of a table showing proposed
correlations of geological, climatological, and archeological events
at several selected sites in the western United States; and in the prepa-
ration of a report on stonework terminology for the Nomenclature
Committee of the Conference for Plains Archeology.

Mr. Hughes left Lincoln on June 1 for the Angostura Reservoir
in South Dakota where, with J. M. Shippee, field assistant, he began
a reconnaissance and intensive survey of the area to be flooded. This
work was in progress at the close of the year.

At the start of the fiscal year, Marvin F. Kivett, archeologist, was
in charge of a party engaged in an archeological reconnaissance of
the proposed Garrison Reservoir in northwest North Dakota. This
reconnaissance included surface survey and limited test excavations in
a number of the more important of the 70-odd known sites located in
and adjacent to the reservoir. These sites include permanent earth-
lodge villages, buried occupational zones, burial locations, and
numerous tipi-ring groups. The reconnaissance was terminated at
Garrison on August 20, and the party transferred its attention to
the Baldhill Reservoir on the Sheyenne River, where a brief recon-
naissance was carried on from August 22 to August 28. This resulted
in the location of 10 archeological sites, 7 of which were occupational
areas and 3 were mound groups. All the occupational sites yielded
some pottery, while one mound tested yielded four disarticulated
burials. The party returned to the River Basin Surveys Laboratory
in Lincoln on August 29.

On September 5 Mr. Kivett went to the Medicine Creek Reservoir,
Frontier County, Nebr., to do some test digging at several previously
located sites. Four pit-house floors, located in two village sites at-
tributable to a variant of the Upper Republican complex, were ex-
cavated, and an occupational area located on a low terrace near the
mouth of Lime Creek was tested by means of trenches. The latter
site presumably is a variant of the Woodland pattern. This work was
terminated on November 9 because of inclement weather, and Mr.
Kivett returned to Lincoln.

During the period November 10 to March 27 Mr. Kivett prepared
preliminary archeological reports for the Baldhill and Garrison Reser-
voirs in North Dakota, and the proposed Davis Creek Reservoir in
Nebraska. He also worked on a technical paper dealing with a shell-
bead ossuary excavated during the fall of 1946 on Prairie Dog Creek,
Phillips County, Kans., near the upper limits of the Harlan County
Reservoir.

PA BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

On March 28 Mr. Kivett returned to the Medicine Creek Reservoir
to begin an extensive excavation program. During the period March
29 to June 30, three village sites on or near the dam axis were excavated,
and digging was started at the remains of a fourth village a short
distance above the dam in the reservoir basin. This work included
the uncovering of 25 house floors, the recovery of 2 burials, and ex-
tensive excavations in midden areas associated with the house floors.
Power machinery, furnished by the Bureau of Reclamation, was used
primarily for removing the sterile overburden covering most of the
area, for the removal of refuse dirt, and for digging exploratory test
trenches. The bulk of the materials recovered appear to be attribut-
able to the Upper Republican aspect. At the close of the fiscal year
the work was continuing, with attention being directed toward a series
of small sites on the right bank of the reservoir basin approximately
1 mile above the dam axis.

George Metcalf was appointed field assistant on September 25 and
proceeded immediately to the Medicine Creek Reservoir where he
joined Marvin F. Kivett in the excavation being conducted there.
He returned to Lincoln on November 9 and from then until March
28, when he again went to Medicine Creek, he devoted his time to
classifying, studying, and writing a technical paper on the specimens
collected during the field work. This report included not only the
material obtained by the River Basin Surveys party, but also that
secured by a group from the Nebraska State Historical Society which
had excavated several house sites in the area during the summer.
Mr. Metcalf’s manuscript will be incorporated into the major report
on the Medicine Creek investigations. On June 30 he was in charge
of a portion of the work at Medicine Creek.

J. M. Shippee, field assistant, was with the Bliss party from July
1 to November 8. After his return to Lincoln he devoted the time
in the laboratory to work on the specimens from Birdshead Cave, the
sorting and classifying of artifacts from other localities, and the prep-
aration of maps. He left Lincoln on June 1 with the Hughes party
and was participating in the surveys at Angostura Reservoir at the
end of the year.

Dr. Theodore E. White, paleontologist, was occupied in paleontolog-
ical reconnaissance from July 1 to September 19. In the course of
this work he visited 7 reservoir areas in Nebraska, 23 in Wyoming, and
25 in Montana. This phase of his investigations was interrupted
from August 21 to September 11 while he dug the skull and several
vertebrae of a dinosaur from the Jurassic Morrison beds in the Middle
Fork Reservoir area in northeastern Wyoming. Dr. White returned
to the Lincoln office on September 20 and spent the time until Octo-
ber 8 preparing preliminary reports on the reservoir projects exam-
ined during the summer. He then left for the Rocky Ford and Philip

SIXTY-FIFTH ANNUAL REPORT 25

Reservoir areas in South Dakota and from there proceeded to the
Boysen Reservoir in Wyoming where he initiated a survey of the area
to be inundated by that project. While in the Boysen Basin he col-
lected a number of specimens of fossil mammals and a large soft-
shelled turtle. He returned to Lincoln November 7 and from then
until January 6 devoted his time to writing reports and consulting
geological literature for information bearing on the reservoir areas.

Leaving Lincoln, Dr. White went to Texas where, from January 9
to 29, he made a paleontological reconnaissance of the Whitney Reser-
voir basin on the upper Brazos River. From there he returned to
Washington, D. C., and from February 2 to May 15 worked in the
United States National Museum identifying osteological material ob-
tained from archeological sites, examining specimens, consulting geo-
logical literature relative to the reservoir areas in the Missouri Basin
and Texas, and preparing reports. He then went to the Lincoln office
and devoted the period from May 18 to June 1 making preparations
for the summer’s field activities. He left Lincoln on June 1 for the
Boysen Reservoir where he resumed the investigations interrupted by
the onset of bad weather the previous autumn. From June 4 to June
30 he collected a number of specimens of fossil mammals and reptiles
and made extensive notes on the structure and stratigraphy of the
area.

A number of student assistants were employed during the year as
members of the various field parties. Robert L. Hall and Warren
Wittry were with the Cooper party in South Dakota from July 1 to
September 10, when they returned to college. Both men again joined
Mr. Cooper on June 22 and were working with him at the Heart Butte
Reservoir at the end of the fiscal year. Gordon F. McKenzie, John
L. Essex, and Leo L. Stewart were with Marvin F. Kivett at the
Garrison and Baldhill Reservoir projects in North Dakota at the be-
ginning of the fiscal year. Mr. Stewart left the party on August 20, and
Mr. Essex and Mr. McKenzie terminated their employment on August
30 following the return to the Lincoln headquarters. H. G. Pierce was
with the Bliss party in Wyoming and Montana from July 1 to Sep-
tember 10. John C. Donohoe assisted Dr. Theodore E. White from
July 1 to September and again joined him on June 14 for work in the
Boysen Reservoir. Ernest Lundelius joined the staff on June 1 and left
Lincoln with Dr. White when he started for Wyoming. Both he and
Mr. Donohoe were with the White party at the close of the year.

Pacific Coast area.—During the fiscal year the River Basin Surveys
project in the Pacific Coast region carried out investigations of the
archeological and paleontological resources in 14 reservoir areas in
the Columbia Basin, and in 7 reservoir areas in central California.
The results of this work were described in reports prepared for mim-
eographing and limited distribution. A total of 180 sites were found

26 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

in the Columbia Basin reservoirs, including sites of major and minor
importance, and a total of 80 in those in California.

Dr. Philip Drucker, detailed from the regular staff of the Bureau
to serve as field director, was in charge of activities in this area. Dur-
ing the period from July 1 to September 30 he made field headquarters
at Eugene, Oreg., utilizing office space made available to the Surveys
by the Department of Anthropology of the University of Oregon. He
divided his time about equally between the Kugene office, where he
planned the survey work and carried out the routine necessary for its
operation, and the field, where he at times accompanied the survey par-
ties, and checked on the results of their investigations. At the end of
September he departed for Washington, D. C., having closed the field
headquarters for the winter. In Washington he prepared the reports
previously mentioned on the basis of the data collected by the field
parties, in addition to his activities as a member of the staff of the Bu-
reau of American Ethnology.

On May 18 he left Washington for the Pacific Coast, stopping en
route at Milwaukee, Wis., for the purpose of conferring with the
Committee for the Recovery of Archeological Remains which met
in that city on the 14th and of participating in a symposium on the
River Basin Surveys program. He arrived at Portland, Oreg., where
he conferred with the officials of the Columbia Basin Recreational
Survey Office concerning the status of various reservation projects
of the Bureau of Reclamation and the Corps of Engineers in the
Columbia Basin. On May 18 he arrived in Kugene, Oreg., where he
completed arrangements for office and laboratory space at the De-
partment of Anthropology of the University of Oregon. From May
20 to 28 he conferred with officials of the Region Four Office of the
National Park Service at San Francisco on plans for the field season,
and also with representatives of the departments of anthropology at
the University of California, Berkeley, University of California at
Los Angeles, and the University of Washington. As the result of
these conferences, arrangements were made for two cooperative pro-
grams of research. The Department of Anthropology of the Univer-
sity of Washington arranged to put a party in the field under the direc-
tion of a member of the River Basin Surveys staff, to make an intensive
survey and preliminary testing of the Potholes (O’Sullivan) Reservoir
area in eastern Washington. The corresponding department at the
University of California arranged to undertake investigations during
the latter part of the summer in reservoirs in the upper San Joaquin
drainage that had previously been examined by the survey.

During the month of June Dr. Drucker was occupied with planning
the itineraries of survey field parties and obtaining the necessary per-
sonnel and equipment for them. On June 28 the parties were as-
sembled, given the necessary instructions, and sent into the field. At

SIXTY-FIFTH ANNUAL REPORT |

the close of the fiscal year Dr. Drucker was at the field headquarters
in Kugene.

Franklin Fenega and Clarence E. Smith, archeologists, had just
commenced their field work at the beginning of the fiscal year. During
the month of July they investigated three reservoir areas in the
Willamette River drainage, the Detroit, Dorena, and Meridian, in
Oregon. From there they proceeded to the site of the McNary Reser-
voir on the Columbia River just upstream from Umatilla, Oreg., and
Plymouth, Wash., where they continued investigations for the re-
mainder of the summer. All these reservoirs are Corps of Engineers
projects. McNary Reservoir they found to be extremely rich in archeo-
logical remains, and after the preliminary reconnaissance survey had
been completed on August 20, they carried out an intensive survey to
establish which of the many sites found would most fruitfully reward
excavation. On the basis of their intensive survey it was possible
to make recommendations for the excavation of five groups of sites.
On completion of the field work they summarized their field data, and
submitted a preliminary report. Mr. Fenega resigned from the River
Basin Surveys on September 22 in order to return to his academic
work at the University of California. Mr. Smith was transferred to
temporary headquarters at Berkeley, Calif., on the 22d, and carried
out surveys at the following reservoirs in California: Dry Creek,
Monticello, Kelsey Creek, Indian Valley, Sly Park, and Wilson Valley.
On December 17 he resigned from the Surveys to resume academic
work at the University of California.

Richard D. Daugherty, archeologist, and Francis A. Riddell, field
assistant, were also just starting field work at the beginning of the
fiscal year. During the remainder of the field season they examined
the following reservoir areas: Cascade, Smith’s Ferry, Scrivers Creek,
Garden Valley in Idaho; Equalizing, Long Lake, and Potholes (O’Sul-
livan) in Washington; Anderson Ranch and Palisades in Idaho; and
Hungry Horse in Montana; all projects of the Bureau of Reclamation.
The greatest wealth of archeological remains they found to occur in
the Bureau of Reclamation’s Columbia Basin project, comprising
Equalizing, Long Lake, and Potholes (O’Sullivan) Reservoirs. Both
men resigned from the River Basin Surveys staff on September 24,
having completed the preliminary reports on their field investiga-
tions for the season. On June 15, Mr. Daugherty was reappointed to
the River Basin Surveys staff and was put in charge of the coopera-
tive project arranged with the Department of Anthropology of the
University of Washington. On June 19 he departed for the field
with his crew and established a field camp in the Moses Lake area.
At the end of the fiscal year he was still in the field in that location,
Mr. Riddell was reappointed to the River Basin Surveys staff as field
assistant on July 28 and departed with other members of the survey

28 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

crew to begin an investigation at Benham Falls Reservoir in eastern
Oregon.

George L. Coale, archeologist, Harry S. Riddell, Jr., field assistant,
and Douglas Osborne, field assistant, joined the staff of River Basin
Surveys on June 28 and proceeded to Benham Falls Reservoir to begin
the season’s survey work there.

Albert D. Mohr and William S. King, who had assisted Clarence
KE. Smith during October and November, were employed by the River
Basin Surveys temporarily as field assistants during the period May
16-21 to carry out an investigation of the Mariposa Reservoir basin on
Mariposa Creek on the east side of the San Joaquin Valley in central
California. Only three small sites were located and none were rec-
ommended for further investigation.

Cooperating institutions.—State and local institutions have con-
tributed to the River Basin Surveys program in various ways. In
addition to furnishing space for field offices and laboratories as at the
University of Nebraska, the University of Texas, the University of
Denver, Western State College, the University of California, and the
University of Oregon, universities and local institutions in some cases
have joined forces with the Surveys for cooperative projects and in
others have taken over units in the survey program. As previously
mentioned, the excavation project at the O’Sullivan Reservoir in
Washington was a cooperative undertaking between the University of
Washington and the River Basin Surveys. This also was true for the
surveys in western Colorado where members of the Surveys staff
worked with field parties from Western State College at Gunnison.

During the year the University of Kentucky made surveys at the
Wolf Creek Reservoir on the Cumberland River, and at the Dewey
Reservoir on Johns Creek in the Big Sandy River drainage. In
addition, the University conducted excavations at the Wolf Creek
Reservoir and furnished the River Basin Surveys with a detailed
report on its activities. The University of Georgia established sur-
veys in the Chattahoochee and Flint River basins and did some ex-
cavation work in areas which will be inundated. The Alabama Muse-
um of Natural History did reconnaissance work and some digging.
The Florida Park Service took over the survey of the area in Florida
which will be flooded by the construction of the Woodruff Dam on
the Apalachicola River near Chattahoochee. The University of Ten-
nessee made a survey of the Stewarts Ferry Reservoir basin on Stones
River and did preliminary reconnaissance at the Harpeth River proj-
ect. It also made arrangements for some salvage work at the Center
Hill Reservoir where the impounding of water began too soon for the
River Basin Surveys to do more than make a reconnaissance and rec-
ommend the excavation of certain sites. The University of Missouri,
in cooperation with the Missouri Archeological Society, made surveys

SIXTY-FIFTH ANNUAL REPORT 29

in the Bull Shoals, Clearwater, Pomme de Terre, Joanna, Table Rock,
and Waco Reservoirs, and carried on excavations in key sites at Bull
Shoals and Clearwater. The University of Oklahoma did some exca-
vation work in a village site which will be flooded by the Fort Gibson
Reservoir on the Grand (Neosho) River. The University of Kansas
did survey work and started excavations at a village site in the Kanap-
olis River basin on the Smoky Hill River in Kansas. In Nebraska the
State Historical Society carried on excavations at archeological sites
in the Medicine Creek Reservoir area outside the Federally acquired
lands adding important supplemental information on remains beyond
the localities being worked by the River Basin Surveys. The Lab-
oratory of Anthropology of the University of Nebraska excavated in
two important sites in the Harlan County Reservoir area on the Re-
publican River in the southern part of the State. The University of
Nebraska State Museum carried on paleontological work near the
Medicine Creek Dam site and on Lime Creek, a tributary of Medicine
Creek, where important information was obtained on some of the earli-
est cultural remains thus far found in North America. The Museum
also collected paleontological material from the Harlan County Reser-
voir. The University of North Dakota, in cooperation with the
North Dakota Historical Society, carried on excavations at the Heart
Butte Reservoir, on the Heart River, in the summer of 1947, and at
the Baldhill Reservoir on the Sheyenne River beginning June 21,
1948. ‘The University of Colorado made a preliminary reconnais-
sance of the 8 reservoir areas comprising the Colorado-Big Thompson
project, while the University of Denver made brief surveys of 12 reser-
voir basins comprising the Blue-South Platte project. Western
State College of Colorado did preliminary work in nine reservoir
basins of the Gunnison-Arkansas project. ‘The Museum of Northern
Arizona, at Flagstaff, assumed responsibility for surveys at the Alamo
project on Williams River in the western part of the State, but had
not started investigations at the end of the year. The Archeological
Surveys Association of Southern California, sponsored by a number
of museums in that area, completed surveys in eight proposed reservoir
and flood-control projects in that portion of the State. The Univer-
sity of California, at Berkeley, took over responsibility for the exca-
vation of key sites located by the River Basin Surveys in the Pine
Flat Reservoir on King’s River and in the Isabella Reservoir on Kern
River. Actual operations had not yet gotten under way, however,
by June 80.

Progress reports and completed reports prepared by the cooperat-
ing organizations are sent to the River Basin Surveys so that the
results of their investigations may be coordinated with the over-all

30 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

program. All the information obtained by these groups thus becomes
a part of the general record of the River Basin Surveys.

EDITORIAL WORK AND PUBLICATIONS

There were issued 1 Annual Report, 2 Bulletin volumes (Hand-
book of South American Indians), and 4 Publications of the Institute
of Social Anthropology as listed below:

Sixty-fourth Annual Report of the Bureau of American Ethnology, 1946-1947,
30 pp.

Bulletin 143. Handbook of South American Indians. Julian H. Steward,
editor. Volume 3, The Tropical Forest tribes. 986 pp., 126 pls., 134 figs., 8 maps.
Volume 4, The Circum-Caribbean tribes, 609 pp., 98 pls., 79 figs., 11 maps.

Institute of Social Anthropology Publ. No. 4. Cultural and historical geography
of Southwest Guatemala, by Felix Webster McBryde. 184 pp., 48 pls., 2 figs.,
25 maps.

Institute of Social Anthropology Publ. No.5. Highland communities of Central
Peru: A regional survey, by Harry Tschopik, Jr. 56 pp., 16 pls., 2 maps.

Institute of Social Anthropology Publ. No. 6. Empire’s children: The people
of Tzintzuntzan, by George M. Foster. 297 pp., 16 pls., 36 figs., 2 maps.

Institute of Social Anthropology Publ. No. 7. Cultural geography of the
modern Tarascan area, by Robert C. West. 77 pp., 14 pls., 6 figs., 21 maps.

The following publications were in press at the close of the fiscal
year:

Bulletin 143. Handbook of South American Indians. Julian H. Steward,
editor. Volume 5, The comparative ethnology of South American Indians.
Volume 6, Physical anthropology, linguistics, and cultural geography of South
American Indians.

Institute of Social Anthropology Publ. No. 8. Sierra Popoluca speech, by
Mary L. Foster and George M. Foster.

Institute of Social Anthropology Publ. No. 9. The Terena and the Caduveo of
Southern Mato Grosso, Brazil, by Kalervo Oberg.

Institute of Social Anthropology Publ. No. 10. Nomads of the Long Bow:
The Siriono of Eastern Bolivia, by Allan R. Holmberg.

Publications distributed totaled 25,037 as compared with 8,205 for
the fiscal year 1947.

LIBRARY

Accessions in the library of the Bureau totaled 145 volumes, bring-
ing the total accession record as of June 30, 1948, to 34,607.

ILLUSTRATIONS

Work on the restoration of Indian photographs consumed the
greater part of the year. The rest of the time was spent on work for
the editors and on the preparation of maps and illustrations for
Bureau publications.

SIXTY-FIFTH ANNUAL REPORT 31

ARCHIVES

Ever-increasing use is being made of the manuscript and photo-
graphic collections of the Bureau. Cards for the manuscript catalog,
compiled for publication, have been typed and assembled. Upon
completion of this project, a similar catalog of the photographic
negatives in the Bureau collection, was begun. Approximately 2,600
cards for this catalog were typed by the end of the fiscal year.

The Bureau also put into operation its new filing system of photo-
graphic prints, the first installment of 30 albums having been ac-
quired for prints from newly restored negatives. Each print is
labeled with information pertinent to the subject. Full biographical
data is furnished where possible in the case of portraits, so that the
information is easily accessible to inquirers. At the close of the fiscal
year, approximately 200 new file prints have been thus filed. Prints
for the duplicate reserve file also have been labeled and filed with
protecting paper between the prints. Requests for pay orders ex-
ceeded 300 prints during the year.

Up to July 1, 1948, 200 restorations of old negatives were com-
pleted. This necessitated the making of 200 11- by 14-inch enlarge-
ments, 200 mountings, 200 8- by 10-inch negatives, and 600 8- by
10-inch file prints. In addition to the restoration program, the Bureau
photographer filled requisitions for 53 negatives, 988 prints, and 807
enlargements.

COLLECTIONS

Collections transferred by the Bureau of American Ethnology
to the United States National Museum during the fiscal year were
as follows:

Accession
No. Collection
177,085. 1 skeleton of an Indian child, 2-3 years old, from near Lela, Wheeler

County, Tex.

177,393. 1 skull and 4 cervical vertebrae of a dinosaur. Collected by Dr.
Theodore E. White 1214 miles west of Kaycee, Johnson County, Wyo.

178,819. Archeological material collected at Cerro de las Mesas, Veracruz,
México, 1941, by the National Geographic Society-Smithsonian Insti-
tution Expedition under the direction of Dr. M. W. Stirling.

178,831. 3 Miocene specimens from the Canyon Ferry Reservoir area in Mon-
tana; and 6 Hocene specimens from the Boysen Reservoir area in
Wyoming. Collected by Dr. T. E. White and John C. Donohoe.

178,942. 538 specimens of archeological material collected by Dr. Gordon R.
Willey from the Center Hill Reservoir on Caney Fork River, DeKalb
County, Tenn.

179,088. 2 mollusks from Medicine Creek, Nebr.

32 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

MISCELLANEOUS

During the year Dr. Antonio J. Waring of Savannah, Ga., was
made a collaborator of the Bureau of American Ethnology, while
Miss Frances Densmore and Dr. John R. Swanton continued as
collaborators. | :

During the course of the year information was furnished by mem-
bers of the Bureau staff in reply to numerous inquiries concerning
the American Indians, both past and present, of both continents.
Various specimens sent to the Bureau were identified and data on
them furnished for their owners.

Respectfully submitted.

M. W. Strirtine, Director.

Dr. A. WETMORE,

Secretary, Smithsonian Institution.

ts :
hire

Pano

SIXTY-SIXTH
ANNUAL REPORT OF THE

BUREAU OF
AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

TO THE SECRETARY OF THE
SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION

1948-1949

UNITED STATES
GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE
WASHINGTON : 1950

BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

Director.—MATTHEW W. STIRLING.

Associate Director.—FRANK H. H. RoBeErts, Jr.

Senior ethnologists.—H. B. CoLuins, Jr., JOHN P. HARRINGTON, W. N. FENTON.
Senior anthropologists —G. R. WILLEY, P. DRUCKER (on military leave).
Collaborators.—FRANCES S. DENSMORE, JOHN R. SWANTON, A. J. WARING, Jr.
Editor.—M. HELEN PALMER.

Librarian.—MIRIAM B. KETCHUM.

Illustrator.—EDWIN G. CASSEDY.

INSTITUTE OF SOCIAL ANTHROPOLOGY

Director.—G. M. Foster, Jr.

Anthropologists.—Brazilian office: DoNALD PIERSON, KALERVO OBERG; Colombian
Office: RayMonp FE. Crist; Mevzican office: IsaBeL T. KeEtty; Peruvian office:
GEORGE KUBLER.

RIVER BASIN SURVEYS

Director.—FRANK H. H. RoBeErts, Jr.

Archeologisis—J. JOSEPH BAUxAR, WESLEY L. BLIss, JoSEPH R. CALDWELL,
GrorGE L. CoALe, Paut L. CoopPer, RoBERtT B. CUMMING, Jr., RicHARD D.
DAUGHERTY, Marvin FE. Kiverr, Cart F. Mitter, Homer DovucLtas OSBORNE,
RatpH §. SoLecKI, Ropert L. STEPHENSON, ARNOLD M. WITHERS, RICHARD PAGE
WHEELER.

Paleontologist—THEODORE E. WHITE.

SIXTY-SIXTH ANNUAL REPORT
OF THE
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

M. W. Sririine, Director

Sir: I have the honor to submit the following Report on the field
researches, office work, and other operations of the Bureau of American
Ethnology during the fiscal year ended June 30, 1949, conducted in
accordance with the Act of Congress of June 27, 1944, which provides
“* * * for continuing ethnological researches among the Ameri-
can Indians and the natives of Hawaii and the excavation and pres-
ervation of archeologic remains. * * *”

SYSTEMATIC RESEARCHES

At the end of December Dr. M. W. Stirling, Director of the Bureau,
left to continue the cooperative program of archeological work in
Panama of the National Geographic Society and the Smithsonian
Institution. Excavations were conducted at Utivé in the province of
Panama, at Barriles and Palo Santo in the province of Chiriquf, and
at three sites midway between Santiago and Son4 in the province of
Veraguas. At Utivé and Barriles heretofore undescribed ceramic
cultures were encountered, while at the other sites much new informa-
tion was obtained on the classic Chiriqui and Veraguas cultures. The
expedition received splendid cooperation from Maj. Gen. Willis Hale,
commanding general of the air forces of the Caribbean area, who, in
addition to other assistance, allowed the use of two helicopters for
reconnaissance work in the Utivé-Chepo area. Dr. Stirling returned
to Washington with the Panamanian collections in the middle of
May.

Dr. Frank H. H. Roberts, Jr., Associate Director of the Bureau
and Director of the River Basin Surveys, devoted the greater part of
his time during the fiscal year to the direction and administration of
the River Basin Surveys. On November 4 and 5, Dr. Roberts
attended the meetings of the American Philosophical Society at
Philadelphia where he presented a paper on the River Basin Surveys
program. From November 22 to 30, Dr. Roberts was at Lincoln,
Nebr., inspecting the field headquarters for the Missouri Basin project.
While at Lincoln he also took part in the Sixth Conference for Plains
Archeology and presided over one of the symposia. During the year
he also served as a member of the executive committee for the Divi-

2, BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

sion of Anthropology and Psychology, National Research Council.
Dr. Roberts’ report of the work of the River Basin Surveys during
the fiscal year appears in another section of this report.

Dr. John P. Harrington, ethnologist, continued the revision of his
erammar of the Maya language. Study of sources and the vast
literature on the subject shows that there were 10 linguistic stocks in
southern México and Central America that had Maya-style hiero-
glyphic writing. The work also included revision of a previous paper
on Maya hieroglyphs.

A study incident to this Maya work was the determination of the
origin of the word ‘“‘Maya.”’ This word appears first in the letter written
by Bartholomew Columbus in 1506 telling of the fourth voyage of
Columbus. The letter employs the spelling ‘‘“Mayam” which is
clearly derived from the native Maya name for Yucatén, Mayab.

During the winter a paper was prepared on the names ‘‘Tiwa”’ and
““Tewa,’’ designations of two languages in New Mexico. Early in the
spring Dr. Harrington prepared a series of six maps of America show-
ing the meanings of State, province, and country names.

On April 14 Dr. Harrington left Washington for Old Town, Maine,
to pursue ethnological and linguistic studies on the Abnaki Indians.
He was engaged in this project at the end of the fiscal year.

Dr. Henry B. Collins left Washington in June for the Arctic, having
been invited by the Canadian Government to conduct archeological
excavations with the assistance of Colin Thacker of the National
Museum of Canada at Frobisher Bay on Baffin Island, where Charles
Francis Hall in 1868 had reported ancient Eskimo house ruins and
where a large group of Eskimo now live. The Eskimo ruins were
found—buried remains of semisubterranean houses made of stones,
whale bones, and turf. Excavation showed that the site had been
occupied successively by Eskimo of both the prehistoric Dorset and
Thule cultures. Comparison with other prehistoric Eskimo sites
indicated that the Dorset phase represented is one of the earliest of
that culture known. The Thule phase, which followed the Dorset, is
likewise early, showing close affinities with northern Alaska, its place
of origin. In addition to the archeological work, measurements were
obtained and photographs taken of 80 adult Eskimo—40 males and
40 females—at Frobisher Bay. This was the first anthropometric
study to be made of the present-day Baffin Island Eskimo.

In Washington Dr. Collins continued as anthropological adviser for
the Encyclopaedia Arctica, which Dr. Vilhjalmur Stefansson is pre-
paring for the Office of Naval Research. Dr. Collins’ term of office as
Chairman of the Board of Governors of the Arctic Institute of North
America terminated at the end of the calendar year 1948, but he con-
tinued as chairman of the directing committee for the Institute’s

SIXTY-SIXTH ANNUAL REPORT 3

Bibliography of Arctic Literature and Roster of Arctic Specialists.
In continuation of the archeological program begun in 1948 Dr.
Collins left Washington in May to conduct excavations at Resolute
Bay, Cornwallis Island, N. W. T., under the joint auspices of the
Smithsonian Institution and the National Museum of Canada.

From July 1 to September 10 Dr. Fenton was engaged in field work
among the Seneca Indians of western New York on a grant from the
Viking Fund of New York City. Working at Quaker Bridge on Al-
legany Indian Reservation, he obtained a life history of an aged Seneca
named Chauncey Johnny John with whom Dr. Fenton has worked
since 1933. Especially fine materials were collected on social organi-
zation, kinship, and age grades. Twelve reels of recordings were
made which included the entire ritual of the Seneca Dark Dance, the
opening address and several long prayers belonging to the Green Corn
Festival, the entire Women’s Rite of Thanksgiving to the cultivated
crops, and an origin legend for the False-face Society in Seneca and
in English.

The Fourth Conference on Iroquois Research, under the direction
of Dr. Fenton, met at Red House, N. Y., October 8-10, to review out-
standing accomplishments in Iroquoian studies in the fields of lin-
guistics, ethnology, and archeology. The Proceedings of the Con-
ference, edited by Dr. Fenton, were issued in mimeograph form by the
Smithsonian Institution.

The project of collecting materials for a political history of the Six
Nations was reported in a general paper to the American Philosophical
Society on November 4. The same research led to examining the
Kirkland Papers in Hamilton College Library, and on December 1
Dr. Fenton addressed the College on its founder: “Samuel Kirkland:
Observer, Negotiator, and Educator.’”’ A lecture was given to the
Anthropology Club of Syracuse University, and manuscripts were
examined in local libraries. Work continued in the manuscript col-
lections of the New York Historical Society and at the New York
Public Library. The Massachusetts Archives in the State House,
the Essex Institute in Salem, and the Peabody Museum of Salem were
visited in January. Three reels of the Pickering Papers were com-
pleted and filed. Arrangements were made with Dr. C. M. Barbeau
of the National Museum of Canada for obtaining microfilm of docu-
ments in Canadian libraries for the American Philosophical Society
Library.

During the year Dr. Fenton served as a member of the Language
Panel of the United States National Commission for UNESCO; he
represented the Smithsonian at meetings of the Policy Board of the
United States National Indian Institute, and in subsequent conferences
at the State Department toward a Second Inter-American Confer-

4 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

ence on Indian Life, for which he prepared a paper. He served as
President of the Anthropological Society of Washington.

Dr. Fenton published several papers on anthropological subjects in
various journals during the year.

The research activities of Dr. Gordon R. Willey, anthropologist,
during the year were confined principally to study of data and mate-
rials previously obtained in the field. ‘They included the final prepa-
ration of a monograph, ‘Archeology of the Florida Gulf Coast,” a
culmination of studies begun by the Bureau of American Ethnology
as early as 1923, with Dr. Willey engaged on the project since 1940.
The war and other duties interrupted the completion of the manuscript,
but it is now in process of publication by the Smithsonian. Eight
other manuscripts by Dr. Willey are in press or awaiting publication,
and four additional manuscripts are in preparation: “Ancon-Supe:
Formative Period Sites of Central Pert’? (with J. M. Corbett and
L. M. O’Neale); ‘“Huari, an Important Site in the Central Peruvian
Highlands” (with D. Collier and J. H. Rowe); ‘Prehistoric Settle-
ment Patterns in the Virt Valley, Pert,” and “‘Archaeological Explora-
tions in the Parita Zone, Panamé.”’

Dr. Willey served in a consultative capacity for the period of final
editing of volumes 5 and 6 of the Handbook of South American Indi-
ans (Bureau Bulletin 143) and also assisted with certain administrative
matters concerned with the Smithsonian River Basin Surveys.

Dr. Willey participated in a series of round-table discussions under
the leadership of Dr. A. L. Kroeber during the months October
through February. ‘These meetings, held at Columbia University,
New York, were concerned with general discussions of anthropological
method and theory. Throughout the year he served as assistant
editor for the Handbook of Latin American Studies of the Library of
Congress Hispanic Foundation. He also served as assistant editor of
the journal American Antiquity, with reference to the South American
area.

From March through May Dr. Willey served as Smithsonian repre-
sentative at several committee meetings of the State Department
Committee for Scientific and Cultural Cooperation, and at an open
meeting of the Caribbean Commission.

SPECIAL RESEARCHES

Miss Frances Densmore, collaborator of the Bureau, submitted to
the Bureau a manuscript entitled ‘(Musical Customs of the Indians of
the Parana Delta and La Plata Littoral and the Gran Chaco.”

INSTITUTE OF SOCIAL ANTHROPOLOGY

The Institute of Social Anthropology was created in 1943 as an
autonomous unit of the Bureau of American Ethnology to carry out

SIXTY-SIXTH ANNUAL REPORT 5

cooperative training in anthropological teaching and research with
‘the other American republics. During the past year it was financed
by transfers from the Department of State totaling $97,900 from the
appropriation ‘‘Cooperation with the American Republics, 1949.”
Long-range planning for the Institute became increasingly difficult
during the year because of threatened budget reductions for the fiscal
year of 1950. Otherwise, the Institute continued to function much
as in previous years, and good work was done by all staff members.
Principal activities were as follow:

Washington office—Dr. George M. Foster, Director of the Institute
of Social Anthropology, made a 3-weeks trip to Spain in November
1948 to investigate the possibility of ethnographical field work in that
country, with a view to throwing additional light on the development
of the contemporary cultures of Hispanic America. In March 1949
Dr. Foster made a second trip to Spain, serving as Smithsonian
Institution delegate at the centennial celebration of the Royal
Academy of Natural, Exact, and Physical Sciences of Madrid. Dr.
Gordon R. Willey assumed direction of the Institute of Social Anthro-
pology during Dr. Foster’s absence.

Upon the recommendation of the Director a grant-in-aid was ex-
tended by the Department of State to bring Dr. Luis Duque Gémez,
Director of the Instituto Etnolégico y Servicio de Arqueologia of
Bogoté, Colombia, to the United States for a 3-months period, Oc-
tober 1948 to January 1949. An itinerary was arranged by Dr.
Foster whereby Dr. Duque was able to visit the larger universities and
anthropological centers in the United States both in the East and in
the West. Also upon the recommendation of the Director, a like
invitation was extended to Dr. José Cruxent, Director of the Museo de
Ciencias Naturales in Caracas, Venezuela. Dr. Cruxent is expected
to arrive in the United States in August 1949.

Brazil.—Drs. Donald Pierson, sociologist, and Kalervo Oberg, social
anthropologist, continued to give courses at the Escola Livre de
Sociologia e Politica in S&0 Paulo, Brazil. Dr. Pierson, assisted by
students from the school, completed field work in the caboclo com-
munity of ‘‘A Vila’? near Sio Paulo, and completed a manuscript
describing this work. Dr. Pierson also served as official observer of
the United States Government at the UNESCO Conference held in
Montevideo, Uruguay, September 6-10, 1948, to consider ways and
means of stimulating the development of science in Latin America.
He was brought to the United States at the end of June 1949, for con-
sultation on future plans for work in Brazil. Dr. Oberg spent July
and part of August 1948 in field work among the Indians of the
headwaters of the Xingt River. In June 1949 he left on a 3-months
trip to the Paressi and Nambiquara groups, northwest of Cuiabé in

6 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

Mato Grosso. On both of these trips he was accompanied by students
from the Escola Livre.

Colombia.—Dr. John H. Rowe returned to the United States from
Popayan, Colombia, in September to accept a permanent position at
the University of California. Dr. Raymond E. Crist, professor of
geography at the University of Maryland, was employed in February
1949 on a temporary basis to replace Dr. Rowe. In the short time
Dr. Crist has been in Popay4n he has given courses and lectures in the
Universidad del Cauca, dealing with Iberian culture and its dissemina-
tion in the New World, and with geographic methods and theories.
He has made several short field trips to small communities near
Popayan, and has been host to the American Ambassador, Willard L.
Beaulac, who, with his private party, flew from Bogota for the express
purpose of becoming acquainted with the work of the Institute in
Popay4én.

Mézxico.—Dr. Isabel Kelly, social anthropologist, continued to repre-
sent the Institute at the Escuela Nacional de Antropologia in Mexico
City, giving anthropology courses and guiding independent research
of students. A part of the spring of 1949 again was spent in the
Totonac area, where final field notes on this group were taken, prepara-
tory to writing a monograph describing the results of three seasons of
work. Dr. Stanley Newman, linguist, resigned from the Institute
in February 1949, to accept a position at the University of New
Mexico. Up to this time he continued his teaching schedule at the
Escuela. His research included investigations of the Otomi and
Nahuatl Indian languages, and participation in the literacy campaign
of the Mexican Government. A significant paper on the Otomi
language was completed, and a major monograph on Nahuatl was
undertaken.

Perté.—Dr. Allan Holmberg resigned from the Institute in August
1948 to accept a permanent position at Cornell University. He was
immediately replaced by Dr. George Kubler, of Yale University, who
arrived in Lima early in September. Dr. Kubler continued teaching
projects in the Instituto de Estudios Etnoldégicos, and also gave a
course in the University of San Marcos. He devoted much atten-
tion to the social history of the colonial period in Pert, with particular
emphasis on demography, and shifts in populations during this period.
This work will to a considerable extent close the gap between the
data of archeological studies in the Viri Valley in north Pert, made
by Smithsonian and other scientists, and the contemporary studies
made by Dr. Holmberg and teachers and students of the Instituto
de Estudios Etnolégicos, thus completing one of the longest sequences
of culture history known from any part of the world. Dr. Kubler
made a brief trip in March 1949 to Bogoté and Popayan, to investigate

SIXTY-SIXTH ANNUAL REPORT 7

documents in the Colombian capital dealing with demographic move-
ments on the west coast of South America in colonial times, and to
consult with Dr. Crist on Institute of Social Anthropology matters.
In June 1949 he served as Adviser to the American Delegation at the
Third Annual Interamerican Indian Congress, held in Cuzco.

Publications.—Institute of Social Anthropology Publications Nos.
8 and 9 appeared during the year and Nos. 10, 11, and 12 were in
press. These are listed with the publications of the Bureau of Ameri-
can Ethnology.

RIVER BASIN SURVEYS

The River Basin Surveys, organized in 1946 as a unit of the Bureau
of American Ethnology to carry into effect a memorandum of under-
standing between the Smithsonian Institution and the National
Park Service providing for the salvage of archeological and paleon-
tological materials that will be lost as a result of the nation-wide
program for flood control, irrigation, hydroelectric, and navigation
projects sponsored by the Federal Government, continued its opera-
tions during the year. As in the past, the investigations were con-
ducted in cooperation with the National Park Service and the Bureau
of Reclamation of the Department of the Interior, the Corps of
Engineers, Department of the Army, and a number of nongovern-
mental local institutions. The work was financed by the transfer of
$145,400 ($20,000 of which was appropriated in the 2d Deficiency
Act and did not become available for actual use until the beginning
of fiscal 1950) to the Smithsonian Institution by the National Park
Service. The money comprising these funds was derived in part
from the Bureau of Reclamation and in part from the National Park
Service.

- Activities in the field consisted mainly of reconnaissance or surveys
for the purpose of locating sites that will be involved in construction
work or are so situated that eventually they will be mundated. There
was a limited testing of sites to determine their nature and extent,
where such was deemed essential, and at seven locations extended
excavation or intensive testing was carried on. The surveys covered
67 reservoir areas scattered throughout 8 river basins and 14 States.
At the end of the year the total of the reservoir areas surveyed or
where some digging has been done since the start of the program in
July 1946 had reached 154 located in 21 States. During the course
of the work 2,107 archeological sites have been recorded, and of that
number 456 have been recommended for excavation or further testing.
Thus far preliminary appraisal reports have been finished for all the
reservoirs, and 97 have been mimeographed for distribution to the
cooperating agencies. Where several reservoirs form a unit in a single

866385—50——2

8 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

drainage subbasin the information on all is included in a single report,
so that the 97 mimeographed pamphlets contain information on some
130 of the reservoir projects. In addition to the archeological papers,
one comprehensive report on the paleontological problems in the
Missouri Basin was also issued. More detailed technical reports
completed for a number of projects have appeared in scientific journals
or are awaiting publication.

The distribution by States of all the reservoirs investigated, as of
the close of the fiscal year, is as follows: California, 16; Colorado, 23;
Georgia, 2; Idaho, 9; Illinois, 2; Iowa, 3; Kansas, 6; Minnesota, 1;
Montana, 5; Nebraska, 16; New Mexico, 1; North Dakota, 13;
Oklahoma, 5; Oregon, 12; South Dakota, 9; Tennessee, 1; Texas,
10; Virginia, 1; Washington, 9; West Virginia, 2; Wyoming, 8. Exca-
vations completed during the year were: Colorado, 1; Nebraska, 1;
North Dakota, 1; Oklahoma, 1; Oregon, 1; Washington, 1. In a
number of cases the digging was started in the previous fiscal year
and continued over into fiscal 1949. Other States where excavations
were made in prior years are: Kansas, 1; New Mexico, 1; Texas, 1;
and Wyoming, 1.

As has been the case since the start of the River Basin Surveys
program, staff men in the field received full cooperation from repre-
sentatives of the National Park Service, the Bureau of Reclamation,
the Corps of Engineers, and various State agencies. Temporary
office and laboratory space was provided at some of the projects,
transportation and guides were furnished at others, and in several
instances labor and mechanical equipment made available by the
construction agency materially increased excavation operations.
Had it not been for this assistance it would not have been possible to
accomplish all that was done during the year. The National Park
Service was primarily responsible for obtaining the funds which sup-
ported the program and continued to serve as the liaison between the
Smithsonian Institution and the other governmental agencies, both
in Washington and through its several regional offices. The untiring
efforts of Park Service personnel played a large part in furthering the
progress of the program as a whole.

The main office in Washington had general direction and super-
vision over the work in Oklahoma, Texas, Minnesota, North Dakota
(in the drainage of the Red River of the North), Iowa, Illinois, Colo-
rado (outside of the Missouri Basin), and California. In the Missouri
Basin, direction of the program was from a field headquarters at Lin-
coln, Nebr., where all the materials collected by the survey and exca-
vation parties were also processed. Activities in the Columbia Basin
were supervised from a field office located at Eugene, Oreg.

Washington office—Throughout the fiscal year the main head-

SIXTY-SIXTH ANNUAL REPORT 9

quarters of the River Basin Surveys continued under the direction of
Dr. Frank H. H. Roberts, Jr. Carl F. Miller, Joseph R. Caldwell,
and Ralph S. Solecki, archeologists, were based on that office, although
Caldwell and Solecki did not work full time for the Surveys.

Richard P. Wheeler was appointed archeologist on the staff on
August 27, and from that date until May 16 functioned under the
direction of the Washington office, although all his work was done in
the field. On May 16 he was transferred to the Missouri Basin
and from then until the close of the year was based on the Lincoln
headquarters.

Mr. Miller spent most of the year in the office preparing reports
based upon material gathered in the field during the previous year,
and assisting the Director in reviewing the literature pertaining to
archeological manifestations occurring in areas where additional reser-
voir projects are proposed. His ‘‘Appraisal of the Archeological
Resources of the Clark Hill Reservoir Area, South Carolina and Geor-
gia”? was completed and mimeographed for distribution in December.
Another article, “Karly Cultural Manifestations Exposed by the
Archeological Survey of the Buggs Island Reservoir in Southern
Virginia and Northern North Carolina,’’ was published in the Journal
of the Washington Academy of Sciences, vol. 38, No. 2, December
1948. A paper based on information obtained during the survey of
the Clark Hill Reservoir, ‘‘The Lake Spring Site, Columbia County,
Georgia,”’ was to appear in American Antiquity, vol. 15, No. 1, July
1949. Several others have been accepted for publication elsewhere.
Mr. Miller made two trips to Clarksville, Va., in the late winter and
early spring, the first for the purpose of investigating unauthorized
pot-hunting activities in the Buggs Island Reservoir area, and the
second to speak before the Archeological Society of Virginia on the
problems of the Buggs Island archeological program. He also went
to Richmond, Va., where he spent 2 days at the Valentine Museum
examining manuscripts and other documentary materials pertaining
to early explorations and surveys in Virginia, northern North Carolina,
and eastern West Virginia in an effort to obtain further data bearing
on the aboriginal history of the Buggs Island area.

In July and early August Mr. Caldwell collaborated with Mr. Miller
in working over the materials collected during the Clark Hill Reservoir
survey. During that period he prepared a paper, ‘The Rembert
Mounds, Elbert County, Georgia,” based on new information obtained
at Clark Hill. Another article, ‘‘Palachacolas Town, Hampton
County, South Carolina,’ was printed in the Journal of the Washington
Academy of Sciences, vol. 38, No. 10, October 15, 1948. On August
19 Mr. Caldwell joined Dr. Robert E. Bell, of the University of Okla-
homa, at Wagoner, Okla., and began the excavation of a large mound

10 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

at the Norman Site in the Fort Gibson Reservoir basin. That work
continued until September 22. Mr. Caldwell returned to Washington
on September 25 and on October 3 was granted leave of absence to
join an expedition of the Universities of Chicago and Pennsylvania in
Iraq and Iran. He returned to duty on the staff of the River Basin
Surveys June 26, 1949, and began work on materials from the Alla-
toona Reservoir basin in Georgia.

Ralph 8S. Solecki devoted the summer and fall months to the prepara-
tion of reports on his work at the Bluestone and West Fork projects in
West Virginia. The Bluestone paper was mimeographed and dis-
tributed in December and that for the West Fork in March. Mr.
Solecki also prepared a detailed article, ‘‘An Archeological Survey of
Two River Basins in West Virginia,’’ which was published in West
Virginia, History, vol. 10, Nos. 3 and 4. In December he was tempo-
rarily transferred to the regular staff of the Bureau of American
Ethnology and was sent to Natrium, W. Va., to excavate a mound on
the property of the Pittsburgh Plate Glass Co. The latter organiza-
tion planned to level the mound to make room for new buildings and
in order that nothing of value might be destroyed made arrangements
with the Bureau to have it done properly, providing the necessary
labor for the project. Mr. Solecki returned to the River Basin Sur-
veys on January 12. In following months he continued to work on
the material from West Virginia and on May 8 was transferred to the
Smithsonian Institution staff so that he could accompany a party of
the United States Geological Survey to Alaska for an archeological
reconnaissance along the upper Kukpowruk and Kokolik Rivers in
northern Alaska. At the close of the fiscal year he reported having
located some 50 late Eskimo sites.

California.—Investigations in California were not as extensive as 10
previous years and were limited to three reservoir projects, In
October David A. Frederickson and Albert Mohr, field assistants of
the River Basin Surveys, working under the general supervision of
Francis A. Riddell, assistant archeologist of the California Archeologi-
cal Survey, University of California, and in cooperation with the latter
organization, examined the areas to be flooded by the Black Butte,
Farmington, and New Melones Reservoirs, all Corps of Engineers
projects.

The Black Butte Dam is to be built in Stony Creek, and the basin
it will flood lies in Glenn and Tehama Counties, a region formerly
occupied by the Wintun. The survey located 26 sites in the area and
it is believed that excavations in a number of them would provide a
reasonably accurate and balanced picture of the material cuiture of the
Indians who lived there. 3

The Farmington Dam is planned for Littlejohn Creek, and the

SIXTY-SIXTH ANNUAL REPORT 11

reservoir formed by it will inundate areas in both San Joaquin and
Stanislaus Counties. It would seem that in aboriginal times that
section was more suitable for occupation than it has been in recent
years because 24 sites were found there. Most of them are of the
surface variety, indicating seasonal occupation, but some have cultural
deposits with artifacts, bone, and shell occurring in some abundance.
All the artifacts are alike, both in types and material, and are of
particular interest because they consist in the main of crude core tools,
cores, and flake tools, with only a few blade fragments and no arrow-
heads. The material from which they were made occurs in the local
stream beds in the form of cobbles. Excavations in a number of the
sites are recommended for the purpose of obtaining information both
as to their probable position in the chronological sequence of the area
and as to their relationships.

The New Melones Reservoir will fill a deep and narrow valley
formed by the Stanislaus River in Calaveras and Tuolumne Counties.
The area is one in which there was considerable mining activity at
one time, and there is an existing reservoir which has modified the
surface of the ground to some degree. Consequently only four sites
were noted, despite the fact that the Northern Miwok once inhabited
the region, and no further archeological activities were recommended.

Colorado.—Because of the physiographic character of the area in-
cluded within the political boundaries of Colorado the numerous
projects there occur within the limits of several drainage systems.
Consequently some of the archeological investigations have been
conducted as a part of the Missouri Basin program, while others
have been carried on as separate units of the Surveys as a whole.
Only the latter are discussed in this section of the report.

At the start of the fiscal year Donald Eastman and Gary L. Yundt,
field assistants, were continuing reconnaissance of the area involved
in the Taylor Lake Enlargement of the Gunnison-Arkansas project.
They completed this work on July 7, after having located only two
sites that will be covered by the waters of the larger lake resulting
from the construction of a new dam. The sites apparently were
former camps and only surface material was present. ‘The latter,
however, is crude in character and suggests a much earlier cultural
horizon than that of the late nomads. Neither of the sites showed
sufficient depth to warrant excavation, and no further work is recom-
mended for that project. From Taylor Lake, Eastman and Yundt
proceeded to the Cimarron Damsite located on the Gunnison River
just below the confluence of the latter and the Cimarron. The area
to be flooded by this project had previously been surveyed in part
by the Chipeta Chapter of the Colorado Archeological Society,
Montrose, which made it possible for the Survey men to complete

12 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

their work by July 17. All the sites located, eight in number, indi-
cate that they were camping places, and the surface materials col-
lected from them are typical of the late nomadic Indians of the
region. Similar sites are abundant outside of the basin of the pro-
posed reservoir, hence no further investigations are needed there.
Eastman and Yundt returned to Gunnison, Colo., from the Cimarron
project and, having completed their reports, resigned from the River
Basin Surveys on July 23. During the course of their investigations
they worked under the genera! direction and supervision of Dr. C. T.
Hurst of Western State College, Gunnison, who had cooperated with
the River Basin Surveys on a number of previous surveys.

Arnold M. Withers, archeologist, completed reconnaissance of nine
proposed reservoir areas in the Blue-South Platte project, which he
had started toward the end of the previous year, and examined six of
those in the Gunnison-Arkansas project east of the Rocky Mountains.
All the proposed reservoirs of the Blue-South Platte project, Two
Forks, Shawnee, Blue, Snake, Tenmile, Ruedi, Pando, Piney, and
Empire, are located in the high mountain valleys of the Colorado
Rockies at altitudes ranging from 8,000 to 10,000 feet above sea level.
They will be situated in Douglas, Park, Summit, Eagle, Pitkin, and
Clear Creek Counties. Only six definite archeological sites were
found in the nine reservoir areas, although further surveys are recom-
mended for the Snake and the upper part of the Two Forks, and they
appear to have been temporary camps occupied by a people engaged
in hunting and gathering wild food products. At none of them are
the deposits of sufficient depth to warrant excavation. ‘The materials
collected from the surface suggest that the sites are prehistoric, al-
though they have no great age, and that they probably are attributable
to Ute Indians.

The six proposed reservoirs of the Gunnison-Arkansas project, the
Graneros, Cedarwood, Ben Butler, Pueblo, Higbee or Purgatoire, and
Horse Creek, are in the broken country of the High Plains along the
Arkansas or its tributaries in Pueblo, Huerfano, Otero, and Bent
Counties, Colo. The rapid survey of the area by Withers produced
a total of only 13 sites for the project. They consist of rock shelters
and open camps. At a number of the latter, tipi rings were noted.
Although the small number of sites indicates that the area was sparsely
populated, the character of the materials collected from them suggests
that a long period of time is represented. ‘Testing is recommended
for some of the rock shelters and two of the stone-circle sites, but none
appears to be worthy of complete excavation. A more intensive in-
vestigation of the Pueblo and Purgatoire reservoir basins is indicated
if the projects are authorized and construction work is started.
Withers completed his work and left the Surveys on August 14.

SIXTY-SIXTH ANNUAL REPORT 13

During the investigations he was provided with a base of operations
by the University of Denver.

Preliminary reconnaissance of the eight reservoirs included in the
Colorado-Big Thompson project by the University of Colorado was
completed in the autumn of 1947. In accordance with reeommenda-
tions made at that time, the River Basin Surveys arranged for a more
intensive survey and the testing of some sites in the Granby Reservoir
on the Colorado River in Grand County. That work was carried out
during August and September by Robert F. Burgh, field assistant,
who was on leave of absence from the University of Colorado Museum,
aided by William Woodard and Byron W. Houseknecht, student
assistants. Only four sites were located in the area to be flooded, and
two of those showed only surface traces of stone chips and a few im-
plements. Another consisted of stone circles, presumably tipi rings,
but yielded no artifacts. The fourth was a camp site located on the
west side of the basin on a terrace adjacent to Stillwater Creek.
Trenching of the site produced a variety of cultural remains consisting
of hearths, potsherds, stone projectile points, stone scrapers, manos,
metate fragments, and animal bones. No traces of house remains
were found, and the occurrence of fireplaces at varying depths below
the surface suggests that there were repeated but casual occupations
of the terrace during successive seasons without any permanent habi-
tation. Potsherds from the site were of two kinds, cord-marked and
corrugated. The cord-marked is from a cooking ware of Woodland
type, while the corrugated undoubtedly came from the Northern
Periphery of the Southwest. The pottery indicates that the site
probably dates between A. D. 900 and 1300. ‘The bulk of the material
obtained there shows that the affiliations were clearly with the pre-
historic Plains cultures, particularly those responsible for the camp
sites along the foothills in northeastern Colorado.

Conclusions, based on the results of the work in that area, are that
no further investigations are warranted in the Colorado-Big Thomp-
son project unless construction operations accidentally uncover un-
suspected remains. West of the Continental Divide there are no
sites as good as the one examined in the Granby Reservoir, while east
of it there are numerous examples outside the reservoir basins which
not only appear to have the same cultural identity as those within
them but to offer greater promise.

Columbia Basin.—Work in the Columbia Basin was based on the
field headquarters at Eugene, Oreg., where office and laboratory space
was provided by the University of Oregon. Dr. Philip Drucker, on
detail from the Bureau of American Ethnology, continued to direct
the program until October 1 when he returned to Washington and his
regular duties prior to being granted military leave beginning October

14 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

22. After Dr. Drucker’s departure from Eugene, Homer Douglas
Osborne, archeologist, was appointed acting field director and placed
in charge of the office there. He continued in that capacity through-
out the remainder of the year.

From July to early September, two parties consisting of two men
each, were engaged in the investigation of reservoir areas in the
Columbia Basin. During that time they explored 15 reservoir basins,
6 of which are Corps of Engineers projects, and 9 of which are projects
of the Bureau of Reclamation. The Corps of Engineers projects in-
clude the 4 navigational reservoirs on the lower Snake River in Wash-
ington, Ice Harbor, Lower Monumental, Little Goose, and Lower
Granite. In addition Lucky Peak Reservoir basin in Idaho was
examined, and the results of the survey of Chief Joseph (Foster Creek)
Reservoir in east-central Washington initiated some years ago by the
University of Washington were checked and the survey was com-
pleted. The work done in Bureau of Reclamation reservoirs involved
the examination of sites in the Deschutes project, Benham Falls and
Prineville Reservoirs, and checks of the proposed enlargement of
Wickiup and Crane Prairie Reservoirs. In addition a series of small
reservoirs in eastern Oregon and central Idaho were surveyed. They
were: Mason, Ryan Creek, and Bully Creek in northeastern Oregon;
and Lost Valley Enlargement and Horse Flat Reservoirs in Idaho.
Within the boundaries of those 15 reservoir basins a total of 128
archeological sites were found and recorded.

Excavation projects were carried out in the McNary Reservoir
area, Oregon-Washington, and in the O’Sullivan (Potholes) Reservoir,
Washington. The work at McNary was a cooperative undertaking
between the River Basin Surveys and the University of Oregon, while
that at O’Sullivan was a joint venture between the Surveys and the
University of Washington.

Investigations at McNary were carried on from August 5 to Sep-
tember 11 under the direction of Homer Douglas Osborne. ‘The
digging was done by students from various west coast universities.
Extensive tests were made in two sites on Berrian Island, Wash.,
which had been designated as a source of aggregate for dam construc-
tion, and at an important one on the Oregon side of the river. In
addition to previously unknown information about local Indian vil-
lage and house patterns, the excavations produced 48 burials and
1,870 artifacts. The skeletal material provides one of the largest
series thus far available for study and should throw considerable light
on the physical characteristics and relationships of the people. The
artifacts will give a good cross section of the material culture prevail-
ing at the time of first contact with European influence.

The O’Sullivan project was well under way at the start of the fiscal

- SIXTY-SIXTH ANNUAL REPORT 15

year and continued until August 19. Richard D. Daugherty, arche-
ologist, was in charge of the party, which consisted of students from
the University of Washington. The scene of operations was a village
site located on the shores of Moses Lake, an area which will be in-
undated when the dam is completed. Three house-pit depressions and
the terrain immediately surrounding them were carefully examined.
Good data were obtained on the form and construction of the houses,
and the series of artifacts recovered during the digging will aid in
determining the cultural status of the people. The absence of all
European objects indicates that the site antedates the period of
exploration and early trading posts. The results at O’Sullivan, in
general, indicate that more intensive work should be done there.

Special mention should be made of the excellent cooperation on the

part of other governmental agencies. The National Park Service,
through the Region Four office at San Francisco and the Columbia
Basin Recreational Survey office at Portland furnished the Eugene
office with current information on reservoir priorities, construction
schedules, and field maps. The Bureau of Reclamation, through the
Region One office in Boise, Idaho, not only supplied maps of reservoir
areas and information on their projects, but greatly facilitated the
archeological investigations by placing vehicles at the disposal of the
survey parties. The Corps of Engineers, through the office of the
Division Engineer, and also the Portland and Seattle District offices,
provided maps and other essential information. In addition the
Portland District office made a vehicle available for use at the McNary
project, furnished a temporary headquarters, and provided assistance
in the mapping of sites.

Throughout the period of active work Dr. Drucker made numerous
trips from the Eugene office to the various parties and the excavation
projects. He also met with Dr. Robert F. Heizer, Director, California
Archeological Surveys, and assisted in perfecting plans for the coopera-
tive work to be carried on by that organization. After completing
arrangements for maintaining the Eugene office during the winter
months, he returned to Washington on October 1.

At the start of the year George L. Coale, archeologist, and Francis A.
Riddell, Harry S. Riddell, Jr., and Homer Douglas Osborne, field
assistants, were engaged in the survey of the Benham Falls, Prineville,
Wickiup, and Crane Prairie Reservoirs. That work was completed
on July 11, and Coale and Osborne returned to Eugene to assist
Dr. Drucker in making preparations for the excavations at the McNary
Reservoir. The two Riddells proceeded to northeastern Oregon
where they made a reconnaissance of the Mason Creek and Ryan
Creek Reservoirs. The surveys there being finished on July 16, they
moved to Chief Joseph (Foster Creek) where on July 26 they completed

866385—50-—=3

16 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

the investigations previously started by the University of Washington,
Francis A. Riddell resigned from the Surveys on July 30. George L.
Coale met Harry S. Riddell, Jr., at Pasco, Wash., on the 27th, and
the two proceeded from there to Ice Harbor and Lower Monumental
Reservoirs. After their reconnaissance of those two projects they
went on to the Lucky Peak, Lost Valley, and Horse Creek Reservoirs
in Idaho, and the Bully Creek Reservoir in Oregon. William W. Burd,
who was appointed a field assistant on August 16, and Joel L. Shiner,
who was promoted from the crew at McNary to field assistant, spent
the period from August 18 to 30 examining the Little Goose and Lower
Monumental Reservoirs for archeological remains. Burd returned to
Kugene and resigned on August 31, while Shiner rejoined the party
at the McNary excavations and continued with it until September 9
when he resigned. After completing the field work at Moses Lake,
Richard D. Daugherty proceeded to Seattle, Wash., where he processed
and studied the materials obtained from the excavations and prepared
a report on the results of the investigations. His is dinbenrese as
archeologist terminated on September 16.

As previously mentioned, Osborne spent the first few weeks of the
year on survey duties and was then recalled to Kugene to aid in prepa-
rations for the McNary project. He went with the party to that
reservoir on August 5 and on August 16 was promoted to archeologist
and placed in charge of the excavations. Upon his return to Eugene
in September he was made Acting Field Director, and continued to
function in that capacity throughout the remainder of the: year.
During the fall and winter months he wrote the preliminary appraisal
reports for the 15 reservoirs surveyed during. the summer, prepared
a summary report and a longer, more detailed manuscript on the
MeNary excavations, and made compilations of data on historical
references, ethnological descriptions, and trade goods to be used as
ready sources for information on the Columbia Basin. During Febru-
ary he made a survey of the Big Cliff Reservoir and checked the
various bank-control projects of the Corps of Engineers along the
Willamette River and its tributaries. On May 26 and 27 he partici-
pated in a conference at Pendleton, Oreg., where representatives of
the Corps of Engineers, the National Park Service, and the Bureau
of Indian Affairs discussed the problem of the removal of Indian
burials from areas that are to be flooded. Throughout the winter
months Osborne was assisted in the laboratory by Lloyd Collins and
Hiroto Zakoji, students of the University of Oregon.

Illinois.—Archeological studies in Illinois consisted of the examina-
tion of the records of previous surveys in the Illinois River Basin and
the investigation of two reservoir areas where dams were under
construction. | |

_ SIXTY-SIXTH ANNUAL REPORT ~ 17

. During February Richard P. Wheeler conferred with the District
Engineer at Chicago about the flood-control program for the Illinois
River Basin, discussed archeological problems involved with Dr. John
C. McGregor, associate professor of anthropology at the University of
Illinois, and with Dr. Kenneth G. Orr, assistant professor of anthro-
pology at the University of Chicago. March 10 to 18, Wheeler
checked the survey files of the Department of Anthropology and
worked in the Harper Library, at the University of Chicago. Leaving
Chicago he proceeded to Springfield, Ill., where he conferred with
Dr. Thorne Deuel, Director of the Illinois State Museum. From
March 21 to 25 he made a reconnaissance of the Fondulac and Farm-
dale Reservoir basins, the dams then being built, on Farm Creek, in
Tazewell County, Ill. No archeological sites were found in those
areas, and no further work was recommended.

In April Wheeler prepared a preliminary report, ‘Archeological
Resources of the Proposed or Considered Reservoirs in the [Illinois
River Basin, Central and Northern Illinois,” which embodied a
synopsis of present knowledge of the archeology of this region and
provided a list of known sites (based on the site list prepared for the
River Basin Surveys in September 1947 by Dr. J. C. McGregor) in
10° of the 15 proposed reservoirs in the Illinois River Basin for which
maps are available.

‘On May 16 Wheeler was ivanefouved to the Missouri Basins and a
pobeaties from then until the end of the year are ieluded: in: that
portion of the report. 2

Iowa.—Work in Iowa was confined for the most part to surveys of
two. reservoir basins and the area immediately adjacent to the dam
site of a third where preliminary construction activities were already
under way.

- Richard P. Wheeler spent the period December 6 to 10 at the Red
Rock Reservoir project, on the Des Moines River, and December 13
to 15 at the Rathbun Reservoir on the Chariton River. During the
progress of the work he consulted with Dr. Charles R. Keyes, Director
of the Archeological Survey of Iowa, about the character and extent
of the archeological remains in the two areas. In his reports prepared
at the conclusion of his field investigations, Wheeler records 15 mound
and occupation sites in the Red Rock basin, 4 of which will be involved
in the dam construction, and 6 in the Rathbun area. More intensive
studies under more favorable field conditions were recommended for
both reservoirs.

Between January 24 and February 3, Wheeler made a preliminary
reconnaissance of the Coralville eSor coin: on the Iowa River, in
Johnson and Iowa Counties, Iowa. Bight mound, sites and one
occupation site were located. ‘Ten other sites, recorded prior to the

18 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

survey, could not be found because of the deep snow cover. Further
work will be necessary before recommendations can be made for the
salvage of archeological remains in that reservoir area.

Missouri Basin.—The Missouri Basin project, as in previous years,
continued under the general direction of Dr. Waldo R. Wedel and
was based on the field headquarters at Lincoln, Nebr. During the
fiscal year 12 new reservoir basins were surveyed for archeological
remains; two areas only briefly examined in former seasons were revis-
ited and subjected to intensive reconnaissance; while comprehensive
excavations were carried on at one location. In addition to those activ-
ities and certain paleontological investigations, laboratory and office
work were carried on throughout the year.

As the fiscal year opened, three archeological units and one Salama?
logical unit were engaged in field work. The largest project was the
excavation program at Medicine Creek, Nebr., under the field direction
of M. F. Kivett, archeologist, with George Metcalf as assistant. The
work was made possible through an agreement with the Bureau of
Reclamation under which the Bureau provided labor and power equip-
ment while the River Basin Surveys provided the technical supervision
and maintained the scientific records. This project terminated on
August 20, having produced a large body of data and artifacts for
several inadequately known prehistoric culture horizons. Aside from
the scientific returns of the operation, it is important to note that the
applicability of power machinery to the excavation of aboriginal village
sites under careful technical supervision was amply demonstrated.
The findings add much new information to that previously obtained
elsewhere in the Central Plains through the small-scale sampling of
many sites.

A second unit under J. T. Hughes, archeologist, with J. M. Shippee
as assistant, was at work in Angostura Reservoir, South Dakota. In-
tensive survey there added numerous sites to those recorded during
preliminary reconnaissance in 1946; and also disclosed the presence of at
least one site that may have an antiquity of several thousand years.
Because of the extreme scarcity of data from this early period, and the
usual difficulty of working such sites, it is imperative that further
excavation be carried on there. From September 15 to 30 Hughes
and Shippee carried on preliminary reconnaissance at the Edgemont
and Keyhole Projects in Wyoming, and at the Pactola and Johnson
Siding Reservoir basins in South Dakota. At Edgemont 28 sites were
recorded, while 29 were noted at Keyhole. Only one was noted at
Pactola and none at Johnson Siding.

A third unit under Paul L. Cooper carried on excavations at the
Heart Butte Reservoir basin, North Dakota, through the month of
July, and then transferred its activities to the proposed lower Oahe

SIXTY-SIXTH ANNUAL REPORT 19

Reservoir project on the Missouri River a few miles above Pierre,
S. Dak. On the basis of findings by that unit, it appears unlikely
that remains of any great importance to archeology will be lost at
Heart Butte. At Oahe, 61 sites were recorded between Pierre and
the Cheyenne River, a distance of about 40 miles. They include some
of the largest, best preserved, and most impressive Indian village re-
mains in the Missouri Basin. Most of them are virtually untouched
by trained archeologists and, with one or two possible exceptions, none
has been adequately tested by excavation. Five of the sites will be
affected almost as soon as construction work begins on the dam site,
the access roads, and the railroad classification yards. Hence,
salvage operations will be necessary at an early date. Because of the
abundance and variety of remains, comprehensive excavation has
been recommended to begin soon and to be carried forward vigorously
so that a representative sample of the materials to be affected by Oahe
Reservoir may be saved.

From November 9 to 24 Cooper and Shippee excavated a burial
mound in the spillway area of Fort Randall Dam, South Dakota. The
Corps of Engineers provided a bulldozer and operator as needed, and
assisted in numerous other ways. Without that cooperation, the
work there would not have been possible. The findings, although not
spectacular, are important because burial mounds are extremely rare
on that portion of the Missouri, and their temporal and cultural
relationships to other archeological complexes of the region can be
determined, if at all, only through controlled excavations by trained
investigators.

A paleontological unit under Dr. T. EH. White was in the field from
July 1 to October 1. It worked at the Boysen Reservoir, Wyoming;
in the Canyon Ferry Reservoir area on the Missouri River north of
Townsend, Mont.; at the Angostura Reservoir, South Dakota; and at
the Cedar Bluff Reservoir on the Smoky Hill River in Kansas.

Limited field work was resumed in the spring. Richard P. Wheeler,
archeologist, left Lincoln on May 27 for preliminary reconnaissance
at several hitherto unvisited reservoir projects and for further survey
of others previously examined in preliminary fashion. Projects
visited by Wheeler prior to June 30 include Rocky Ford, Philip, Bixby,
and Shadehill, in South Dakota; Cannonball and Dickinson, in North
Dakota; Moorhead, in Wyoming-Montana, and Onion Flat in
Wyoming.

Among the particularly gratifying features of the year’s field work
were the results achieved through use of power machinery and the
direct cooperation extended by the Bureau of Reclamation at Medicine
Creek and by the Corps of Engineers at Fort Randall Reservoir.
Such cooperative work, in terms of research accomplished, is the most

20 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

economical way of salvaging archeological remains on the scale needed.
Application of the same procedures, including mechanized earth-
moving operations, to other projects seems to be the only way of
obtaining irreplaceable scientific data in the little time left for its
recovery.

In the laboratory 39 maps were drawn. Many of them were field
maps, others were site and reservoir maps for use with published re-
ports. Throughout the winter specimens were selected and photo-
graphed as analysis for technical reports proceeded. Including field
photographs, a total of 918 negatives and 374 color transparencies
were processed; 61 lantern slides were added to the slide series; 918
prints were made, cataloged, and filed; 1,008 prints were made for
report illustrations and reference purposes; and 350 enlargements
were made for publicity and reference use.

All specimens collected during the field season, a total of 45,233,
were cleaned, numbered, cataloged, and stored. The majority of
them came from Medicine Creek, Angostura, and Oahe Reservoirs.
Samples of bone, shell, and vegetal specimens from various sites were
packed and sent to specialists elsewhere for identification. In addi-
tion, soil samples from some of the sites were sent out for analysis, and
wood and charcoal specimens were sent away for tree-ring studies.

The skeleton of an adolescent covered with thousands of shell beads,
sent to Lincoln in a plaster case from the Harlan County Reservoir,
Nebraska, in 1946, was mounted permanently for exhibit purposes.
Pottery restoration, principally of Medicine Creek material, continued
throughout the spring months, 17 earthenware vessels having been
restored by June 30.

Information concerning over 129 sites was added to the site file,
and 45 maps were indexed and added to the map reference file.

On July 1, J. Joseph Bauxar, archeologist, was stationed at the
Lincoln, Nebr., headquarters, continuing the ethnohistorical research
project he had started the preceeding year. The material collected
consisted of such information as is pertinent to the archeologists’
problem of determining the ethnic affiliations of the archeological
complexes in the Missouri River Basin. Some 30 tribes and subtribes
are represented in the Tribal Culture File. On January 9, 1949, Mr.
Bauxar was transferred to the Oklahoma project of the River Basin
Surveys and proceeded to Norman for the purpose of analyzing
materials from the Norman site in the Fort Gibson Reservoir.

Wesley L. Bliss, archeologist, devoted the time from July 1 until
January 8 in the preparation of a general article ‘“‘Birdshead Cave,
a Stratified Site in the Wind River Basin, Wyoming,” and a technical
report on the same project. In late August he visited the sites in the
Medicine Creek area being excavated by the State Museum of the

SIXTY-SIXTH ANNUAL REPORT 21

University of Nebraska and in October accompanied a group from that
institution on a trip to Signal Butte in western Nebraska for the
purpose of reexamining the early sites at that location. On the basis
of information obtained during the course of his work, he prepared
a paper ‘‘EKarly and Late Lithic Horizons in the Plains” which was
presented before the Sixth Conference for Plains Archeology at Lincoln
in November. Mr. Bliss left the River Basin Surveys staff on
January 8.

In addition to the field work previously mentioned, Paul L. Cooper
in September accompanied Dr. Waldo R. Wedel, Dr. Gordon Baldwin
of the National Park Service, and Dr. J. O. Brew and Frederick
Johnson of the Committee for the Recovery of Archeological Remains,
on an inspection trip to Missouri Basin archeological sites in Wyoming,
Montana, North Dakota, South Dakota, and Nebraska. Throughout
the remainder of the year his activities were centered in the laboratory
at Lincoln. Until March 24 he was in charge of the Lincoln head-
quarters during such times as Dr. Wedel was in Washington, but from
that date until June 30 devoted most of his attention to analyzing
the data and specimens obtained during the field season and in the
preparation of reports. He wrote a summary of the work done at two
reservoirs in South Dakota, ‘Recent Investigations in Fort Randall
and Oahe Reservoirs, South Dakota,’’ which was published in Amer-
ican Antiquity, vol. 14, No. 4, April 1949.

Robert B. Cumming, Jr., archeologist, continued to plan and super-
vise the laboratory procedures, as mentioned in an earlier paragraph,
and from March 24 until June 30 was in charge of the Lincoln office
when Dr. Wedel was not present at the laboratory.

Following the summer field work Jack T. Hughes, archeologist,
spent the remainder of the year in the laboratory studying the data
and materials collected from the various reservoirs he had examined
and writing reports on the results of his work. He prepared a
memorandum on Cheyenne Basin archeology for the National Park
Service and completed an article, “Investigations in Western South
Dakota and Northeastern Wyoming,” which was published in
American Antiquity, vol. 14, No. 4, April 1949. He collaborated
with Dr. Theodore E. White in writing a manuscript ‘The Long Site,
an Ancient Camp in Southwestern South Dakota.” The latter is a
preliminary account of the archeology and physiography of one of the
most significant sites yet found in the Angostura Reservoir basin.
Hughes also prepared a paper, ‘“‘Archeology and Environment in the
Western Great Plains,’’ which he presented at the Sixth Conference
for Plains Archeology held in Lincoln in November. In addition he
wrote a paper, ‘‘An Experiment in Relative Dating of Archeological
Remains by Stream Terraces,’’ which he read before the Anthropology

29 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

Section of the Nebraska Academy of Sciences in May. He wrote a
memorandum on geological deposits and archeological remains in the
Tiber Reservoir basin, on the Marias River in northern Montana, for
the United States Geological Survey, and ‘“‘A Note on Fireplaces” for
the Plains Archeological Conference Newsletter. Earlier in the year
he had prepared an article, ‘‘Naming Projectile Point Types,” for
the same journal. At the close of the year he was occupied with a
report on the Nebraska State Historical Society’s investigations at
the Barn Butte site in western Nebraska and was continuing his work
on the development of a correlation table dealing with early remains
in the western United States.

Upon the completion of the excavation project at the Medicine
Creek Reservoir, Marvin EF’. Kivett, archeologist, returned to Lincoln
on September 1 and began the preparation of a brief preliminary
report for the use of H. EH. Robinson, District Manager of the
Bureau of Reclamation. Included in it was a tabulation of work
completed at various sites in the Medicine Creek Reservoir basin.
After that manuscript was finished Kivett wrote a summary account,
‘Archeological Investigations in Medicine Creek Reservoir, Nebras-
ka,’’ which was printed in American Antiquity, vol. 14, No. 4, April
1949. He then turned his attention to completing a laboratory
analysis of the more than 30,000 specimens collected at Medicine
Creek and to a study of comparable materials gathered in the same
area by parties from the Nebraska State Historical Society and placed
at his disposal, with the accompanying data, for inclusion in the final
technical report. In addition, Mr. Kivett wrote a technical paper on
the prehistoric ossuary which he excavated at the Harlan County
Reservoir in the fall of 1946, and another ‘‘Archeology and Climatic
Implications in the Central Plains,’”’ which was presented before the
Sixth Conference for Plains Archeology. Two brief articles, one con-
cerning the use of power equipment in archeological work and the
other dealing with pottery nomenclature, were printed in the Plains
Archeological Conference Newsletter.

One trip of 4 days was made by Kivett to the Medicine Creek
project during October for the purpose of marking trees from which
sections for dendrochronological studies were to be cut under the
supervision of the Bureau of Reclamation. In May he made a 1-day
trip to the Harlan County and Medicine Creek Reservoirs to point
out to members of the Missouri Basin Inter-Agency Committee
archeological work completed and that contemplated for those
reservoirs. Mr. Kivett resigned from the River Basin Surveys on
May 31 to accept an appointment as Assistant Director of the Museum
of the Nebraska State Historical Society.

George Metcalf, field and laboratory assistant, participated in the

SIXTY-SIXTH ANNUAL REPORT 293

excavations at Medicine Creek and, after his return to the Lincoln
headquarters on August 24, assisted in the cleaning and cataloging of
the last consignment of specimens from the project. From September
12 until October 20 he supervised and aided in the processing of some
7,000 specimens recovered from Medicine Creek sites by the Nebraska
State Historical Society. As a part of that task ail suitable shell,
bone, and vegetal material was listed and prepared for submission to
specialists for identification. Throughout the winter and spring
months he worked with Mr. Kivett in the analysis of the Medicine
Creek materials and wrote sections on worked bone, shell, and pottery
for inclusion in the final technical report. He also assisted in the
selection of specimens and the arrangement of photographic plates
for the final report. At the end of the fiscal year he was engaged in
making an analysis of the house remains in the Medicine Creek area.

J. M. Shippee, field and laboratory assistant, returned to Lincoln
with the Hughes party on October 1 and from then until November 8
supervised the dismantling of the laboratory and its reinstallation in
new quarters. Mr. Shippee then accompanied Mr. Cooper to the
Fort Randall Reservoir, where he assisted in the excavation of a burial
mound located on the site of the dam spillway. He returned to
Lincoln in late November and spent the remainder of the year in the
restoration of pottery and other specimens and in the cleaning and
mounting, for exhibition purposes, of a juvenile skeleton which had
been removed intact from an ossuary at the Harlan County Reservoir.
He prepared a paper, “Some Problems of the Nebo Hill Complex,”
which was read before the Anthropological Section of the Nebraska
Academy of Sciences on May 7. At the close of the year he was
preparing and assembling equipment for the various parties starting
for the field.

Richard P. Wheeler, archeologist, was transferred to the Missouri
Basin in May and on May 27 left Lincoln to make a series of prelim-
inary surveys at reservoir projects in South Dakota, North Dakota,
Montana, and Wyoming. By the end of the year he had visited eight
reservoir areas. On June 30 he was at Fort Washakie, Wyo., where
he obtained permission from the Business Council of the Shoshones
and Arapahos to make preliminary surveys of the proposed Soral
Creek and Raft Lake reservoir basins, which are located in the Wind
River Indian Reservation, immediately after the start of the new year.

Dr. Theodore E. White, paleontologist, confined his activities, with
one minor exception, to work on the Missouri Basin problems through-
out the fiscal year.

From July 1 to 12 the lower Eocene deposits in the Boysen Reservoir
area on the Big Horn River north of Shoshoni, Fremont County,
Wyo., were prospected for fossils. Five fossiliferous “‘pockets,’’ which

24. BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

will be inundated when the reservoir is flooded, were found. The
results of the work there confirmed the conclusions of the members of
the United States Geological Survey who had mapped the structure
and stratigraphy of that area.

From July 14 to August 19 the Oligocene and Miocene deposits in
the Canyon Ferry Reservoir area on the Missouri River north of
Townsend, Broadwater County, Mont., were prospected for fossils.
Material was obtained from three localities in the Oligocene and two
in the Miocene. Ali those localities will be inundated.

After the close of the work at Canyon Ferry, White’s party pro-
ceeded to the Angostura Reservoir on the Cheyenne River in Fall
River County, S. Dak., to make a physiographic study of the area in
connection with an early-man site. The period from August 21 to
September 3 was spent in collecting data for that study. The party
returned to Lincoln, Nebr., on September 4 in order to prepare a
preliminary report on the results of the physiographic study.

From September 23 to October 1 the Upper Cretaceous Carlile
Shale in Cedar Bluff Reservoir on the Smoky Hill River south of
Wakeeney, Trego County, Kans., was prospected for vertebrate fossils.
Although a number of specimens were found, they were so badly
disintegrated by the crystallization of gypsum and the weathering of
marcasite that they were not worth collecting.

About 70 specimens, representing 20 genera, were obtained in the
Boysen Reservoir area. Although the specimens were for the most
part rather fragmentary, they were sufficiently well preserved to estab-
lish the age of those beds as belonging to the Lost Cabin faunal zone
of the lower Eocene, a fact that had not previously been demonstrated.
In the material obtained is the most nearly complete skull yet found of
the primitive insectivore, Didelphodus. Although badly crushed and
not impressive to look at, it adds a number of previously unknown
details to the knowledge of the cranial morphology of that form.
Also the skull and jaws of Didymictis, a primitive carnivore a little
larger than a fox, was obtained in that area. Heretofore the form was
known only from upper and lower dentitions.

Nearly 125 specimens, principally insectivores, rodents, and small
artiodactyls, were obtained in the Canyon Ferry Reservoir area.
Most of the specimens were found in the Oligocene deposits which
previously were very poorly known. The material obtained demon-
strated that deposits of both lower and middle Oligocene age were
present in that area. One of the Oligocene insectivores belongs to a
problematical family previously unknown in deposits later than the
upper Eocene. Also, it is the best-preserved specimen yet found and
adds many details of the skull and dentition to the knowledge of that
group. The small Oligocene mammals of that area, when compared

SIXTY-SIXTH ANNUAL REPORT 25

to those of the same age on the Plains, illustrate the principles of
geographical variation quite as well as the living species.

White’s laboratory activities for the year fall into two periods. The
first, from October 4 to November 5, was spent at the field office at
Lincoln, Nebr., preparing supplementary reports on the reservoirs
visited and in identifying the osteological material obtained in archeo-
logical excavations. Also, during that period the first draft of the
technical report on the physiographic studies in the Angostura area
was prepared. The remaining time was spent in the division of
vertebrate paleontology at the United States National Museum. In
addition to the preparation of technical reports on the paleontological
material obtained in the reservoir areas, six boxes of osteological
material from the Missouri and Columbia Basins were identified.

White completed two technical reports representing the results of
field and laboratory activities. They are: “Preliminary Analysis of
the Vertebrate Fossil Fauna of the Boysen Reservoir Area,” and
‘“Hndocrine Glands and Evolution No. 2: The Appearance of Large
Amounts of Cement on the Teeth of Horses.” Both were submitted
for publication. At the close of the year he had virtually finished
two other papers: ‘“‘A Preliminary Appraisal of the Physiographic
History of Horsehead Creek in the Vicinity of 39FA65” (with Jack T
Hughes), and ‘‘Analysis of the Vertebrate Fossil Fauna of the’
Canyon Ferry Reservoir Area.”’

Throughout the field season White enjoyed congenial relationships
with members of other Government agencies and with members of
educational institutions. Among those from whom material assistance
was received are: Harry A. Tourtelot of the United States Geological
Survey, J. LeRoy Kay of the Carnegie Museum, Mr. McQuiren,
geologist for the Bureau of Reclamation at the Boysen project, and
Roy Austin, Superintendent of Public Schools at Townsend, Mont.
Also the work was materially expedited by the many forest rangers
who placed the facilities of their stations at the convenience of the
party.

As in previous years, a number of student assistants were employed
as members of the various field parties. Robert L. Hall and Warren
L. Wittry were with the Cooper party from July 1 to September 4
and August 14, respectively. Gordon F. McKenzie joined the same
party on August 1 and remained with it until September 4. John C.
Donohoe was with the White party July 1 to 31, while Ernest L.
Lundelius, Jr., accompanied it from July 1 to September 4. Dorothy
EK. Fraser was with the Cooper party during the month of August in
the capacity of a special consultant. Neil J. Isto joined the Wheeler
party on June 2 and was in the field at the close of the year.

Oklahoma.—Work in Oklahoma consisted of both surveys and

26 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

excavation. At the beginning of the year David J. Wenner, Jr.,
field assistant, was making a reconnaissance of the area to be flooded
by the Tenkiller Ferry Reservoir on the Illinois River in the eastern
part of the State. That work was completed on July 27 and the
party moved to the Canadian Reservoir project on the Canadian
River. Reconnaissance of that area was finished on August 17,
when attention was turned to the adjacent Onapa project on the
North Canadian. The survey there was completed on September 3.
Within the 3 basins, 104 sites were found, 38 in Tenkiller Ferry, 41
in the Canadian, and 25 in Onapa. The work in Tenkiller Ferry
demonstrated that what were presumed to be mounds, actually are
natural knolls on flood plains and terraces, and all the sites present
are village or camp remains. Those in the other two areas are also
mainly village sites representing both historic and prehistoric cultures.
In passing it should be stated that the Canadian and Onapa are
two of three smaller alternate projects proposed to take the place of
the larger Eufaula Reservoir. The third in the group, the Gaines,
still remains to be surveyed. Should the single Eufaula project
eventually be carried through instead of the three smaller ones, very
little additional field work will be required to determine the archeologi-
cal manifestations involved. It is known that there are a number of
mounds that lie outside the boundaries of the smaller reservoirs but
which would fall within the maximum pool of the Eufaula. Mr.
Wenner was aided in his work by William Mayer-Oakes and Robert
Shalkop, student assistants.

The excavations were at the Norman site in the Fort Gibson
Reservoir basin on the Grand (Neosho) River near Wagoner. Earlier
work by the University of Oklahoma had shown that the extensive
village and mound group located there belonged to a Spiro-type
culture and raised the possibility that the flooding of the largest
double mound, which had never been excavated, would represent the
loss of as important information and material as had the destruction
of the famous Spiro mounds in the adjacent county. When Dr.
Robert E. Bell of the Department of Anthropology of the University
of Oklahoma reached the site in July he found that nearly all the
village area and all mounds, with the exception of the largest double
unit, had been removed by the bulldozers of the construction con-
tractor. Even the large double unit had been damaged. The
western periphery had been cut away and the smaller mound had
been cut down several feet. With the assistance of the Engineers
Dr. Bell was able to stop the operations so that archeological work
could be done. During July and the first 2 weeks in August the
University of Oklahoma field session under Bell excavated portions
of several house sites still surviving south of the larger mound. On

SIXTY-SIXTH ANNUAL REPORT pars

August 17, under the sponsorship of the River Basin Surveys, he
began excavation of the large double mound by cutting a trench
across the saddle between the two parts of the unit. The southern
face of the trench was then carried forward toward the larger mound.
Joseph R. Caldwell joined Bell on August 19 and they decided that
neither the available time nor funds would permit the customary
method of cutting forward with a continuous vertical face. Accord-
ingly, a 10-foot trench was driven through the north-south axis of
the mound to reach its base and to obtain a complete profile. The
work continued until September 22. Surprisingly, the mound
yielded very few specimens. Potsherds and artifacts were scarce
throughout its various levels. It was learned, however, that its
main portion was composed of six superimposed platforms which
probably had been the placements for public buildings, although no
complete post-hole patterns were discovered. The summit of the
fifth stage above the base had been divided into two nearly equal
areas by a single row of posts, and the entire level gave evidence of a
severe conflagration in prehistoric times. Four human burials were
found in the top level, but they were in such an advanced stage of
decomposition that little remained to indicate their character. A
number of glass beads in the same level suggests a historic contact in
the final days of occupation. The results of the digging indicated
that no additional work was required at the Norman site. During
the course of the investigations there, however, another site was
located which appears to be an important one, and it was recommended
that further efforts in the Fort Gibson area be concentrated there.
Red Raver of the North Basin.—Between August 27 and October
29, 1948, Richard P. Wheeler, archeologist, investigated four Corps
of Engineers reservoir areas in the Red River of the North Drainage
Basin: the Homme Reservoir, under construction on the South Branch
of the Park River, the proposed Pembina River and Tongue River
Reservoirs, in northeastern North Dakota; and the proposed Orwell
Reservoir, on the Ottertail River, in west-central Minnesota. In
reports on those surveys, prepared at the Lincoln office of the River
Basin Surveys between November 5 and 19 and issued at Washington,
D. C., in December 1948, Wheeler noted the occurrence of sites in the
vicinity of the Homme and Orwell Reservoirs but recorded the dis-
covery of only one archeological site in the reservoir areas proper,
an occupation site in the Pembina River Reservoir. The finding of
bison bones in all four of the reservoir areas indicates that the river
valleys were formerly the habitat of bison and perhaps of other large
game and were possibly visited by hunting bands in prehistoric and
historic times. It was recommended that rechecks be made at the
Homme Reservoir, following the clearing of timber and underbrush,

28 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

and at the Pembina River and Orwell Reservoirs, at the time of the
construction of the dams, in order to make sure that no archeological
remains were overlooked.

Texas.—The River Basin Surveys continued to operate throughout
the year from the base and headquarters supplied by the Department
of Anthropology at the University of Texas, Austin, Tex. Sur-
veys were begun and carried to completion in five Corps of Engineers
reservoirs.

Robert L. Stephenson, archeologist, left Austin at the beginning of
the fiscal year and went to Fort Worth where he conferred with the
Engineer in Charge, Fort Worth Suboffice, Corps of Engineers,
preparatory to starting surveys of four reservoir basins on the upper
branches of the Trinity River.

During July he completed investigations at the Benbrook Reservoir
on the Clear Fork of the Trinity River in Tarrant County and at the
Grapevine Reservoir on Denton Creek in Tarrant and Denton Coun-
ties. No sites were found in the Benbrook basin and only 10, none
of which require further investigation, were noted at Grapevine. In
addition he made a 2-day reconnaissance in the areas of the Lavon
Reservoir on the East Fork of the Trinity River and Garza—Little
Elm Reservoir on the Elm Fork of the same stream. On the latter
trip R. K. Harris, Rex Housewright, and Lester Wilson, of the Dallas
Archeological Society, took him to sites that they had previously
located in the two areas.

On August 1, Mr. Stephenson accompanied Drs. Gustav A. Cooper
and A. R. Loeblich, Jr., of the United States National Museum, and
Robert Stark of Grapevine, Tex., to the vicinity of Bridgeport,
Wise County, to collect invertebrate fossils. He also visited the
Whitney Reservoir on the Brazos River, Hill County, and collected
mollusks, needed to check previous identifications, from several archeo-
logical sites. From there he went to the Texarkana Reservoir on the
Sulphur River, Bowie County, for the purpose of gathering informa-
tion regarding the dates of construction and of determining the neces-
sary time and extent of a survey for that basin. During the month
he also completed an intensive survey of the Garza—Little Elm basin
where he noted 27 sites, 7 of which were recommended for further
examination, and started investigations at the Lavon project. The
latter continued until September 17 and during the progress of the
work he made test excavations at two sites. The survey located 25
sites, of which 8 have been recommended for more intensive investiga-
tions. Both in the excavations and the survey he was greatly assisted
by the members of the Dallas Archeological Society and on September
10 spoke before a meeting of that organization. On September 18 he
started a survey of the San Angelo Reservoir area on the North Concho

SIXTY-SIXTH ANNUAL REPORT 29

River in Tom Greene County, which was finished on October 10.
Only 13 small sites were located there, and as similar material is avail-
able elsewhere no further work was recommended for the basin.

Except for several short trips, Mr. Stephenson spent the remainder
of the fiscal year at the headquarters in Austin analyzing the material
collected and preparing reports on the summer’s surveys. He went to
Lincoln, Nebr., in November for the purpose of studying the field
and laboratory methods being used by the Missouri Basin group and
while there attended sessions of the Sixth Conference for Plains
Archeology and was appointed to the Committee on Archeological
Nomenclature. From January 2 to 7, he revisited the upper Trinity
River area to investigate reports of additional material having been
found there. Papers prepared by Stephenson during the months in
the laboratory are: ‘Archeological Survey of McGee Bend Reservoir,’
which was published in volume 19 of the Bulletin of the Texas Archeo-
logical and Paleontological Society; ‘Archeological Survey of the
Lavon and Garza—Little Elm Reservoirs,” to be published in volume
20 of the same journal; “‘A Note on Some Large Pits in Certain Sites
near Dallas, Texas,’”’ printed in American Antiquity, vol. 15, No. 1;
a revision of his earlier report on the Whitney Reservoir which was
mimeographed and distributed by the Washington office in April;
and preliminary appraisals on the Benbrook, Grapevine, Garza—Little
Elm, and San Angelo surveys. He also wrote a summary statement
covering the results of the River Basin Surveys from their inception
In 1947 to June 30, 1949, and prepared a summary and table of the
culture sequences and their relationships in the Texas area as they
had been worked out up to that date.

Results of the year’s investigations established a number of facts.
In the survey of the Garza—Little Elm basin it was found that the
remains include key sites for the determination of the cultural
sequences in the area east of that known to have been inhabited by
groups classified as the Henrietta Focus and west of the known
Caddoan area. Similar sites have not been observed elsewhere. Very
little is known of the cultural sequences involved in the area drained
by the three forks of the Trinity River. The eight sites in the Lavon
basin recommended for more intensive examination are believed to
hold the answer to the problem of developments in the western border
of the Caddo area. At least one new culture remains to be defined
and described from the excavation of those sites. Furthermore, the
material from them should shed much light on the interrelation
between the cultures represented there and those to the east and west.

Cooperating institutions—Numerous State and local institutions
cooperated with the River Basin Surveys throughout the year and
made a definite contribution to the progress of the program. The

30 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

Universities of Nebraska, Oklahoma, Oregon, and Texas provided
space for field offices and laboratories for regular units of the Surveys,
while the Universities of Denver, Colorado, and California, and
Western State College of Colorado supplied temporary bases of
operations for specific projects. ‘The Universities of California,
Oklahoma, Oregon, and Washington joined forces with the Surveys
for some reconnaissance work and for the excavations at the Fort
Gibson, McNary, and O’Sullivan Reservoirs. In a number of cases
responsibility for units in the survey and excavation program was
assumed by State and local institutions.

The Museum of Northern Arizona and the University of Arizona
did some preliminary survey work, while the San Diego Museum of
Man conducted surveys and did some digging in the area of the Davis
Dam on the Colorado River between Arizona and Nevada. The Uni-
versity of Arkansas engaged in both reconnaissance and excavations
in the area of Bull Shoals Reservoir in that State. The California
Archeological Survey of the University of Cahfornia conducted ex-
cavations at the Pine Flat and Isabella Reservoirs, while the Archeo-
logical Surveys Association of Southern California carried on recon-
naissance work in that part of the State. The Florida Park Service
surveyed the section in northern Florida that will be affected by the
Jim Woodruff Dam on the Apalachicola River near Chattahooche and
did some digging in a number of sites. The University of Georgia
continued its surveys along the Chattahooche and Flint Rivers and
conducted excavations at one site in the Allatoona Reservoir on the
Etowah River. In Illinois the University of Illinois, the University
of Chicago, and the Illinois State Museum furnished information
about the extent and character of sites in the basins of 15 reservoir
projects proposed for the Illinois River drainage. The Indiana His-
torical Bureau carried on surveys and did some excavating not only
at proposed Federal projects, but at those under State construction
as well.

The Museum of Natural History of the University of Kansas made
excavations at Kanopolis Reservoir in July and August of 1948 in sites
where the rising waters of the reservoir were already encroaching upon
the remains. The results of that work were reported on by Dr.
Carlyle S. Smith in an article, ‘Archeological Investigations in Ells-
worth and Rice Counties, Kansas,’’ which appeared in American
Antiquity, vol. 14, No. 4, April 1949. In June of 1949 the same
institution was beginning investigations at the Glen Elder Reservoir
with other work planned for the Woodston, Webster, and Cedar Bluff
projects in the same region of the Solomon River drainage. In Ken-
tucky the University continued its program of excavations at the
Wolf Creek Reservoir on the Cumberland River and at the Dewey

SIXTY-SIXTH ANNUAL REPORT 31

Reservoir on Johns Creek. The University of Missouri and the
Missouri Archeological Society again cooperated in making surveys
in a number of reservoirs and in excavating sites in the Missouri por-
tion of the Bull Shoals Reservoir and in the Clearwater and Pomme
de Terre basins on the Black and Pomme de Terre Rivers, respec-
tively. At the end of the year Montana State University was
starting field work at the Canyon Ferry Reservoir on the Missouri
River near Townsend, Mont.

The Laboratory of Anthropology of the University of Nebraska
was excavating in sites at the Harlan County Reservoir on the Re-
publican River in the southern part of the State at the start of the
fiscal year and had returned to the same locality for further activities
in June 1949. The work done during the summer of 1948 was de-
scribed by Dr. John L. Champe, in a report, ““White Cat Village,”’
published in American Antiquity, vol. 14, No. 4, April 1949. The
Nebraska State Historical Society excavated a number of sites in the
Medicine Creek Reservoir area in the early months of the year and
in June had a party digging in the Mullen Reservoir area on the
Middle Loup River in the north-central part of the State. The Uni-
versity of Nebraska State Museum continued its paleontological and
archeological investigations in the Harlan County and Medicine
Creek Reservoir areas. One site in the Medicine Creek basin that
proved of particular interest because of its implications of consider-
able antiquity was described in an article, ‘“The Frontier Culture
Complex, a Preliminary Report on a Prehistoric Hunter’s Camp in
Southwestern Nebraska,’”’ written by Preston Holder and Joyce Wike
and printed in American Antiquity, vol. 14, No. 4, April 1949,

The University of North Dakota and the North Dakota Historical
Society cooperated in excavations at the Baldhill Reservoir in the
eastern. part of the State in the summer of 1948, and toward the close
of the fiscal year were preparing for intensive survey work in the
Garrison Reservoir on the Missouri River near Sanish, N. Dak. The
results of the previous summer’s work were discussed by Dr. Gordon
W. Hewes in ‘Burial Mounds in the Baldhill Area, North Dakota,”
which appeared in the April 1949 issue of American Antiquity, vol.
14, No. 4. The Ohio State Museum did some survey and excavation
work. The University of Oklahoma, as previously mentioned, did
some digging at the Fort Gibson Reservoir and made independent
surveys in other areas. The University of Utah assumed responsi-
bility for surveys at a number of projects in the southwestern corner
of that State but at the close of the year had not yet started field
work. In Wisconsin, Beloit College made surveys and did some
digging in the Black River project.

32 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

The various cooperating organizations send progress and completed
reports to the River Basin Surveys so that the results of their work
may be coordinated with those for the over-all program. In this way
the information obtained by them becomes a part of the general
record of the River Basin Surveys.

EDITORIAL WORK AND PUBLICATIONS

There were issued one Annual Report and two Publications of the
Institute of Social Anthropology as listed below:

Sixty-fifth Annual Report of the Bureau of American Ethnology, 1947-1948.
32 pp.

Institute of Social Anthropology Publ. No. 8. Sierra Popoluca speech, by
Mary L. Foster and George M. Foster. 45 pp.

Institute of Social Anthropology Publ. No. 9. The Terena and the Caduveo
of southern Mato Grosso, Brazil, by Kalervo Oberg. 72 pp., 24 pls., 4 maps,
2 charts.

The following publications were in press ai the close of the fiscal
year:

Bulletin 143. Handbook of South American Indians. Julian H. Steward
editor. Volume 5, The comparative ethnology of South American Indians.
Volume 6, Physical anthropology, linguistics, and cultural geography of South
American Indians,

Miscellaneous publications. List of publications of the Bureau of American
Ethnology, with index to authors and titles. Revised to July 30, 1949.

Bulletin 144. The Northern and Central Nootkan tribes, by Philip Drucker.

Institute of Social Anthropology Publ. No. 10. Nomads of the long bow: The
Siriono of eastern Brazil, by Allan R. Holmberg.

Institute of Social Anthropology Publ. No. 11. Quiroga: A Mexican Municipio,
by Donald D. Brand.

Institute of Social Anthropology Publ. No. 12. Cruz das Almas: A Brazilian
village, by Donald Pierson.

Publications distributed totaled 19,660, as compared with 25,037 for

the fiscal year 1948.
LIBRARY

Accessions in the library totaled 112 volumes, bringing the total
accession record as of June 30, 1949, to 34,719.

ILLUSTRATIONS

During the entire year the work of restoration on the valuable
collection of old Indian photographs was continued. Approximately
150 restorations were completed.

The remainder of the time of the illustrator and of his assistant
was spent on the regular work of preparation of illustrations and maps
for Bureau publications.

SIXTY-SIXTH ANNUAL REPORT 33

ARCHIVES

Research workers and students continued to use the manuscript
material and the archives both through personal visits for consulta-
tion and by correspondence. A number of manuscripts on the various
Iroquoian tribes were loaned to the Library of the American Philo-
sophical Society, Philadelphia, for use of students and research workers
in that field. The major task of carding the more important Indian
vocabularies has been begun with Indian and English divisions for
each. These vocabularies are being arranged so that they can be
expanded as new material arrives. Many of the Iroquoian vocabu-
laries collected by James Mooney, Erminnie Smith, and J. N. B.
Hewitt, as well as a Natchez vocabulary collected by A. S. Gatchet,
have been carded.

Some 5,000 prints and negatives, including both black and white
and color, have been made during the year for various purposes.
Considerable use was made during the fiscal year of the photographic
collections as illustrations for both scientific and commercial pur-
poses. The Walt Disney Studio and Metro-Goldwyn-Mayer have
consulted the photographic files for authentic material in making
motion pictures dealing with Indian subjects.

COLLECTIONS

AES ie) ob 1 lot of fossils collected by Dr. Theodore E. White, Ernest L. Lundelius,
and John C. Donohoe, from 6 locations in the Boysen Reservoir area,
Wyoming. River Basin Surveys.

READ CI 1 lot of fossils collected by Theodore E. White, Ernest L. Lundelius,
and John C. Donohoe, from 5 localities within the Canyon Ferry
Reservoir area, near Helena, Mont. River Basin Surveys.

181,218 1 lot of earthenware vessels and other artifacts collected by Dr. Gordon
R. Willey in Virti Valley, Department of La Libertad, Pert.

182,450 24 hand-made silver brooches from the Grand River Indians at Cale-
donia, Ontario, Canada. Bought by the Bureau from Ephraim
Schuyler, Oneida, Wis.

182,928 1 tobacco pouch and pipe of White Calf, a former chief of the Blackfoot
Indians. Bequeathed by Florence Merriam Bailey to the Bureau.

182,986 1 lot of potsherds collected from Pissaisec, an Algonquian village, near
Leedstown, Va., by the late David I. Bushnell, Jr.

179, 533 1 lot of archeological material collected at the Hodges site on Plaza
Larga Creek, Quay County, N. Mex., in August 1947 by Herbert W.
Dicks as a project of the River Basin Surveys.

179, 773 Indian skeleton from Lake Spring site, Savannah River, Georgia.
River Basin Surveys.

180,455 1 lot of stone artifacts and rejectage collected by Sheldon Judson at
various sites in Clay County, N. Mex.

34 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

1 lot of stone artifacts and potsherds collected by Drs. M. W. Stirling
and Gordon R. Willey from a prehistoric shell mound near Monagrillo,
Herrera Province, Republic of Panamé, during the 1948 Smithsonian
Institution-National Geographic Society Expedition to Panama.

MISCELLANEOUS

During the year Miss Frances Densmore, Dr. John R. Swanton,
and Dr. Antonio J. Waring, Jr., continued as collaborators of the
Bureau of American Ethnology.

During the course of the year information was furnished by mem-
bers of the Bureau staff in reply to numerous inquiries concerning the
American Indians of both continents, past and present. Various
specimens sent to the Bureau were ‘identified and data on them fur-
nished for their owners.

Respectfully submitted.

M. W. Stiruine, Director.

Dr. A. WETMORE,

Secretary, Smithsonian Institution.

¥ LIBRASS

re)

2h.

2
Sti ad

La ktm,

SIXTY-SEVENTH
ANNUAL REPORT OF THE

BUREAU OF
AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

TO THE SECRETARY OF THE
SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION

1949-1950

UNITED STATES
GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE
WASHINGTON : 1951

BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
June 30, 1950

Director.—MATTHEW W. STIRLING.

Associate Director.—F RANK H. H. RoBeErrts, Jr.

Senior ethnologists—H. B. CoLuins, Jr., JOHN P. HARRINGTON, W. N. FENTON.
Senior anthropologist.—PETER DRUCKER (on military leave).

Collaborators.—_ FRANCES DENSMORE, JOHN R. SWANTON, A. J. WARING, Jr.
Editor.—M. HELEN PALMER.

Lébrarian.—MI1B1aM B, KETCHUM.

Scientific illustrator.—kE. G. SCHUMACHER.

INSTITUTE OF SOCIAL ANTHROPOLOGY

Director.—G. M. Foster, Jr."

Acting Director.—GorDon R. WILLEY.

Anthropologists Brazilian office: DONALD PIERSON, KALERVO OsBERG; Mexican
Office: ISABEL T. KELLY ; Peruvian office: Ozzin G. SIMMONS.

RIVER BASIN SURVEYS

Dtrector.—F RANK H. H. ROBERTS, Jr.

Archeologists.—G. ELLIs BURCAW, JOSEPH R. CALDWELL, GEORGE A. CHENEY, PAUL
L. CooPER, ROBERT B. CUMMING, Jr., RICHARD D. DAUGHERTY, WALTER D. ENGER,
Jr., FRANKLIN FENENGA, JAcKk T. HUGHES, EDWARD B. JELKS, Donatp J. LEH-
MER, CARL FE. MILLER, HOMER DOUGLAS OSBORNE, ROBERT L. SHALKOP, JOEL
L. SHINEB, RALPH §. SOLECKI, ROBERT L. STEPHENSON, SAMUEL J. TOBIN,
RICHARD PAGE WHEELER.

Paleontologist.—THEODORE EK. WHITE.

1JIn absentia as of June 380, 1950.

SIXTY-SEVENTH ANNUAL REPORT
OF THE
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

M. W. Stirune, Director

Sir: I have the honor to submit the following report on the field
researches, office work, and other operations of the Bureau of Ameri-
can Ethnology during the fiscal year ended June 30, 1950, conducted
in accordance with the Act of Congress of April 10, 1928, as amended
August 22, 1949, which provides for continuing ‘‘independently or in
cooperation anthropological researches among the American Indians
and the natives of lands under the jurisdiction or protection of the
United States and the excavation and preservation of archeologic
remains.”’

SYSTEMATIC RESEARCHES

Dr. M. W. Stirling, Director of the Bureau, devoted most of his
time during the fiscal year to administrative affairs of the Bureau.
He also continued studies on the archeological collections made in
Panamaé during the winter of 1948-49, particularly on the ceramic
collection from the site of Utivé in the Province of Panamé. With
the exception of a few brief trips for the purpose of attending scientific
meetings or giving lectures, the entire year was spent in Washington.

Dr. Frank H. H. Roberts, Jr., Associate Director of the Bureau
and Director of the River Basin Surveys, spent most of the fiscal year
in administering and directing the River Basin Surveys. In Septem-
ber he attended the Twenty-ninth International Congress of Ameri-
canists where he gave an illustrated talk on the program and work
of the River Basin Surveys. Early in October he participated in the
annual meeting of the National Council for Historic Sites and Build-
ings at Williamsburg, Va. From Williamsburg he went to the Joshua
5. and John E. Williamson farm near Dinwiddie to examine an archeo-
logical site where considerable material attributable to the eastern
variant of the Folsom culture had been found. ‘That particular site
is one of the most extensive of its kind thus far noted in the East, and,
if excavated, should provide valuable information.

Later in October Dr. Roberts visited the Missouri Basin head-
quarters at Lincoln, Nebr., and, accompanied by Paul L. Cooper,
proceeded to the Angostura Reservoir in South Dakota where a
series of excavations was under way. After spending several days
with the field party, they went to Wyoming to examine the site for

2 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

the proposed Edgemont Reservoir on the Cheyenne River. From
there they went to Fort Collins, Colo., where the Horsetooth Reser-
voir is under construction, and examined paleontological and archeo-
logical specimens uncovered in the process of the work. Returning
to Washington early in November, Dr. Roberts went to Richmond,
Va., and gave the principal address before the annual meeting of the
Eastern States Archeological Federation. The subject of his talk
was the progress and results of the River Basin program.

Late in November and early in December Dr. Roberts was again in
Lincoln, Nebr., where he assisted in making plans for reorganizing
the laboratory and field headquarters. While there he took part in
the Seventh Conference for Plains Archeology and presided over one
of the symposia dealing with the problems of Plains archeology.

In February and March Dr. Roberts visited the Departments of
Anthropology at the University of Utah, Salt Lake City; the Univer-
sity of Washington, Seattle; the University of Oregon, Eugene; and
the University of California, Berkeley. He discussed the plans for
field work during the coming season and made arrangements for
student help and field assistants for the River Basin Surveys parties.
While at Eugene he also inspected the field headquarters and labora-
tory for the Columbia Basin project and assisted Joel L. Shiner, the
acting field director, in making plans for the summer season. En route
back to Washington, Dr. Roberts visited the Department of Anthro-
pology at the University of Denver, where he talked with Arnold M.
Withers about the cooperation of that institution in the program in
Colorado. From there he proceeded to Lincoln to plan for the sum-
mer’s work in that area. At that time he also spoke on the River
Basin program before the annual meeting of the Nebraska State
Press Association at Omaha.

In May Dr. Roberts visited the Fort Gibson Reservoir in Oklahoma
and discussed plans for additional projects with the District Engineer
at Tulsa. At Norman, Okla., he e,amined materials which had been
salvaged from sites at the Fort Gibson Reservoir by a field party from
the University of Oklahoma and also attended sessions of the annual
meeting of the Society for American Archaeology. From Oklahoma
Dr. Roberts went to Texas, visiting the Garza-Little Elm, Lavon,
and Belton Reservoir projects. He also spent several days at the
Whitney Reservoir where one of the River Basin Surveys parties
under Robert L. Stephenson was excavating a series of Indian sites.
From the Whitney Reservoir he went to Austin to inspect the field
headquarters and laboratory located at the University of Texas.

During the period July 1 through October 24, 1949, Dr. John P.
Harrington continued the study of the grammar of the Abnaki lan-
guage at Old Town, Maine. The Abnaki language is the only one of

SIXTY-SEVENTH ANNUAL REPORT 3

the Indian languages of New England that is still spoken. Abnaki
forms throw considerable light on the closely related, extinct Massa-
chusetts language in which the famous Eliot Indian Bible is written.
The earliest vocabulary, or vocabularies, of the Abnaki language re-
sulted from the work of French missionaries in the Kennebec Valley,
but the work has been lost. The maps and writings of Capt. John
Smith, Champlain, and Lescarbot carry a number of Abnaki place
names. The earliest extensive Abnaki vocabulary is that attributed
to Capt. George Weymouth and was probably taken down by him in
1605 from Abnaki Indians whom he captured near the St. George
Islands, off the eastern end of Penobscot Bay, and took to England.
This vocabulary was first printed in 1625. In 1691, 86 years after
the Weymouth Abnaki vocabulary had been made, a young French
missionary priest named Sebastian Rasles arrived in Canada and
~ compiled his vast French-Abnaki dictionary. This dictionary was
captured by the English at the battle of Norridgewock in 1724 and
was first printed in 1833.

On February 9, 1950, Dr. Harrington proceeded to Mérida, Yuca-
tan, for the purpose of studying the Maya language. A tape recorder
was taken along and 10 half-hour recordings of stories told in the
Maya language were obtained. Dr. Harrington returned to Wash-
ington on April 11, bringing with him a large quantity of linguistic
material.

At the invitation of the Canadian Government, Dr. Henry B.
Collins, Jr., conducted archeological investigations on Cornwallis
Island in the northern part of the Canadian Arctic Archipelago.
Excavations were made at four prehistoric Eskimo village sites at
Resolute Bay on the south side of the Island. Dr. Collins and his
assistant, Jean P. Michea, reached Resolute by plane on May 27 after
brief stops at Frobisher Bay on Baffin Island, and at Thule in north-
west Greenland. The work continued until August 23, 1949. The
numerous house ruins on Cornwallis and neighboring islands show
that this now uninhabited region once supported a sizable Eskimo
population. The Cornwallis Island structures—buiut of stones,
whalebones, and turf—proved to have been made by the Thule
Eskimos, a prehistoric group that originated in Alaska and later
spread eastward to Canada and Greenland. A large collection of -
artifacts was obtained which, after study, will be divided between the
Smithsonian and the National Museum of Canada, joint sponsors of
the work. As the natural history of Cornwallis Island is so little
known, an attempt was made to collect representative samples of
fossils, minerals, vascular plants, mosses and lichens, insects, and
fresh-water invertebrates.

4 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

Dr. Collins organized a symposium on Arctic anthropology as part
of the program for the Twenty-ninth International Congress of
Americanists held in New York in September 1949, the participants
being anthropologists, archeologists, and linguists from the United
States, Canada, and Denmark who have specialized in Eskimo
research.

Dr. Collins continued to serve as chairman of the directing commit-
tee of the Bibliography of Arctic Literature and the Roster of Arctic
Specialists, two projects that the Arctic Institute of North America
is carrying out under contract with the Office of Naval Research for
the Departments of the Army, Navy, and Air Force, and the Defense
Research Board of Canada. He also participated in organizing the
forthcoming Alaska Science Conference to be held under the auspices
of the National Research Council in November 1950, serving as a
member of the steering committee and chairman of the social sciences
division.

During August Dr. William N. Fenton spent 2 weeks studying the
archives of the Ontario County Historical Society at Canandaigua,
N. Y. In August and September he made tape recordings in the
field at Tonawanda and Allegany Seneca reservations. In October
he completed a survey of Iroquois materials in the Massachusetts
Archives at the State House, in Boston, and found additional Pickering
letters in Salem. In December, 34 volumes of the printed journals
of the Continental Congress (1774-89) were surveyed and extracted
for Iroquois material. During March-May Dr. Fenton was detailed
to assist the Department of Justice in the preparation of a case for
the Court of Claims concerning Indian lands. In June he was detailed
to the Office of Indian Affairs on problems of tribal organization
among the Pueblos, the Klamath Indians of California, and the
Blackfeet of Montana. Dr. Fenton was in the field on this assign-
ment at the close of the fiscal year.

In September Dr. Gordon R. Willey, anthropologist of the Bureau
of American Ethnology, assumed the temporary duties of Acting
Director of the Institute of Social Anthropology for the remainder of
the fiscal year. However, research under Bureau auspices continued,
and preparation of various manuscripts was carried forward. He
continued the preparation of the manuscript ‘‘Prehistoric Settlement
Patterns in the Virti Valley of Northern Peru.’”’ Subsequently he
began studies on collections from the Canaveral and Ormond Beach
Mounds in east Florida, completing these studies in May. The
month of June was then devoted to rewriting and revising a maunu-
script, ‘Early Ancon and Early Supé: Chavin Horizon Sites of the
Central Coast of Pert.”’ This report, approximating 125,000 words,

SIXTY-SEVENTH ANNUAL REPORT 5

was written in collaboration with Dr. John M. Corbett and will be
released by the Department of Anthropology, Columbia University.

RIVER BASIN SURVEYS
(Report prepared by Frank H. H. Roperts, Jr.)

The River Basin Surveys were organized as a unit of the Bureau
of American Ethnology in the fall of 1945. Their purpose was to
carry into effect a memorandum of understanding between the Na-
tional Park Service and the Smithsonian Institution, which provides
for the salvage of archeological and paleontological remains occurring
in areas to be flooded or otherwise disturbed by the program of the
Federal Government for flood-control, irrigation, hydroelectric, and
navigation projects. The first actual field work was started in July
1946 and has continued since that date. Throughout the period of
operations, the investigations have been conducted in cooperation
with the National Park Service and the Bureau of Reclamation of
the Department of the Interior, the Corps of Engineers, Department
of the Army, and a number of nongovernmental institutions scattered
throughout various States. During the past fiscal year the work was
financed by a transfer of $215,886 to the Smithsonian Institution by
the National Park Service, derived in part from the National Park
Service and in part from the Bureau of Reclamation. The money
from the National Park Service was for use in areas outside of the
Missouri Basin, while that from the Bureau of Reclamation was for
work in the latter area. Because of the fact that the appropriations
for fiscal 1950 were made available so late in the summer, the neces-
sary funds could not be transferred to the Smithsonian Institution
until the period for field work had passed in many areas. Conse-
quently, less was accomplished than in previous years.

Activities during the year included reconnaissance or surveys for the
purpose of locating archeological sites or paleontological deposits that
will be involved in construction work or are in locations that eventually
will be flooded, and in the excavation of sites located by previous
surveys. The survey work covered 26 reservoirs located in 8 States
and scattered over 5 river basins. Excavations were completed or
under way at the end of the fiscal year in 13 reservoir areas in 9 States.
Three of the excavation projects were in areas where digging had been
done in previous years, while the remainder were new undertakings.
At the close of the fiscal year, the total of the reservoir areas, where
surveys had been made or excavations carried on since the beginning
of the program in July 1946, was 180 located in 23 States. Archeological
sites located and recorded have reached a total of 2,260, of which 484
have been recommended for excavation or additional testing. During

4) BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

the year preliminary appraisal reports were completed for all the
reservoirs surveyed, and 23 reports were mimeographed for limited
distribution to the cooperating agencies. ‘This makes a total of 120
such reports issued since the start of the program. ‘The excavations
made during fiscal 1950 bring the total for areas where such work has
been done to 21. ‘Technical reports on the results of some of that work
have appeared in scientific journals, while the completed manuscripts
on others are now awaiting publication. Paleontological surveys have
been made in 100 reservoirs, 56 being those where archeological work
has also been done. The remaining 44 will eventually be visited by
archeological parties. Including the reservoir areas where archeo-
logical work remains to be done, the over-all total of reservoirs visited
Is 224,

The distribution by States of all the reservoirs investigated for
archeological remains as of June 30, 1950, is as follows: California, 20;
Colorado, 23; Georgia, 3; Idaho, 10; Illinois, 2; Iowa, 3; Kansas, 6;
Louisiana, 1; Minnesota, 1; Montana, 5; Nebraska, 16; New Mexico,
1; North Dakota, 13; Ohio, 2; Oklahoma, 5; Oregon, 24; South Dakota,
9; Tennessee, 1; Texas, 13; Virginia, 1; Washington, 9; West Virginia,
2; Wyoming, 11. Excavations have thus far been made in: Cal-
ifornia, 1; Colorado, 1; Georgia, 1; Kansas, 1; Montana, 1; Nebraska,
1; New Mexico, 1; North Dakota, 2; Oklahoma, 1; Oregon, 1; South
Dakota, 2; Texas, 3; Virginia, 1; Washington, 3; and Wyoming, 1.

Throughout the fiscal year the River Basin Surveys received full
cooperation from the National Park Service, the Bureau of Reclama-
tion, and the Corps of Engineers, as well as various State agencies. At
some of the projects guides and transportation were furnished to staff
men in the field. At others, office and laboratory space was provided,
and in a number of cases labor and mechanical equipment were made
available by the construction agency. ‘The assistance provided made
possible a greater accomplishment than would otherwise have been
possible had it been necessary for the River Basin Surveys men to rely
on their own resources. The National Park Service was primarily
responsible for procuring the funds necessary for carrying on the pro-
gram and also served as the liaison between the Smithsonian Institu-
tion and the other governmental agencies, not only in Washington but
through its several regional offices as well.

General supervision and direction of the work in California, Texas,
Louisiana, Georgia, Ohio, and Virginia were from the main office in
Washington. The Missouri Basin program was carried on under the
direction of a field headquarters and laboratory at Lincoln, Nebr., and
the activities in the Columbia Basin were supervised by a field office
located at Eugene, Oreg.

SIXTY-SEVENTH ANNUAL REPORT 7

Washington office—The main headquarters of the River Basin Sur-
veys continued under the direction of Dr. Frank H. H. Roberts, Jr.,
throughout the year. Joseph R. Caldwell, Carl F. Miller, and Ralph
S. Solecki, archeologists, were based at that office, although Mr.
Solecki did not work full time for the Surveys.

Mr. Caldwell and Mr. Miller left Washington on July 7 for Carters-
ville, Ga., where they started an excavation program within the area
to be flooded by the Allatoona Reservoir. Mr. Miller completed
part of the project early in December and returned to Washington,
while Mr. Caldwell continued digging until early in February, when
he went to Athens, Ga., to establish a field laboratory and study the
material obtained during the excavations. Facilities for the labora-
tory at Athens were provided by the University of Georgia. During
the first week in August Mr. Miller was temporarily detached from
the Allatoona investigations and sent to Louisiana to make a prelimi-
nary reconnaissance at the Bayou Bodcau Reservoir. Except for a
week in May when he visited archeological sites at Chester’s Island
and Floyd’s Island in the Okefenokee Swamp, Mr. Caldwell spent
the remainder of the fiscal year at Athens preparing his report, “‘A
Preliminary Report on Excavations in the Allatoona Reservoir,”
which was published in Karly Georgia, vol. 1, No. 1, and a manuscript
pertaining to the Rembert Mounds on the Savannah River, which
will be published in the first volume of the River Basin Surveys
Papers.

After his return to Washington Mr. Miller devoted most of his time
to a study of the material and information he had obtained at the
Aljlatoona Reservoir and in the preparation of his portion of the report
on the project. He also served as assistant to the Director, and
during such times as the latter was absent from the office took charge
of the operations. In June he went to the Buggs Island Reservoir,
on the Roanoke River in southern Virginia, to excavate a large village
and burial site that was being destroyed by construction within the
area. During the year Mr. Miller completed and published five
manuscripts on his work in the Southeast.

Mr. Solecki, who had been transferred to the Smithsonian Institu-
tion’s staff the previous May to conduct an archeological reconnais-
sance in northern Alaska, returned to duty with the River Basin
Surveys on September 11. In November he proceeded to Chio,
where he made a brief reconnaissance of the proposed Deer Creek and
Paint Creek Reservoirs in the Scioto Reservoir basin near Chillicothe.
During the remainder of the fiscal year he prepared a detailed report
on the excavation of the Natrium Mound, 10 miles north of New
Martinsville, W. Va., which he had dug during the winter of 1948-49.

California.—In May, Albert Mohr and J. Arthur Freed, field as-

919634—51——2

8 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

sistants, made surveys of the Burns, Bear, and Owens Reservoirs of
the Merced group, in the San Joaquin Valley. Nineteen sites were
located in the three projects, but as all of them are of little significance
no additional work has been recommended for them. In June, Mohr
and Freed made a survey at the Cachuma Reservoir on the Santa
Ynez River, near Santa Barbara. They located 18 sites and at the
end of the fiscal year Mohr was making preparations to dig a series of
test trenches in two of them.

Franklin Fenenga jomed the River Basin Surveys as archeologist
on June 19 and initiated a series of excavations at the Terminus
Reservoir on the Kaweah River in the Central Valley. That area is
particularly important because it was at the boundary of the terri-
tories of the Wikchamni division of the Yokuts of the San Joaquin
Valley and of the Balwisha group of the Mono Indians. The archeo-
logical materials from the sites should provide important information
on the problem of cultural contact and diffusion between the different
tribes.

Columbia Basin.—Work in the Columbia Basin was continued
under the direction of the field headquarters at Kugene, Oreg., where
the University of Oregon provided laboratory and office space.
Douglas Osborne, acting field director, was in charge of the program
in that area until he resigned on September 3 to accept a position
with the University of Washington. Joel L. Shiner was appointed
to succeed him and continued as acting field director throughout the
remainder of the year.

During August excavations were carried on in the McNary Reser-
voir area, with Washington State College cooperating in the project.
Kight sites were tested or excavated on the south side of the Columbia
River between Umatilla Rapids and Techumtas Island, and in addi-
tion further work was done at one of the sites excavated during the
previous fiscal year. Survey reports had indicated that at two of
the locations there probably were remains beneath a layer of volcanic
ash. Digging there, however, failed to produce any evidence for such
an occupation. Information from other sites investigated demon-
strated that there were at least two cultural horizons along that
portion of the river. The data seem to indicate that the older in-
habitants made most of their implements of basalt while the later
ones used chalcedony for the most part. The economy of the two
groups appears to have been basically the same, although the earlier
was less complex than the later. This is indicated by greater de-
pendency on shellfish and a tendency toward sporadic occupation
and a wandering life.

During September Charles C. Case, Jr., and Robert C. Salisbury,
field assistants, surveyed 11 proposed reservoirs in the Willamette

SIXTY-SEVENTH ANNUAL REPORT 8)

Valley, viz, Dexter, Hills Creek, Cougar, Blue River, Gate Creek,
Green Peter, Cascadia, Wiley Creek, Holly, Falls Creek, and White
Bridge. The Big Cliff, which had been surveyed by Osborne the
previous spring, was revisited. Probably because of the extreme
steepness of the terrain and the dense cover of timber, nothing of
archeological interest was found. It seems likely that the small
tributary canyons in which those reservoirs will be located were
never used by Indians except for temporary hunting and fishing
erounds.

From the Willamette area, Case and Salisbury proceeded to the
Heise-Roberts project on the Snake River in southeastern Idaho.
That project consists mainly of bank-control work and when com-
pleted will not flood any of the adjacent area. Careful examination
of the terrain to be disturbed by the construction work failed to reveal
any archeological remains, and so further work at that location will
not be necessary. From there the survey team went to the Crow
Creek Reservoir near the Idaho-Wyoming border. Careful search
of the area to be flooded by that project failed to reveal any archeo-
logical sites, and no further investigations will be required. From
Crow Creek, Case and Salisbury returned to the Post Reservoir,
which will be on the Crooked River, 10 miles east of the town of Post,
Oreg. That district was occupied at one time by small bands of the
northern Paiute, and since their economy was based on hunting and
gathering, they spent little time in any one spot. Consequently,
only three small camp sites were found in the area that will be flooded.
At all three the archeological materials were found to occur only on
the surface, and no further work has been recommended for that
reservoir.

During the fall and winter months Shiner processed the materials
from the McNary excavations and prepared the preliminary appraisal
reports on the results of the surveys. In collaboration with Douglas
Osborne, a preliminary report was written, giving the results of the
excavation program in the McNary Reservoir. In February, Mr.
Shiner, with a party of students from the University of Oregon,
excavated a small cave east of The Dalles where the relocation of a
highway was destroying archeological material. This project was in
cooperation with the University of Oregon, which provided the student
labor and assumed all the expenses of the project. An interesting
series of artifacts was obtained, showing a sequence of types for the
area.

In the early part of June Mr. Shiner made an inspection trip to the
Cascade Reservoir on the Payette River, Idaho, to determine the
condition of an archeological site where excavations were planned.
_ On his arrival there he found that the water in the reservoir had risen

10 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

much more rapidly than contemplated and that there was no possibility
for archeological work. From the Cascade Reservoir he returned to
the McNary Reservoir to inspect the sites where work was to be done
during the summer field season.

Richard Daugherty joined the River Basin Surveys staff as arche
ologist on June 12 and proceeded to the O’Sullivan Reservoir, near
Moses Lake, Wash. Excavations were carried on at the O’Sullivan
Reservoir in the summer of 1948 by Mr. Daugherty and the investi-
gations this year were a continuation of the previous program. Daugh-
erty began work in a village site and at the close of the fiscal year had
excavated the remains of several pit houses and accompanying midden
deposits.

Douglas Osborne rejoined the River Basin Surveys on June 15 as
a consulting archeologist and took charge of the general excavation
program in the Columbia Basin. He proceeded with George Cheney
and 8. J. Tobin, who joined the Surveys on June 16 as archeologists,
and their parties to the Chief Joseph and Equalizing Reservoirs in
Washington. Cheney began work at the Chief Joseph Reservoir on
June 19 and from then until the close of the fiscal year was occupied
in the excavation of village sites. Tobin’s party at the Equalizing
Reservoir began the excavation of a large cave on the same date. The
cave, although its floor was littered with huge blocks that had fallen
from the ceiling, gave evidence of considerable occupation, and numer-
ous specimens of netting, cordage, basketry, and other perishable
material were found there. Osborne returned to Eugene, and then
proceeded with a party to the McNary Reservoir, where he began a
series of excavations in sites lying farther upstream from those investi-
eated during previous seasons. At the close of the fiscal year his
party was busy digging house pits and midden deposits.

A survey party consisting of George Coale, Stewart Peck, and
Charles Farrell began a reconnaissance of the John Day Reservoir on
the Columbia River June 27 and at the close of the fiscal year had
located a number of important sites.

Georgia.—The bulk of the work done in Georgia was at the Allatoona
Reservoir on the Ktowah River, near Cartersville. During the period
from July to February, Joseph R. Caldwell excavated 6 sites and
tested 10 others. From July to December, Carl F. Miller excavated
5 sites and tested 9 others. As a result of the investigations, it is
now possible to outline a new sequence of cultural stages in the
Etowah River area. At least 10, and probably 11, different periods
were identified, extending from the historic Cherokee of about 1755
back to a pre-pottery period when the people depended for the most
part on hunting and food gathering for their sustenance. The various
periods as outlined on the basis of the investigations have been named

SIXTY-SEVENTH ANNUAL REPORT 11

Galt, which is that of the historic Cherokee; Brewster and Lamar,
which probably represent Creek occupation; Savannah and Etowah,
which pertain to the same basic Muskogean stock but have not been
identified as to the specific tribes; and the Woodstock period, which
has not yet been correlated with any specific peoples but which is
significant because it was characterized by a fortified village having
circular palisades with towers and is the first where there is evidence
for the growing of corn. The preceding period has been designated
the Cartersville and is identified by a distinctive type of stamped
pottery decoration and indications that the people had become at
least semisedentary. The next preceding period was one represented
by a site excavated by Mr. Miller but was not found by Mr. Caldwell,
who did not include it in his sequence. Mr. Miller has tentatively
designated the period as the Acworth. It was represented by the
remains of a village containing some 60 round structures of varying
sizes. Definite indications of Hopewellian influences were found in
this horizon. The pottery was a plain, well-polished ware that
preceded the introduction of stamped wares in the area. The next
period recognized by both Caldwell and Miller is one designated
the Kellogg. It was characterized by a semisedentary hunting and
gathering culture. There was great use of storage pits, and a variety
of acorns and nuts were recovered from them. Apparently 1t was
during this period that the bow and arrow appeared in the Allatoona
region. Antedating the Kelloge was a period called Stallings, which
is represented only by scattered finds of potsherds from a fiber-
tempered pottery. The oldest of the sequence, which tentatively has
been designated pre-pottery, preceded the Stallings. The pre-pottery
stage may represent several periods and cover a long duration of time.
During that stage of the occupation of the area, the people had no
pottery, no pipes, no agriculture, and possibly no houses. At least
no evidence was found indicating any type of structure. The economy
was basically hunting and gathering, and the chief weapon probably
was a javelin hurled with a spear thrower.

Lowisvana.—The only work done in Louisiana during the fiscal year
consisted of the reconnaissance made by Carl F. Miller at the Bayou
Bodcau project on the Red River, northeast of Shreveport. He found
that although there are archeological remains in that district, none of
them occur in the area to be involved by the work of the Corps of

Engineers.
_ Missouri Basin.—As in previous years, the program in the Missouri
Basin was supervised and directed from the field headquarters at the
University of Nebraska, in Lincoln. From July 1 until the end of
December, Dr. Waldo R. Wedel was in charge of the program. His
promotion to the position of curator of the division of archeology,

12 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

United States National Museum, made it necessary for him to with-
draw from the River Basin Surveys activities, and on January 23
Paul L. Cooper was designated as acting field director.

Delay in the passage of the 1950 appropriation bill greatly reduced
field work in the Missouri Basin during the summer of 1949 and
prevented completion of the program originally set up for the fiscal
year. However, it was possible to make surveys at the Onion Flat,
Soral Creek, and Raft Lake Reservoirs in the Big Horn River basin
in Wyoming during July, and to initiate an excavation program in the
Angostura Reservoir in South Dakota. Nothing of archeological
significance was noted in the three reservoirs, and no further work is
recommended for them.

The investigations at the Angostura Reservoir continued from
early in July until November and were resumed in May. Though
the final results of the excavations will not be known until it is possible
to study all the materials obtained, it may be said that the sites where
digging was done represent a number of different cultures, most of
them indicating pre-pottery-making peoples. At two of them,
however, evidence was obtained of two different pottery-making
eroups. At one of the sites the occupation level was so deeply buried
that it was necessary to use a bulldozer to remove the sterile over-
burden. Material from that particular site indicates a period of
considerable antiquity. Tentative correlations suggest that it
probably is comparable in age to some of the so-called Yuma remains
in other parts of the Plains area.

Other field work accomplished during the 1949 season was an
18-day reconnaissance in the Oahe Reservoir area in South Dakota.
Preliminary surveys had been made there in previous years, but
during the reconnaissance in November more than 50 sites, many of
them previously unrecorded, were visited.

Active field work was resumed in June when a paleontological party
proceeded to the Angostura Reservoir, the Boysen and Anchor
Reservoirs in Wyoming, and the Canyon Ferry project in Montana.
Important fossils were recovered from the latter area. On June 7
excavations were started in the Garrison Reservoir in North Dakota,
in the Tiber Reservoir in Montana, and later in the month at the
Oahe project in South Dakota. All those activities were proceeding
satisfactorily at the end of the fiscal year.

During the fall and winter months considerable work was done in
the laboratory. Eight preliminary reports were written and mimeo-
graphed for distribution to the cooperating agencies. In all, 16,938
specimens collected from 146 sites in 16 reservoir areas were cleaned
and cataloged. Fifty-six maps were drawn and 1,318 negatives
processed. The negatives include field photographs, black-and-white

SIXTY-SEVENTH ANNUAL REPORT 13

negatives of color transparencies, and laboratory photographs. Two
hundred and six transparencies were cataloged and filed; 78 enlarge-
ments were printed and mounted; and 1,782 black-and-white contact
prints were made, cataloged, and filed. More than 4,000 photo-
graphic copies of archeological records were made to bring the basic
record file up to date. A considerable number of animal bones taken
from archeological sites were identified and there was some restora-
tion of fragmentary pottery.

G. Ellis Burcaw joined the staff as an archeologist on May 31 and
left Lincoln on June 7 for the Garrison Reservoir in North Dakota,
where he began a series of excavations at the so-called Rock Village.
That site, one of the farthest upstream of the known fortified earth-
lodge villages, was yielding considerable quantities of artifacts, in- -
cluding some Huropean trade material, as work progressed at the
close of the fiscal year.

Early in the fiscal year Paul L. Cooper devoted his time to studying
materials pertaining to the archeological remains in the Oahe and
Fort Randall Reservoirs. During September he made two brief
trips to the Angostura and Oahe Reservoirs and late in October
accompanied Dr. Frank H. H. Roberts, Jr., Director of the River
Basin Surveys, on a visit to the excavation projects at the Angostura
Reservoir and to inspect sites in other areas. During November he
made a reconnaissance along the east side of the Missouri River in
the Oahe Reservoir area. In December he accompanied Dr. Gordon
Baldwin, of the National Park Service, Dr. Carlyle Smith, of the
University of Kansas, and Wesley Hurt, of the University of South
Dakota, on a trip to the Fort Randall and Oahe Reservoirs in South
Dakota for the purpose of selecting sites for excavation by the Uni-
versities of Kansas and South Dakota during the summer of 1950.
On January 23, 1950, he was designated acting field director of the
River Basin Surveys, and thereafter his activities were mainly con-
cerned with planning and supervising the headquarters and field
activities of the organization.

Robert B. Cumming, Jr., archeologist, served throughout the year
as laboratory supervisor at the Lincoln headquarters. During such
time as the acting director was absent from the office, he assumed
administrative responsibility for continuing its operations. In addi-
tion he carried on research work on the skeletal material from the
Medicine Creek and Harlan County Reservoirs and prepared an ap-
pendix on the skeletal remains from the Woodruff ossuary for the
technical report on the ossuary. He also did some work on the human
remains from ossuaries in Nebraska.

Walter D. Enger, Jr., archeologist, joined the River Basin Surveys
staff on May 31 and left Lincoln on June 9 to begin the excavation of

14 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

sites to be flooded by the proposed Tiber Reservoir on the Marias
River in Montana. Previous surveys in that area had shown three
types of sites, consisting of buried occupational levels exposed along
the edges of the river terraces, surface sites on the river terraces, and
tipi-ring sites on top of the plateau surrounding the reservoir. Be-
cause of the nature of the cultures represented, the artifact yield and
the work accomplished before the end of the fiscal year was small,
but considerable information was being obtained about the sequence
of cultures and the general aboriginal characteristics of the area.

Jack T. Hughes, archeologist, left Lincoln on July 7 and proceeded
to the Angostura Reservoir in South Dakota, where he initiated a
series of excavations. Hughes continued in charge of that project
until September when he resigned from the River Basin Surveys to
return to Columbia University for further academic work. Mr.
Hughes prepared a report on the results of the Angostura work ob-
tained while he was in charge of the field party.

Donald J. Lehmer, Jr., archeologist, joined the Missouri: Basin
staff on June 1. He left Lincoln on June 9 with G. Ellis Burcaw and
proceeded with him to the Tiber project where he assisted in estab-
lishing headquarters. From there he returned to Pierre, S. Dak.,
and on June 19 began the excavation of a stratified earth-lodge village
in the area of the Oahe Dam approach channel. By the end of the
fiscal year his party had identified house remains attributable to both
the Arikara and the Mandan.

George Metcalf, field and laboratory assistant, spent the period
from July 22, 1949, to November 7, 1949, with the field party at the
Angostura Reservoir. During the fall and winter months he assisted
in the analysis of the material from the Medicine Creek Reservoir and
in the preparation of the report for the excavations made there during
the previous fiscal year. He also made a study of ceramic materials
from Upper Republican sites which are in the collections of the
Nebraska State Historical Society at Lincoln. Metcalf left Lincoln
on May 19 with the Wheeler party and at the close of the fiscal year
was working at the Angostura Reservoir.

Robert L. Shalkop joined the staff as an archeologist on June 28,
and at the end of the fiscal year was preparing to leave with a recon-
naissance party to survey a number of reservoir projects in Montana
and Wyoming.

James M. Shippee, field and laboratory assistant, was a member
of the field party at the Angostura Reservoir from early in July until
early in November. During the fall and winter months he devoted
considerable time to the restoration of pottery vessels and the process-
ing of other specimens from the Angostura excavations. During the
spring months most of his time was occupied in the preparation of

SIXTY-SEVENTH ANNUAL REPORT 15

field equipment to be used by the various parties during the summer
months.

At the beginning of the fiscal year Richard P. Wheeler, archeologist,
was engaged in preliminary archeological surveys of the Onion Flat,
Soral Creek, and Raft Lake Reservoirs, in the Big Horn River basin,
Fremont County, Wyo. He returned to the Lincoln headquarters
on July 11 and spent the time from then until the middle of August
preparing reports on the reservoir areas examined over the period
in which his party had been in the field. In August he joined the
Angostura field party and after the departure of Mr. Hughes took
full charge of the operations. From September 4 to November 7,
Wheeler and his crew partially excavated or tested and mapped11
sites. He returned to Lincoln in November and devoted the time
from then until the middle of April in analyzing artifacts, supervising
the drawing of site maps and profiles, and preparing an outline and
notes for the final report on the Angostura investigations. On April
19 be made a 5-day trip to the Angostura Reservoir to make plans
for the excavations for the coming season. One month later he
returned to the Angostura Reservoir with a field party and from then
until the end of the fiscal year he excavated and tested two sites and
supervised the removal of overburden with a bulldozer at two areas
at a third site. The use of mechanized equipment in this particular
instance was made necessary by the fact that the occupation level
occurs beneath from 9 to 10 feet of sterile deposits, and there was not
sufficient time to remove them by the usual hand methods. The
materials found in the deeply buried level indicate an early hunting
culture.

Dr. Theodore E. White, paleontologist, spent the early months of
the fiscal year in the laboratory at Lincoln identifying osteological
material obtained from archeological sites and in preparing a report
on the physiography of the Angostura Reservoir. He worked in
Texas in November and December. In January he wastransferred
to the Smithsonian Institution staff and was sent to Panamdé. He
returned to duty with the River Basin Surveys in May. He left the
Lincoln headquarters on June 15 and proceeded to the Boysen Reser-
voir area in Wyoming, where he prospected for vertebrate fossils
until June 15. He then moved on to the Anchor Reservoir area
where he prospected the Upper Permian and Lower Triassic deposits.
On June 21 he moved to the Canyon Ferry Reservoir area in Montana,
and spent the time prospecting the Oligocene and Miocene deposits.
Two of the Oligocene localities produced abundant specimens, mostly
small mammals, while three new localities were discovered in the
Miocene deposits. Material obtained from two of the new localities
definitely establishes the presence of both Lower and Middle Miocene

16 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

deposits in the area. During the course of this work, Dr. White was
assisted by Prentiss Shepherd, Jr., a student at Harvard University,
and William C. Harrup, Jr., a student at Columbia University.

Ohio.—Field work in Ohio was restricted to brief visits to the
proposed Deer Creek and Paint Creek Reservoirs on two tributaries
of the Scioto River, near Chillicothe. Mr. Solecki, of the River
Basin Surveys, went to Ohio in November and, in company with
Clyde B. King, superintendent of Mound City National Monument,
and Raymond Baby, archeologist of the Ohio State Archeological
and Historical Society, Columbus, determined that no sites of archeo-
logical significance would be inundated by the proposed reservoirs.
During the course of the reconnaissance, Mr. Solecki examined three
features on Deer Creek and two nearby on Spruce Hull, which were
purported to be Norse iron furnaces, but was unable to find anything
that could be construed as conclusive proof that the remains repre-
sented ancient iron furnaces. The opinion was that the features
probably had been lime kilns dating from the early Colonial period
in the area.

Texas.—The River Basin Surveys in Texas continued to operate
from the base and headquarters furnished by the Department of
Anthropology of the University of Texas at Austin. Surveys were
begun and completed at the Belton Reservoir on the Leon River, at
the Canyon Reservoir on the Guadalupe River, and at the Texarkana
Reservoir on the Sulphur River, near the town of Texarkana. The
work at the Belton Reservoir resulted in the location of 43 archeo-
logical sites. Five of them were found to lie outside the reservoir
area. Twelve of the remaining are rock-sheiter sites, 12 are open
occupational areas, and 4 are a combination of the two forms. The
remainder consist either of burned rock middens or deeply buried
middens. Testing was done in five sites, and a number of interesting
artifacts were recovered. However, it was discovered that during
the course of the years most of the sites in the area had been looted
by commercial collectors and so little remains that further investi-
gations are not warranted. Such evidence as was found during the
reconnaissance and testing indicated that the Belton district probably
was occupied by people of the Round Rock focus over a period of
many centuries.

At the Canyon Reservoir, 20 archeological sites were located and
recorded. Five of them are large open sites, 3 are small rock shel-
ters, 1 is a deeply buried occupation level, 1 is a subterranean cavern,
and the remaining 10 are small open sites containing a single burned
rock midden in each. The area is one from which only meager archeo-
logical information is available and for that reason 8 of the sites have
been recommended for excavation and complete analysis.

SIXTY-SEVENTH ANNUAL REPORT 17

The Texarkana reconnaissance resulted in the location of 50 arche-
ological sites, all of which are open occupational areas. At three of
them there are small artificial mounds of the variety which has been
called ‘Capped Ridge.’”’ Ten of the sites appear to belong to a non-
pottery horizon, probably the Balcones phase. Seventeen are large
village areas characterized by potsherds and appear to range in time
from Early Gibson Aspect to Middle Fulton Aspect. At least two
sites are related to the Coles Creek culture. The remainder are small
sites of indeterminate affiliation. Of the total, 16 sites have been
recommended for extensive excavation and analysis.

Excavations were carried on at the Whitney Reservoir from March
6 to June 18. During that period five Indian sites—-three rock-
shelter and two open sites—were extensively excavated and two
historic sites were studied and recorded. One shelter called Picto-
eraph Cave contained material from two different periods, the first
probably dating before A. D. 1200 and the second sometime subse-
quent to that date but pre-Columbian. The early occupation is com-
parable in many respects to the Round Rock focus in Texas, while
the second has not yet been correlated with other remains. The
data obtained from the shelter give interesting information pertaining
to changes in diet and population density during the two periods of
occupation. The second, known as Buzzard Shelter, is not far from
the first, and also gave evidence of an early occupation in the lower
depths of the fill. The later occupation in the shelter suggests certain
similarities to that of the Toyah focus. While there is considerable
similarity between the cultural sequence found in the two shelters,
there are specific differences in artifact types and stratigraphic pro-
portions. The third shelter, known locally as Sheep Cave, is the
largest of the three, and the material from it agrees in the main with
that from the other two. Five flexed burials were found there, how-
ever, and study of the physical type represented should throw some
light on the relationships of the people.

Three weeks were spent in the excavation of a small occupational
area on the second terrace of the Brazos River at the Steele site.
The evidence of occupation on the surface covers about an acre in
extent and it is underlain by an unknown number of occupational
levels of considerably greater extent. Traces of occupation extend
to a depth of at least 15 feet, and it will be necessary to use mechanical
equipment to excavate a deep trench in order to make stratigraphic
studies. The site appears to be a significant one in that the most
recent occupation was prior to the advent of pottery and the bow and
arrow in that area.

The Stansbury site, the location of a historic Indian village, was the
fifth area excavated. Material from it includes trade items of French,

18 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

English, and American origin. The occupation probably began in
the mid-eighteenth century, or perhaps somewhat earlier, and lasted
until 1869. House patterns with compact floor, post holes, central
fire hearth, and bell-shaped cache pits were found. In general, it
may be said that the site shows relationship with Taovayas site of
Spanish Fort. It is located near the site of Towash Village, one of the
historic sites studied. This village was an early white settlement dat-
ing from the 1840’s to the present time. The first dam and bridge on
the Brazos River were located there, and their remains, as well as those
of the old stone store and church, are still to be seen. Measurements
and photographs were taken in order to make scale drawings of the
buildings.

The other historic site studied was that of Fort Graham, a frontier
post dating 1849-54. The outlines of one of the buildings, as well as
several other features, were located. It also was determined that the
“Village of the Caddoes,” visited by Ferdinand Roemer in 1846, was
situated at the site of Fort Graham.

Excavations got under way at the Lavon Reservoir on June 19 in
the Hogge Bridge site, one of 11 situated along the east fork of the
Trinity River. Each of the sites contains a large circular pit, which
is a feature peculiar to the area. Digging was started in one of the
large pits in order to determine what their purpose may have been.
By the end of the fiscal year, the southwestern quarter of the pit in
the Hogge Bridge site had been cleared and the original surface un-
covered. The pit was 10 feet deep, 65 feet in diameter on the inside,
and had a rim of dirt from the original excavation piled around the
periphery measuring 90 feet from crest to crest. The floor proved to
be concave, and no post holes or evidences of a structure had been
found by the end of the year. Along the east rim of the pit was a bur-
ial area, and on the inner slope of the south side of the pit a bear burial
was uncovered. Potsherds indicate that the site probably dates be-
tween A. D. 1200 and 1500, but its cultural affiliations had not yet
been determined.

During November and December Dr. Theodore E. White prospected
the Upper Cretaceous deposits in the Lavon Reservoir for vertebrate
fossils. A number of specimens were located, but time permitted the
removal of only two. One consisted of a small mosasaur (unident)
skull and the skull of a large mosasaur (Tylosaurus?).

During the time when he was not in the field, Robert L. Stephenson,
archeologist, prepared reports on the various surveys which he had
made and processed the specimens in the laboratory at Austin. In
November he attended the Seventh Conference for Plains Archeology
and presented a paper on the work he had been doing in Texas. In
May he attended the meetings of the Society for American Archaeology

SIXTY-SEVENTH ANNUAL REPORT 19

at Norman, Okla., and took part in the discussions held there. At the
close of the fiscal year he was occupied with the excavations at the
Lavon Reservoir.

Edward B. Jelks was appointed temporary assistant at the labora-
tory in October and in February was made assistant field archeologist.
He helped Mr. Stephenson in the processing of specimens until March
6, when he proceeded with the party to the Whitney Reservoir and
assisted in the excavation program throughout the course of the work.
During such times as Mr. Stephenson was not with the party, Mr.
Jelks was in full charge. On June 12 he was appointed archeologist
and proceeded to the Lavon Reservoir, where he was at work at the
end of the fiscal year.

Cooperating institutions.—As in previous years, numerous State and
local institutions cooperated with the River Basin Surveys. Space for
field offices and laboratories for units of the Surveys were provided by
the Universities of Georgia, Nebraska, Oregon, and Texas. The
Universities of Oregon and Washington and Washington State College
joined forces with the Surveys both in reconnaissance work and in
excavations at the McNary, O’Sullivan, Equalizing, and Chief Joseph
Reservoirs in the Columbia Basin, while the University of Georgia took
over the responsibility for the excavation of one large site in the
Allatoona Reservoir in Georgia, and for a series of surveys as well as
excavations along the Flint River in the southern part of that State.
The University of Missouri and the Missouri Archeological Society
continued their cooperation in making surveys in a number of proposed
reservoir areas and in conducting some excavations. During the
early months of the fiscal year, the Museum of Natural History of the
University of Kansas, the Laboratory of Anthropology of the Univer-
sity of Nebraska, the State Museum of the University of Nebraska,
and the Nebraska State Historical Society continued excavation
projects that had been started toward the close of the preceding year.
The University of Oklahoma continued work in the Fort Gibson
Reservoir in the summer of 1949, and in June of 1950 returned to the
area for further work.

Late in the fiscal year a program developed by the National Park
Service, whereby various scientific agencies would carry on salvage
work in proposed reservoir areas, got under way. On the basis of
agreements between the National Park Service and the agencies
concerned, certain funds were made available to the latter to help
cover the expense of the investigations. The River Basin Surveys
participated in that program in a consultative capacity only. The
final results of the work accomplished, however, will be correlated with
those of the Surveys.

20 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

INSTITUTE OF SOCIAL ANTHROPOLOGY

(Report prepared by Gorpon R. WILLEY)

General statement.—The objectives of the Institute of Social Anthro-
pology are anthropological research on the community life of rural
peoples of Latin America and the training of Latin American nationals
in the methods and principles of modern social anthropology. The aim
is to inform both the social scientist and layman in the United States
concerning little-known peoples of other parts of the world and to
build up in various Latin American countries a corps of professionally
trained scientists and friends.

During the past year the Institute was financed by transfers of funds
from the Department of State, totaling $82,510, from the appropria-
tion ‘International Information and Education Activities, 1950.”
As in the previous year, long-term planning has been done on a very
tentative basis because of budget uncertainties for the future. Early
in the fiscal year reorganizations in Department of State technical-
aid-type programs called for a reappraisal of the Institute’s goals and
programs. With the Point IV foreign aid scheduled to take the place
of many of the projects of the former Committee for Scientific and
Cultural Cooperation, the question was raised as to whether the work
of the Institute should come within this new organizational frame-
work. The decision of the Institute, in keeping with the general
policy of the Smithsonian Institution, was that the Institute should
continue with basic research and teaching and not enter directly into
the field of applied social science. Nevertheless, the Institute,
through the office of the Director, served in an informal consultative
capacity to the Program Analysis and Reports Branch of the Inter-
departmental Committee and to the Point IV successor of this
committee. Such consultation has included recommendations for
anthropological aid and personnel for Point IV work, conferences with
the representatives of other governmental agencies considering
technical assistance programs, and informal memoranda from our
field representatives on features of local native life that provide a
background for economic development programs.

The regular assignments and program of the Institute continued as
formerly in the Washington office, and in the field stations in Brazil,
Colombia, México, and Pert.

Washington office—Dr. George M. Foster, Director, served from
July 1 until September 3, assuming leave status at the end of this
period to conduct privately sponsored research in Spain. Although
these investigations in Spain are not officially connected with the
Institute of Social Anthropology program, they bear directly upon it
scientifically in view of the close historical relationships between Spain

SIXTY-SEVENTH ANNUAL REPORT 21

and Latin America. Dr. Gordon R. Willey, on loan from the Bureau
of American Ethnology, was Acting Director for the remainder of the
year. Miss Lois C. Northcott, formerly secretary to the Director,
became administrative assistant in November 1949.

Upon the recommendation of the Director, Dr. José M. Cruxent,
Director of the Museo de Ciencias Naturales, Caracas, Venezuela,
visited the United States on a Department of State grant-in-aid. He
remained during August and September, traveling within this country
to various museums and universities.

In February, Dr. Willey began an extended tour of Institute field
posts and, en route, visited other Latin-American countries to renew
professonal contacts and to discuss scientific and local academic
problems with Latin-American colleagues. Mexico City, Guatemala
City, Panamé, Bogoté, Quito, Lima, Santiago, Buenos Aires, Sao
Paulo, Rio de Janeiro, and Caracas were included on this trip.

Brazil—Drs. Donald Pierson, sociologist, and Kalervo Oberg,
social anthropologist, continued their research and teaching activities
in cooperation with the Escola Livre de Sociologia e Politica in Sao
Paulo. Dr. Pierson, after a 2-months’ consultation in the United
States, assumed duties in the Escola Livre de Sociologia e Politica as
dean of the graduate section. In connection with these duties he
trained graduate students in problems of academic administration.
In addition he taught courses in sociology and social anthropology,
supervised masters theses in social anthropology, and was engaged in
writing and preparing manuscripts in social anthropology and soci-
ology. In April Dr. Pierson represented the Smithsonian Institution
at Brazil’s National Indian Week celebrations in Rio de Janeiro.
at the request of the Brazilian Embassy. During May and June,
Dr. Pierson, accompanied by graduate students, undertook an in-
tensive social anthropological survey of the large and important Sao
Francisco River Valley. This field work was sponsored by the
federal government of Brazil as well as by the Institute of Social
Anthropology. A survey report is anticipated that will be of par-
ticular interest for the Brazilian Government’s economic development.
plans for the Sao Francisco Valley.

Dr. Kalervo Oberg, accompanied by a student assistant, spent the
months of July and August in the northwestern Mato Grosso among
the Nambicuara, Iranxe, and other Indian groups. These tribes,
some of the most primitive in the world, lead a completely isolated
life, and there is very little scientific literature on them. He returned
to Sio Paulo late in August and resumed teaching, devoting his re-
search time to the preparation of a manuscript on the Mato Grosso
field work. Dr. Oberg delivered the address at the Escola Livre de

2D BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

Sociologia e Politica for the commencement exercises held in March.
He spent May and June in the United States on consultation.

Colombia.—In Colombia, Dr. Raymond E. Crist, cultural geog-
rapher on leave from the University of Maryland, represented the
Institute at the Universidad del Cauca, Popayan. For the past year
Dr. Crist was in Colombia only for the months of July through August,
returning to the United States in September. During this stay,
which was a continuation of an appointment made in 1949, Dr. Crist
and a group of Colombian scientists and graduate students made a
survey trip into the western section of the Department of Cauca for
the purpose of studying land utilization and agricultural and -animal-
husbandry techniques. In August he accompanied Dr. A. C. White-
ford of Beloit University on a field trip among the Guambiano In-
dians, and shortly thereafter he visited the lower Eastern Cordillera
on a geographic survey. Dr. Crist was especially cited to the Secre-
tary of State by the assistant public affairs officer in Bogotdé for the
professional and personal success of his stay in Colombia.

Mézxico.—Dr. Isabel T. Kelly, Institute representative assigned to
the Escuela Nacional de Antropologia in Mexico City, divided her
time between teaching and the writing of the first volume of an
ethnography of the Totonac Indians. This work was completed in
March, and since then Dr. Kelly has continued with preparation of
the second volume. She also carried on a research seminar for Mex-
ican graduate students in the writing and general preparation of
scientific monographs.

The United States-sponsored Benjamin Franklin Library in Mexico
City exhibited some 80 photographs taken by Dr. Kelly during her
work among the Totonac Indians, and these photographs were later
borrowed by the Mexican Government for displays in Jalapa, Monter-
rey, Morelia, and Oaxaca. Dr. Kelly’s activities have been favorably
publicized by a feature article released in the Mexican popular weekly
magazine Nosotros.

In connection with the Washington office’s attempt to demonstrate
the utility of anthropology for the Point IV type of economic devel-
opment program, Dr. Kelly prepared an analysis of possibilities for
public housing in the tropical coastal area of the Gulf of Mexico. This
was written from the point of view of the native cultures involved,
with which Dr. Kelly is expertly familiar, and points up the conflicts
and difficulties to be overcome in implanting technological ideas on
alien societies. During September Dr. Kelly was in the United
States for consultation.

Pert.—The 1950 year opened with Dr. George A. Kubler, on leave
from Yale University, as the Institute’s representative attached to the
Peruvian Instituto de Estudios Etnolégicos in Lima. Dr. Kubler, an

SIXTY-SEVENTH ANNUAL REPORT 23

authority on the Colonial Period in Pert, continued with his research
on archival material in the Department of La Libertad, Trujillo, as
well as in the Lima archives. Consultation with students in anthro-
pology and history was also maintained. Dr. Kubler returned to the
United States in September. A manuscript covering a part of Dr.
Kubler’s work in Pert, ““The Indian Caste of Pert, 1795-1950,” an
analysis of population and racial attitudes, was submitted for publica-
tion in April.

Ozzie G. Simmons, current representative in Pert, arrived in Lima
in November. Mr. Simmons offered a course on American ethnic
groups and acculturation in the Peruvian Instituto de Estudios
Etnolégicos and began field investigations at the town of Lunahuand.
Studies at this community, initiated in February with the aid of a
student assistant, have run throughout the year and will extend into
1951. Coincident with this research Mr. Simmons is collaborating in
a seminar on social anthropological field methods. He has also aided
in a questionnaire project conducted by the Peruvian National School
of Social Work among groups of highland Indians who have recently
moved to the vicinity of Lima in response to industrial opportunities.
Quite importantly, he has been instrumental in advising the Peruvian
Ministry of Public Health to add a Peruvian social anthropologist to
their staff for work in the Department of Ica. This has created an
excellent job opportunity for a Peruvian trained by us and has shown
the way for further employment of our trainees in governmental
departments.

EDITORIAL WORK AND PUBLICATIONS

There were issued one Annual Report and one Bulletin volume
(Handbook of South American Indians), and one Publication of the
Institute of Social Anthropology as listed below:

Sixty-sixth Annual Report of the Bureau of American Ethnology, 1948-1949.
34 pp.

Bulletin 148. Handbook of South American Indians. Julian H. Steward,
editor. Volume 5, The comparative ethnology of South American Indians.
xxvi+ 818 pp., 56 pls., 190 figs., 22 maps. 1949.

Institute of Social Anthropology Publ. No. 10. Nomads of the Long Bow:
The Siriono of eastern Bolivia, by Allan R. Holmberg. 104 pp., 7 pls., 4 charts,
1lmap. 1950.

The following publications were in press at the close of the fiscal year:

Bulletin 148. Handbook of South American Indians. Julian H. Steward,
editor. Volume 6, Physical anthropology, linguistics, and cultural geography of
South American Indians.

Bulletin 144. The northern and central Nootkan tribes, by Philip Drucker.

Bulletin 145. The Indian tribes of North America, by John R. Swanton.

24 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

Bulletin 146. Chippewa child life and its cultural background, by Sister M.
Inez Hilger.

Bulletin 147. Journal of an expedition to the Mauvaises Terres and the Upper
Missouri in 1850, by Thaddeus B. Culbertson. Edited by John Francis
McDermott.

Bulletin 148. Arapaho child life and its cultural background, by Sister M.
Inez Hilger,

Institute of Social Anthropology Publ. No. 11. Quiroga: A Mexican Munici-
pio, by Donald D. Brand.

Institute of Social Anthropology Publ. No. 12. Cruz das Almas: A Brazilian
village, by Donald Pierson.

Institute of Social Anthropology Publ. No. 18. The Tajin Totonac: Part 1.
History, subsistence, and technology, by Isabel Kelly and Angel Palerm.

Institute of Social Anthropology Publ. No. 14. The Indian caste of Peru,
1795-1950: A population study based upon tax records and census reports, by
George Kubler.

Publications distributed totaled 19,116 as compared with 19,660 for

the fiscal year 1949.
LIBRARY

The total number of volumes accessioned in the library is 34,838, an
increase of 119 volumes over the fiscal year 1949.

ARCHIVES

The largest collection of Indian photographs acquired by the
Bureau in many years was obtained during the past year when the
Library of Congress gave permission to copy pictures submitted long
ago for copyright purposes. These pictures, made more than 50
years ago, show many famous Indians whose portraits are new to the
collections. Another group of 50 rare Indian photographs was re-
ceived from Eddie Herman, a Sioux Indian of Hot Springs, S. Dak.

The manuscript material in the archives of the Bureau has been
used by research workers both by personal visits for consultation and
by correspondence.

A new manuscript of 2,380 pages, in the Fox Indian language,
consisting of a vocabulary, with grammatical and linguistic notes,
was donated to the Bureau by Miss Ella A. Merritt of Washington.
This work was compiled by the late James Brannin, formerly connected
with the United States Navy during the time (1935-42) he was
stationed near the Fox Indians in Wisconsin.

COLLECTIONS
Ace. No.

175998. Surface material from aboriginal sites in Allatoona Reservoir area,
Cherokee, Bartow, and Cobb Counties, northwest Georgia, collected
by Joseph R. Caldwell from November 1946 to April 1947. River
Basin Surveys.

SIXTY-SEVENTH ANNUAL REPORT 25

Acc, No.

182578. Archeological materials, consisting of stone artifacts and potsherds,
from two prehistoric shell mounds near Monagrillo, Herrera Province,
Republic of Panamé, and including in the Monagrillo pottery series
what is believed to be the earliest yet known from Panamé, collected
by Drs. M. W. Stirling and Gordon R. Willey during the 1948 Smith-
sonian Institution-National Geographic Society expedition to Panaméd.

182845. A collection of archeological material together with 250 geological speci-
mens, 31 mammals, botanical specimens, 4 fish, 20 insects, and approxi-
mately 64 marine invertebrates from Cornwallis Island, the Canadian
Arctic, collected by Henry B. Collins, Jr., in the summer of 1949 on the
National Museum of Canada-Smithsonian Institution Expedition.

183940. 68 potsherds of various types from an archeological site, Crystal River,
Citrus County, Fla., collected by Dr. Gordon R. Willey.

185245. 2 beetles, 2 lizards, 1 snake, and 1 frog from Province of Chiriquf, Pa-
namé, collected by Dr. M. W. Stirling.

185249. About 20 specimens of Eocene invertebrate fossils from Louisiana, col-
lected by Carl F. Miller. River Basin Surveys.

185382. 11 original oil paintings of Yahgan, Ona, and Tehuelche Indians, Argen-
tine prisoners, and scenes of the Furlong Expedition of 1908 to Tierra
del Fuego, painted by Charles W. Furlong.

185538. (Through Carl F. Miller) 12 fresh-water mollusks from northwestern
Georgia, gathered in an Indian village site. River Basin Surveys.

185627. (Through Dr. Frank H. H. Roberts, Jr.) 2 mosasaur skulls collected
by Dr. T. E. White from upper Cretaceous deposits of the Lavon Re-
servoir area, 1 mile east of Culeoka, Collin County, Tex. River Basin
Surveys.

186797. 4 dictaphones and phonographs, including ones used by Alice C. Fletcher
and Frances Densmore.

MISCELLANEOUS

Miss Frances Densmore, Dr. John R. Swanton, and Dr. Antonio
J. Waring, Jr., continued as collaborators of the Bureau of American
Ethnology.

During the year information was furnished by members of the
Bureau staff in reply to numerous inquiries concerning the American
Indians, past and present, of both continents. The increased number
of requests from teachers of primary and secondary grades and from
Scout organizations indicates a rapidly growing interestin the American
Jndian throughout the country. Various specimens sent to the
Bureau were identified and data on them furnished for their owners.

Respectfully submitted.

M. W. Strruine, Director.

Dr. A. WETMORE,

Secretary, Smithsonian Institution.

'
Li
~

—

ia
i

;
A

ur “ 7
et et)

1 yaaa
tad dove)

: F yi A
Ni
ti

‘
45

ae
iy
Ise

Pe AT,
(yp meet Vee)
EPO SA : a
eee Ly; p> at

a
’

RA? Ha
ae eg!
> a)
ay Ke

ih
i YA
fe .

vo sK
SRN:

SIXTY-EIGHTH
ANNUAL REPORT OF THE

BUREAU OF
AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

TO THE SECRETARY OF THE
SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION

1950-1951

UNITED STATES
GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE
WASHINGTON : 1952

BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
June 30, 1951

Director —MATTHEW W. STIRLING.

Associate Director.—F RANK H. H. ROBERTS, Jr.

Senior ethnologists——H. B. CoLuins, Jr., JOHN P. HARRINGTON, W. N. FENTON.
Collaborators.—FRANCES DENSMORE, JOHN R. SWANTON, A. J. WARING, Jr.
Editor—M. HELEN PALMER.

Librarian.—MIrR1AM B. KETCHUM.

Scientific illustrator.—E. G. SCHUMACHER.

INSTITUTE OF SOCIAL ANTHROPOLOGY

Director.—G. M. Foster, Jr.

Anthropologists. Brazilian office: DONALD PIERSON, KALERVO OBERG; Colombian
office: CHARLES J. ERASMUS; Mewican office: ISABEL T. KELLY, WILLIAM L.
WONDERLY, linguist ; Peruvian office: OzzIE G. SIMMONS.

RIVER BASIN SURVEYS

Director.—F RANK H. H. RoBErTs, Jr.

Archeologists.—G. ELLIS BURCAW, JOSEPH R. CALDWELL, GEORGE A, CHENEY, PAUL
L. CooPER, ROBERT B. CUMMING, Jr., RICHARD D. DAUGHERTY, WALTER D. EXNGER,
Jr., FRANKLIN FENENGA, DONALD D. HARTLE, EDWARD B. JELKS, DONALD J. LEH-
MER, CARL FEF. MILLER, HOMER DOUGLAS OSBORNE, ROBERT L. SHALKOP, JOEL
L. SHINER, G. HUBERT SMITH, RALPH §. SOLECKI, ROBERT L. STEPHENSON, SAMUEL
J. TOBIN, RICHARD PAGE WHEELER.

Paleontologist —THEODORE E. WHITE.

SIXTY-EIGHTH ANNUAL REPORT
Se OFTHE we 1%
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

M. W. Stireiine, Director

Sir: I have the honor to submit the following report on the field
researches, office work, and other operations of the Bureau of Ameri-
can Ethnology during the fiscal year ended June 30, 1951, conducted
in accordance with the Act of Congress of April 10, 1928, as amended
August 22, 1949, which provides for continuing “independently or in
cooperation anthropological researches among the American Indians
and the natives of lands under the jurisdiction or protection of the
United States and the excavation and preservation of archeologic

remains.”
SYSTEMATIC RESEARCHES

Dr. M. W. Stirling, Director of the Bureau, left Washington early
in January to continue the program of archeological work in Panama
inaugurated in 1948 in cooperation with the National Geographic
Society. En route, he made stops of several days each in México,
Guatemala, El Salvador, and Costa Rica to study and photograph
archeological collections in those countries. In Panama the primary
objective was an archeological reconnaissance on the relatively un-
explored Atlantic coast of Panama lying between the Canal Zone and
the Chiriqui lagoon. It was here in 1502 that Columbus attempted
to establish the first European colony on the American mainland.
Three river systems in this region were explored— the Rio Salud,
Rio Indio, and Rio Coclé del Norte. The latter is the largest river
on the Panama north coast. Columbus found this region inhabited
by Indians who wore gold ornaments and who did not live in villages
but in single houses separated from one another by considerable dis-
tances. Dr. Stirling’s archeological work confirmed this observation.
The archeological remains consisted primarily of pottery and stone
objects removed from the refuse deposits where the houses had stood.
Near the coast the pottery was simple in style, unpainted, and with a
limited variety of forms. Near the headwaters of the rivers the
pottery became more elaborate as a result of influences from the high
culture centers that existed in pre-Columbian times on the Pacific
side of the divide. On concluding this survey, in the latter part of
March, the expedition established headquarters at La Pintada in the
Pacific drainage opposite the headwaters of the Coclé del Norte, where
additional excavations were undertaken with the intention of estab-

2 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

lishing the relation between the prehistoric cultures of the two re-
gions. Dr. Robert Rands accompanied Dr. Stirling in the field as
archeological assistant.

Dr. Frank H. H. Roberts, Jr., Associate Director of the Bureau
and Director of the River Basin Surveys, devoted most of his time
during the year to the management and direction of the River Basin
Surveys. In October he went to Lincoln, Nebr., to inspect the Missouri
Basin headquarters. Accompanied by Paul L. Cooper, field director,
he then proceeded to the Fort Randall Reservoir area near Chamber-
lain, S. Dak., and visited a number of archeological sites that were
being tested by one of the field parties. From Chamberlain he went
to Pierre, S. Dak., and inspected the investigations being carried on
in the area of the Oahe Dam. Dr. Roberts also went to several other
sites that will be flooded by the Oahe Reservoir and discussed with
Mr. Cooper plans for excavation projects at those locations when field
work got under way in the spring months. After returning to the
headquarters at Lincoln, Dr. Roberts went to Colorado where early
in November he spent two days at the Lindenmeier site seeking char-
coal that could be used for carbon-14 dating. He also spent two days
testing a rock shelter near Livermore, which had been reported to
contain materials belonging to the Folsom complex. Dr. Roberts
found considerable evidence of occupancy of the shelter by recent In-
dians but saw nothing to indicate the older horizon. In April he
went to Clarksville, Va., where excavations were under way in sites
that will be flooded by the Buggs Island Reservoir. In May he went
to Evanston, Ill., to attend the annual meeting of the Society for
American Archaeology, of which he was President, and then pro-
ceeded to Lincoln, Nebr., where he assisted in the preparation of plans
for the summer field season in the Missouri Basin. From Lincoln
he went to Oklahoma and spent several days visiting sites in the
Tenkiller Ferry Reservoir and observing the excavations that were
being made by a River Basin Surveys’ party near Tahlequah.

At the beginning of the fiscal year Dr. Henry B. Collins, anthropolo-
gist, left for a second season of field work on Cornwallis Island in the
Canadian Arctic. As in the two preceding years the work was con-
ducted under the joint auspices of the Smithsonian Institution and
the National Museum of Canada. Dr. Collins and his assistant, Walter
EK. Taylor, anthropology student at the University of Toronto, were
flown by the Royal Canadian Air Force from Montreal to the Reso-
lute Bay weather station on Cornwallis Island, stopping en route at
Churchill on Hudson Bay. The excavations yielded a large collection
of the Thule culture material, most of it from in and around an
unusually large stone and whalebone house at the site designated as
M 1, a mile from the weather station. Just to the rear of this house
was a small and inconspicuous house ruin, indicated only by a shal-

SIXTY-EIGHTH ANNUAL REPORT 3

low depression in the ground, which turned out to be the oldest Thule
structure thus far found in the central or eastern Arctic. The artifacts
from this house were identical with those from the earliest Thule sites
in Alaska. The house had evidently been occupied very briefly, for
perhaps only one or two years, by some of the first Thule migrants
from Alaska, who in all likelihood had then continued on their way
to northwest Greenland. A similar shallow depression nearby yielded
Dorset objects, the first indication that this early but little-known
Eskimo culture had reached Cornwallis Island. Three culture stages
are thus represented at Resolute—Dorset, early Thule, and developed
Thule. The first two were probably represented by only a few families
who lived there for very short periods. The last stage was of much
longer duration, probably a century or more, during which time the
population was probably to be numbered in the hundreds. In June
1951 Mr. Taylor returned to Resolute to complete some of the excava-
tions that had to be left unfinished the preceding August.

Dr. Collins was reelected to the board of governors of the Arctic
Institute for a 3-year term, and also for a 1-year term as treasurer of
the organization. He continued to serve as chairman of the directing
committee that planned and supervised the bibliography and roster
projects on which the Arctic Institute has been engaged for the past
four years under contract with the Office of Naval Research. The
Roster of Arctic Specialists, containing biographical data on Amer-
ican and Canadian citizens having expert knowledge of the Arctic
regions, was completed and turned over to the agencies that had spon-
sored and financed the work—U. S. Departments of the Army, Navy,
Air Force, and Defense Research Board of Canada. The first five vol-
umes of the Arctic Bibliography were also completed and delivered to
the Government Printing Office through the Department of the Army,
which had contributed additional funds for its publication. Prepared
under the direction of Miss Marie Tremaine with a staff including
expert bibliographers, translators, and scientists working at the Li-
brary of Congress and other libraries in the United States and Canada,
the Arctic Bibliography is one of the most comprehensive regional
bibliographies ever assembled and should be a useful research tool
for scientists and others interested in the North.

At the beginning of the fiscal year, Dr. John P. Harrington was
on the Crow Indian Reservation in southern Montana conducting lin-
guistic studies. Dr. Harrington found in connection with his studies
that the word Missouri, formerly thought to mean “large canoe” or
“wooden canoe,” means simply “canoe” and, as applied since aboriginal
times to the Missouri River, means by implication the navigated river.
Dr. Harrington also obtained detailed information concerning the
Mandan coracle or bull boat from Crowsheart, an Indian 94 years
of age. An article was completed on this subject. On December 19,

4A BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

Dr. Harrington returned to Washington, D. C., and spent the time
until March 9 writing reports on his field work. On this date he left
for México in order to resume his studies on the Maya language. At
the end of the fiscal year he was in Mexico City continuing this work.

Commencing July 1, Dr. William N. Fenton, having completed an
assignment for the Indian Service at Taos Pueblo, conducted a survey
of manuscripts relating to the ethnohistory of eastern Indians in the
Henry E. Huntington Library at San Marino, Calif. The latter re-
search, carried out with the aid of grants from the research funds
of the American Philosophical Society, was published in the Proceed-
ings of the American Philosophical Society, vol. 95, No. 3.

Factions are a peculiar feature of American Indian political organi-
zation that has yet to be worked out for the country as a whole. Some
ideas about political structure and methods of field work, which Dr.
Fenton developed over a long period of field and library study among
the Six Nations, were this past year transferred to the study of Indian
self-government, which is riddled with factional disputes, in three
divergent tribal cultures—Taos, Klamath, and Blackfeet. Each field
situation was unique and required adjusting techniques, but the main
principles hold. Field work was completed at Klamath Indian Agency
in August, and the situation at Blackfeet Agency in Montana was
explored during September. On returning to Washington late in
September, at the request of the Indian Bureau Dr. Fenton drafted
a comprehensive plan for the study of the Blackfeet problem by a
team of social-science specialists who would be drawn from several
disciplines including anthropology.

RIVER BASIN SURVEYS
(Report prepared by FranK H. H. Roserts, Jr.)

Instituted in the fall of 1945 as a unit of the Bureau of American
Ethnology, the River Basin Surveys were organized to carry into
effect a memorandum of understanding between the National Park
Service and the Smithsonian Institution. The memorandum per-
tains to the salvage of archeological and paleontological remains that
would otherwise be lost as a result of numerous projects for flood
control and irrigation, «hydroelectric installations, and navigation
improvements in the river basins of the United States. The field
work was started in July 1946 and has continued since that date.
During the entire period of operations the investigations have been
conducted as an interagency program with full cooperation on the
part of the Smithsonian Institution, the Nationa] Park Service, and
the Bureau of Reclamation of the Interior Department, and the Corps
of Engineers of the Department of the Army. In addition, numerous
non-Federal institutions scattered throughout the various States have

SIXTY-EIGHTH ANNUAL REPORT 5

aided in the work. The program in the last fiscal year was financed
by a transfer of $174,375 to the Smithsonian Institution by the Na-
tional Park Service. Those funds were derived in part from the
National Park Service and in part from the Bureau of Reclamation.
The money from the Bureau of Reclamation was for use in the Mis-
souri Basin, while that from the National Park Service was for use in
all other areas throughout the United States. Because the appro-
priations for the previous year became available so late in the field
season, a substantial carry-over ($135,574) increased the 1951 funds
so that a much larger series of investigations was possible than would
otherwise have been the case.

Activities during the year consisted of reconnaissance or surveys for
the purpose of locating archeological sites or paleontological deposits
that will be flooded or otherwise destroyed by construction work and
in the excavation of sites located by previous surveys. In all, 45
reservoir basins located in 13 States and scattered over 8 river basins
were visited by survey parties. In addition one lock project and four
canal areas were examined. Excavations were completed or were
under way at the end of the fiscal year in 20 reservoir areas in 10
States. During the course of the year there were 26 excavating
parties in the field. Eight of the excavation projects were in areas
where digging was done in previous years, but the remainder were
new undertakings. When the fiscal year closed, the total of the res-
ervoir areas where surveys had been made or excavations carried on
since the beginning of actual field work in July 1946 was 225 located
in 25 States. During the course of the work 2,894 archeological sites
have been located and recorded, and of that number 545 have been
recommended for excavation or additional testing. Preliminary
appraisal reports were completed for all the reservoirs surveyed, and
14 reports were mimeographed for limited distribution to the. co-
operating agencies. This makes a total of 134 such reports issued
since the start of the program. In some cases a series of reservoirs is
included in a single report covering a subbasin, and for that reason
the total number of reports is less than that of the reservoirs. The
excavations made during the fiscal year brought the total for areas
where such work has been done to 33. The results of some of that
work have been published as technical reports in various scientific
journals, and one Bulletin of the Bureau of American Ethnology con-
taining eight such papers is now in press. That Bulletin inaugurates
a new series, to be called “River Basin Surveys Papers” and designed
as an outlet for the reports resulting from the interagency archeologi-
cal salvage program. Paleontological surveys have been made in
115 reservoir areas, 70 being those where archeological work has also
been done. The remaining 45 in due course will be investigated by

6 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

archeological parties. The over-all total of reservoirs visited, includ-
ing those where archeological work still needs to be done, is 270.

The reservoirs investigated for archeological remains as of June 30,
1951, have the following distribution by States: California, 20; Colo-
rado, 24; Georgia, 4; Idaho, 11; Illinois, 2; Iowa, 3; Kansas, 7; Ken-
tucky, 1; Louisiana, 1; Minnesota, 1; Montana, 14; Nebraska, 27; New
Mexico, 1; North Dakota, 13; Ohio, 2; Oklahoma, 7; Oregon, 26; Penn-
sylvania, 2; South Dakota, 9; Tennessee, 1; Texas, 15; Virginia, 2;
Washington, 11; West Virginia, 2; Wyoming, 19. Excavations since
the start of the program have been made in: California, 5; Colorado,
1; Georgia, 1; Kansas, 1; Montana, 1; Nebraska, 1; New Mexico, 1;
North Dakota, 4; Oklahoma, 2; Oregon, 3; South Dakota, 5; Texas, 7;
Virginia, 1; Washington, 8; Wyoming, 38.

The River Basin Surveys received extensive cooperation during the
year from the National Park Service, the Bureau of Reclamation, the
Corps of Engineers, and numerous State and local institutions.
Guides and transportation were furnished staff men in the field at a
number of projects, while at others office and laboratory space was
provided. In several cases labor and mechanical equipment were con-
tributed by the construction agency. Had it not been for the assist-
ance provided in that way, it would not have been possible for the
River Basin Surveys’ men to accomplish as much as they did. As in
past years, the National Park Service served as the liaison between
the various agencies and provided the Smithsonian Institution with
the necessary information concerning the locations of the proposed
dams and reservoirs and also their priorities. In addition, the Na-
tional Park Service carried the responsibility for budgeting the costs
of the program and for procuring the funds.

General supervision and direction of the work in California, Geor-
gia, Kentucky, Oklahoma, Pennsylvania, and Virginia were from the
main office in Washington. The program in the Columbia Basin was
directed from a field headquarters and laboratory at Eugene, Oreg.;
that in the Missouri Basin was under the supervision of a field office
and laboratory at Lincoln, Nebr.; and that in Texas was under the
field office at Austin. All the materials collected by the survey and
excavation parties in those three areas were processed at the field lab-
oratories. In addition, the collections made in Georgia were processed
at a laboratory at Athens.

Washington office.—The main headquarters of the River Basin Sur-
veys continued under the direction of Dr. Frank H. H. Roberts, Jr.
Joseph R. Caldwell, Carl F. Miller, and Ralph S. Solecki, archeolo-
gists, were based on that office, although Caldwell spent the entire
year in Georgia, and Solecki took leave of absence to join an expedition
going to the Near East. Dr. Theodore E. White, paleontologist, di-

SIXTY-EIGHTH ANNUAL REPORT Fe

vided his time between the Washington office, the Missouri Basin, and
the Texas area.

Mr. Caldwell spent the early months of the fiscal year working on
his report on the results of the excavations completed during the pre-
vious year at the Allatoona Reservoir. In November he proceeded to
the Buford Reservoir area on the Chattahoochee River northeast of
Atlanta where he carried on a survey until April 6. In the latter part
of April Mr. Caldwell made an investigation at the site of Fort Char-
lotte in McCormick County, S. C., to determine what work might be
necessary to obtain full information about it before it is flooded by the
waters of the Clark Hill Reservoir. From Fort Charlotte Mr. Cald-
well returned to his field base at Athens where he prepared a manu-
script “The Booger Bottom Mound: A Forsyth Period Site in Hall
County, Georgia.”

At the beginning of the year, Carl F. Miller was carrying on ex-
cavations at a site on the east bank of the Roanoke River near Clarks-
ville, Va. He continued operations there until August 4, when he
returned to Washington. During the months spent in the office, Mr.
Miller worked on his section of the report on the excavations at the
Allatoona Reservoir in Georgia. On February 28 he returned to
Clarksville and resumed investigations in the Buggs Island Reservoir
area. ‘Those operations continued until June 20, when he proceeded
to Bassett, Va., and made a survey at the Philpott Reservoir on the
Smith River. He returned to Washington on June 30. During such
times as the Director was absent from the Washington office, Mr.
Miller served as Acting Director of the River Basin Surveys.

Ralph S. Solecki devoted the early months of the year to the com-
pletion of reports on work done previously. In October he made a
brief investigation of the area at Morgantown, W. Va., where a new
navigation lock was under construction. From there he proceeded to
the Conemaugh Reservoir on the Conemaugh River in western Penn-
sylvania, where he made a reconnaissance of the area that will be
flooded. From the Conemaugh project he proceeded to the East
Branch Reservoir basin on the Clarion River, also in Pennsylvania.
After completing the survey of that area, he returned to Washington
and completed his report on the field investigations.

Dr. Theodore E. White spent the winter and early spring months
in Washington studying the materials he had collected during the
summer field season and in the preparation of a manuscript “Prelim-
inary Analysis of the Fossil Vertebrates of the Canyon Ferry Reser-
voir Area.” In April he went to Texas where he collected fossils from
the Lavon Reservoir on the East Fork of the Trinity River in Tarrant
County and from the Garza-Little Elm Reservoir on the Elm Fork of
the same river in Denton County. In June Dr. White proceeded from

983058—52——2

8 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

Texas to Lincoln, Nebr., and resumed his activities in the Missouri
Basin. |

California.—At the beginning of the fiscal year a party under the
direction of Franklin Fenenga was excavating a site in the Terminus
Reservoir area on the Kaweah River, in Tulare County. That work
was continued until August 1, and upon its completion detailed in-
formation had been obtained about a small village consisting of 14
houses and 8 distinct milling places. The site was important be-
cause it provided an opportunity to study the remains left by a group
of people who occupied the region in historic times and concerning
whom there is an extraordinarily complete ethnographic record. The
lower end of the Kaweah Canyon was formerly occupied by a small
band of the Yokut Indians known as the Wukchumne or Wickchamni.
Correlations of the data from both the ethnological and archeological
sources of information will make it possible to prepare an archeolog-
ical report containing an almost unique amount of information on
the function and significance of the artifacts and the various features
of the site. Many items of the material culture previously known only
through tradition are now represented by actual objects recovered
during the archeological researches.

Upon the completion of the digging at the Terminus Reservoir,
Mr. Fenenga moved his party to the Folsom Reservoir located on the
American River, in Eldorado County, where excavations were carried
on from August 3 to September 16. About 75 percent of the site was
investigated. The returns were small in that only a single burial
and 214 artifacts were found. The burial was that of a child about
12 years old and had no accompanying offerings. The artifacts con-
sist for the most part of stone and, as most of them are unspecialized
forms making functional identifications or comparisons with objects
from other sites difficult, they are not particularly significant. A
small series of arrow points, about half of which were made from
a native opal, will be useful in the matter of correlation with other
sites, but at present there is so little material available for study from
that particular region that conclusions are not warranted. Until
more data are obtained, it will not be possible to give a reasonably
complete picture of the material culture of the people who occupied
the site.

Two field parties excavated at the Cachuma Reservoir on the Santa
Ynez River, in Santa Barbara County. One of them, under Albert D.
Mohr, worked from August 1 to September 12, while the other, under
Martin Baumhoff, worked from April 3 until May 18. The first party
excavated in a site that contained evidence of three cultures previously
described by David Banks Rogers. They are the Oak Grove, Hunting,
and “Chumash.” ‘The evidence obtained there substantiated the re-

SIXTY-EIGHTH ANNUAL REPORT 9

ported ‘sequence for the Santa Barbara area. It also indicated that
two phases each of the last two periods might be defined as the result
of further work. The same party also did some testing in another
site which apparently represents a single late period that extended
into early historic times.

The party under Mr. Baumhoff concentrated its efforts at the second
site where Mr. Mohr worked and obtained considerable additional
information from it. Preliminary study of the artifacts indicates
that the occupation is attributable to the Canalifio. There is evidence
of trading activities in the form of tubular beads from the San Joaquin
Valley and potsherds similar to the pottery made by the Yokuts of
that region and the western Paiutes. No house remains were found,
but there were scattered piles of stones that appear to have been inten-
tiona) rather than accidental, and in one case there was a pear-shaped
pit 12 feet 8 inches long, 6 feet 3 inches wide, and 1 foot 3 inches in
depth, which had been lined with slabs of shale and was filled with
rocks of all sizes. The function of the pit has not been determined.
It was at first thought that the feature may have been a sweat house,
but the nature of the shale lining was such that it probably would
not have withstood the heating necessary for sweat-house purposes.
Additional work is needed at the Cachuma Reservoir in order to gain
a better understanding of the aboriginal history of the area.

Columbia Basin.—W ork in the Columbia Basin was continued under
the supervision of the field headquarters at Eugene, Oreg., where
laboratory and office space were provided by the University of Oregon.
Joel L. Shiner served as acting field director throughout the year.
Activities in that area consisted of a survey of six reservoir projects
and excavations in four areas where preliminary reconnaissance work
had already been completed. The John Day Reservoir basin on the
John Day River, in Oregon, was examined by Robert Farrell and
Stuart Peck during the first two weeks in July. The party found 88
sites and recommended testing or more extended excavations for 8 of
them. From the John Day Reservoir, Peck and Farrell proceeded
to the Hells Canyon Reservoir on the Snake River, in Oregon-Idaho,
where they found 22 sites, of which 4 were recommended for investiga-
tion. The latter survey was completed the middle of August. During
July George L. Coale and Octavio Romano surveyed the area to be
flooded by the Albeni Falls Reservoir on the Pend Oreille River, in
northern Idaho. They found 13 sites and recommended the testing of
5. Construction work on the dam has progressed to such an extent
that the indicated work may not be possible at that location. From
the Albeni Falls area, Coale and Romano proceeded to the Katka
and Libby Reservoir projects on the Kootenai River, in Idaho and
Montana, where they made a preliminary reconnaissance. The Katka
Dam is located in Idaho, but the reservoir will extend upstream into

10 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

Montana. The survey of the Katka area located and recorded 14
sites, of which one was recommended for excavation. Three others,
however, were found to be worthy of testing. The Libby area contains
11 archeological sites, and because so little is known of the archeology
of the Kootenai Indians, 6 of the 11 were recommended for further
study. Extensive excavation would not be required at any of them,
however. John M. Campbell spent July and August making a survey
of the Priest Rapids Reservoir basin. The Priest Rapids Dam is to
be built in the Columbia River just below the rapids and will create
a pool area 56 miles long. The district to be flooded is an important
one from the standpoint of the aboriginal occupation of the area,
and 74 sites were found there. Of that number, 29 are considered
to be of high archeological significance. The sites consist of those
with well-preserved house pits, the remains of open camps, cave shel-
ters, burial grounds, and various groups of pictographs. The region
is one that was occupied by several different Indian groups, and know]l-
edge from it should have an important bearing on a large section of
the Plateau Culture area.

At the start of the fiscal year a party under the direction of Douglas
Osborne, consulting archeologist, was continuing excavations at a site
on the Washington side of the Columbia River near Mottinger in the
McNary Reservoir basin. The site was that of a postcontact village
and probably was the location of that visited by Robert Stuart in 1812.
During the course of the digging three house pits and one mat lodge
were uncovered, and three additional house pits were tested. The
house pits were circular, and if the identification of the village is
correct it would indicate that the circular earth lodge was in use in
that area at a later date than most anthropologists have believed. The
artifacts obtained were not numerous, which is a condition found at
most of the places worked in the McNary basin. In addition to abo-
riginal stone and bone implements and shell ornaments, a variety of
Kuropean goods was obtained. Several of the house pits gave evi-
dence of several separate occupations, which may indicate that the
village was not lived in continuously but was revisited from time to
time, perhaps by the same group of people. The remains of the long
narrow mat house, which was a popular form of multifamily dwelling
during the historical period in that area, agree closely with the de-
scriptions of such houses given by the Umatilla Indians to ethnological
investigators in previous years. One complete burial was recovered
at that location. Late in July Mr. Osborne transferred his party to
a site near Cold Springs on the Oregon side of the river where he dug
four house pits in the remains of a small village. During periods of
high water the site appears to be located on an island, as a portion
of the river flows through an old channel and separates it from high
ground to the south. The village was situated on the side nearest

SIXTY-EIGHTH ANNUAL REPORT 11

the main channel and consisted of two distinct groups of houses. The
largest group was centered about 500 feet downstream from the
smaller one. An almost identical condition had previously been noted
at another site where work was done during the summer of 1949, but
thus far no explanation for such a division has been found. The pits
at this particular location were also circular in form and indicated
a single occupation. The lack of well-developed midden or refuse
areas implies that the village must have been short-lived or that par-
ticular care was taken to throw refuse into or near the river. Trade
goods were scarce at this site, which would seem to indicate that it
should be dated as slightly earlier than the time of the first contact
with the Whites or just prior to 1800. The Lewis and Clark map shows
the “island” but does not indicate the presence of a village or at least
the existence of houses. It would appear that the village had been
abandoned and had fallen into ruin before 1805. The most important
contribution from the excavations at these sites is the verification of
data secured at other locations in the McNary, particularly with re-
spect to the size and shape of the former houses and their artifact asso-
ciations; also, it was indicated that, while fishing was the primary
source of subsistence, hunting actually played a larger part in the econ-
omy than previously supposed. Mr. Osborne also completed the exca-
vation of a house pit at a site 1 mile downstream where work was done
the previous summer, and in addition located and removed 17 burials
from Sheep Island in the middle of the river about equidistant from
the other three sites. Some work had been done previously at that lo-
cation by Thomas R. Garth, who was then with the National Park
Service. Osborne, who was under a temporary appointment as con-
sulting archeologist, completed his investigations the end of August
and returned to his regular duties at the Washington State Museum.

Richard D. Daugherty and his party continued the excavations
started near the end of the previous fiscal year at the O’Sullivan Reser-
voir near Ephrata, Wash., and completed the investigations on Sep-
tember 2. They spent the summer season at a small village site close to
a larger one where Daugherty did some work in the summer of 1948.
During the current year two large circular house pits were dug, and
the remains of a rectangular mat dwelling were uncovered. <A series
of cairns that had formerly contained burials was also studied. The
graves had been systematically rifled by local collectors, however, and
little could be learned other than that the piles of stone had covered
the remains of cremations. Information pertaining to the house
types agreed with that from the previous digging, and from that data
it will be possible to draw a number of conclusions about the dwellings
of the area. Not a single item was found suggesting White contact,
but the similarity of the artifacts to those from other sites in the
region where there was association with contact material suggests that

12 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

the occupancy was not long prior to the time the first white men reached
the area. In general the artifacts consist of projectile points, various
types of scrapers, knives, drills, hammerstones, sinkers, pendants,
grinding stones and pestles, stone pipes, bone awls and points, bone
flaking tools, gaming pieces, and beads. While carrying on his excava-
tions, Daugherty also tested a site in the Lind Coulee where materials
attributable to the Paleo-Indian occur. The site is outside the reser-
voir basin but is along the course of lateral and distribution-system
canals, and as Lind Coulee is to be used as a wasteway for them the
archeological remains will ultimately be destroyed.

A party under the direction of Samuel J. Tobin was excavating in
a large rock shelter in the Equalizing Reservoir basin southwest of the
town of Grand Coulee, Wash., at the start of the fiscal year. The
work was carried on through July. Evidence obtained there was that
the shelter was not a regular dwelling place but rather a spot where
small parties probably camped from time to time. Three distinct
levels of occupation were found, but apparently no great length of
time intervened between each level, and the materials suggest that
the same cultural group was involved throughout. The chief signifi-
cance of the shelter is that a considerable amount of dry materia] such
as is rarely found in open sites was obtained. Included in it are
cordage, fragments of bow staves, arrow or spear shafts, textile frag-
ments, matting, and pieces of basketry. Nonperishable artifacts are
projectile points, bone implements and beads, and shell beads. The
rear wall of the shelter was decorated with pictographs, some made
with white paint and others in red. Analysis of the dry materials
should throw considerable light on that phase of the material culture
of the people in the area. Present indications are that the shelter
may well have been occupied by either the Nespelem or their eastern
neighbors the Sanpoil. Although contact objects were lacking below
the surface, it is difficult to assign either a historic or a pre-Columbian
age to the site.

The beginning of the fiscal year found a party under George A.
Cheney digging in village remains along the Columbia River in the
basin to be flooded by the Chief Joseph Reservoir. The work con-
tinued through July and August and into early September. In
August Tobin’s party was shifted to that project to assist in the in-
vestigations. The work in September was a cooperative effort, the
Washington State Museum providing the necessary labor. At the
end of the season 42 house pits located in 7 sites had been dug and
accompanying trash. mounds examined. Good information was ob-
tained concerning the house type, and indications are that there was
no particular village pattern. The structures do not seem to have
been grouped, but at all the sites were strung along a terrace above
the river in sheltered areas well back from the water. The artifacts

SIXTY-EIGHTH ANNUAL REPORT 13

recovered consisted in the main of stone projectile points, blades,
scrapers, hammers, pestles, pipes, choppers, and bowl fragments. The
evidence in general appears to show that a single cultural level was
represented at all the sites investigated. The area is one, however,
where the river has done considerable scouring and shifting, and it
is possible that older materials may have been destroyed. Though
many of the data from the Chief Joseph Reservoir supplement those
reported by earlier workers for the Upper Columbia-Grand Coulee
Reservoir, there are some marked differences in certain artifact cate-
gories. Considerable light will be thrown on the archeology of that
portion of the Columbia Basin when studies on the materials from
the Chief Joseph Reservoir are completed.

On April 2 Joel L. Shiner started excavations at a site in the McNary
Reservoir where a cultural layer had been discovered underneath a
thick stratum of wind-deposited volcanic ash. The site, which was
reported to the River Basin Surveys in January by Thomas R. Garth,
represented a single occupation by a group of Indians having a simple
culture and, except for the projectile points, very crude tools. Some
100 artifacts, including hammerstones and choppers in addition to the
points, were found there. Large numbers of animal bones, many of
them burned, and mussel shells were present in the midden. There
were no indications, however, of any type of habitation. The culture
probably represents a fairly early horizon in the Columbia Basin, but
its proper place in the sequence for the area cannot be determined
definitely until the volcanic ash is correlated with one of the known
eruptions in the region or the burned bones have been dated by the
carbon-14 method. Typologically the artifacts appear to be of re-
spectable age.

At the end of April Mr. Shiner moved his party to the site of a
former fishing village at the mouth of the Walla Walla River and
carried on excavations there until the middle of May. Most of the
digging was done in a midden deposit adjacent to the house remains,
and a good series of artifacts was obtained. That is one of the few
locations where enough material was found to make possible a satis-
factory statistical study of the types of artifacts. The village appar-
ently was occupied just prior to and during the first coming of the
white man. A large number of burials had been present at one time,
but the locality had been so thoroughly dug by local collectors that
only scattered bones were found by Shiner’s party.

During the year seven preliminary reports were completed and
mimeographed at the Eugene office. Specimens from the various
surveys were processed and cataloged and the photographs taken by
the various parties were cataloged and filed. Because of the situation
with respect to funds for the following fiscal year, it was necessary to
close the Eugene office on June 30, 1951.

14 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

Georgia.—Field work in Georgia was carried on from a base of
operations furnished by the University of Georgia at Athens. The
main investigations during the year were of a survey nature. From
November 14 to April 6 a reconnaissance was made of the area that
will be inundated by the proposed Buford Reservoir on the Chatta-
hoochee River. From April 23 to 28 a brief reconnaissance was made
in the Clark Hill Reservoir, on the Savannah River, for the purpose
of locating the remains of Fort Charlotte.

The Buford Reservoir basin occupies a large intermediate section
of north-Georgia terrain lying between the Allatoona Reservoir area
on the Etowah River and the north-Oconee drainage. The region is
one that is virtually unknown archeologically, and it should contain
significant data as far as a proper understanding of cultural develop-
ments in that part of Georgia is concerned. The preliminary survey
located 46 sites in the area to be flooded. Included in the group are
29 that appear to represent a rather early prepottery period. There
is some evidence that this group of sites may be somewhat older than
the Stallings Island Prepottery Culture. A larger proportion of
sites belong to the Woodstock period than was found to be the case
during the investigations at the Allatoona Reservoir. The larger
number of early sites indicates either that there was a sizable popula-
tion in the district or that it was occupied over a long span of time.
Extensive investigation of a number of the sites should give an answer
in that respect. Two large previously unrecorded mounds were also
noted, and some test digging was done in them. One gave evidence
of having been erected over a small natural knoll, and the outlines of
a small square house with a bench, bed, or throne at one end were
found on its summit. The mound appears to represent a rather late
and previously unknown complex which probably is pre-Lamar in
age. The other mound apparently is one of the oldest artificial struc-
tures thus far found in Georgia. It differs from previously recognized
types of eastern mounds in that it was not accretional and probably
was not intended for burial purposes. Neither does it seem to have
been a temple platform or domiciliary mound. Evidence obtained
during the course of testing it and adjacent areas suggests that it
probably belongs in the Forsyth Period, which falls into the general
category known as the Burial Mound I Period. In many ways the
mound suggests similarities to the well-known Swift Creek Mound.
One postulation as to its function is that it may have been erected for
ceremonial purposes even though there are no traces of a structure on
its summit. A simple earthen platform without a structure would be
the logical beginning in the development of the eastern temple-mound
complex. i |

In addition to the pre-Columbian sites, the survey found a number
attributable to the historic Cherokee. The latter are located for the

SIXTY-EIGHTH ANNUAL REPORT 15

most part along the course of the old Federal Road, which passed
through the Cherokee country to the Tennessee settlements. A brief
study was made of the Vann House which was built between 1805
and 1813 to serve as an inn for people traveling along the Federal
Road and stands on a high knoll overlooking the Chattahoochee River
about 114 miles from the present town of Oscarville. It is one of
the few Indian country taverns still standing. In its present form
the structure shows several periods of enlargement, but the old original
portion is readily discernible, and careful study of it should produce
interesting data on the nature of the taverns of the period when built.

The search for the remains of Fort Charlotte, in the Clark Hill
Reservoir area, showed that it was located on the South Carolina
side of the Savannah River, but inasmuch as it will be inundated by
the Clark Hill Reservoir, the dam for which is being built in Georgia,
investigation of the site is considered to be a part of the Georgia
project. Fort Charlotte, built in 1765 as one of the Colonial defenses
against the Cherokee Indians, was seized on July 12, 1775, by South
Carolina troops—one of the first overt acts of defiance by the rebellious
Colonies against the British Government. It continued to be occupied
by Colonial troops until the close of the Revolutionary War. Because
of the lack of accurate information about the actual physical character
of the fort and the fact that certain phases of its history correlate
with Indian activities in that area, it is hoped that all remaining
evidence pertaining to it can be retrieved from the site before it is
inundated.

Kentucky—During the period April 16 to May 18 Douglas W.
Schwartz, field assistant, made a reconnaissance and carried on limited
test excavations in the basin to be flooded by the proposed Celina
Reservoir on the Cumberland River, in southern Kentucky. He lo-
cated 24 archeological sites, representing a number of cultural periods;
further work in the area probably would make it possible to establish
a sequence for them. Excavations in six major sites have been recom-
mended, but inasmuch as all of them are above the pool line there is
no immediate urgency for their investigation. Their location is such,
however, that after the reservoir is filled they may be subject to some
wave action and will be easily available to unauthorized diggers.
Consequently, plans should be made for additional work in that
district.

The survey in the Celina area was done in cooperation with the
University of Kentucky, which furnished Mr. Schwartz with the
necessary transportation and provided him with office and laboratory
space for working over his material. Dr. William S. Webb, head
of the university’s department of anthropology, assisted Mr. Schwartz
in an advisory capacity.

983058—52——3

16 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

Missouri Basin.—Activities in the Missouri Basin continued to be
supervised and directed from the field headquarters at the University
of Nebraska in Lincoln. Paul L. Cooper served as acting field di-
rector from July 1 until October 3, when he was made field director
for the Missouri Basin program. ‘The operations in the Missouri
Basin shifted in character during the course of the year. Where
previously most of the activities had been concerned with preliminary
surveys, a larger number of excavating parties were sent into the field
and greater emphasis was placed on the actual salvage of materials
from sites that eventually will be inundated.

From July 3 to November 21 a two-man archeological survey party
headed by Robert L. Shalkop made preliminary reconnaissance of the
Apex, Brenner, Clark Canyon, Gibson, Kelley, Landon, Nilan, and
Wilson Reservoirs in Montana; the Middle Fork and South Fork proj-
ects in Wyoming; and the Narrows in Colorado. The party also re-
visited the Keyhole Reservoir area in Wyoming and the Moorhead
and Yellowtail projects whose basins occur in both Montana and Wyo-
ming. ‘The Shalkop party located and recorded 127 new sites. From
August 12 to November 3 a two-man party led by George Metcalf in-
vestigated the area of the Fort Berthold Reservation in the Fort Gar-
rison area in North Dakota, locating and recording 55 new sites. Dur-
ing October a two-man reconnaissance party under Richard Page
Wheeler visited 10 potential reservoirs in the Niobrara subbasin in
Nebraska. ‘The party found a total of 41 archeological sites. Robert
B. Cumming, Jr., and an assistant carried out a reconnaissance of the
Ashton Reservoir area in the Lower Platte basin in Nebraska from
November 7 to 15 and at the same time examined the sites of the Sar-
gent, Woods Park, and Ashton Feeder canals. Since only one archeo-
logical site was found by Cumming’s party, the area does not ap-
pear to have had much aboriginal occupation. This party also inves-
tigated an ossuary that had been uncovered at the Cushing dam site.
During the period June 5 to 9, Franklin Fenenga and an assistant sur-
veyed the Lovewell Reservoir area on White Rock Creek in northern
Kansas and recorded six archeological sites. On June 19 Fenenga
and an assistant proceeded to Wyoming and by the end of the fiscal
year had made surveys at the Bull Creek, Smith, Buffalo Bill, Tri-
angle Park, Willow Park, and Red Gulch Reservoirs. Five sites were
found in the Bull Creek Reservoir and one large workshop area, which
may be relatively old, was discovered in the Red Gulch Reservoir.
None of the other projects visited contained archeological
manifestations.

At the beginning of the fiscal year a party under the direction of
Richard Page Wheeler was excavating at the Long site in the Angos-
tura Reservoir basin on the Cheyenne River in South Dakota. That

SIXTY-EIGHTH ANNUAL REPORT Ww

work, which had been started in the previous year, continued until
July 19, when the Wheeler party moved to the Boysen Reservoir area
in Wyoming. The Long site is of particular interest because it repre-
sents one of the early hunting-culture occupations in the Plains area.
The material from it is limited in quantity, but the blades, scrapers,
and projectile points probably can be correlated with some of the types
from other hunting cultures and will aid materially in filling in the
gaps in present knowledge about the prehistory of the western Plains.
Charcoal obtained from unprepared hearths has been dated by Dr.
W. F. Libby by the carbon-14 method and shows that the occupation
at the Long site was in the interval from 7,073 = 300 to 7,715 = 740 years
before the present.

The Wheeler party began work in the Boysen Reservoir area on the
Big Horn River near Shoshoni, Wyo., on July 20 and continued oper-
ations until September 20. During that period a number of sites were
tested, and fairly extensive excavations were carried out at three loca-
tions. Most of the sites were in the open and proved to be the remains
of camps rather than of villages. One small rock shelter was found to
contain considerable refuse material as well as various types of arti-
facts and broken animal bones. One crevice burial, discovered on a
butte top overlooking the reservoir area, presumably belonged to the
historic period as a number of porcelain beads and a short coil of iron
were sifted from the sand that lay directly below the crevice. Two of
the sites examined probably are late prehistoric, while the others are
older, perhaps considerably older. In addition to the excavating
work, the Wheeler party photographed and sketched many petro-
glyphs and made extensive surface collections from numerous occupa-
tional sites, several of which were newly discovered while the digging
was going on.

On June 21 Wheeler and his field assistant, J. M. Shippee, returned
to Wyoming and started excavations at the only known pottery site
in the Keyhole Reservoir area on the Belle Fourche River near Moor-
croft. By the end of the fiscal year they had dug three shallow test
areas across the site and recovered a series of artifacts consisting of
stone and bone implements and a variety of potsherds. The apparent
absence of dwellings of any kind, the shallowness of the middenlike
deposits, and the character of the material found there suggest that
the site, which covers approximately 30 acres, was a late prehistoric
or protohistoric hunting camp. The work there had not yet progressed
sufficiently to make possible the correlation of the remains with one of
the historic tribes known to have inhabited that part of Wyoming.

The largest excavation operations in the Missouri Basin during
the year were those in the Oahe Reservoir area on the main stem of
the Missouri River near Pierre, S. Dak. A party under the super-
vision of Donald J. Lehmer was digging in the remains of a large

18 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

fortified village near the Oahe dam site on July 1 and continued at
that location until October, when it was shifted to another fortified
village a short distance farther downstream. At the first location,
called the Dodd site, the remains of 21 earth lodges, 27 cache pits,
and 16 miscellaneous features were uncovered. In addition, 8 test
trenches and 27 test pits were dug. The Dodd site is of particular in-
terest because of the fact that three types of houses were found there,
and there was definite stratigraphic evidence for a sequence of the
various forms. ‘The latest structures at the location had been circular
earth lodges, while the earlier ones were rectangular. There appar-
ently were two types of rectangular earth lodge, the oldest being
smaller and with a somewhat different pole arrangement than the later
ones. Although it has not been established beyond question, it appears
that the circular houses were those built by the Arikara, while the
rectangular ones are attributable to the Mandan. Several thousand
specimens, consisting of potsherds, stone, bone, shell, and metal arti-
facts, were found during the digging, and the analysis of that mate-
rial should be a definite contribution to the archeology of the area.
At the second location, known as the Phillips Ranch site, 5 earth lodges
and 46 cache pits had been cleared and one test trench dug across the
fortification ditch when weather conditions brought the activities to
a close on November 26. The structures at the Phillips Ranch site
were circular and appear to correlate with those of the final period
at the Dodd site. Mr. Lehmer returned to the Phillips Ranch site on
June 20 and resumed his excavation program. It was still under way
at the close of the fiscal year. During the short period involved one
house was completely cleared and another started. The presence of
a palisade inside the fortification ditch surrounding the site was es-
tablished, and the overburden from the northeast quadrant of the
area was stripped away, revealing a number of features lying outside
the houses.

Additional work in the Oahe area got under way in June when a
party under the direction of Dr. Waldo R. Wedel, who was detailed to
the River Basin Surveys from the U. S. National Museum, began ex-
cavations at the Cheyenne River village site, about 45 miles north of
the Dodd site. The Cheyenne River village is one of the largest and
best preserved of the fortified sites along the Missouri River, although
a portion of it has been carried away by the encroaching stream. It
apparently was occupied for a considerable period and probably con-
tains several components. By the end of the fiscal year one earth lodge
had been uncovered, the work on a second was nearly completed, and
digging had started on a third. One cache pit had been cleaned and
another located. Two test trenches excavated across the moat had
shown that the original bottom was about 6 feet below the present
surface. The artifact yield from the investigations was proving

SIXTY-EIGHTH ANNUAL REPORT 19

highly satisfactory, and the artifacts should give a well-rounded pic-
ture of the material culture of the former occupants of the village,
as well as indicating their relationship to other peoples in that portion
of the Plains.

Early in July a party led by Thomas R. Garth started investigating
historic sites in the area to be affected by the Fort Randall Reservoir
in South Dakota. They spent a short time examining the site of old
Fort Randall, across the river from Pickstown, but devoted most of
the field season to work in the vicinity of Chamberlain. Extensive
but unsuccessful efforts were made to locate the site of Fort Recovery,
an early fur-trading post. ‘The remains of other trading posts and
military establishments were found, however, and partially investi-
gated. Included in that group are Fort Hale, Fort Brule, Fort Look-
out trading post, Fort Lookout military post, and the Whetstone
Agency. At Fort Hale there was evidence of a large building that
probably had been a trading post, two smaller buildings, and indica-
tions of a stockade. ‘There was also evidence that there had been an
earlier Indian occupancy of the site. At Fort Lower Brule the re-
mains of a cabin 45 feet long were uncovered, and an 18-by-12-
foot cellar was excavated. An abandoned well was also investigated,
and about 30 “snow snakes,” some of which were decorated with
geometric and some with realistic designs, were recovered. “Snow
snakes” were frequently made from bison ribs and in some cases were
equipped with feathers stuck to two wooden pegs inserted in one end
of the bone. Objects of this type were generally used in playing a
rather simple game, which consisted of sliding them along the frozen
crust or in a rut in the snow. The players chose sides, and when a
“snake” outdistanced all on the other side it counted as a point. The
remains of the fur-trading post, presumably adjacent to the military
post, were found, and an Indian earth lodge was located while the
area was being tested for the historic remains. The Garth Party
also located 29 new Indian sites in the Chamberlain area.

Further work was started in the Fort Randall Reservoir area on
June 3 when a party under the supervision of Robert B. Cumming,
Jr., began excavations at Indian sites near the mouth of Platte Creek.
Work was started at the Oldham site, an earth-lodge village, and at
the close of the fiscal year the remains of one house had been un-
covered and a second was in the process of excavation. Efforts to
trace the fortification ditch that had surrounded the village had not
been wholly successful because surface indications of a large part of
that feature had been completely obliterated by cultivation. How-
ever, it was hoped that subsequent digging would make it possible to
follow its entire course.

At the beginning of the year a party under the direction of G.
Ellis Burcaw was excavating at the Rock Village located in the Gar-

20 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

rison Reservoir basin, near Hazen, N. Dak., a few miles above the dam
site. Rock Village was reputedly occupied in the late eighteenth
century by the Hidatsa. During the field season, which terminated
November 3, five house floors had been uncovered and a number of
other features investigated. A party under the direction of Donald
D. Hartle resumed work at that location early in June. Additional
house floors were being uncovered and a number of cache pits had been
cleaned of their accumulated debris. The artifact yield was proving
satisfactory and the specimens should add to the picture of the Plains
culture as a whole. Rock Village is particularly interesting because
it presumably was the most northerly of the fortified earth-lodge vil-
lages belonging to the period preceding the replacement of aboriginal
material culture by trade goods obtained from the white man.

A second party, under the direction of G. H. Smith, was sent to
the Garrison Reservoir in June to study the site of Fort Stevenson, one
of the important military posts in that area during the period 1867
to 1883. The post was located a few miles above the dam site on
the left side of the Missouri River. By the end of the year the founda-
tions of the post hospital had been traced and excavations had been
started on the site of the south barracks. ‘There is considerable docu-
mentary information about Fort Stevenson, but knowledge of the
post will be considerably broadened by the study of its actual location
and remains.

At the beginning of the fiscal year excavations were being conducted
at the Tiber Reservoir on the Marias River in Montana by a party
under the supervision of W. D. Enger. Two of the sites investigated
were occupation levels attributable to a simple hunting culture. They
were characterized for the most part by hearths; charcoal; bones from
bison, deer, and smaller mammals; and scattered chips of stone with an
occasional artifact. The cultural levels began approximately 2 to 4
feet beneath the present surface, and in one of them a rock-ringed
hearth about 2 feet in diameter was found 714 feet below the surface.
The yield from both sites was small, but there is sufficient evidence
to indicate that the area was not heavily populated and that the peo-
ple were dependent for the most part on the hunt for their subsistence.
Other sites examined, but not extensively dug, included tipi-ring
clusters, bison kills, and surface camp sites. Sites such as that con-
taining the deeply buried hearth may contribute important informa-
tion on the rate of deposition in the area in question. When materials
from the low level are correlated with those from other districts, it
may be possible to determine the lapse of time since the fire pits were
built and used.

Paleontological and geological investigations were continued in
the Missouri Basin during the year. In the summer of 1950 a party
under Dr. Tlieodore E. White explored Tertiary deposits in reservoir

SIXTY-EIGHTH ANNUAL REPORT 21

areas in Montana and North Dakota and Cretaceous deposits in South
Dakota. Work in the Lewis and Clark and Broadwater Counties in
Montana where the Tertiary stratigraphy has been imperfectly known
since its discovery in 1904 by the late Dr. Earl Douglass definitely
established the presence of Lower and Middle Oligocene and Lower
and Middle Miocene in that area. In North Dakota the investigations
demonstrated that the Cannonball Marine member of the Fort Union
formation has a much greater areal distribution than was formerly
supposed. Other activities consisted of rapid surveys of proposed
reservoir projects in Nebraska and Colorado. Investigations in Mon-
tana were resumed in June of 1951.

Laboratory activities at the field headquarters in Lincoln during
the year included the processing and cataloging of specimens; the
processing of records, including the indexing and filing of photo-
graphs; and the preparation and mimeographing of preliminary re-
ports for distribution to the cooperating agencies. The specimens
processed, numbering 84,255, came from 871 sites distributed over 18
reservoirs and other projects. In all, 11,764 reflex copies of records
were made. Color transparencies totaling 651 were cataloged. Black-
and-white photographic negatives numbering 1,707 were made, and
7,507 contact prints were processed. In addition, 197 8-by-10’’ en-
largements were made. The drawings, tracings, and maps prepared
for use in the various reports numbered 469.

Several exhibits were prepared interpreting the salvage program
and the prehistory of the Missouri Basin area. One of them was dis-
played at the Eighth Conference for Plains Archeology, while another
was placed in the windows of the Surveys’ quarters in downtown
Lincoln. A series of lantern slides illustrating the salvage program,
particularly with respect to Nebraska, for use in an automatic pro-
jector, was prepared in cooperation with the University of Nebraska
State Museum and was installed in the latter institution.

G. Ellis Burcaw, archeologist, was in charge of a field party exca-
vating at the Rock Village in the Garrison Reservoir, N. Dak., at
the start of the fiscal year. He continued his activities there until late
in October and returned to the field headquarters at Lincoln on Novem-
ber 3 where he worked on his field report covering the summer’s
activities.

Paul L. Cooper, field director, devoted most of his time to manage-
ment problems and general supervision of the field office and labora-
tory. He made numerous trips to inspect and consult with field parties
and served in an advisory capacity to the Region Two office of the
National Park Service at Omaha, Nebr., in the matter of preparing
agreements for cooperative projects carried on by State and local
institutions in the Missouri Basin.

22 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

Robert B. Cumming, Jr., archeologist, served as laboratory super-
visor at the Lincoln headquarters from July 1 to November 6. During
such times as the director was absent from the office, Mr. Cumming
assumed administrative responsibility for the Lincoln office. After
November 6 Mr. Cumming took over the duties of a field archeologist,
conducting surveys in the Ashton Reservoir area and carrying on ex-
cavations in the Fort Randall Reservoir basin. During the winter
months he wrote a preliminary report on the results of his survey
work and assisted with the preparation of a preliminary report on
the Oahe Reservoir. He also prepared a report on the physical anthro-
pology of skeletal material excavated at the Massacre Creek site,
Nebr., by the Nebraska State Historical Society, a cooperating insti-
tution. At the close of the year he was supervising the excavations
at the Oldham site near Platte, S. Dak. —

Walter D. Enger, Jr., archeologist, was engaged in a series of exca-
vations at the Tiber Reservoir on the Marias River in Montana at
the beginning of the fiscal year. The party under his supervision con-
tinued its activities until September 16, when it returned to the Lincoln
headquarters.

Franklin Fenenga, archeologist, reported to the headquarters at
Lincoln, Nebr., on October 26 and served as laboratory supervisor
from November 6 to June 1, when he was assigned to duty in the field.
Early in June he made a survey of the Lovewell Reservoir area in
Kansas and in the latter part of the month made a preliminary recon-
naissance of six potential reservoir areas in Wyoming. During the
winter months in Lincoln he wrote preliminary archeological recon-
naissance appraisals of the Sun River basin and the Jefferson River
basin which were issued in mimeograph form. He also prepared sur-
vey reports for the following reservoir projects: Keyhole, Yellowtail,
Narrows, Moorhead, Fort Randall, and Lovewell. In addition, Mr.
Fenenga wrote “A Historical Analysis of Anthropological Interests
in the Psychological Sciences,” for publication in the Proceedings of
the Nebraska Academy of Sciences. In November Fenenga was elected
editor of the Plains Conference News Letter.

Thomas R. Garth, archeologist, joined the River Basin Surveys on
July 2 by transfer from the National Park Service. On July 17 a
party under his supervision began a series of investigations of historic
sites in the Fort Randall area. That work continued until late in
October, when he turned his attention to a survey of the area in the
vicinity of Chamberlain, S. Dak., for the purpose of locating Indian
sites. He completed his reconnaissance and returned to the Lincoln
office on November 7. On November 27 he was detailed to the Na-
tional Park Service to complete reports on work he had previously
done at the Whitman Mission and Fort Walla Walla in Washington.

SIXTY-EIGHTH ANNUAL REPORT 23

He returned to duty with the River Basin Surveys on February 27,
when he prepared a report on the results of his activities in the Fort
Randall area.

Donald D. Hartle worked at the Oahe Reservoir as assistant to
Donald J. Lehmer from the beginning of the fiscal year until Decem-
ber 1. During February and March he was employed on a Texas
project. On April 17 he was appointed archeologist and from then
until June 1 assisted in the laboratory at Lincoln. He then proceeded
to the Rock Village site in the Garrison Reservoir, N. Dak., where he
started a series of excavations which were still under way on June 30.

Donald J. Lehmer, archeologist, was in active supervision of the
excavations at the Oahe Reservoir in South Dakota from July 1 until
December 1. From the latter date until March he worked at the
Lincoln office preparing the report on the results of his investigations
at the Dodd site. In March he was transferred from the Missouri
Basin headquarters to a project in Oklahoma, where he remained until
the first of June, when he returned to the Lincoln headquarters. On
June 20 he proceeded to the Oahe Reservoir and resumed excavations
at the site where he was working when the field season ended the pre-
vious November. That work was continuing at the end of the fiscal
year. While at Lincoln Mr. Lehmer completed a paper giving pre-
liminary descriptions of the pottery types found at the Dodd site.

George Metcalf, field and laboratory assistant, was at the Angostura
Reservoir in South Dakota assisting Richard Page Wheeler at the
beginning of the fiscal year. On July 10 he returned to the Lincoln
office, where he worked on material obtained during the course of
excavations at the Medicine Creek Reservoir. On August 12 he pro-
ceeded to the Garrison Reservoir and joined the party under G. Ellis
Bureaw. From August 22 until October 18 he carried on a reconnais-
sance of the area around the Fort Berthold Indian Reservation and
located and recorded 55 sites, including historic buildings, the remains
of earth-lodge villages, camp areas, deeply buried hearths, tipi-ring
sites, burial sites, and one reputed battleground. After completing
the survey he remained at the Rock Village excavation assisting Mr.
Burcaw until the end of the field season, when he returned to Lincoln.
During the winter months he assisted in the processing and analysis
of materials from the various excavations and helped to prepare sec-
tions of some of the reports on the previous season’s work. On June 1
he left Lincoln for the Garrison Reservoir to assist in the work at the
Rock Village. At the end of the fiscal year he was continuing his
activities at that location.

James M. Shippee, field and laboratory assistant, was at the field
headquarters in Lincoln until July 17, when he left to join the excavat-
ing party at the Angostura Reservoir in South Dakota. He assisted
in the activities there and accompanied the party when it moved to

24. BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

the Boysen Reservoir in Wyoming, returning with it to Lincoln in
September. During the period September 28 to October 30 he as-
sisted in the survey in the Niobrara River subbasin in Nebraska and
from November 7 to 15 aided in the examination of the Ashton Res-
ervoir area and the region adjacent to the Sargent, Woods Park, and
Ashton Feeder canals. He also assisted in the salvage of the burials
uncovered by activities at the Cushing dam site. During the winter
months he devoted his time to the restoration of pottery vessels from
the Boysen and Oahe Reservoirs and assisted in other laboratory
duties. On June 21 he accompanied the excavating party that was
sent to the Keyhole Reservoir in Wyoming and was occupied there
at the end of the fiscal year.

George H. Smith joined the River Basin Surveys staff as archeolo-
gist on May 2. Until June 4 he devoted his time to a study of the
problems centering about historic sites in the Fort Randall, Oahe, and
Garrison Reservoirs, and in familiarizing himself with the work
already accomplished in those areas. He also made a quick trip to
the Oahe and Garrison Reservoirs in company with M. J. Mattes and
R. H. Mattison, historians of the National Park Service. On June 11
a party under his supervision began excavations at the site of Fort
Stevenson, and at the close of the fiscal year he was still engaged
in that activity.

At the beginning of the year Richard Page Wheeler, archeologist,
was in charge of a party excavating at the Angostura Reservoir in
South Dakota. In July he and his party moved to the Boysen Reser-
voir in Wyoming, where they carried on excavations until September
20. Wheeler then returned to the headquarters at Lincoln and from
September 28 through October 30 directed the survey of 10 potential
reservoir sites in the Niobrara River subbasin in northern Nebraska.
Returning to the field headquarters, he spent the winter months
completing his report on the Niobrara survey and working on detailed
technical reports on his investigations in the Angostura and Boysen
areas. On June 21 he left for the Keyhole Reservoir near Moorcroft,
Wyo., where he began a series of excavations which were actively
under way at the end of the fiscal year. In April Mr. Wheeler was
elected chairman of the anthropology section of the Nebraska
Academy of Sciences to serve for 1952.

On July 1 Dr. Theodore E. White, paleontologist, was investigating
deposits in the Canyon Ferry Reservoir. From there he proceeded
to the Garrison Reservoir and subsequently to the Fort Randall
Reservoir. At all three locations he collected fossils and continued
his studies of the geology of the various areas. From September 22
to 29 he made a rapid survey of 10 proposed reservoir projects in the
Niobrara River subbasin in Nebraska. The completion of that task
in so short a time was made possible through the cooperation of Morris

SIXTY-EIGHTH ANNUAL REPORT 25

Skinner of the Frick Laboratories who is thoroughly familiar with
the area. From October 8 to 14 Dr. White examined Pliocene de-
posits in the Bonny Reservoir in northeastern Colorado. From No-
vember until June he was engaged in work elsewhere. Returning to
the Missouri Basin on June 17, he proceeded to the Canyon Ferry
Reservoir in Montana to continue his search for fossils. Nearly 100
specimens were collected, including forms previously unknown from
the area. Those from the Oligocene deposits consisted of marsupials,
insectivores, rodents, and small artiodactyls. The larger animals,
such as the rhinoceroses, are represented only by fragments. The
material obtained from the Miocene deposits consists of large oreo-
donts, beavers, rabbits, and small rodents. While at the Lincoln
office Dr. White prepared a paper, “Observations on the Butchering
Technique of Some Aboriginal Peoples,” which was presented before
the Eighth Annual Conference for Plains Archeology held at Lincoln
late in November.

Oklahoma.—During the fiscal year both surveys and excavations
were carried on in Oklahoma. From July 1 to August 10 Leonard
G. Johnson and James G. Smith, field assistants, made a reconnais-
sance of the Gaines Creek Reservoir on Gaines Creek, a tributary of
the South Canadian, in eastern Oklahoma. They located 52 archeo-
logical sites, most of which indicate temporary occupation despite the
fact that at two locations there were mounds, and at other places vil-
lages seemed to have existed. Most of.the sites in the Gaines Creek
area were found on high ground above the high-water mark, but a
number of those that will be flooded appear to be of some significance,
and excavations have been recommended for six of them. In addi-
tion to the aboriginal remains, the former location of one historic
settlement, North Fork Town, was established. The Gaines Creek
Reservoir constitutes part of an alternate plan that, has been prepared
for that area. One plan calls for a single large reservoir to be known
as the Kufaula. ‘The other calls for three smaller projects which in
the main will inundate approximately as large an area as the one
reservoir. In view of that situation the surveys have been carried on
from the standpoint of the three smaller reservoirs but extending the
investigations sufficiently beyond their limits to take in the one large
project. ‘The other two smaller reservoirs, the Canadian and the
Onapa, were surveyed during previous years. At that time the Ca-
nadian was found to involve 41 archeological sites and the Onapa 25.
With the results of the Gaines Creek survey, it now is evident that a
total of 118 sites will be included in the Eufaula basin if the one large
project is carried through. If only one or two of the smaller reser-
voirs are completed, the archeological salvage needs will, of course,
be less.

26 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

After completing their studies at the Gaines Creek project, John-
son and Smith proceeded to the Optima Reservoir area on the North
Canadian (Beaver) River in Texas County. The dam for the project
is to be erected just above the confluence of the North Canadian and
Coldwater Creek and will flood areas along both streams. Three sites
were found along the North Canadian and one along Coldwater Creek.
Tn all cases they were found to be above the high-water line, and there
is no urgency with respect to excavating them. Site 3 lies at the
upper end of the basin that will be flooded along the North Canadian,
and investigation at some future date has been recommended.

The excavations made in Oklahoma were in the area to be flooded
by the Tenkiller Ferry Reservoir on the Illinois River near Tahlequah.
Some testing was done at two locations, but most of the work was at a
third, known as the Cookson site, where a party under the direction
of Donald J. Lehmer dug 6 houses, 4 graves, 2 hearths, and 31 cache
pits. Two components were isolated. The early one was character-
ized by rectangular houses with four center posts and trench en-
trances, while the later was characterized by rectangular houses with
two center posts and indications of a bench along the north wall.
There was no evidence of an entryway for these houses. The projec-
tile points accompanying the early horizon fall within the range that
is considered typical of Archaic and early Woodland in the Southeast.
They also are common in the material from the prepottery Grove
Focus in northeastern Oklahoma. Associated potsherds indicate a
ware similar to the utility forms from the Spiro components. The
latter ware in itself cannot be limited to an early horizon, but the
small amount found in the excavations of the early component sug-
gests that pottery was just beginning to appear in the complex. Stone
artifacts in the late horizon differ somewhat from those of the earlier.
Slate hoes and double-bitted axes are absent and projectile points are
predominately small. The pottery associated with the late horizon is
a shell-tempered ware which usually is decorated. The total complex
has certain similarities to Orr’s Fort Coffee Focus, but it probably will
warrant being set up as a separate focus. The houses of the early
horizon are similar to those considered typical of the early Spiro
component, while those of the late horizon are quite similar to those
for the late Spiro component.

The work at the Tenkiller Ferry was completed at the end of May,
and Mr. Lehmer returned to the Missouri Basin headquarters at Lin-
coln. Throughout the period of the activities in Oklahoma, both for
the surveys and the excavations, Dr. Robert E. Bell, of the University
of Oklahoma, aided the field parties in the capacity of a consultant,
and the University of Oklahoma cooperated in the loan of equipment
and in making office space available to the men when they were in
Norman.

SIXTY-EIGHTH ANNUAL REPORT 27

Pennsylwania.—Investigations in Pennsylvania consisted of two sur-
vey projects. During October a reconnaissance was made of the Cone-
maugh River Reservoir in Indiana and Westmoreland Counties and
of the East Branch Reservoir on the Clarion River in Elk and McKean
Counties. The dam for the Conemaugh Reservoir, situated near Tun-
nelton, is scheduled for completion by December 1951. The reservoir
will flood approximately 21 miles of the Conemaugh River and 11
miles of one of its larger branches, the Black Lick Creek. Within
the pool area eight archeological sites were located. Of this group
only one was deemed worthy of further exploration and excavation.
It covers about 10 acres and is located on one of the larger terrace
bottoms above the river near an old fording place. An Indian trail,
the Venango, is supposed to have crossed the river at that point.
The East Branch Reservoir apparently is located in a district where
there was little aboriginal occupation because no archeological sites
were found there. This probably may be attributed to the fact that
the reservoir will fill a narrow V-shaped valley which was not suitable
for Indian inhabitation. The surveys in Pennsylvania were made by
Ralph S. Solecki.

Texas.—The River Basin Surveys in Texas continued to operate
from the base and headquarters furnished by the department of an-
thropology of the University of Texas at Austin. Robert L. Stephen-
son was in charge from July 1 until April 15, when he was granted
an extended leave of absence. Edward B. Jelks then assumed direc-
tion of the project. During the fiscal year surveys were begun and
completed in the Ferrell’s Bridge Reservoir on Cypress Creek in north-
east Texas and in the Granite Shoals Reservoir on the Colorado River
in central Texas. Excavations were continued and brought to comple-
tion in two field sessions in the Lavon Reservoir on the East Fork of
the Trinity River, while the first field session at Garza-Little Elm
Reservoir on the Elm Fork of the Trinity resulted in the excavation
of two sites and the brief testing of three others. Excavations were
also started and brought to completion in three sites in the Falcon
Reservoir on the Rio Grande. The excavation of two sites and testing
of three others were completed in the Belton Reservoir on the Leon
River in central Texas.

The excavations started the previous year in the Lavon Reservoir
were completed on August 2, with recommendation for additional
excavation to be undertaken during the spring of 1951. The work
there included excavation of over 40 percent of the large circular
pit in the Hogge Bridge site as well as several test squares and several
deep-strata squares outside the pit. The purpose for which the pit
was built is still unknown, but it was determined that the site is a pure
component of the newly delineated Wylie Focus. This is a culture
complex probably overlapping the latter part of Gibson aspect and

28 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

the early part of Fulton aspect times in the Caddoan area and is coeval
with the Henrietta Focus of the southern Plains area. It is not a part
of either of those complexes but apparently an independent culture
in contact with both and dating probably between 1300 and 1500.

Excavations were started in three archeological sites in the Falcon
Reservoir on February 9. Donald D. Hartle was appointed temporary
field archeologist for this project, and, under the supervision of Mr.
Stephenson, he dug two historic sites and one deeply buried site.
No positive evidence of Indian occupation was found in the two his-
toric sites, which consisted of two and four stone-house ruins, re-
spectively. Both probably may be referred to the Early to Middle
Spanish Colonial period in the area. In the prehistoric site, a bull-
dozer was used for half a day and an area 20 feet by 40 feet was un-
covered to an average depth of 12 feet below the surface, exposing an
extensive occupation area which was excavated by hand in arbitrary
6-inch levels to an additional depth of 18 inches. Large quantities of
workshop refuse and 200 artifacts were recovered from the level. The
stratigraphic profile provided by the 12-foot trench wall revealed two
additional occupation levels at depths from the surface of approxi-
mately 4 and 7 feet, respectively.

In the Ferrell’s Bridge Reservoir, E. O. Miller and E. H. Moorman
conducted a survey from January 29 to February 16 and from April
9 to 21. During that survey 34 archeological sites were located and
recorded. Five of them contain small artificial earth mounds; the
remainder are open occupational areas. Six of the sites have been
recommended for further excavation.

The Belton Reservoir, surveyed the preceding year and recom-
mended for no further excavation, was later found to contain two
previously unknown archeological sites meriting some investigation.
Mr. Miller and Mr. Moorman, who had located the sites, spent the
periods December 11 to 13 and February 28 to March 2 in brief
excavations of the Urbantke site and the Grimes-Houy site. In addi-
tion, they made extensive tests in three other nearby sites. It was
found that the Urbantke site contained considerably more pottery
than most of the sites in the area. The artifact analysis showed con-
siderable similarity to the three rock shelters excavated the previous
year in the Whitney Reservoir area. The excavations at the Grimes-
Houy site uncovered 10 burials, and analysis of the artifacts and site
features indicates a relatively late date. It possibly was a Comanche
burial site.

The second season of excavations at the Lavon Reservoir was begun
on March 12 and continued until May 4. The work included further
digging in the Hogge Bridge site and extensive excavations in the
Branch and Campbell Hole sites. In order to determine quickly the
stratigraphic profile involved in the large circular pits in those sites,

SIXTY-EIGHTH ANNUAL REPORT 29

a bulldozer was used for a total of 2214 hours. This provided exten-
sive stratigraphic trenches through the pit and the midden areas in
the Branch and Hogge Bridge sites and one long exploratory trench
in the Campbell Hole site. The use of a bulldozer for this work proved
very satisfactory, and little material damage was done to the artifacts
or the features encountered.

The first field session at the Garza-Little Elm Reservoir was begun
on May 7 and continued until June 13. Extensive excavations were
completed in the Lake Dallas and Ledbetter sites and brief tests were
made at the Pease and Craft sites. One of the few large Archaic sites
in this area, the Lake Dallas site, yielded artifacts that should be
valuable in the integration of the Archaic complexes of northeast
Texas. At the Ledbetter site—one of the most extensive local examples
of the later agriculture-pottery period—an interesting group of arti-
facts was found that suggests contacts with both the Caddoan peoples
to the east and the peoples who lived to the west and southwest.

At the Granite Shoals Reservoir, surveyed during February and
March by Robert H. Humphreys, 12 archeological sites were located
and recorded. They are all open occupational areas along the narrow
valley of the Colorado River. None are extensive or deeply stratified,
and since some information is on record from sites both upstream and
downstream from this project no further investigations are recom-
mended. Such evidence as was found during the reconnaissance and
testing indicated that the Granite Shoals region probably was occu-
pied by people of the Round Rock and Uvalde Foci over a period of
many centuries.

Dr. Theodore E. White spent the first 2 weeks in April in the
Austin laboratory identifying the faunal remains from the archeologi-
cal excavations of the Whitney, Lavon, Belton and Falcon Reservoirs.
During the remainder of April and the first week of May, he collected
fossils from the Upper Cretaceous deposits of the Lavon Reservoir.
He devoted most of May to investigations at the Garza-Little Elm
Reservoir, where he located and collected several vertebrate specimens
of Pleistocene age. ‘They included a bison skull, a turtle, and a horse
Jaw.

When he was not in the field, Robert L. Stephenson, archeologist,
devoted his time to analysis and study of the archeological materials
from the Lavon and Whitney Reservoirs and in organizing and pro-
gramming the work for the various field parties sent out from the
Austin headquarters. He completed an article on “Culture Chronol-
ogy in Texas,” which was published in American Antiquity, and fin-
ished a paper, “The Hogge Bridge Site and the Wylie Focus,” for
publication in the same periodical.

Edward B. Jelks, archeologist, assisted Mr. Stephenson in the field
and laboratory throughout the year until April 15, when he took

30 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

over supervision of the Texas project. He spent most of the remainder
of the year in the field at the Lavon and Garza-Little Elm excavations.
He prepared a “Field Manual for Beginners in Central Texas Arche-
ology,” which was mimeographed and distributed to amateur archeolo-
gists who had requested guidance. As a result of historical research
undertaken to supplement archeological investigation at the Stans-
bury site in the Whitney Reservoir, he prepared a paper, “Indians of
the Central Brazos Area,” which was presented at the annual meeting
of the Texas Historical Association on April 27.

E. O. Miller and E. H. Moorman served as field and laboratory assist-
ants throughout the year. They participated in the investigations in
the Lavon and Garza-Little Elm Reservoirs, began and completed the
excavations in the Belton Reservoir, and carried on the survey of
Ferrell’s Bridge Reservoir. The remainder of their time was spent in
the laboratory in Austin cataloging and tabulating the materials from
the various field projects and preparing a report on their survey of
the Ferrell’s Bridge Reservoir.

As a result of the financial status of the River Basin Surveys’ work
in the Texas area, the Austin office was closed on June 30.

Virginia.—Field work in Virginia during the year included the
survey of one reservoir area and the excavation of a number of sites
inanother. OnJuly 1,Carl F. Miller was digging at a site immediately
east of Clarksville, Va., on the east bank of the Roanoke River in
the Buggs Island Reservoir. Stripping operations there had destroyed
a large part of the site before information was received about the
work under way. Consequently, it was possible to salvage material
from only two small portions of the site. From those areas 77 burials
with their accompanying artifacts were recovered, and various midden
pits, as well as the remains of a rectangular structure, were uncovered.
That project was completed early in August. On February 28, excava-
tions in the Buggs Island area were resumed, and from then until
June 20, digging was carried on at nine different sites. At one there
was stratification showing that it was first occupied during the pre-
ceramic times and had continued in use until about the middle of the
ceramic period, when it was abandoned. Two of the sites investi-
gated were on Occaneechi Island near Clarksville. One of them con-
tained heavy cultural deposits consisting of both Indian and European
materials. Unfortunately, there had been so much disturbance by the
later occupation that it was difficult to obtain satisfactory evidence
from it, although a good series of artifacts was found. The second
site on the island was one of the largest thus far examined in the basin.
Forty-four burials were found there representing all types from fully
flexed to partial cremation. The burned floor area of a large rec-
tangular structure measuring 35 by 15 feet was uncovered. The house
had five distinct floor levels interspersed with layers of clean sand.

SIXTY-EIGHTH ANNUAL REPORT 31

Whether that indicated five separate occupations of the structure or
remodeling activities during the course of a long-continued tenancy
is not known, but further study of the data obtained from the digging
may throw light on the subject. The structure had been built over
a number of burials, and after it was abandoned other graves were
dug through the floor, showing that the site continued to be inhabited
after the dwelling had burned. A number of the burials were accom-
panied by turtle carapaces, which undobutedly were placed there as
funerary offerings. They do not seem to have been used as food
receptacles, for in every instance they were inverted. Possibly they
may have had totemic significance and were placed with the dead to
indicate that the individual was a member of the turtle clan. A good
pottery series obtained from the site should fill certain gaps in the se-
quence for the area. The work on Occaneechi Island indicates that it
was not the place where the village mentioned by Lederer, who visited
it in 1670, was located and that previous identification of it as such was
inerror. The current investigations indicate that the Occaneechi vil-
lage probably was on another island lying some distance downstream
from the one that now bears that name.

It had been hoped that at two of the sites, where fluted points and
other artifacts suggestive of the eastern variant of the Folsom com-
plex had been picked up from the surface, some remnants of the de-
posits belonging to that period would still be intact. The excava-
tions showed, however, that the sites had suffered extensive erosion
and that the artifacts previously found there were simply float ma-
terial that remained when the deposits were carried away. Addi-
tional work still remains to be done at the Buggs Island Reservoir.
The survey was made at the Philpott Reservoir during the last week
in June. The archeological manifestations found there are so
closely related to those in the Buggs Island area that no additional
work will be required. Materials gathered from the surface are so
similar to those from Buggs Island sites that they could not be recog-
nized if placed in the same collections.

West Virginia.—The only work done in West Virginia during the
year was the brief survey made at the site of the new navigation
lock at Morgantown. Examination of the area involved by the con-
struction disclosed that practically no new lands will be inundated
by the project. The water there is to be kept within the limits of
the river channel, which has rather steep and confining banks. Rail-
roads parallel the channel on both sides, and any archeological remains
that may have been there at one time were long since destroyed. No
further investigations are necessary at that project.

Cooperating institutions.—Various State and local institutions co-
operated with the River Basin Surveys during the year. Space for
field offices and laboratories for units of the Surveys were provided

32 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

by the Universities of Nebraska, Oregon, Georgia, and Texas. The
Universities of Oklahoma and Kentucky furnished temporary bases
of operations for the parties working in their States. The University
of Oklahoma took over the responsibility for the excavation of sites
in the Fort Gibson Reservoir, and the University of Georgia con-
tinued making surveys along the Flint River in the southern part of
that State. The University of Missouri and the Missouri Archeologi-
cal Society continued to make surveys in a number of proposed reser-
voir areas and carried on excavations in others. The University of
Arkansas also made surveys and did some digging in reservoir areas
in that State. In June, parties with which the River Basin Surveys
were cooperating began excavations in the McNary Reservoir and at
Lind Coulee in Washington. The McNary party came from the Uni-
versity of Washington at Seattle; that at Lind Coulee from the Wash-
ington State College at Pullen.

The program developed by the National Park Service late in the
previous year whereby various scientific agencies carried on salvage
work in proposed reservoir areas continued throughout fiscal year
1951. On the basis of agreements between the agencies concerned
and the National Park Service, certain funds were made available
to the agencies to help finance specified investigations. The River
Basin Surveys served in a consultative and advisory capacity only in
the carrying out of that program. Agreements were made, how-
ever, with the University of Nebraska, the Nebraska State Museum,
the Nebraska State Historical Society, the University of Kansas, the
University of South Dakota, the North Dakota Historical Society,
the University of Wyoming, and the University of Montana for work
in the Missouri Basin. Similar agreements were made with the
University of Mississippi for a survey of the Grenada Reservoir in
that State, with the University of Oklahoma for excavations at the
Eufaula Reservoir, with the University of Texas for excavations at
the Falcon Reservoir, with the Museum of New Mexico at the Chamita
Reservoir, with the University of California for excavations at the
Farmington Reservoir, and with the University of Washington for
work in the McNary area. The final results of the work accomplished
under those agreements will be published by the institutions con-
cerned, but they will correlate with and augment the information
obtained by the River Basin Surveys.

INSTITUTE OF SOCIAL ANTHROPOLOGY
(Report prepared by G. M. Foster)

General statement—The objectives of the Institute of Social

Anthropology are anthropological research on the community life of
rural peoples of Latin America and the training of Latin American

SIXTY-EIGHTH ANNUAL REPORT 33

nationals in the methods and principles of modern social anthropol-
ogy. ‘The purpose is to inform both the social scientist and layman
in the United States concerning little-known peoples of other parts
of the world and to build up in various Latin American countries a
corps of professionally trained scientists and friends.

During the past year the Institute was financed by transfers of
funds from the Department of State, totaling $92,740, from the appro-
priation “International Information and Educational Activities,
1951.” Asin the previous year, long-term planning has been done on
a very tentative basis because of budget uncertainties for the future.
Nevertheless, a full program was maintained in all countries, and
work on a short-term basis was initiated in Guatemala. The year in
review has seen increasing interest on the part of the Institute in a
more direct application of anthropological knowledge and techniques
to the practical problems of social and economic change that face
Latin American countries. Accordingly, for the first time an at-
tempt was made to enlist Institute personnel in a common research
problem in all four countries in which programs have been maintained
for several years for the purpose of pointing up some of the types of
contributions anthropologists can make to “action” programs of eco-
nomic and social betterment in so-called underdeveloped areas. It
was decided that an analysis of American-sponsored technical-aid
programs, with a history of several years of successful operations,
might reveal common operational problems, the solution of which
might be facilitated by anthropological counseling. After reviewing
a number of programs, it was decided that health centers developed by
the Institute of Inter-American Affairs in cooperation with the Min-
istries of Health of México, Colombia, Peri, and Brazil would be the
most satisfactory subjects. Two centers in each country, one urban and
one rural, were selected, and during March and April the operations
of these centers were studied, particularly in relationship to the basic
cultures of the peoples served. A dual goal was envisaged: (1) that
of determining, if possible, what may be the common factors that
favor and factors that inhibit the introduction and acceptance of ideas
and habits new to the ethnic groups in question; (2) that of pointing
up difficulties in going projects, and making remedial suggestions.
A 100-page mimeographed report was prepared, which outlined the
theoretical basis for the work, described the work of health centers,
discussed salient aspects of indigenous culture that were affected by
this work, and made suggestions as to how utilization of anthropologi-
cal knowledge would increase the effectiveness of such work. One
hundred copies were sent to the Institute of Inter-American Affairs,
and plans made to distribute additional copies to various national and
international organizations carrying out a wide variety of technical-
aid programs.

34 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

Major activities in each of the field offices, and in Washington, were
as follows:

Brazil—Drs. Donald Pierson, sociologist, and Kalervo Oberg, social
anthropologist, continued their research and teaching activities in
cooperation with the Escola Livre de Sociologia e Politica in Sao
Paulo. Dr. Pierson’s administrative duties as dean of the graduate
division occupied much of his time. In addition, he gave three courses
in sociology and guided independent and graduate research. In Feb-
ruary 1951, he directed an intensive course on rural hfe in Brazil,
sponsored by several ministries of the state of Sao Paulo, to about 70
persons who are government employees and administrators in various
offices. Dr. Pierson continued to develop plans for extensive social-
science research as a part of the Brazilian Government’s plan for eco-
nomic and social development of the Sao Francisco River Valley.
This planning came to a head with an offer from the National Com-
mission of the Sao Francisco Valley to transfer $27,000 to a fund to
be directed by Dr. Pierson for intensive socioethnological study and
analysis of the problems of industrialization and settlement in this
enormous area.

Dr. Oberg returned to Sao Paulo in July 1950, via Lima, after a
period of consultation in the United States. While in Lima he visited
and consulted with Ozzie Simmons, Institute representative in that
country. During the fall, and a part of the spring, he gave courses
in anthropology as usual at the Escola. During March and April
he carried out health-center investigations at Colatina, in the Rio
Doce Valley, and Cameta, at the mouth of the Tocantins River in the
Amazon basin. A lengthy report covering this work was submitted
to the local offices of the Institute of Inter-American Affairs. In
April Dr. Oberg represented the Smithsonian Institution and the
United States Government in Rio de Janeiro at the Second Annual
National Indian Week. At the end of the year plans were being
completed to lend Dr. Oberg for a 6-week period to the Institute of
Inter-American Affairs for additional anthropological work in
Chonin, in Minas Gerais.

Colombia.—Because of the budgetary uncertainties it was necessary
to discontinue the Colombian program in 1949. A new memorandum
of understanding was agreed upon in November 1950 by the Ministry
of Foreign Affairs of Colombia and the United States Department of
State whereby it was agreed that future Smithsonian Institution ac-
tivities in Colombia would be in collaboration with the Instituto
Etnolégico Nacional in Bogota, directed by Licenciado Luis Duque
Gémez, rather than with the Popay4n branch of the Instituto, as in
former years. Charles J. Erasmus joined the staff of the Institute of
Social Anthropology in the fall of 1950 to take charge of this program.
Mr. Erasmus has given a general course in ethnography at the Insti-

SIXTY-EIGHTH ANNUAL REPORT 35

tuto Etnolégico as a part of the regular curriculum of this organiza-
tion. A number of Colombian towns and villages were surveyed for
possible field work, and final decision was made on the village of Kota,
about 20 kilometers to the north of Bogota. This is a typical mestizo
village of the Savanna of Bogota, representative of much of rural
Colombian life, and conveniently close to Bogota so that short vacation
periods as well as long field periods are possible. During March and
April Mr. Erasmus devoted his time to the health-center research
described in the introduction, working in the Ricuarte barrio of
Bogota, and in the Magdalena River port of La Dorada.

Guatemala.—Late in 1950, upon the request of Dr. Antonio Gou-
baud-Carrera, Guatemalan Ambassador to the United States, the tem-
porary detail of an Institute ethnologist to Guatemala became pos-
sible. Accordingly, Richard N. Adams joined the staff, arriving in
that country in December. In the seven months at his disposal Dr.
Adams gave a general course in the Instituto de Antropologia e His-
toria. <A series of special lectures was also given to personnel of the
Instituto Indigenista. Dr. Adams also supervised field research in
several villages, including La Magdalena, near Guatemala City, in
which the Central American Institute of Nutrition is carrying out
long-range investigations. This work was designed to shed light on
the cultural factor in a program aimed at bettering the nutritional
and general health practices of the peoples concerned, and in gather-
ing data applicable to similar projects in other Central American
countries. Because of budgetary limitations it was, unfortunately,
necessary to drop Dr. Adams from the Institute staff at the end of the
fiscal year. Fortunately, it was possible to make arrangements for
him to continue his Guatemalan work by means of a Department of
State specialist grant.

M éxico—During the fall of 1950 Dr. Isabel T. Kelly, Institute rep-
resentative, continued preparation of the second volume on the Tajin
Totonac Indians, the first volume of which was sent to the printer in
June 1950. In March 1951 she participated in health-center analyses,
studying the Beatriz Velasquez Aleman Center in Mexico City, and
that in the suburb of Xochimilco. Late in the winter she made a recon-
naissance trip through the Sierra de Puebla and selected the highland
Totonac village of San Marcos Eloxochitlan for field work. In April
a 3-month period of field work was initiated, in which five students
from the Escuela Nacional de Antropologia participated. This study
of a highland Totonac community will, among other things, in con-
Junction with the lowland Tajin Totonac afford data on the relation-
ship of environment to culture.

Dr. William Wonderly joined the Institute in March 1951 to teach
linguistics at the Escuela Nacional. This was the first time that lin-
guistics had been taught in México under Institute of Social Anthro-

36 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

pology auspices since Dr. Stanley Newman left three years ago. Two
courses were given, one on general linguistics and the other on mor-
phology and syntax.

Pert.—Ozzie G. Simmons continued his teaching activities at the
Instituto de Estudios Etnolégicos in Lima. Field studies, in which
several Peruvian students participated, were initiated in the non-
Indian village of Lunahuana, in the upper Cafete Valley, south of
Lima. This work, when completed in 1951, will still further broaden
our knowledge of contemporary Peruvian rural culture, which already
includes the villages of Moche (Gillin), Sicaya (Tschopik, Muelle,
and Escobar), and Vir: (Holmberg and Muelle). During April Mr.
Simmons carried out his part of the health-center investigations,
studying the Lima center in Rimac barrio, and the center in Chim-
bote, on the north coast of Pert.

Washington.—Dr. Gordon R. Willey served as Acting Director of
the Institute until September, at which time he went to Harvard Uni-
versity aS Bowditch Professor of Mexican and Central American
Archeology and Ethnology.

Dr. George M. Foster returned in September from a year’s field
trip to Spain to resume duties as Director of the Institute. While in
Spain, Dr. Foster worked with Dr. Julio Caro Baroja, director of the
Museo del Pueblo Espanol in Madrid, making a general survey, based
on printed sources and field studies, of Spanish ethnography. Dr.
Foster’s part of the work was oriented toward the historical and theo-
retical problems involved in the carrying of Spanish culture to the
New World, and its assimilation with native American culture. This
work was planned to give added depth and background to the
continuing studies of Institute and cooperating Latin American
personnel.

Dr. Foster made a month’s trip in March to Guatemala, Colombia,
and Pert, for the purpose of consulting with Institute field personnel,
and appraising the new Guatemalan project as well as the newly
opened Bogota office. Consultations were also held with heads of the
participating national institutions in all three countries. Dr. Foster
spent much of the month of June in assembling the health center’s
report.

EDITORIAL WORK AND PUBLICATIONS

There were issued one Annual Report and two Bulletins (one a
volume of the Handbook of South American Indians), and two Pub-
lications of the Institute of Social Anthropology, as listed below:

Sixty-seventh Annual Report of the Bureau of American Ethnology, 1949-50.
ii+25 pp. 1951.

Bulletin 143. Handbook of South American Indians. Julian H. Helen
editor. Volume 6, Physical anthropology, linguistics, and cultural geography
of South American Indians. xiii+-715 pp., 47 pls., 3 figs., 18 maps. 1950.

SIXTY-EIGHTH ANNUAL REPORT 37

Bulletin 144. The northern and central Nootkan tribes, by Philip Drucker.
ix+480 pp., 5 pls., 28 figs., 8 maps. 1951.

Institute of Social Anthropology Publ. No. 11. Quiroga: A Mexican municipio,
by Donald D. Brand, assisted by José Corona Niujfiez. v+242 pp., 35 pls.,
4 maps. 1951.

Institute of Social Anthropology Publ. No. 12. Cruz das Almas: A Brazilian
Village, by Donald Pierson, with the assistance of Levi Cruz, Mirtes Brandaéo
Lopes, Helen Batchelor Pierson, Carlos Borges Teixeira, and others. x+226 pp.,
20 pls., 13 figs., 2 maps. 1951.

The following publications were in press at the close of the fiscal
year:

Bulletin 145. The Indian tribes of North America, by John R. Swanton.
Bulletin 146. Chippewa child life and its cultural background, by Sister
M. Inez Hilger. |
Bulletin 147. Journal of an expedition to the Mauvaises Terres and the
Upper Missouri in 1850, by Thaddeus B. Culbertson. Edited by John Francis
McDermott.
Bulletin 148. Arapaho child life and its cultural background, by Sister
M. Inez Hilger.
Bulletin 149. Symposium on diversity in Iroquois culture. Edited by
William N. Fenton.
No. 1. Introduction: The concept of locality and the program of Iroquois
research, by William N. Fenton.
No. 2. Concepts of land ownership among the Iroquois and their neighbors,
by George S. Snyderman.
No. 3. Locality as a basic factor in the development of Iroquois social
structure, by William N. Fenton.
No. 4. Some psychological determinants of culture change in an Iroquoian
community, by Anthony F. C. Wallace.
No. 5. The religion of Handsome Lake: Its origin and development, by
Merle H. Deardorff.
No. 6. Local diversity in Iroquois music and dance, by Gertrude P. Kurath.
No. 7. The Feast of the Dead, or Ghost Dance at Six Nations Reserve,
Canada, by William N. Fenton and Gertrude P. Kurath.
No. 8. Iroquois women, then and now, by Martha Champion Randle.
Bulletin 150. The modal personality of the Tuscarora Indians, as revealed
by the Rorschach test, by Anthony F. C. Wallace.
Bulletin 151. Anthropological Papers, Numbers 33-42.
No. 38. “Of the Crow Nation,’ by Edwin Thompson Denig. With bio-
graphical sketch and footnotes by John C. Ewers.
No. 34. The water lily in Maya art: A complex of alleged Asiatic origin,
by Robert L. Rands.
No. 35. The Medicine Bundles of the Florida Seminole and the Green
Corn Dance, by Louis Capron.
No. 86. Technique in the music of the American Indian, by Frances
Densmore.
No. 37. The belief of the Indians in a connection between song and the
supernatural, by Frances Densmore.
No. 38. Aboriginal fish poisons, by Robert F. Heizer.
No. 39. Aboriginal navigation off the coast of Upper and Baja California,
by Robert F. Heizer and William C. Massey.
No. 40. Exploration of the Adena Mound at Natrium, W. Va., by Ralph S.
Solecki.

38 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

Bulletin 151. Anthropological Papers, Numbers 33-42—Continued

No. 41. The Wind River Shoshone Sun Dance, by D. B. Shimkin.

No. 42. Current trends in the Wind River Shoshone Sun Dance, by Fred
Voget.

Bulletin 152. Index to Schoolcraft’s “Indian Tribes of the United States,’
compiled by Frances 8. Nichols.

Bulletin 153. La Venta, Tabasco: A study of Olmec ceramics and art, by
Philip Drucker.

Bulletin 154. River Basin Surveys Papers. Inter-Agency Archeological Sal-
vage Program. Numbers 1-6.

No.1. Prehistory and the Missouri Valley Development Program: Summary
report on the Missouri River Basin Archeological Survey in 1948, by
Waldo R. Wedel.

No. 2. Prehistory and the Missouri Valley Development Program: Summary
report on the Missouri River Basin Archeological Survey in 1949, by
Waldo R. Wedel.

No. 38. The Woodruff Ossuary, a prehistoric burial site in Phillips County,
Kans., by Marvin F. Kivett.

No. 4. The Addicks Dam site:

I. An archeological survey of the Addicks Dam basin, Southeast Texas,
by Joe Ben Wheat.
II. Indian skeletal remains from the Doering and Kobs Sites, Addicks
Reservoir, Texas, by Marshall T. Newman.
No. 5. The Hodges site:
I. Two rock shelters near Tucumcari, N. Mex., by Herbert W. Dick.
II. Geology of the Hodges site, Quay County, N. Mex., by Sheldon Judson.

No. 6. The Rembert mounds, Elbert County, Ga., by Joseph R. Caldwell.

Appendix. List of River Basin Surveys reports published in other series.

Bulletin 155. Settlement patterns in the Virui Valley, Perf, by Gordon R.
Willey.

Institute of Social Anthropology Publ. No. 13. The Tajin Totonac: Part 1.
History, subsistence, and technology, by Isabel Kelly and Angel Palerm.

Institute of Social Anthropology Publ. No. 14. The Indian caste of Peru,
1795-1950: A population study based upon tax records and census reports, by
George Kubler.

Institute of Social Anthropology Publ. No. 15. Indian tribes of Northern Mato
Grosso, Brazil, by Kalervo Oberg. With appendix by Marshall Newman on
“Anthropometry of the Umotina, Nambicuara, and Iranxe.”

Institute of Social Anthropology Publ. No. 16. Penny capitalism: A Guate-
malan Indian economy, by Sol Tax.

Publications distributed totaled 22,877 as compared with 19,116
for the fiscal year 1950.
LIBRARY

One hundred twenty-three volumes were added to the library of
the Bureau, bringing the total accessions as of June 30, 1951, to 34,961.

ARCHIVES

Manuscript material has been made available to research workers
both in the office and through the furnishing of microfilm copies. The

SIXTY-EIGHTH ANNUAL REPORT 39

major project accomplished during the year was the classification of
the great collection of Iroquois material assembled by J. N. B. Hewitt.

The addition of five new metal storage cabinets greatly improved
the conditions for protecting the manuscripts. Since more cabinets
could not be obtained, another method of storage for the material in the
archives annex was developed. Using heavy cardboard filing boxes,
graded to size, does away with the wrappings formerly used and makes
the material much easier to consult.

A method of preserving the rare Indian drawings in the collections
by the process of lamination was adopted on advice from the preserva-
tion division of the National Archives.

Through the librarian of the Geological Survey, the collections have
been enriched by the addition of the original catalog of the photo-
graphic negatives made on the famous Grand Canyon expedition of
J. W. Powell. This list in Major Powell’s handwriting, removes all
doubt as to the identification of the pictures made by J. K. Hillers
and EK. O. Beaman. The original negatives have long constituted an
important sector of the Bureau’s Indian photographic archives.

COLLECTIONS

Acc. No.

185184. Archeological materials and skeletal remains of 7 individuals from the
Addicks Reservoir, on South Mayde Creek in Harris County, 16 miles
west of Houston, Tex., collected 1947 by Joe Ben Wheat, River Basin
Surveys.

187265. Archeological materials from 12 sites in Tenkiller Ferry Reservoir area,
located on the Illinois River about 13 miles above its confluence with
the Arkansas River and about 7 miles northwest of Vian, in Sequoyah
and Cherokee Counties, Okla., collected by David J. Wenner, Jr., River
Basin Surveys.

187266. Archeological materials surface-collected from 2 sites in the Hulah
Reservoir area on Caney River about 15 miles northwest of Bartles-
ville, near Hulah, northeastern Osage County, Okla., collected in 1947
by David J. Wenner, Jr., River Basin Surveys.

187267. Archeological materials surface-collected from 17 sites in the Fort Gibson
Reservoir area, a Corps of Engineers water-control project on the
Grand (Neosho) River, beginning 7.7 miles above its mouth and in-
cluding portions of Wagoner, Cherokee, and Mayes Counties, Okla.,
collected in 1947 by David J. Wenner, Jr., River Basin Surveys.

187539. Archeological material from Postcontact Eskimo sites on Itkillik Lake
and at Anaktuvuk Pass in the Brooks Range, northwestern Alaska,
collected during the summer of 1949 in the Colville Basin by Arthur
Bowsher and Dr. George Llano.

187540. Archeological material, mainly stonework, from the West Fork Reservoir,
Lewis County, W. Va., collected in April 1948 by Ralph Solecki, River
Basin Surveys.

187541. Archeological material from Bluestone Reservoir area, on the New River,
100 miles south of Charleston, between Hinton and Narrows, W. Va.;
in Giles County, Va.; Monroe and Summers Counties, W. Va., collected
March—May 1948 by Ralph S. Solecki, River Basin Surveys.

40 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

Acc. No. :

187542. Archeological materials from a mound at Natrium, Marshall County, W.
Va., collected by Ralph S. Solecki during December 1948 and January
1949.

187742. Approximately 80 fossil mammals from the Boysen Reservoir area of

Wyoming, the Canyon Ferry Reservoir area of Montana, and the
Garrison Reservoir area of North Dakota, collected by Dr. T. E. White,

River Basin Surveys.
188194. (Through Dr. F. H. H. Roberts, Jr.) 4 specimens, including Creodont
skull from the Paleocene of North Dakota, Plesiosaur skull, fish and
a marine turtle from the Pierre Cretaceous, collected by Dr. T. E.
White at the Fort Randall Reservoir area in South Dakota, River

Basin Surveys.

188807. (Through Dr. Paul L. Cooper) 4 fresh-water mussels from Hitchcock
County, Nebr., River Basin Surveys.

189103. Archeological material, mostly potsherds, from Utivé, Panama, collected
by Dr. Matthew W. Stirling.

189489. Archeological materials from Round Bottom site on the Travis farm
about 34% miles south of Moundsville, Marshall County, W. Va., col-
lected, with the exception of 3 celts presented by Mr. Travis, by Ralph
S. Solecki during December 1948 and January 1949.

191092. 23 lizards, 6 snakes, 13 frogs, 10 marine invertebrates, and insect speci-
mens from Panama, collected by Dr. Matthew W. Stirling and party
during the 1951 Smithsonian Institution-National Geographic Society
Expedition.

188344, (Through Dr. Henry B. Collins, Jr.) Approximately 250 spiders, oT
springtails, and 1 parasitic wasp from Cornwallis Island, Canadian
Arctic, collected by Dr. Collins in summer of 1950 on National Museum
of Canada-Smithsonian Institution Expedition.

MISCELLANEOUS

During the year Dr. Frances Densmore, Dr. John R. Swanton, and
Dr. Antonio J. Waring, Jr., continued as collaborators of the Bureau.

Information was furnished during the year by members of the
Bureau staff in reply to numerous inquiries concerning the American
Indians, past and present, of both continents. Requests from teach-
ers of primary and secondary grades and from Scout organizations
continue to increase and indicate a rapidly growing interest in the
American Indians throughout the country. Various specimens sent to
the Bureau were identified and data on them furnished for their
owners.

Respectfully submitted.

M. W. Srirtine, Director.
Dr. A. WETMORE,
Secretary, Smithsonian Institution.

he Ae vb ;

SIXTY-NINTH
ANNUAL REPORT OF THE

BUREAU OF
AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

TO THE SECRETARY OF THE
SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION

1951-1952

UNITED STATES
GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE
WASHINGTON : 1953

BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
June 30, 1952

Director.—MAtTTHEW W. STIRLING.

Associate Director.—F RANK H. H. ROBERTS, Jr.

Anthropologists.—H. B. CoLuins, Jr., PHILIP DRUCKER.

Ethnologist—JOHN P. HARRINGTON.

Collaborators.— FRANCES DENSMORE, JOHN R. SWANTON, A. J. WARING, Jr.
Scientific illustrator.—E. G. SCHUMACHER.

INSTITUTE OF SOCIAL ANTHROPOLOGY

Director.—G. M. Foster, Jr.

Anthropologists.—Brazilian office: DONALD PIERSON, KALERVO OBERG; Colombian
Office: CHARLES J. Erasmus; Mevican office: IsaBer T. KELLY; Peruvian
office: Ozz1E G. SIMMONS.

RIVER BASIN SURVEYS

Director.—F RANK H. H. ROBERTS, Jr.

Archeologists.—-RALPH D. BROWN, JOSEPH R. CALDWELL, PAUL L. COOPER, ROBERT
B. CUMMING, Jr., FRANKLIN FENENGA, DONALD D. HARTLE, EDWARD B. JELKS,
DONALD J. LEHMER, JOHN FE. MILLS, JOEL L. SHINER, G. HUBERT SMITH, RALPH
S. SoLECKI, RoBERT L. STEPHENSON, RICHARD P. WHEELER.

Geologist —THEODORE H. WHITE.

SIXTY-NINTH ANNUAL REPORT
OF THE
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

M. W. Stiruine, Director

Sir: I have the honor to submit the following report on the field
researches, office work, and other operations of the Bureau of Ameri-
can Ethnology during the fiscal year ended June 30, 1952, conducted
in accordance with the act of Congress of April 10, 1928, as amended
August 22, 1949, which provides for continuing “independently or in
cooperation anthropological researches among the American Indians
and the natives of lands under the jurisdiction or protection of the
United States and the excavation and preservation of archeologic
remains.”

Information was furnished during the year by members of the
Bureau staff in reply to numerous inquiries concerning the American
Indians, past and present, of both continents. The increased number
of requests from teachers of primary and secondary grades and from
Scout organizations indicates a rapidly growing interest in the Ameri:
can Indian. Various specimens sent to the Bureau were identified
and data on them furnished for their owners. |

SYSTEMATIC RESEARCHES

Dr. M. W. Stirling, Director of the Bureau, devoted most of his
time during the fiscal year to administrative affairs and to the prep-
aration of manuscript on previous field studies in Panama and
southern México. During the year he prepared three reports for
publication : “Stone Monuments of the Rio Chiquito, México,” “The
Use of Jade in Aboriginal America,” and “An Archeological Survey
of Southern Veracruz, Tabasco, and Northern Campeche.”

Dr. Frank H. H. Roberts, Jr., Associate Director of the Bureau
and Director of the River Basin Surveys, devoted most of his time dur-
ing the year to the management and direction of the River Basin Sur-
veys. In August he went to Lincoln, Nebr., to inspect the Missouri
Basin headquarters. From Lincoln, accompanied by Paul L. Cooper,
field director, he proceeded to the Fort Randall Reservoir area near
Chamberlain, S. Dak., and visited a number of archeological sites that
were being excavated by field parties of the River Basin Surveys and
also the excavations being conducted by the Nebraska State Historical
Society. He also took part in a conference on local archeological
problems held at the field camp of the University of Kansas party

FEB 12 se9

v4 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

which was excavating an Indian village site as part of the cooperative
program of the National Park Service. From the Fort Randall area
he proceeded to the Oahe Reservoir area north of Pierre, S. Dak.,
where he visited two River Basin Surveys excavating parties. From
Pierre he proceeded to Cody, Wyo., in company with Dr. Waldo R.
Wedel, curator of archeology, United States National Museum, to in-
spect an archeological site on Sage Creek where remains of early man
had been found. The purpose of that trip was to assist in planning
a series of investigations to be carried on there during the field season
of 1952 as a cooperative project between the Smithsonian Institution
and Princeton University. Returning to Pierre, Dr. Roberts held
a number of conferences with staff members to discuss the plans and
operations of the salvage program in that area. During the fall and
winter months he made several trips to the Missouri Basin headquar-
ters at Lincoln. In March he went to Columbus, Ohio, and delivered
a lecture on “Early Man in the New World” before the Ohio State
Historical Society at the State museum. He returned to Columbus in
May to attend the annual meeting of the Society for American Archae-
ology and to take part in a symposium dealing with the carbon-14
method for dating archeological remains. During the year Dr.
Roberts completed two manuscripts: “River Basin Surveys: The
First Five Years of the Inter-Agency Archeological and Paleonto-
logical Salvage Program” and “The Carbon-14 Method of Age Deter-
mination,” both of which were published in the 1951 Smithsonian
Annual Report. During the year Dr. Roberts received the Viking
Fund Medal and Award of the Wenner-Gren Foundation for Anthro-
pological Research for his work in American archeology.

- Dr. Henry B. Collins, anthropologist, continued his research on the
Kskimo and other Arctic activities. Through arrangements with the
National Museum of Canada, his assistant of 1950, William E. Taylor,
returned to Cornwallis Island in the Canadian Arctic for further
excavations. Mr. Taylor’s collections, including Thule and Dorset
culture materials, with notes and photographs, were received by Dr.
Collins for inclusion in the final report on the Cornwallis Island work.
Preliminary reports on the first two seasons’ excavations on Cornwallis
Island were published in the annual reports of the National Museum of
Canada for the fiscal years 1949-50 and 1950-51. A general article,
“The Origin and Antiquity of the Eskimo,” summarizing the present
evidence of archeology, physical anthropology, and linguistics, was
published in the 1950 Smithsonian Annual Report. A paper on the
present status of the Dorset culture, with special emphasis on new
evidence from Greenland and Alaska, which was presented at the
December 1951 meeting of the American Association for the Advance-
ment of Science, will be included in a volume on American archeology

SIXTY-NINTH ANNUAL REPORT 3

being published by the Wenner-Gren Foundation for Anthropological
Research. At the meeting of the Society for American Archaeology
in May 1952 Dr. Collins presented a paper summarizing and evaluating
the results of radiocarbon dating in the Arctic in the light of the arche-
ological evidence, and including an interpretation of the ancient
Denbigh Flint Complex of Alaska, its Old World connections and age,
and its relationships to Folsom, Yuma, and Eskimo. The paper will
appear in the January issue of American Antiquity. An article on
the progress of anthropology in 1951 was prepared for the Encyclo-
paedia Britannica and another on the Races of Asia for the Ency-
clopaedia Hebraica. He also edited Science in Alaska, a volume of
selected papers presented at the First Alaskan Science Conference held
in Washington in November 1950 under the auspices of the National
Academy of Sciences—National Research Council. The volume was
published by the Arctic Institute of North America and contains
papers on Alaskan anthropology, agriculture, botany, geology and
geography, geophysics, meteorology, public health, and zoology. Dr.
Collins continued to serve as chairman of the directing committee
supervising preparation of Arctic Bibliography, a comprehensive, an-
notated, and indexed bibliography of English and foreign-language
publications in all fields of science relating to the Arctic and sub-Arc-
tic regions of America, Siberia, and Europe. The bibliography is
being assembled by the Arctic Institute of North America under con-
tract with the Office of Naval Research with funds from the Depart-
ments of the Army and the Navy, and the Defense Research Board
of Canada. At the end of the fiscal year material for a supplemental
volume of about 900 pages was completed and ready for the printer.
Proofreading continues on the initial six volumes of similar size now
at the Government Printing Office.

At the beginning of the fiscal year Dr. John P. Harrington was
in México engaged in studying the Maya language. On his return
to Washington he completed the preparation of a grammar and dic-
tionary of the Maya language, with the assistance of a Maya informaiit,
Domingo Canton Aguilar, whom he brought to Washington for that
purpose. He also completed a monograph on the numeration sys-
tem of the Valladolid Maya Indians of Yucatan. Another paper
he completed during the fiscal year was on the first vocabulary of
the Virginia Indians, compiled by William Strachey in 1612. The
original of this vocabulary is in the Bodleian Library at Oxford,
England.

At the beginning of the fiscal year and until after Labor Day, Dr.
William N. Fenton was visiting professor of anthropology at the
University of Michigan. During his stay in Ann Arbor he examined
important historical papers relating to the political history of the

4 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

Six Nations, or Iroquois, in the William L. Clements Library of the
University of Michigan. Returning to Washington in September,
Dr. Fenton resumed his research at the Bureau of American Ethnol-
ogy. He organized and conducted the Seventh Conference on Iro-
quois Research held at Red House, N. Y., October 5-7. In November
he participated in a symposium on the training of professional anthro-
pologists, which was held on the occasion of the annual meetings
of the American Anthropological Association. Late in November
Dr. Fenton was called to the National Research Council to organize
a national conference on disaster studies, in which he participated
on December 6. He resigned his position with the Bureau to accept
an appointment as executive secretary of the Division of Anthro-
pology and Psychology at the National Research Council and began
his duties on January 1, 1952.

Dr. Philip Drucker reported for duty as general anthropologist
on January 3, 1952, immediately following his release to inactive duty
by the United States Navy. On February 15 he proceeded to México
D. F., for a period of 6 weeks, which he spent studying the large
offering of artifacts of jade and similar materials excavated in 1941
at Cerro de las Mesas by the National Geographic-Smithsonian
Institution archeological project. This collection is housed in the
National Museum of Mexico. On his return to Washington he pre-
pared a descriptive monograph on the collection, which was ready
to be submitted to the Director of the Bureau at the end of
the fiscal year. In addition, Dr. Drucker continued his studies of
Meso-American archeology in general.

RIVER BASIN SURVEYS
(Report prepared by FRANK H. H. Roserts, Jr.)

The River Basin Surveys, organized in the autumn of 1945 as a unit
of the Bureau of American Ethnology to carry into effect a memo-
randum of understanding between the Smithsonian Institution and
the National Park Service, continued its operations throughout the
year. The memorandum provides for the salvage of archeological
and paleontological materials that would otherwise be lost as a result
of numerous projects for flood control and irrigation, hydroelectric
installations, and navigation improvements in the river basins of the
United States. As in the past, the investigations were conducted in
cooperation with the National Park Service and the Bureau of
Reclamation of the Department of the Interior, the Corps of Engi-
neers of the Department of the Army, and a number of nongovern-
mental local institutions. The operations as a whole are called the
Inter-Agency Archeological and Paleontological Salvage Program.

SIXTY-NINTH ANNUAL REPORT 5

The work of the River Basin Surveys in the past fiscal year was
financed by a transfer of $156,403 to the Smithsonian Institution
by the National Park Service. Of that amount $120,783 was for
investigations in the Missouri Basin and $35,620 was for all other
areas where projects were under way. The money comprising those
funds was derived in part from the Bureau of Reclamation and in
part from the National Park Service. Carry-over of previous funds
provided an additional $77,576 for the Missouri Basin and $350 for
other areas. The total of all funds available for the year was $234,329.
Because of a delay in the passage of the appropriation bill it was
necessary to suspend operations outside the Missouri Basin during
July and August.

Activities in the field consisted of reconnaissance or surveys for
the purpose of locating archeological sites and _ paleontological
deposits that will be involved in construction work or are so situated
that they will be flooded, and in the excavation of sites observed and
recorded by previous surveys. In contrast to former years there was
greater emphasis on excavation. ‘This was because of the fact that
the survey parties were finally catching up with the over-all program
and there were fewer proposed reservoir areas needing attention.
Archeological survey parties visited 10 new reservoir basins located
in 6 States and a paleontological party made preliminary investiga-
tions at 6 reservoirs in 3 States. In addition a number of reservoirs
where previous preliminary surveys had been made were revisited
for further checking. At the end of the fiscal year excavations were
completed or under way in 13 reservoir areas in 11 States. ‘There
were 22 excavating parties in the field during the course of the year.
Six of the excavating projects were in areas where there had been no
previous digging, but the remainder were a continuation of investi-
gations at reservoir projects where there had been other operations.
At the close of the fiscal year the total of the reservoir areas where
archeological surveys had been made or excavations carried on since
the start of the actual field work in the summer of 1946 was 235
located in 25 States. The survey parties have located and reported
3,105 archeological sites, and of that number 578 have been recom-
mended for excavation or limited testing. Preliminary appraisal
reports were completed for all the reservoirs surveyed. Some,
together with others finished near the end of the previous fiscal
year, were mimeographed for limited distribution to the cooperating
agencies. During the year 15 such reports were distributed, bring-
ing to 149 the total issued since the start of the program. The
discrepancy between the latter figure and the total number of reser-
voirs is due to the fact that in some cases a series of reservoirs is
included in a single report covering a subbasin, while in others the

6 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

completed manuscrips had not yet been mimeographed at the close
of the year. Excavations made during the year brought the total
for reservoir basins where such work has been done to 38, located in
17 States. Reports on some of that work have been published in
various scientific journals, and eight such papers are now in press
as a Bulletin of the Bureau of American Ethnology. The technical
reports on two other excavation projects have been finished. Paleon-
tological surveys have been made in 121 reservoir areas, 86 of them
being those where archeological work has also been done. Eventually
the other 35 will be visited by archeological parties. The total of all
reservoir basins surveyed, including those where archeological work
still remains to be done, is 270.

As of June 30, 1952, the reservoir projects which had been surveyed
for archeological remains were distributed by States as follows:
California, 20; Colorado, 24; Georgia, 4; Idaho, 11; Illinois, 2;
Towa, 3; Kansas, 7; Kentucky, 1; Louisiana, 1; Minnesota, 1; Mon-
tana, 15; Nebraska, 28; New Mexico, 1; North Dakota, 13; Ohio, 2;
Oklahoma, 7; Oregon, 27; Pennsylvania, 2; South Dakota, 9; Tennes-
see, 1; Texas, 19; Virginia, 2; Washington, 11; West Virginia, 2;
Wyoming, 21. Excavations have been made or were being made in
reservoir areas in: California, 5; Colorado, 1; Georgia, 3; Kansas, 1;
Montana, 1; Nebraska, 1; New Mexico, 1; North Dakota, 3; Okla-
homa, 2; Oregon, 2; South Carolina, 1; South Dakota, 3; Texas, 7;
Virginia, 1; Washington, 8; West Virginia, 1; Wyoming, 2. The
foregoing figures refer only to the work of the River Basin Surveys or
that which was done in direct cooperation with local institutions.
Projects carried on by local institutions alone or in direct cooperation
with the National Park Service are not included because complete
information about them was not available.

Throughout the year the River Basin Surveys continued to receive
helpful cooperation from the National Park Service, the Bureau of
Reclamation, the Corps of Engineers, and numerous State and local
institutions. Ata number of projects guides and transportation were
furnished to staff members in the field. Temporary office and labora-
tory space was provided at others, and on several occasions labor and
mechanical equipment were made available by the construction agency.
Such assistance speeded up the work of the field men and made pos-
sible greater accomplishment than would otherwise have been the
case. The National Park Service continued to serve as the liaison
between the various agencies both in Washington and through its
several regional offices and provided the Smithsonian Institution with
necessary information about the locations for proposed dams and
reservoirs and construction priorities. Furthermore, the National
Park Service primarily was responsible for obtaining the funds which

SIXTY-NINTH ANNUAL REPORT 7

made the operations possible. The progress of the program as a
whole was greatly: furthered by the enthusiastic help of Park Service
personnel.

General direction and supervision of the work in California, Geor-
gia, and Virginia were from the main office in Washington. In the
Columbia Basin the program was directed from a field office and
laboratory at Eugene, Oreg.; that in the Missouri Basin was under
the supervision of a field office and laboratory at Lincoln, Nebr.; and
that in Texas was under a field office and laboratory at Austin. The
materials collected by the survey and excavating parties in those three
areas were processed at the respective field isboxatorics The collec-
tions made in Georgia were processed at a laboratory in Athens.

At the end of the fiscal year a change was made in the plan of
operations for the Inter-Agency Salvage Program. The work of the
River Basin Surveys was terminated in the Columbia Basin and Pacific
coast areas, in the Southwest including Texas, and in Georgia and
other portions of the Southeast. With the beginning of the new
fiscal year the direction and supervision of the investigations in those
areas were to be under the National Park Service with its respective
regional offices in direct charge. At the close of the year arrange-
ments were being made to transfer certain of the River Basin Surveys’
personnel to the National Park Service and for the latter agency to
take over the various field headquarters.

Washington office—Throughout the fiscal year the main headquar-
ters of the River Basin Surveys continued under the direction of
Dr. Frank H. H. Roberts, Jr. Carl F. Miller, Joseph R. Caldwell, and
Ralph S. Solecki, archeologists, were based on that office. Because of
lack of funds for work outside the Missouri Basin, however, Miller
was assigned to the Missouri Basin project during July, August, and
September, and Caldwell was on leave without pay until Septem-
ber 10, 1952. Solecki was on leave of absence with an expedition to
Iraq for most of the year, returning to duty with the surveys in May.

Mr. Miller’s activities in the Missouri Basin are discussed in that
section of this report. During the fall and winter months at the
Washington office he completed his technical paper on the excavations
he supervised at the Allatoona Reservoir in Georgia during an earlier
fiscal year and processed specimens from sites which he dug at the
Jobn H. Kerr (formerly called Buggs Island) Reservoir the latter
part of the previous fiscal year. In May he returned to the John H.
Kerr Reservoir area on the Roancke River in southern Virginia and
carried on test excavations at a number of sites. That work was
completed on June 30 and Mr. Miller returned to Washington. The
gates of the dam were scheduled to be closed early in July, and no
further investigations are planned for that area.

234733—53——2

8 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

Early in August Mr. Caldwell received word that an important
site located a short distance above the Clark Hill Dam on the Savan-
nah River, Ga., would be inundated well in advance of the date
originally indicated by the engineers. With funds provided by the
Smithsonian Institution and the University of Georgia and with the
help of the resident engineer of the Corps of Engineers, he started
excavations on the 18th of the month and continued to dig until he
and his party were driven out by water at the end of October. When
Federal funds became available in September the River Basin Sur-
veys took over the financing of the project. During January and Feb-
ruary Mr. Caldwell carried on test excavations at the remains of Fort
Charlotte at the upper end of the Clark Hill Reservoir in South Caro-
lina. While at his headquarters at Athens, Mr. Caldwell completed
five preliminary reports and made considerable progress on the final
technical report of his part of the excavations at the Allatoona Reser-
voir. The report on Fort Charlotte was mimeographed and ready
for distribution at the close of the fiscal year. An article on work
completed a previous fiscal year, “The Booger Bottom Mound: A
Forsyth Period Site in Hall County, Ga.,” was published in Ameri-
can Antiquity, volume 17, No. 4, April 1952. Mr. Caldwell’s employ-
ment by the River Basin Surveys was terminated as of June 30, 1952,
by his transfer to the National Park Service.

Dr. Theodore E. White, geologist, divided his time between the
Washington office and the Missouri Basin. He spent the winter and
early spring months in Washington cleaning, identifying, and cata-
loging specimens he had collected during the field season. He also
identified four lots of mammal bones from archeological excavations
along the Columbia River, and four lots of bones from the Missouri
Basin which were sent to Washington for that purpose. He com-
pleted a manuscript, “Preliminary Analysis of the Vertebrate Fossil
Fauna of the Canyon Ferry Reservoir Area,” which was accepted for
publication in the Proceedings of the United States National Museum,
and two papers on observations on the butchering techniques of ab-
original peoples as indicated by the bones from the refuse deposits at
archeological sites. One paper, “Preliminary Analysis of the Verte-
brate Fossil Fauna of the Boysen Reservoir Area,” was published in
the Proceedings of the United States National Museum, volume 102,
No. 3296, April 1952. Another, “Observations on the Butchering
Technique of Some Aboriginal Peoples, I,” appeared in American
Antiquity, volume 17, No. 4, April 1952. A third, “Suggestions for
Facilitating Identification of Animal Bone from Archeological
Sites,” was printed in the Plains Archeological Conference News
Letter, volume 5, No. 1, May 1952. In May Dr. White left Washing-
ton to continue his field investigations in the Missouri Basin.

SIXTY-NINTH ANNUAL REPORT 9

After his return to active duty Mr. Solecki spent the time until.
June 30 working on manuscripts and reports. He also made prepara-
tions for an aerial survey of certain reservoir areas in the Missouri
Basin and was to proceed to the latter area at the beginning of the
new fiscal year.

California.—The only work in California during the fiscal year was
at the Cachuma Reservoir on the Santa Ynez River in Santa Barbara
County. From April 28 to June 30 Albert D. Mohr, field assistant,
supervised excavations at two sites. At one of them a cemetery be-
longing to what is called the Hunting Culture, the middle stage of a
three-culture sequence, was dug, and in addition the remains of a
house belonging to the same horizon were uncovered. The latter are
of particular interest because only two such structures were known
previously and the one discovered this year has added considerable
information with respect to construction methods. Opening of graves
in the cemetery produced skeletal material useful in determining the
physical characteristics of the people and also good data on burial
customs. The other site, also mainly a burial ground, belongs to a
later horizon probably attributable to the Chumash.

A report by Martin A. Baumhoff, field assistant the previous year,
on the investigations at the Cachuma Reservoir in late fiscal 1951 was
completed early in June 1952 and the manuscript is now available for
publication. A summary report on the results of the excavations made
at the Terminus Reservoir on the Kaweah River in Tulare County was
completed by Franklin Fenenga, archeologist, during the autumn
months and was published in American Antiquity, volume 17, No. 4,
April 1952.

As indicated in the preliminary section of this report, the River
Basin Surveys will have no further projects in California, as the
operations there are to be under the direction and supervision of the
Region Four office of the National Park Service.

Columbia Basin —The field office at Eugene, Oreg., was closed from
July 1 to September 10 because of lack of funds, and during that
period there were no activities in the region. After the office was
reopened and until the close of the fiscal year the operations for the
Columbia Basin were, as in the previous year, under the supervision
of Joel L. Shiner. Office and laboratory work during the fall and
winter months was mainly concerned with the processing, study, and
cataloging of materials from the surveys and excavations of the pre-
vious year. Most of the materials and data were from a habitation
site in the McNary Reservoir area which had been buried beneath a
thick mantle of volcanic ash which is estimated to be several thousand
years old. A summary report on the results of that excavation was
finished, mimeographed, and distributed to the operating agencies.
Study of the materials from another site in the McNary area, a village

10 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

of late prehistoric and early historic times, was also completed and a
summary report finished. The latter was mimeographed and dis-
tributed in June.

Late in October Mr. Shiner made a brief investigation at the site
of The Dalles Dam on the Columbia River and in March made an
exhaustive survey of the area to be flooded. A brief preliminary re-
port was issued after the first visit, while a second and more detailed
one was written and mimeographed following the investigations in
March. The survey showed that there were 10 sites and that 3 were
worthy of further investigation. One of them is a very large mound
with stratified deposits some 15 feet in depth. It offers one of the best
opportunities along the Columbia River for obtaining evidence on the
sequence of cultural development. This mound, the Wakemap, is in
danger from two sources, flooding and looting by private collectors.
The situation with respect to unauthorized digging was so critical that
plans were being made to start excavations there shortly after the be-
ginning of the new fiscal year. ‘Two other sites in the area were tested
later in the spring and one of them proved to be much deeper and
richer in artifacts than had been anticipated. One test pit, 5 feet
square, yielded large numbers of flaked-stone tools and “fetish” stones
and reached a depth of 13 feet. More extended excavations at that
location are indicated.

From April 7 to 19 Mr. Shiner carried on test excavations at three
sites in the McNary area. One of them consisted of an occupation
level underlying the same layer of volcanic ash as that covering the
site worked the previous year. The findings corroborated those of
the previous year and in addition the digging produced several new
artifact types. At another it appeared that the Indians who had
occupied it moved in shortly after the fall of the ash. The interval
represented by the ash layer will help to explain certain differences
in the artifacts and provides a good basis for establishing relative
dating in the district. Excavations at the third site proved fruitless.
The latter part of April Mr. Shiner moved his field party to the Albeni
Falls Reservoir project on the Pend Oreille River in Idaho for the
purpose of testing a number of sites in that basin. The occupational
debris at the various locations was found to be so shallow, however,
that extensive digging was not warranted. Consequently the party
spent several days making surface collections. A good series of
specimens was obtained which will be useful in extending the known
distribution of types. The data collected indicate that the area
never had a permanent population. It apparently was a place where
various groups of Indians spent their summers hunting, fishing, and
gathering food.

After returning to the office Mr. Shiner devoted most of his time
to processing the artifacts collected in the field. Over 1,500 were

SIXTY-NINTH ANNUAL REPORT Il

cleaned and cataloged. A report on the investigations at Albeni
Falls was completed and one on the test digging at The Dalles was
practically finished by the end of the year. A collection of specimens
from a previous year’s digging in the McNary Reservoir was packed
and shipped to Washington.

Four articles pertaining to the results of previous work in the
Columbia Basin were published in American Antiquity, volume 17,
No. 4, April 1952. They were: “The 1950 Excavations at Site 45BN6
McNary Reservoir, Wash.,” by Joel L. Shiner; “Material Culture of
an Upper Coulee Rock-shelter,’ by John E. Mills and Carolyn
Osborne; “Archeological Investigations in the Chief Joseph Reser-
voir,” by Douglas Osborne, Robert Crabtree, and Alan Bryan; and
“Archeological Investigations in O’Sullivan Reservoir, Graiit County,
Wash.,” by Richard D. Daugherty.

Mr. Shiner’s affiliation with the River Basin Surveys terminated on
June 30 by transfer to the National Park Service. The River Basin
Surveys office at Eugene was to be kept open, however, by the National
Park Service, and Mr. Shiner was to be permitted to complete his
reports on the work he did for the Smithsonian Institution. The
River Basin Surveys will have no further operations in that area.

Georgia.—As in the case of the Columbia Basin, field work in the
Georgia area was handicapped by the delay in obtaining funds and
the limited amount of money available for the project. During the
period from August 18 until the end of October an emergency co-
operative excavation project, as described in an earlier section of
this report, was carried on at the Lake Springs site on the Savannah
River just above the Clark Hill Dam. A large sample of archaic
material representing a prepottery horizon called the Savannah River
Focus of the Stalling’s Island Culture was obtained there together
with a small series of contemporary crania showing a population of
both round- and long-headed individuals. The most important dis-
covery at the site, however, was a new early culture deep below the
archaic levels. This new manifestation, which has been designated
the Old Quartz Culture, showed an artifact assemblage similar to
those which had been found at a large number of open stations in
Piedmont Georgia and South Carolina. They have been regarded
as probably early but could not be so proven until the discovery of
the stratigraphy at Lake Springs. Unfortunately, the rising waters
of the Clark Hill Reservoir flooded the excavation pits before as
much work had been done as was desired, but the results obtained
are a definite contribution to the archeology of the region.

In late January and February test excavations were carried on in
the remains of Fort Charlotte at the upper end of the Clark Hill
Reservoir in South Carolina. Although located in the latter State

12 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

the investigations were considered as part of the over-all Georgia
project. The outline of the fort was traced and a few minor arti-
facts were recovered. ‘The fort had been a masonry structure erected
in 1765 as a defense against the Creek and Cherokee Indians who were
prone to raid the Scotch-Irish, French Huguenot, and German settle-
ments in the Long Canes region of upper Carolina. Its seizure by
patriot forces in 1775 was the first overt act of revolution in the
southern colonies. American possession of the fort throughout the
struggle was of considerable importance in holding the loyalties of
the inhabitants of upper Carolina during the troubled times that
followed. The recent excavations there give information about the
physical nature of the fort and its location which was not available
in documentary records. Underlying the occupation level of the
fort were Indian materials indicating that the location had also been
a place where the aborigines held forth. Pottery fragments suggest
that the Creeks were the tribe involved. There is no question but
what the Indian material is some years, possibly a good many, older
than the fort and that the site was deserted at the time it was chosen
‘for the location of Fort Charlotte.

There will be no further work in Georgia under the direction and
supervisions of the River Basin Surveys, unless there are further
changes in present plans. As indicated earlier in this report Mr. Cald-
well’s employment terminated on June 30 and he was transferred to
the National Park Service. He will be permitted, however, to com-
plete his technical reports on work done under the Smithsonian Insti-
tution and the manuscripts will be turned over to the River Basin
Surveys.

Missouri Basin. —The Missouri Basin project as in previous years
continued to operate from the field headquarters at Lincoln, Nebr.
Paul L. Cooper served as director for the program in that area from
July 1 until February 28 when, in accordance with his request to
be relieved of administrative duties, Ralph D. Brown took charge.
Certain changes were made in the organization at that time and Mr.
Brown was designated as chief of the Missouri Basin project, the old
title of field director being dropped. Mr. Cooper remained with the
organization and was assigned to the position of consulting archeolo-
gist. The trend toward more excavation and less reconnaissance or
survey work, started the previous year, continued and increased in
fiscal 1952. This is attributable to the fact that much has been ac-
complished in the survey portion of the program and there is less
need for that kind of activity than in previous years. Furthermore,
the available funds were sufficient to provide for extensive excavations.
During the course of the year the staff was able to devote a greater
proportion of its time to the study of data and specimens and in the
preparation of technical reports.

SIXTY-NINTH ANNUAL REPORT 13

During the year archeological surveys were conducted in five new
reservoir areas of which three were in Wyoming, one was in Montana,
and one in Nebraska—South Dakota. Others where the preliminary
reconnaissance had not been completed were revisited and a total of
115 new sites was recorded. In the 1951 field season archeological
excavations were made in four reservoir areas by seven different units.
By the end of June 1952 there again were seven archeological excava-
tion parties working in four reservoir areas, three of them the same
as in the previous year. Digging at the Keyhole Reservoir in Wyo-
ming was completed in 1951 and excavations in the Jamestown Reser-
voir in North Dakota were started in 1952. The other three are
Fort Randall and Oahe in South Dakota, and Garrision in North
Dakota. During the year there were paleontological investigations
in 12 reservoir areas. An archeological survey party was scheduled
to start for the field in late June but because of an emergency was
delayed and its departure rescheduled for the first week in July.

At the Fort Randall Reservoir in South Dakota the 1951 excava-
tions were at an Indian site and at a historic trading-post site. The
Indian site is of particular interest because it represents three occupa-
tional periods. One was a fortified earth-lodge village, one an unfor-
tified earth-lodge village, and the third an occupational area under-
lying both of the others. In the fortified area 7 earth lodges, a smaller
structure, 450 feet of stockade trench, 11 cache pits, and 22 refuse
areas were exposed and excavated. In the unfortified earth-lodge
area, one circular earth lodge, one cache pit, and four refuse pits were
unearthed. In May 1952 excavations were resumed in the unfortified
area and before the end of June had exposed 2 earth lodges, a refuse
midden, and 19 exterior pits. The date of the fortified village was
earlier and the occupational area beneath much older still. Comple-
tion of the work at that location will provide an excellent sequence
of materials leading up to the development of fortified villages in
that district.

The historic work in the Fort Randall Reservoir in 1951 was at the
location of the Fort Lookout trading post. The occupational level
of the post was established. Charred beams used in construction,
sections of vertical posts still in place, and other architectural fea-
tures were uncovered, along with numerous specimens of trade goods.
Two Indian occupational levels antedating the establishment of the
trading post and the nearby fort were found beneath the ruins of
the post. They are of interest because they produced materials not
previously known in that part of South Dakota. In May 1952 historic
investigations were resumed, but they were at the site of the Whetstone
agency which was established for the Brule and Ogallala bands of
Sioux from the Fort Laramie region by a treaty drawn in April

14 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

1868. By 1869 about 1,000 Indians were living there, and by 1870 the
number had increased to about 2,250. One year later the Indians
were moved to a new location but the agency buildings continued in
use through the later 1870’s as a steamboat landing for supplies to be
conveyed overland to Indian agencies in the interior. Little is known
about the physical characteristics of the agency or of the Indian
camp, and digging there should provide interesting data to augment
the documentary records. By the end of June floor areas had been
uncovered and cedar post butts in palisade trenches were exposed.
Work at that site is scheduled to continue until it is completed, which
probably will be at about the end of the current field season.

In the Oahe Reservoir area during the 1951 field season excavations
were carried on at two Indian sites. One of them is located just
below the dam in an area which will ultimately be destroyed by con-
struction activities, while the other is several miles upstream on the
west bank just below the point where the Cheyenne River empties into
the Missouri. At the first location, known as the Phillips Ranch
site, 5 earth lodges and 47 cache pits were uncovered, 2 trenches were
dug across the fortification ditch which surrounded the village, and
the refuse-bearing overburden was stripped from approximately one-
eighth of the village area. During the previous year 5 lodges and
46 cache pits had been dug, so the total for the village was 10 houses
and 96 cache pits. A large collection of specimens was obtained there,
the most outstanding probably being a few small fragments of coiled
basketry. The latter is extremely rare in archeological sites in the
Plains area. The data obtained from the site provided the basis for
establishing a previously unrecognized cultural complex for the dis-
trict. It appears to date from the early part of the eighteenth cen-
tury and almost certainly represents the protohistoric Arikara
occupation of the area. Excavations at the Phillips Ranch site have
been completed.

The other site, known as the Cheyenne River village, was only par-
tially dug and will be completed at a later date. The work there
consisted of the excavation and mapping of four house sites (a fifth
was nearly finished when heavy storms flooded it so badly that it had
to be abandoned) and the digging of cache pits. Cultural materials
from house sites and cache pits were recovered in large quantities
and preliminary studies indicate that they will provide much new
information about the arts and industries of their makers.

The 1952 excavations in the Oahe Reservoir were started at new
sites. One of them, which had been partly destroyed by construction
activities, is on the east bank of the Missouri River opposite the
Phillips Ranch site, while the other, which represents a large village,
is located not far downstream from the Cheyenne River village.

SIXTY-NINTH ANNUAL REPORT 15

Work had not progressed sufficiently at either location by the end of
the fiscal year to indicate what results might be expected.

At the Garrison Reservoir in North Dakota two excavating parties
spent the 1951 field season digging in Indian and historic sites. At
one Indian village location the remains of 8 circular houses, 4 sweat
lodges, 48 cache pits, and numerous other miscellaneous features were
uncovered. The artifact yield was good, including uncommon stea-
tite fragments from bowls made from that material. The bowls
probably reached the area by trade from the west. They may have
come up the Columbia and down the Missouri as that was a main
aboriginal trade route. During the 1950 field season at that location
five houses were excavated and the palisade and moat were traced.
The combined data for the two seasons give a satisfactory story of the
village and its material culture. The village was reputedly occupied in
the late eighteenth century by the Hidatsa Indians and is particularly
interesting because it presumably was the most northerly of the forti-
fied earth-lodge communities belonging to the period preceding the
replacement of aboriginal material culture by trade goods obtained
from the white man. The other site investigated had also been a
fortified village. Five houses and parts of a sixth were excavated
there, and a ceremonial structure 72 feet in diameter, a large village
gateway, and several other features were found. Cross sections were
taken of the surrounding defensive ditch. This site, believed to have
been occupied chiefly by the Arikara Indians, produced relatively
few artifacts but it throws valuable light on the architecture and
community plan of the period. In June 1952 an excavating party
proceeded to the Night Walker’s Butte to begin digging the remains
of one of the few known Indian villages located on top of a butte.

The historic-sites party spent the period from July 1 to October 7,
1951, in the excavation of Fort Stevenson, a mile above the Garrison
Reservoir dam site. The foundations of five of the more important
military buildings and of several minor ones were traced and a con-
siderable quantity of materials was obtained. Fort Stevenson was a
typical Missouri River frontier post and was built to keep the river
open for navigation and to protect the Fort Berthold Indians from the
Sioux. In addition the post served as one of the main points on the
overland mail route which ran from St. Paul to Montana. Although
the fort was started in 1867 and was completed late in 1868 and there
are considerable documentary data about it, useful new information
pertinent to the actual character of the post and certain Indian rela-
tionships was obtained during the course of the work. Before stop-
ping for the season the Fort Stevenson party made tests in a trading-
post site at the mouth of the White Earth River and obtained some
trade goods. The historic-sites party returned to the Garrison area
in June 1952 and began work at a site in the Fort Berthold district.

16 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

From July 1 to September 25, 1951, six key sites were excavated in
the Keyhole Reservoir on the Belle Fourche River in Crook County,
Wyo. The excavated sites include one large protohistoric camp with
pottery remains, three prehistoric camp sites, and two stratified rock
shelters. ‘The lowest levels in both rock shelters are manifestations
of a new early-man complex. The data indicate that the aboriginal
occupation of the Keyhole area may have started about 5,000 years ago.
Much more recent materials were found in the upper levels and in a
few cases there were potsherds from vessels of the so-called Woodland
types. The latter are significant because they extend considerably
westward the known range of that kind of Indian pottery. The in-
vestigations at the Keyhole Reservoir have been completed.

The Jamestown Reservoir on the river of the same name in North
Dakota was listed for investigation for the first time since the start
of the program. <A survey party was supposed to make a reconnais-
sance there in the fall of 1951 but because of bad weather was unable
to do so. As a consequence a combined survey and excavating party
went there in May 1952. After 3 weeks’ preliminary examination of
the area and 18 sites had been located, excavations were started in a
mound 75 feet in diameter and 10 feet in height located on a bluff,
and in some house remains on the bottom lands. The mounds in that
portion of North Dakota show considerable similarity to those in
northern Minnesota and southern Manitoba and all probably belong
to the same cultural complex. The actual people involved have not
been identified as yet, and as little is known about the character of
the remains the results of the investigations there should add mate-
rially to knowledge about the Indians. The work there had not
progressed sufficiently by June 30 to permit a statement about the
findings.

During the 1951 field season the paleontological party visited and
collected in five reservoir areas, two in Montana, one in North Dakota,
and two in South Dakota. In exploring the Oligocene and Miocene
deposits in the Canyon Ferry Reservoir basin in Montana the party
added two genera of small mammals to the known fauna of the Oligo-
cene and six genera of those of the Miocene. While the sediments of
the Montana group of the the Upper Cretaceous were being studied
near the dam for the Oahe Reservoir, S. Dak., the first nearly complete
skeleton of one of the pygmy species of mosasaur, genus Clidastes,
ever obtained was found. The 1952 field season’s work started with
a preliminary reconnaissance of the Tuttle Creek and Lovewell Reser-
voir basins in the Kansas River drainage, Kansas, and was followed
by surveys of three reservoir areas in the Platte Drainage. They
were the Narrows in Colorado, and the Ashton and Trenton in
Nebraska. Preliminary prospecting was also carried on at the Gavins

SIXTY-NINTH ANNUAL REPORT 17

Point Reservoir on the Missouri River in Nebraska and South Dakota.
The first of June found the party at the Keyhole Reservoir in Wyo-
ming exploring Cretaceous sediments and the latest report is that
most of the skeleton of a small plesiosaur was found in the New-
castle member of the Granerose shale, the first record of vertebrate
remains from that formation. On June 25 the party moved to the
Canyon Ferry Reservoir in Montana and was just starting work there
at the end of the fiscal year.

During the course of the year seven preliminary appraisal reports
were completed, mimeographed, and distributed to the cooperating
agencies; four were completed and are ready for mimeographing;
and two supplements to previous reports were finished and are await-
ing mimeographing. Four short articles on specific subjects in Plains
archeology were prepared by members of the staff and published
in the Plains Archeological Conference News Letter. Two articles
were published in American Antiquity and one report appeared in
the Proceedings of the U. S. National Museum. One technical report
on excavations in the Oahe area was completed and the first drafts
of those on two others have been finished.

The laboratory at Lincoln processed 87,935 specimens from 170
sites in 18 reservoir areas and 2 sites not in reservoir areas. The
work in the laboratory also included: reflex copies of record sheets,
21,444; contact prints made, 8,826; negatives, 2,036; enlargements,
1,326; specimens drawn for illustrations, 872; color transparencies
cataloged, 321; drawings, tracings, maps made, 112.

Robert B. Cumming, Jr., archeologist, was in charge of the survey
and excavation of aboriginal archeological sites at the Fort Randall
Reservoir in South Dakota from July 1 to November 6 and from
May 19 to the end of the fiscal year. During the winter months at
the Lincoln headquarters Mr. Cumming worked on the technical re-
port on the Oldham site, the scene of most of his activities during the
1951 summer field season.

Paul L. Cooper, archeologist, served as field director for the Mis-
sourl Basin activities during the period from July 1 to February 28.
On the latter date he became consulting archeologist for the project.
During the spring months Mr. Cooper devoted considerable time to
discussing the project with Mr. Brown, the new chief, and in con-
sultation with other members of the staff on archeological procedures
in the laboratory. He completed a report of progress for the period
from the beginning of the project in 1946 through April 1952 for
the Interior Missouri Basin Field Committee. He also worked on
a more detailed report covering the calendar years 1950 and 1951. He
met with the Interior Missouri Basin Field Committee at its April
session where he evaluated the progress made to that date by the

18 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

River Basin Surveys of the Smithsonian Institution and took part in
a discussion of the future needs of the salvage program. Mr. Cooper
served as the chairman of the Ninth Conference for Plains Arche-
ology, which met at Lincoln in April. On June 6 he left Lincoln
for the Oahe Reservoir in South Dakota and at the end of the fiscal
year was directing a party excavating aboriginal sites along the Mis-
souri below the mouth of the Cheyenne River.

Franklin Fenenga, archeologist, was in charge of a reconnaissance
party from the beginning of the fiscal year until September when he
returned to the Lincoln office. During the field season his party
visited 15 proposed reservoir areas. Probably the most interesting
part of the season was that devoted to a boat trip down the Bighorn
River Canyon in Wyoming-Montana to examine the area of the pro-
posed Yellowtail Reservoir. On June 8 he went to the Oahe Reservoir
and started a series of excavations near the dam site a few miles above
Pierre, S. Dak. Those activities were well under way by June 30.
During the months spent at the headquarters in Lincoln Mr. Fenenga
prepared preliminary appraisal reports for seven reservoir projects.
He presented two papers before the Ninth Conference for Plains
Archeology, and served as editor of the News Letter for that confer-
ence. He was reelected to that office for the year 1952-53. He also read
a paper before the 62d annual meeting of the Nebraska Academy of
Sciences. During the 1952 meeting of the Academy he served as acting
chairman of the anthropological section and was elected its chairman
for 1953. Mr. Fenenga had two papers published during the year:
“The Archeology of Slick Rock Village, Tulare County, California,”
American Antiquity, volume 17, No. 4, April 1922, and “The Wabino,
a One-time Rival of the Midewiwin,” Proceedings of the Nebraska
Academy of Sciences, 62d Annual Meeting, 1952.

Donald D. Hartle, archeologist, was in charge of an excavating
party at the Rock Village site in the Garrison Reservoir area of North
Dakota from July 1 to August 20. From August 20 to October 27
he directed the excavations at the Star site in the same reservoir basin.
The latter part of October, in collaboration with James H. Howard of
the North Dakota State Historical Society, he recorded 12 Indian
songs, including several of those known as “Custer” songs. Two
Arikara Indians, Jonie Fox and Davis Paint, did the singing for
Hartle and Howard. From November 1 to June 1, Hartle spent his
time at the Lincoln headquarters studying his materials from the Rock
Village and preparing a technical report on the results of his investi-
gations. Further work was contemplated at Rock Village and the
manuscript could not be finished until that was done. Hartle left
Lincoln on June 2 with a party to continue his studies at Rock Village
and by the end of the month had completed the additional excavations.

SIXTY-NINTH ANNUAL REPORT 19

Mr. Hartle presented a paper on the investigations at Rock Village
before the Ninth Conference for Plains Archeology at Lincoln in
April.

Donald J. Lehmer, archeologist, conducted excavations from July 1
to September 10 at the Phillips Ranch site in the Oahe Reservoir near
Pierre, S. Dak. Returning to Lincoln from South Dakota Mr.
Lehmer devoted the period to December 31, when his appointment
with the River Basin Surveys terminated, to completing a technical
report on the results of two seasons’ work in the Oahe area. This
report, consisting of 250 manuscript pages, presents in detail the infor-
mation obtained from the Dodd and Phillips Ranch sites. Publica-
tion of the report is planned for the next fiscal year. In addition Mr.
Lehmer completed two shorter articles which were published in
American Antiquity for April 1952. One was “The Fort Pierre
Branch, Central South Dakota.” The other was on an Oklahoma
project and is referred to in a later section of this report.

George Metcalf, field and laboratory assistant, worked with the
Hartle party in the Garrison Reservoir during July and August. In
addition to taking an active part in the excavations he made a series
of surveys in the area and located a number of new sites. In Septem-
ber he joined the Smith party in the investigations at Fort Stevenson
and in October participated in a reconnaissance of the region adjacent
to Fort Stevenson. During the winter months he checked the survey
records and prepared a supplemental report on the archeological
resources of the Garrison Reservoir. He assisted in the analysis of
artifacts from the Rock Village and collaborated in the preparation
of the section of a technical report dealing with trade materials and
pottery. In May Mr. Metcalf made a survey of the Big Sandy Reser-
voir in the Eden Valley, western Wyoming. In June, during an
emergency, he took charge of one of the parties in the Oahe area for a
2-week period. On June 30 he was en route to join the party under
G. H. Smith in the Garrison Reservoir, N. Dak.

Carl F. Miller, archeologist, transferred to the Missouri Basin for
the season, spent the latter part of July, August, and until September
13 digging in a historic site in the Fort Randall Reservoir near Cham-
berlain, S. Dak. When the excavations were completed Mr. Miller
proceeded to Lincoln where he spent two weeks completing field records
and other data. From Lincoln he returned to his base at the Washing-
ton office where he finished his report on the summer’s activities.

John EK. Mills joined the staff of the Missouri Basin project as
an archeologist on April 10, 1952. During April and May he ex-
amined and studied all the records and artifacts pertaining to historic-
site research in the Fort Randall Reservoir area and in May made a
brief survey trip through the reservoir basin with National Park
Service representatives of Region Two to determine what historic

20 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

sites merited excavation. In early June he started excavations at
the site of the Whetstone Agency and was continuing operations
there at the end of the fiscal year.

James M. Shippee, field and laboratory assistant, spent the early
part of July with the Wheeler party at the Keyhole Reservoir in
Wyoming. The last 2 weeks of the month he joined the Fenenga
party for the boat trip through the Bighorn Canyon. He returned
to the Keyhole area in August and remained with the Wheeler party
until it returned to Lincoln in September. During the fall and win-
ter months he was occupied with various duties at the field head-
quarters. In March he spoke before the Great Bend chapter of the
Missouri Archeological Society and in May read a paper at the annual
meeting of the Nebraska Academy of Sciences on salvage work at an
archeological site destroyed by flood prevention work near Kansas
City, Mo.

G. H. Smith, archeologist, spent the period from July 1 to October
1, 1951, excavating in the remains of Fort Stevenson. During that
period five of the more important building sites were completely or
largely excavated and there was some digging in a few lesser ones.
In October Mr. Smith, accompanied by George Metcalf, made a recon-
naissance in a previously unsurveyed part of the Garrison Reservoir.
Some test excavations were made at that time at the supposed site of
the fur-trading post of James Kipp. From October 28 to June 2, Mr.
Smith was at the Lincoln headquarters where he prepared a report on
the results of the Fort Stevenson investigations. The first draft was
completed and referred to the Chief for review. In May Mr. Smith
accompanied a party of National Park Service historians on a visit
to historic sites in the Gavins Point, Fort Randall, Oahe, and Garri-
son Reservoirs. In June he returned to the Garrison Reservoir and
started excavations at the supposed site of the original Fort Berthold,
and at Fort Atkinson, its successor, which is also known as Fort Ber-
thold II. By June 30 a section of the site of the latter had been
opened and considerable information was being obtained concerning
the post and Indian trade in general.

Dr. Waldo R. Wedel, curator of the division of archeology, U. S.
National Museum, was detailed to the River Basin Surveys for the field
season of 1951. He directed excavations at the Cheyenne River
village site in the Oahe Reservoir area from June 21 to September 14.
During the winter months at his regular station in Washington Dr.
Wedel worked on the materials and data from the site. As there is
considerable more digging to be done there, however, it will not be
possible to write the detailed technical report until that has been
accomplished.

Richard Page Wheeler, archeologist, spent the period from the start
of the fiscal year through September 25 excavating at sites in the Key-

SIXTY-NINTH ANNUAL REPORT 2

hole Reservoir area in Crook County, Wyo. Returning to Lincoln,
Wheeler spent the autumn and winter months analyzing field data
and preparing a number of reports. He published a paper, “A Note
on the ‘McKean Lanceolate Point’ ” in the Plains Archeological Con-
ference News Letter, volume 4, No. 4, based on materials from sites
in the Keyhole Reservoir area. He presented a report on the Keyhole
investigations before the Ninth Conference for Plains Archeology in
April. Before starting for the field in June he completed two manu-
scripts: “Excavations and Survey in the Boysen Reservoir Area, Cen-
tral Wyoming” and “Plains Ceramic Analysis: A check-list of Fea-
tures and Descriptive Terms.” From the middle of June until the
end of the year Mr. Wheeler was in charge of a survey and excavation
party at the Jamestown Reservoir in North Dakota.

Dr. Theodore E. White, geologist, spent the period from July 1
to 8 exploring the Oligocene and Miocene deposits in the Canyon
Ferry Reservoir area in Montana. From July 10 to 21 he was at the
Tiber Reservoir in the same State studying the Colorado group of the
Upper Cretaceous. From July 22 to August 13 he examined the ex-
posures of the Paleocene Fort Union formation on the south side of
the Missouri River in the Garrison Reservoir in North Dakota. The
period from August 15 to September 8 was spent exploring the sedi-
ments of the Montana group of the Upper Cretaceous near the dam in
the Oahe Reservoir area. He then moved on to the Fort Randall
Reservoir and spent September 8 to 16 in the area near the dam. That
completed Dr. White’s field investigations for the 1951 season. His
activities during the winter months have already been discussed in con-
nection with the section on the Washington office. From May 15 to 21,
1952, he made a preliminary survey of the Tuttle Creek and Lovewell
Reservoirs in the Kansas River drainage, the Narrows, Trenton and
Ashton Reservoirs in the Platte drainage, and Gavins Point on the
Missouri River. From June 2 to 25 Dr. White examined the Cre-
taceous sediments in the Keyhole Reservoir and then moved on to the
Canyon Ferry Reservoir for further explorations in that area.

Oklahoma.—wNo field work was done in Oklahoma during the last
fiscal year. The technical report on the excavations of the previous
year at the Tenkiller Ferry Reservoir on the Illinois River, 15 miles
south of Tahlequah, was completed by Donald J. Lehmer. The report,
“The Turkey Bluff Focus of the Fulton Aspect,” was published in
American Antiquity, volume 17, No. 4, April 1952. No further work
will be done in Oklahoma by the River Basin Surveys of the Smith-
sonian Institution since it falls within one of the areas where the
investigations will be under the direction and supervision of the
National Park Service after July 1, 1952.

Texas——The River Basin Surveys in Texas continued to operate
from the headquarters at Austin. The office, which was closed tempo-

22 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

rarily at the beginning of the fiscal year because of lack of funds, was
reopened on September 10 and functioned until June 30, 1952. Edward
B. Jelks, acting field director, was in charge during that period.

Field work in Texas consisted of surveys and excavations. Prelimi-
nary surveys and appraisals were made at the Colorado City Reservoir
on the Colorado River in Borden and Scurry Counties, at the Oak
Creek Reservoir in the same drainage in Coke County, at the Paint
Creek Reservoir on the Clear Fork of the Brazos River in Haskell
County, and at the Cooper Reservoir on the South Sulphur River in
Delta County. A total of 62 sites was found. In the Colorado City,
Oak Creek, and Paint Creek areas none of them appeared to be of
sufficient importance to warrant further investigations. At the Cooper
Reservoir, however, are a number of small mounds and several village
sites which give surface evidence of occupation by two cultural phases.
Six of the sites have been recommended for excavation.

Excavations were carried on in three sites at the Belton Reservoir
on the Leon River in Coryell County. Some work had been done there
in a previous year, but the current digging added much new informa-
tion. Artifacts from the Caddoan area to the east were found in asso-
ciation with material from the Central Texas and Edwards Plateau
cultural aspects. Analysis of the specimens makes it possible, by
cross-dating, to place the Central Texas aspect in its proper place in
the relative chronology for Texas.

In April, May, and June an excavating party investigated three
sites at the Texarkana Reservoir on the Sulphur River in Cass and
Bowie Counties. Adequate data were obtained to reconstruct the cul-
tural history of each. Twelve burials were found at one of the sites,
nine at another, and five at the third. The skeletal material will pro-
vide good information on the physical characteristics and possible
relationships of the people. When all the data from the excavations
have been studied and the report is completed a gap in the knowledge
of that Texas-Arkansas area will be filled. The results should have
an important bearing on the problem of Caddoan influences in the
eastern Texas region.

Four survey reports were completed for mimeographing during the
year. A technical report, “Archeological Excavations at the Belton
Reservoir, Coryell County, Texas,” by Edward B. Jelks and E. O.
Miller, has been completed and will be published this fall in the
Bulletin of the Texas Archeological and Paleontological Society. A
general paper, “The River Basin Surveys Archeological Salvage Pro-
gram in Texas,” was prepared by Edward B. Jelks for the Texas
Journal of Science. One technical report, completed the previous
year, “The Hogge Bridge Site and the Wylie Focus,” by Robert L.
Stephenson, was published in American Antiquity, volume 17, No. 4,
April 1952.

SIXTY-NINTH ANNUAL REPORT 23

The River Basin Surveys will do no further work in Texas since that
is one of the projects being taken over by the National Park Service
on July 1. Arrangements have been made, however, for the com-
pletion of the reports on the investigations made under the direction
and supervision of the River Basin Surveys and when the manuscripts
are received they will be published in accordance with previous plans.

Virginia —All the work in Virginia during the past year was con-
cerned with the John H. Kerr Reservoir (formerly called Buggs
Island) on the Roanoke River. During the period from May 19 to
June 30, 1952, test excavations were made in seven sites. One had been
partially dug the previous year but a stratigraphic test as a counter-
check against the earlier results was deemed advisable. Data ob-
tained during the current activities augment those from other seasons,
filling in certain gaps and clarifying some obscure features. From
all the information now available a complete sequence of cuitural de-
velopments from a relatively early prepottery stage to the late pre-
Colonial period can be described. No further work will be possible
at the John H. Kerr Reservoir as the gates of the dam will be closed
in July and the various sites will soon be flooded.

Sections of the technical report pertaining to sites that were exca-
vated in previous years have been completed. The writing of the
report on the current investigations and the summary and conclusions
should be completed before the end of the present calendar year.

Future work in Virginia depends upon the program of the Corps of
Engineers. There are proposed projects for the James and Shenan-
doah Valleys and when they are authorized investigations will be
needed in both. Indications are that two small reservoirs in the upper
James drainage may be started within the next year or two.

Cooperating institutions—Various State and local institutions co-
operated with the River Basin Surveys as in previous years. The Uni-
versity of Washington and State College of Washington cooperated
in excavations in the Columbia Basin. Space for field offices and
laboratories for units of the surveys was provided by the Universities
of Nebraska, Oregon, Texas, and Georgia.

The program developed by the National Park Service whereby
various scientific agencies carried on salvage operations on the basis
of agreements between those agencies and the Service was continued
throughout the year. In some cases the agreements were signed in
the preceding year and in others the work provided for did not start
until after the close of the fiscal year. However, during fiscal 1952
such agreements were in force with the University of California, Uni-
versity of Washington, University of Oregon, State College of Wash-
ington, Montana State University, University of Missouri, University
of South Dakota, Nebraska State Historical Society, University of
Kansas, University of Wyoming, State Historical Society of North

24 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

Dakota, University of Nebraska State Museum, University of Ne-
braska Laboratory of Anthropology, University of Oklahoma, Uni-
versity of Texas, the Museum of New Mexico, and the University of
Mississippi.

INSTITUTE OF SOCIAL ANTHROPOLOGY
(Report prepared by GEORGE M. FOSTER)

During the period under review one phase in the history of the In-
stitute of Social Anthropology drew to a close, and a new one began.
The Department of State informed the Smithsonian Institution on
September 28, 1951, that it would terminate its support on December
31, 1951. Following the abolition of the Inter-Departmental Com-
mittee on Scientific and Cultural Cooperation in 1949, under whose
auspices the Institute of Social Anthropology was established and its
work carried out, the Institute was placed under the Division of Inter-
national Exchange of Persons. Since the Institute did not form an
organic part of this program, the Department of State’s decision to
terminate support was not entirely unforeseen. During the period
July 1—-December 31, 1951, operations were financed with a grant of
$42,000 from Public Law 402.

For some time there had been a growing feeling on the part of the
Institute personnel that the general factual knowledge it had accumu-
lated since 1944 should be put to some practical use. Therefore, in
the spring of 1951 anthropological analyses of health centers sponsored
by the Institute of Inter-American Affairs and the Ministries of
Health in México, Colombia, Pert, and Brazil were carried out. The
results of this investigation were made available in mimeographed
form in July in a paper entitled “A Cross-Cultural Anthropological
Analysis of a Technical Aid Program,” which demonstrated to the
satisfaction of the ITAA that the anthropological knowledge and tech-
nical methods used by anthropologists would be useful in carrying
out United States Government technical aid programs in Latin
America. Accordingly, in a letter dated September 28, 1951, Dr.
Henry G. Bennett, Administrator, Technical Cooperation Administra-
tion, asked the Institute of Social Anthropology to integrate its activ-
ities with those of the ITAA, effective January 1, 1952. In response
to this request the ITAA made a grant of $45,705 to enable the ISA
to continue its activities in all four countries, with the understanding
that Smithsonian anthropologists would be available for program
analyses of technical aid projects.

Individual activities of staff members are described in the separate
country sections. The largest single enterprise consisted of participa-
tion in a general survey of ITAA public-health programs in Latin
America. During the spring of 1952 the ITAA decided to utilize

SIXTY-NINTH ANNUAL REPORT 25

anthropologists on a permanent basis and requested that plans be
made to incorporate ISA personnel directly into that organization.
This, of course, signaled the termination of ISA activities as such.
Accordingly, the Department of State was requested to notify the
Ministers of Foreign Relations of the cooperating countries that the
United States would make use of the escape clauses in its memorandum
agreements, bringing to a close as of June 30 the agreements that have
governed ISA operations during past years. Late in June 1952, the
ITAA asked to extend its grant to the Smithsonian Institution for
an additional 3 months, to give time for an orderly transfer of person-
nel. An additional $15,725 was included in the amended grant, which
was to terminate September 30, 1952.

Operations during the period July 1, 1951, to June 30, 1952, were
as follows:

Washington.—Dr. George M. Foster continued as Director of the In-
stitute. In September he concluded arrangements with the United
States Public Health Service and the ITAA whereby certain Institute
of Social Anthropology staff members, as indicated below, would be
detailed for varying periods to participate in health-program analyses.
He spent most of October in El Salvador as a member of the team that
was initiating this work, and gathered data from a country little
known anthropologically. During January and February 1952, he
visited field personnel in Brazil, Peri, Colombia, and México and
participated in the health survey in Chile. In May he went to Geneva,
Switzerland, as an adviser on cultural problems to the American
Delegation to the Fifth Assembly of the World Health Organization.
In June he undertook the editorship of the full USPHS-ILAA report
on the Latin-American health survey.

Karly in October the Smithsonian Institution brought Dr. Julio
Caro Baroja, director of the Museo del Pueblo Espafiol in Madrid,
to Washington for a 3 months’ stay. During this period he and Dr.
Foster were engaged in the preliminary steps of writing a major mono-
graph on Spanish ethnography, designed to make available Hispanic
background data to make more intelligible the modern cultures of
Hispanic America. Dr. Caro’s passage was taken care of by the
Smithsonian Institution; his stay in the United States was made
possible by a grant from the Wenner-Gren Foundation for Anthro-
pological Research.

Miss Lois Northcott, administrative assistant to the Director since
1947, resigned to take a position with the Technical Cooperation Ad-
ministration in Egypt, and her place was taken by Mrs. Virginia
Clark, formerly with the Bureau of American Ethnology.

Brazil—Both Dr. Donald Pierson and Dr. Kalervo Oberg contin-
ued their teaching activities at the Escola de Sociologia e Politica in
Sao Paulo. Dr. Pierson, as in former years, served as dean of grad-

26 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

uate work, as co-editor of the quarterly Sociologia, and as editor of
the book series Biblioteca de Ciencias Sociais. In addition, he was
occupied in developing long-range plans for an elaborate cultural
research program in the Sao Francisco Valley. The sum of 500,000
cruzeiros was made available to the Escola by the Brazilian Govern-
ment to carry out this work, and Dr. Pierson was asked to plan and
direct the research. In the spring of 1952 he made several short trips
to this area to organize field teams and initiate work. The services of
Dr. Oberg were requested by the ITAA for analyses of some of their
health and health-education programs in Chonin, Minas Gerais, dur-
ing the months of July and August 1951. After concluding formal
teaching obligations in December he again returned to Chonin, re-
maining until April 1952. His assignment in Sao Paulo being con-
cluded, Dr. Oberg was brought to Washington in June, preparatory
to reassignment to Rio de Janeiro by the ITAA. Dr. Pierson elected
not to transfer to the ITAA, and on June 30, 1952, his connection
with the ISA was severed.

Colombia.—Charles Erasmus continued his collaboration with the
Colombian Government’s Instituto Etnoldégico in Bogota. In August
he initiated a community analysis of the mestizo village of Tota in
the Province of Boyacé. In this work he was aided by Dr. Silva
Celis, director of the anthropological museum in Sogamosa, and Sr.
Silvio Yepes, member of the staff of the Instituto Etnolégico. In
November he was detailed to the United States Public Health Service
and sent to Ecuador where he remained until January 1952. In this
capacity he participated with the health survey group which at that
time was working in Ecuador. He was detailed to the ILAA in May
1952, and sent to Haiti for 6 weeks to participate, with a team of
experts, in surveying the Artibonite Valley for planning of agricul-
tural programs.

México.—Dr. Isabel Kelly taught two courses during the fall semes-
ter at the Escuela Nacional de Antropologia, in Mexico City. During
October she made a brief visit to El Salvador to consult with the
director of the Institute regarding analyses of ILAA projects (see
Washington), and to make comparative observations in that country.
In November she initiated additional research on health problems in
the Federal District, in which work she was assisted by students from
the Escuela Nacional. This research continued until March 1952.
In May and June of that year Dr. Kelly carried out research in ap-
plied anthropology in the village of Cadereyta, Querétaro, where the
ITAA desired information on the sociological effects of a new water-
supply system. |

Dr. William Wonderly continued teaching activities through Au-
gust, at which time he asked to be placed on leave status for the re-
mainder of the year. In December the decision was made not to

SIXTY-NINTH ANNUAL REPORT 27

continue linguistic training as a part of the Institute of Social Anthro-
pology program, and he left the staff to accept a position at the Uni-
versity of Oklahoma.

Both Drs. Kelly and Wonderly represented the Smithsonian Insti-
tution at the Mexican Government’s “Round Table” anthropological
conference in Jalapa, Veracruz, in August.

Perté.—Ozzie Simmons continued his teaching activities at the In-
stituto de Estudios Etnolégicos in Lima, and continued to direct
research in the mestizo village of Lunahuana in the Cafiete Valley
south of Lima. In December Mr. Simmons was detailed to the United
States Public Health Service and sent to Chile to participate in the
evaluation of ITAA health projects in that country. This work con-
tinued until late January 1952. Mr. Simmons was brought to Wash-
ington in April 1952, following which he took leave to defend his
dissertation at Harvard University, where he was awarded his doc-
torate. He returned to Lima in May to conclude his study in the
Lunahuana Valley.

EDITORIAL WORK AND PUBLICATIONS

There were issued during the year one Annual Report, four Bulle-
tins, and one Publication of the Institute of Social Anthropology, as
listed below:

Sixty-eighth Annual Report of the Bureau of American Ethnology, 1950-1951.
ii+40 pp. 1952.

Bulletin 146. Chippewa child life and its cultural background, by Sister M. Inez
Hilger. xiv-+204 pp., 31 pls., 1 fig. 1951.

Bulletin 147. Journal of an expedition to the Mauvaises Terres and the Upper
Missouri in 1850, by Thaddeus A. Culbertson. Edited by John Francis
McDermott. viiit164 pp., 2 maps. 1952.

Bulletin 148. Arapaho child life and its cultural background, by Sister M. Inez
Hilger. xv-+253 pp., 40 pls., 1 fig. 1952.

Bulletin 149. Symposium on local diversity in Iroquois culture. Edited by
William N. Fenton. v-+187 pp., 21 figs. 1951.

No. 1. Introduction: The concept of locality and the program of Iroquois
research, by William N. Fenton.

No.2. Concepts of land ownership among the Iroquois and their neighbors,
by George S. Snyderman.

No. 3. Locality as a basic factor in the development of Iroquois social
structure, by William N. Fenton.

No. 4. Some psychological determinants of culture change in an Iroquoian
community, by Anthony F. C. Wallace.

No. 5. The religion of Handsome Lake; Its origin and development, by
Merle H. Deardorff.

No. 6. Local diversity in Iroquois music and dance, by Gertrude P. Kurath.

No. 7. The Feast of the Dead, or Ghost Dance at Six Nations Reserve,
Canada, by William N. Fenton and Gertrude P. Kurath.

No. 8. Iroquois women, then and now, by Martha Champion Randle.

Institute of Social Anthropology Publication No. 14. The Indian caste of Peru,
1795-1940. <A population study based upon tax records and census reports,
by George Kubler. vi+71 pp., 2 pls., 1 fig., 20 maps. 1952.

28 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

The following publications were in press at the close of the fiscal
year:

Bulletin 145. The Indian tribes of North America, by John R. Swanton.
Bulletin 150. The modal personality of the Tuscarora Indians, as revealed by
the Rorschach test, by Anthony F. C. Wallace.
Bulletin 151. Anthropological Papers, Nos. 33-42.
No. 33. “Of the Crow Nation,” by Edwin Thompson Denig. With bio-
graphical sketch and footnotes by John C. Ewers.
No. 34. The water lily in Maya art: A complex of alleged Asiatic origin,
by Robert L. Rands.
No. 35. The Medicine Bundles of the Florida Seminole and the Green Corn
Dance, by Louis Capron.
No. 36. Technique in the music of the American Indian, by Frances
Densmore.
No. 37. The belief of the Indians in a connection between song and the
supernatural, by Frances Densmore.
No. 38. Aboriginal fish poisons, by Robert F. Heizer.
No. 39. Aboriginal navigation off the coast of Upper and Baja California,
by Robert F. Heizer and William C. Massey.
No. 40. Exploration of the Adena Mound at Natrium, W. Va., by Ralph
S. Solecki.
No. 41. The Wind River Shoshone Sun Dance, by D. B. Shimkin.
No. 42. Current trends in the Wind River Shoshone Sun Dance, by Fred
Voget.
Bulletin 152. Index to Schoolcraft’s “Indian Tribes of the United States,’ com-
piled by Frances S. Nichols.
Bulletin 153. La Venta, Tabasco: A study of Olmec ceramics and art, by Philip
Drucker.
Bulletin 154. River Basin Surveys Papers: Inter-Agency Archeological Salvage
Program. Nos. 1-6.
No. 1. Prehistory and the Missouri Valley Development Program: Sum-
mary report on the Missouri River Basin Archeological Survey in 1948,
by Waldo R. Wedel.
No. 2. Prehistory and the Missouri Valley Development Program: Sum-
mary report on the Missouri River Basin Archeological Survey in 1949,
by Waldo R. Wedel.
No. 3. The Woodruff Ossuary, a prehistoric burial site in Phillips County,
Kans., by Marvin F. Kivett.
No. 4. The Addicks Dam site:
I. An archeological survey of the Addicks Dam basin, Southeast Texas
by Joe Ben Wheat.
II. Indian skeletal remains from the Doering and Kobs sites, Addicks
Reservoir, Texas, by Marshall T. Newman.
No. 5. The Hodges site:
I. Two rock shelters near Tucumcari, N. Mex., by Herbert W. Dick.
II. Geology of the Hodges site, Quay County, N. Mex., by Sheldon Judson.
No. 6. The Rembert mounds, Elbert County, Ga., by Joseph R. Caldwell.
Appendix. List of River Basin Surveys reports published in other series.
Bulletin 155. Settlement patterns in the Virti Valley, PerGé, by Gordon R. Willey.
Bulletin 156. The Iroquois Eagle Dance, an offshoot of the Calumet Dance, by
William N. Fenton, with an analysis of the Iroquois Bagle Dance and songs,
by Gertrude Prokosch Kurath.

SIXTY-NINTH ANNUAL REPORT 29

Institute of Social Anthropology Publication No. 18. The Tajin Totonac: Part 1.
History, subsistence, shelter, and technology, by Isabel Kelly and Angel
Palerm.

Institute of Social Anthropology Publication No. 15. Indian tribes of Northern
Mato Grosso, Brazil, by Kalervo Oberg. With appendix by Marshall New-
man, entitled “Anthropometry of the Umotina, Nambicuara, and Iranxe,
with comparative data from other northern Mato Grosso tribes.”

Institute of Social Anthropology Publication No. 16. Penny capitalism: A Guate-
malan Indian economy, by Sol Tax.

Publications distributed totaled 21,505, as compared with 22,377

for the fiscal year 1951.

ARCHIVES

Miss Mae W. Tucker, archivist for the Bureau of American Eth-
nology, retired at the end of February 1952 after nearly 27 years’
service with the Institution.

Notable additions to the collections during the fiscal year were the
diaries of John K. Hillers, who accompanied Maj. J. W. Powell on
his famous voyage through the Grand Canyon of the Colorado in
1871 and 1872. Mr. Hillers, who became photographer for the ex-
pedition, kept a full daily record of the expedition, which constitutes
a most valuable addition to our knowledge of this famous adventure.
The diaries were presented to the Bureau by Mrs. J. K. Hillers of
Washington, D. C., daughter-in-law of the author.

Mrs. Alice Norvell Hunt, of Washington, D. C., presented to the
Bureau an interesting collection of early photographs of western In-
dians collected by her father while an army officer in the West and
Southwest. Comprising photographs made by Baker and Johnston;
Addison of Fort Sill, Oklahoma Territory; O. S. Goff, Dickinson,
N. Dak.; A. S. Goff, Fort Custer, Mont.; Chr. Barthelmess, Fort
Keogh, Mont.; and Chase Thorne, El Paso, the 46 prints, including
a number of famous Indians, are all new to the collections.

William H. Myer, of Washington, D. C., and Mrs. Annie Lee
Myer Turner, of Carthage, Tenn., presented a book containing 75
drawings by Indians of the Southern Plains. The book was acquired
about the year 1880 by Capt. David N. McDonald and was later
purchased by W. E. Myer, father of the donors.

Mrs. J. C. Cardell, of Lenoir, N. C., presented a Mohawk dictionary
of 973 pages with French equivalents. It is in the dialect spoken at
Lake of Two Mountains, Caughnawaga and St. Regis in the Province
of Quebec, Canada, and is the work of Rev. J. A. Cuoc. It was
obtained later by Jeremiah Curtain, father of the donor.

Henry Lookout, of Pawhuska, Okla., son of the late Fred Lookout,
last principal chief of the Osage Nation, sent to the Bureau on
indefinite loan a group of papers relating to the history of the Osage
Nation, passed down from father to son for generations. Among the

30 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

documents is a treaty of peace between the United States, the Osage
Nations, and the Missouri and Arkansas Tribes, signed in 1815 at
Portage des Sioux in what is now St. Charles County, Mo. In addi-
tion to the many Indian seals and signatures, it carries the signatures
of William Clark, of Lewis and Clark expedition fame, Ninian
Edwards, governor of the Territory of Illinois, and Auguste Chouteau,
principal figure of the early fur trade in the West. Also included in
the material from Mr. Lookout is a Jefferson medal of 1801, made
for presentation to Indian leaders. ‘These are extremely rare since
they were usually buried with their recipient.

COLLECTIONS
Acc. Noa.

191898. Mold and finished face mask of Frances Densmore, made by Micka in 1912.

192829. Cornhusk ceremonial mask, Grand River Iroquois, Ontario, Canada,
probably collected by J. N. B. Hewitt.

(Through Dr. M. W. Stirling) Ceremonial and historical wampum of

the Iroquois, collected in 1928-29 by J. N. B. Hewitt at the Six Nations
Reserve, Ontario, Canada.

192830. Shell necklace used in the Tutelo adoption ceremony, collected in 1941
by W.N. Fenton.

FROM RIVER BASIN SURVEYS

193461. Skeletal and archeological material from sites Mc44 and Ha6, Buggs
Island Reservoir, Roanoke River, near Clarksville, Va.

191031. (Through Dr. F. H. H. Roberts, Jr.) Vertebrate material collected by
Dr. Theodore E. White, May 1951, Garza-Little Elm Dam, north fork
of Trinity River, Denton County, Tex.

191587. Fossil vertebrate material from Oligocene and Miocene deposits in the
Canyon Ferry Reservoir area, Montana, collected by Dr. Theodore HE.
White, July 1951.

192062. 5 fossil vertebrates including mammals, reptiles, and fishes, from
Garrison Reservoir area near Williston, N. Dak., collected by Dr.
Theodore E. White, August 1951.

192063. 1 mosasaur skeleton and shark teeth from Pierre formation, Upper
Cretaceous, in Oahe Reservoir area near Pierre, S. Dak., collected by
Dr. Theodore E. White, August 1951.

193460. Tympanic bullae of kangaroo rat from near Pierre, S. Dak.

193835. (Through R. L. Stephenson) Approximately 120 land mollusks from
Texas.

Respectfully submitted.
M. W. Streuine, Director.
Dr. A. Wetmore,

Secretary, Smithsonian Institution.

U. S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 1953

ly Nv , i i it
eh it) yuo

j he
} 4 7
, i
ih

.
v
|

xen SS
»

VRIES SMITHSONIAN

NOILALILS

NOILNLILS
LIBRARI!

SaIMVUGIT LIBRARI!

INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI NVINOSHLINS S31u¥vud

NOILNLILS

: : = :
rie O
= = 2 rat
= a f =
t tof = > -
Z 5 = t
z @ Z m 2
LILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3lYVEEIT_ LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTIC
z = os hee z &
5 = wes he S a: .
= LS Ye se a
= = “iy E z E
= > = P clue =
Ww) Zz Ww) > PA ap)
SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNILILSNI NVINOSHLIWS
o S a Sa
= ” = n =
ow . = a = a
<x} = <C 4 a
a a ac > oc
= | oa rs) ‘Cie
_) Zz —J P24 ¥ uy
SJIYVUSIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTIO
a S z ra 2 a ey
= = 2 - 4°
= - = Ee %, =
a. A - , z ye

ARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI NVINOSHLINS SAluvad

NVINOSHLIWS
SMITHSONIAN
NVINOSHLINS
SMITHSONIAN

“yy

VLILSNI_ NVINOSHLINS S31YVddl) LIBRARIES SMI

rES

NOILNLILSNI
LIBRARIES

NOILALILSNI

-ARIES SMITHSONIAN

saiuvugI? LIBRAR

INSTITUTION
INSTITUTION

MLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3IYVYEIT LIBRARIES

Cro

NVINOSHLINS S31u¥vudl)

SMITHSONIAN
NVINOSHLIWS
SMITHSONIAN

RARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI NVINOSHLIWS

FES
LES
LSNI

AnkSON,
SIN

LSNI

SOND Ae
iat Yay 1,

Writ ZL oe

THSONIAN

INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3IYVdd

SMITHSONIAN

NVINOSHLIWS

NOILNLILSNI

EFeES

INSTITUTIO

INSTITUTION

INSTITUTIC

siluvuad

SMITHSONIAN

A\ASWM,

LIBRAR

NOILALI.
NOLLALI

INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3IYVYaI"

INSTITUTION

typ

LLSNI_ NVINOSHLIWS

Satuvudll LIBRAR

INSTITUTION

SAIYVealT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN

NVINOSHLINS S3IYVUGIT

= z= w =
= Ais NG = <
3 S WY & = rs
a 7) WS ee, %)
i a a \N © 2
re = CU ie
\Y>
a a . & =
SMITHSONIAN NOILALILSNI
(ep) > (ep) = ep)
WJ Bae, oO ax
co. ~ a = oc
s : ; : :
a = 0 = co
= Gf S = 5 oe
: pa | an a nail
“NVINOSHLIWS SAJ!IYVYUEIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION
te z m i
: : : : :
a ie = EF Ut ff ©
D = a = OY ki 2
: ge 5 z 5
RIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLIWS
Y Pat “e (op) = <2)
| = Bal) = ay, = =
a Zz =| My, Fe =|
ae Wi ys.
g : b ffG = :
= E gen Vy: Ok 2
i: > omy eb.
- ane : See:
_ NVINOSHILINS _LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN _INSTITUTION
e = oa
= =n _
ce Cc :
Pa = 5
(2) oO O
2 S S$

RIES INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI

NVINOSHLINS S3IYVYdII

INSTITUTION
INSTITUTION

INSTITUTION

SJIYVYE!IT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION

NVINOSHLINS S3IYVYGIT LIBRARIES
NVINOSHLINS SZ1YVUGIT_ LIBRARIES

= a 2
= ete > wy
E a — eh
= S
WY) ts “ a
INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI NVINOSHLIWS S3IYVYRIT
2 S ce ”
2 Sew — VOR On co COST
3 ON oc aNPD> i, TA” a

ION LIBRARI

SMITHSONIAN

Oo
©

» .

: ¥ mn
ape ve ware
pean

‘ S$ bay 8
. * ;
. SH 8 5 ‘
. ery eer ey
soa ey .

‘ ant

2 Jaeggi tities pian oa sie, }
: “4 é 2 , papas a base acs
. : , - -
4 7 7 as P ani *

dl te
ak: t ee
pare ry me ‘ pres
J rou oo
wo mott : ,
pose * “
‘ os * wren d : wee nee
ss d : 4 : - ae
rene ae
ene ou + ree bee . ita ; =e
ro , Pn .f
J OUST
ead Done nem
Lbs wo , ‘
Prey ee ee P ine aie
, ee i a wa Sowing |
wo Jit ge Ped es
“il , p-eigvuses . Se
eee vege er inne fate
oy s Peeters
pear 9 rey cerns :
, ey eee Orns AT,
eas ret ' ‘ ,
Penyrdenreteig ie apeyreneret
basee adios bs ay
, poppe Mee eit 7
. es es se eheo Fs hi : ese
my ' ‘thai aeh ness
, ' oruee *

Pav sone

Internet Archive Audio

Featured

Top

Images

Featured

Top

Software

Featured

Top

Books

Featured

Top

Video

Featured

Top

Mobile Apps

Browser Extensions

Archive-It Subscription

Save Page Now

Full text of "Annual report of the Bureau of American Ethnology to the Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution"

See other formats